CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORP II
S-1, 1995-12-15
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: SEPARATE ACCOUNT OF USAA LIFE INSURANCE CO, 497, 1995-12-15
Next: EVEREN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUSTS SERIES 39 INDEX PORT SERIES 1, 497, 1995-12-15



    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 1995
                                               Registration No. 33-
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                   ----------

                            CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A
                    (Issuer with respect to the Certificates)
                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II
                   (Originator of the Trust described herein)
                (Exact name as specified in originator's charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                          <C>       
          Delaware                                6146                         22-3328188
(State or other jurisdiction          (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                   The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
                                  650 CIT Drive
                          Livingston, New Jersey 07039
                                 (201) 535-3514
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                                   ----------

                                 ERNEST D. STEIN
              Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
                          The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.
                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10036
                     (Name and address of agent for service)

                                   ----------

                                   Copies to:
     Paul N. Watterson, Esq.                       Reed D. Auerbach,  Esq.
      SCHULTE ROTH & ZABEL                        STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN
        900 Third Avenue                              7 Hanover Square
    New York, New York 10022                      New York, New York 10004

                                   ----------

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                                   ----------

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
================================================================================
                                              Proposed             Proposed
                                               maximum             Amount of
      Title of  each class of                 aggregate         registration
     securities to be registered          offering price (1)        fee (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A    % Asset Backed Notes .........    $  500,000             $175.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     % Asset Backed Certificates ........    $  500,000             $175.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ...................................    $1,000,000             $350.00
================================================================================

(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on the
     basis of the proposed maximum offering price per unit.

                                   ----------

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or until this  Registration  Statement
shall become  effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                   The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
                            CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A

                                   ----------

                         Cross Reference Sheet Furnished
                   Pursuant to Rule 501 (b) of Regulation S-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Caption or Location
           Item and Caption in Form S-1                                          in Prospectus
           ----------------------------                                       -------------------

<S>                                                                       <C>
 1.   Forepart of Registration Statement and
      Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus...........................   Forepart of Registration Statement
                                                                          and Outside Front Cover
                                                                          Page of Prospectus

 2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus..........   Inside Front Cover Page and Outside 
                                                                          Back Cover Page of Prospectus

 3.   Summary Information, Risk Factors and
      Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges...............................   Summary; Risk Factors;
                                                                          The Contract Pool

 4.   Use of Proceeds..................................................   Use of Proceeds

 5.   Determination of Offering Price..................................                 *

 6.   Dilution.........................................................                 *

 7.   Selling Security Holders.........................................                 *

 8.   Plan of Distribution.............................................   Underwriting

 9.   Description of Securities to be Registered.......................   Summary; Structure of the 
                                                                          Transaction; The Contract Pool; Pool
                                                                          Factors; The Notes; The Certificates

10.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...........................                 *

11.   Information with Respect to the Registrant.......................   The CIT Group Securitization 
                                                                          Corporation II, Seller

12.   Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
        Securities Act Liabilities.....................................                 *

</TABLE>

- ----------

* Answer negative or item inapplicable.

<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                              Subject To Completion
                             Dated December 15, 1995
Prospectus

$

CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A

$           Class A    % Asset Backed Notes

$               % Asset Backed Certificates

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, Seller

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer

The CIT RV Owner  Trust  1996-A  (the  "Trust" or the  "Issuer")  will be formed
pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  to be dated as of February 1, 1996,  between The
CIT Group Securitization Corporation II (the "Company" or the "Seller") and
          , as trustee  (the  "Owner  Trustee"),  and will issue Class A       %
Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A Notes") in the  principal  amount of $         
pursuant to an Indenture, to be dated as of February 1, 1996, between the Issuer
and            , as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The Trust will also issue
   % Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates" and, together with the Notes,
the "Securities") in the principal amount of $               .

The assets of the Trust will primarily  include a pool of simple interest retail
installment sale contracts (the "Initial Contracts") secured by the new and used
recreational  vehicles  financed  thereby  (the  "Initial  Financed  Vehicles"),
certain  monies  received  under the Initial  Contracts on and after February 1,
1996 (the "Initial  Cut-off Date"),  security  interests in the Initial Financed
Vehicles, the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate
Distribution  Account,  the Cash Collateral  Account,  the Capitalized  Interest
Account and the Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case,  together with the proceeds
thereof (other than  investment  earnings on the Cash Collateral  Account),  the
proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies in respect of individual
Initial  Financed  Vehicles or the related Obligors and certain rights under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement,  to be dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"),  among the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trust. From time
to time on or before                   , 1996, additional simple interest retail
installment  sale contracts (the "Subsequent  Contracts" and,  together with the
Initial  Contracts,  the "Contracts")  secured by the new and used  recreational
vehicles financed thereby (the "Subsequent Financed Vehicles" and, together with
the Initial Financed Vehicles, the "Financed Vehicles"), certain monies received
under the Subsequent Contracts on and after the related subsequent cut-off dates
(each,  a  "Subsequent  Cut-off  Date"), security  interests  in the  Subsequent
Financed Vehicles and proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies in
respect of individual  Subsequent Financed Vehicles or the related Obligors will
be  purchased  by the  Trust  from the  Seller  from  monies on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding Account.

                                                   (Continued on following page)

A discussion of certain risk factors that should be  considered  by  prospective
purchasers of the Securities offered hereby can be found on page 16 herein.

THE  SECURITIES  WILL  REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN THE TRUST AND WILL NOT  REPRESENT
INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION II, THE
CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC. OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THES A
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           Price to         Underwriting       Proceeds to the
                           Public(1)        Discounts          Company(1)(2)
Per Class A Note .......         %              %                    %
Per Certificate ........         %              %                    %
Total ..................   $                $                  $

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Plus accrued  interest at the Class A Rate and the  Pass-Through  Rate,  as
     appropriate, from               , 1996.

(2)  Before deduction of expenses payable by the Company estimated at $        .


The Notes and the  Certificates are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by
the  Underwriters,  to prior sale and to the  Underwriters'  right to reject any
order in whole or in part and to  withdraw,  cancel or modify the offer  without
notice.  It is expected that delivery of the Notes and the Certificates  will be
made in book-entry  form through the facilities of The Depository  Trust Company
("DTC"), and in the case of the Notes, Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") and
the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") on or about ,                 1996,  against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.



The date of this Prospectus is February    , 1996.

<PAGE>

(continued from preceding page)

     The Notes  will be  secured  by the  assets of the  Trust  (other  than the
Certificate  Distribution  Account and the Cash Collateral  Account) pursuant to
the Indenture. The Class A Notes will bear interest at the rate of  % per annum.
Interest on the Notes will  generally  be payable on the  fifteenth  day of each
month (each, a "Distribution Date"),  commencing             15, 1996. Principal
on the Notes will be payable on each  Distribution  Date to the extent described
herein. The Certificates  represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust.
The  Certificates   will  bear interest  at  the rate  of    %  per  annum  (the
"Pass-Through  Rate")  and will be  distributed  to  Certificateholders  on each
Distribution Date to the extent described herein.  Distributions of interest and
principal on the  Certificates  will be  subordinated  in priority of payment to
payment of interest and principal on the Notes, to the extent described  herein.
No principal will be paid on the  Certificates  until all of the Notes have been
paid in full,  except for payments of the Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount (as
defined herein),  if any. The final scheduled  Distribution Date for the Class A
Notes and the Certificates will be the Distribution Date.

      There currently is no secondary  market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters expect, but are not obligated,
to make a market in the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any such market
will  develop,  or if one  does  develop,  that  it  will  continue  or  provide
sufficient liquidity.

      IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY  OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICES OF THE
SECURITIES  AT LEVELS  ABOVE  THOSE WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      The Company has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  on  behalf  of the  Trust a  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1
(together  with  all  amendments  and  exhibits   thereto,   the   "Registration
Statement"),  of which this  Prospectus is a part,  under the  Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  with respect to the  Securities  being offered  hereby.  This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement, certain parts of which have been omitted in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the Commission. For further information, reference is made to
the Registration  Statement,  including exhibits filed as part thereof, which is
available for inspection  without charge at the public  reference  facilities of
the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  and the regional  offices of the  Commission at Suite 1400  Northwestern
Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and Seven World
Trade  Center,  New York,  New York  10048.  Copies of such  information  can be
obtained  from the  Public  Reference  Section  of the  Commission  at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  Statements made in
this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,  agreement or other document
filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement,  while  complete  in all
material respects,  do not necessarily  describe all terms or provisions of such
contract, agreement or other document. For a complete description,  reference is
made to each such  contract,  agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement. The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, will also file
or cause to be filed with the Commission  such periodic  reports as are required
under  The  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the  rules and
regulations of the  Commission  thereunder.  Such reports and other  information
filed on behalf of the  Trust  will be  available  for  inspection  as set forth
above.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

      Unless and until Definitive  Certificates  are issued,  monthly and annual
unaudited  reports  containing  information  concerning  the  Contracts  will be
prepared  by the  Servicer  and sent on behalf  of the Trust  only to Cede & Co.
("Cede"),  as  nominee  of DTC  and  registered  holder  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.  Securityholders may elect to hold their securities through any of
DTC (in the United States) and, in the case of  Noteholders,  Cedel or Euroclear
(in  Europe).   DTC  will  forward  such  reports  to   Participants,   Indirect
Participants,  Cedel  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants.  See  "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Reports to
Securityholders." Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                       2

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    SUMMARY

     This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Certain capitalized terms
used in the Summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Reference is made
to the "Index of Principal Terms" for the location herein of defined terms.

Issuer ...................   CIT RV  Owner  Trust  1996-A  (the  "Trust"  or the
                             "Issuer"),  a Delaware  business trust to be formed
                             by the Seller  and the Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to
                             the Trust Agreement,  to be dated as of February 1,
                             1996.
                           
Seller ...................   The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation  II (the
                             "Company"),   a   wholly-owned,   limited   purpose
                             subsidiary   of  The  CIT  Group   Holdings,   Inc.
                             ("CIT").    Neither     CIT   nor   any    of   its
                             affiliates,  including  the  Company  and  The  CIT
                             Group/Sales   Financing,   Inc.   ("CITSF"),    has
                             guaranteed,   insured  or  is  otherwise  obligated
                             with   respect  to  the   Securities.   See   "Risk
                             Factors--Limited Obligations".
                           
Servicer .................   The  CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,   Inc.  (in  such
                             capacity  referred to herein as the "Servicer"),  a
                             wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT.
                           
Indenture Trustee ........                             ,  as  trustee  under the
                             Indenture,  to be  dated  as of  February  1,  1996
                             (the "Indenture Trustee").
                           
Owner Trustee ............                                     ,    as   trustee
                             under  the  Trust  Agreement,  to  be  dated  as of
                             February   1,  1996  (the  "Owner   Trustee"   and,
                             together   with   the   Indenture   Trustee,    the
                             "Trustees").
                           
Risk Factors .............   Certain  potential  risks and other  considerations
                             are  particularly  relevant to a decision to invest
                             in  any  securities  sold   hereunder.   See  "Risk
                             Factors".
                          
The Notes ................   The CIT RV Owner Trust  1996-A  Class A     % Asset
                             Backed  Notes (the  "Notes" or the "Class A Notes")
                             will represent  obligations of the Trust secured by
                             the   assets   of  the   Trust   (other   than  the
                             Certificate   Distribution  Account  and  the  Cash
                             Collateral Account). See "The Notes--General".
                         
                             The  Trust   will   issue   $             aggregate
                             principal  amount of Class A Notes  pursuant  to an
                             Indenture,  to be dated  as of  February  1,  1996,
                             between the Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee (the
                             "Indenture"). See "The Notes--General".
                         
                             The Notes will be offered  for  purchase in minimum
                             denominations  of $1,000 and integral  multiples of
                             $1,000 in excess  thereof in book-entry  form only.
                             Definitive  Notes  will be  issued  only  under the
                             limited  circumstances  described  herein.  Persons
                             acquiring  beneficial  interests  in the Notes will
                             hold their interests  through The Depository  Trust
                             Company  ("DTC")  in the  United  States  or  Cedel
                             Bank,  societe  anonyme  ("Cedel") or the Euroclear
                             System   ("Euroclear")  in  Europe.   See  "Certain
                             Information  Regarding the   Securities--Book-Entry
                             Registration"  and  "--Definitive  Securities"  and
                             Annex I hereto.
                         
The Certificates .........   The CIT RV Owner Trust  1996-A      % Asset  Backed
                             Certificates  (the   "Certificates"  and,  together
                             with the Notes,  the  "Securities")  will represent
                             fractional  undivided  interests in the Trust.  See
                             "The Certificates--General".

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         
                             The  Trust  will  issue   $               aggregate
                             principal  amount of  Certificates  (the  "Original
                             Certificate   Balance")   pursuant   to   a   Trust
                             Agreement,  to be dated  as of  February  1,  1996,
                             between  the  Seller  and the  Owner  Trustee  (the
                             "Trust  Agreement").  Payments  in  respect  of the
                             Certificates  will be  subordinated  to payments on
                             the Notes to the limited extent  described  herein.
                             See "The Certificates--General".
                          
                             The   Certificates   will  be  issued  in   minimum
                             denominations of $20,000 and integral  multiples of
                             $1,000 in excess  thereof in book-entry  form only;
                             provided,  however,  that  one  Certificate  may be
                             issued in a  denomination  other  than an  integral
                             multiple  of  $1,000   such  that  the   Affiliated
                             Purchaser  (as  defined  herein)  may be  issued at
                             least 1% of the  Certificate  Balance (as described
                             herein).  Persons acquiring beneficial interests in
                             the Certificates  will hold their interests through
                             DTC.  Definitive  Certificates  will be issued only
                             under the limited  circumstances  described herein.
                             See    "Certain    Information     Regarding    the
                             Securities--Book-Entry      Registration"       and
                             "--Definitive Securities".
                          
Property of the Trust ....   The  property of the Trust will  primarily  include
                             (i) a pool of simple  interest  retail  installment
                             sale  contracts (the "Initial  Contracts")  secured
                             by the new and used recreational  vehicles financed
                             thereby (the  "Initial  Financed  Vehicles"),  (ii)
                             certain   monies   received   under   the   Initial
                              Contracts  on  and  after February  1,  1996  (the
                             "Initial Cut-off Date"),  (iii) security  interests
                             in  the  Initial   Financed   Vehicles,   (iv)  the
                             Collection Account, the Note Distribution  Account,
                             the  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  the  Cash
                             Collateral   Account,   the  Capitalized   Interest
                             Account and the Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case
                             together  with the  proceeds  thereof  (other  than
                             investment   earnings   on  the   Cash   Collateral
                             Account),   (v)  the  proceeds  from  claims  under
                             certain   insurance    policies   in   respect   of
                             individual   Initial   Financed   Vehicles  or  the
                             related  Obligors and (vi) certain rights under the
                             Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  to be dated as of
                             February   1,   1996  (the   "Sale  and   Servicing
                             Agreement"),  among the Seller,  the  Servicer  and
                             the Trust.
                        
                             From time to time on or before             ,  1996,
                             additional simple interest retail  installment sale
                             contracts   (the   "Subsequent    Contracts"   and,
                             together   with   the   Initial   Contracts,    the
                             "Contracts")   secured   by  the   new   and   used
                             recreational   vehicles   financed   thereby   (the
                             "Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles" and, together with
                             the  Initial  Financed   Vehicles,   the  "Financed
                             Vehicles"),   certain  monies  received  under  the
                             Subsequent  Contracts  on  and  after  the  related
                             Subsequent  Cut-off  Dates,  security  interests in
                             the Subsequent  Financed Vehicles and proceeds from
                             claims under certain insurance  policies in respect
                             of individual  Subsequent  Financed Vehicles or the
                             related  Obligors  will be  purchased  by the Trust
                             from the  Seller  from  monies  on  deposit  in the
                             Pre-FundAccount. See "The Trust Property".
                          
The Contracts ............   The  property of the Trust will  consist  primarily
                             of  installment  sale  contracts  for  recreational
                             vehicles   originated   by   recreational   vehicle
                             dealers  ("Dealers")  in  the  ordinary  course  of
                             business   and   acquired   by  CITSF  or  The  CIT
                             Group/Consumer  Finance,  Inc. (NY) ("CITCF-NY") in
                             the ordinary  course of its business.  The Financed
                             Vehicles  will  consist  of  motor  homes,   travel
                             trailers and other types of recreational  vehicles.
                             See "The  Contract  Pool".  On or prior to the date
                             of  issuance  of  the   Securities   (the  "Closing

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Date"),  CITCF-NY will sell certain  contracts that
                             will constitute a portion of the Initial  Contracts
                             to CITSF  pursuant to a purchase  agreement,  to be
                             dated as of February  1, 1996,  and CITSF will sell
                             the Initial  Contracts to the Company pursuant to a
                             purchase  agreement,  to be dated as of February 1,
                             1996 (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  and the Company
                             will  sell  the  Initial  Contracts  to  the  Trust
                             pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
                          
                             As  of  the  Initial   Cut-off  Date,  the  Initial
                             Contracts  had an  aggregate  principal  balance of
                             $          ,  a weighted average original  maturity
                             of       months and a  remaining  weighted  average
                             maturity  of        months.   The  final  scheduled
                             payment date on the Initial  Contract with the last
                             maturity  occurs in            .  See "The Contract
                             Pool".
                          
                             From  time  to time on or  prior  to              ,
                             1996,   pursuant   to  the   Sale   and   Servicing
                             Agreement,  CITSF will be  obligated  to sell,  and
                             the Company will be obligated to purchase,  subject
                             to   the   satisfaction   of   certain   conditions
                             described  therein,   Subsequent   Contracts  at  a
                             purchase  price  equal to the  aggregate  principal
                             amount  thereof as of the first day in the  related
                             month  of  transfer  designated  by  CITSF  and the
                             Company  (each,  a "Subsequent  Cut-off  Date").  A
                             portion  of  such   Subsequent   Contracts  may  be
                             acquired  by CITSF from  CITCF-NY.  Pursuant to the
                             Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  one  or  more
                             subsequent    transfer    agreements    (each,    a
                             "Subsequent   Transfer   Agreement")   between  the
                             Company   and  the  Trust,   and   subject  to  the
                             satisfaction   of  certain   conditions   described
                             therein,   the  Company   will  in  turn  sell  the
                             Subsequent  Contracts  to the  Trust at a  purchase
                             price  equal to the amount  paid by the  Company to
                             CITSF   for  such   Subsequent   Contracts,   which
                             purchase   price  shall  be  paid  from  monies  on
                             deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account.  The aggregate
                             principal  balance of the  Subsequent  Contracts to
                             be conveyed to the Trust during the Funding  Period
                             will   not   exceed    $            .    Subsequent
                             Contracts  will be  transferred  from  CITSF to the
                             Company  and from the  Company  to the Trust on the
                             Business  Day  specified  by CITSF and the  Company
                             during  the month in which the  related  Subsequent
                             Cut-off Date occurs (each,  a "Subsequent  Transfer
                             Date").
                         
The Pre-Funding Account ..   The  Pre-Funding  Account will be  maintained  with
                             the Owner  Trustee and is  designed  solely to hold
                             funds to be  applied  by the Owner  Trustee  during
                             the  Funding  Period  to  pay to  the  Company  the
                             purchase price for Subsequent Contracts.  Monies on
                             deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  will  not be
                             available  to cover  losses on or in respect of the
                             Contracts.
                         
                             On the Closing  Date the  Pre-Funding  Account will
                             be  created  with  an  initial  deposit,  from  the
                             proceeds  of  the  Securities,  of  $          (the
                             "Pre-Funded Amount").  The "Funding Period" will be
                             the  period  from  the   Closing   Date  until  the
                             earliest  to occur  of (i) the  date on  which  the
                             amount on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account is
                             less  than  $100,000,  (ii)  the  date on  which an
                             Event of Default occurs under the Indenture,  (iii)
                             the date on which  an Event of  Termination  occurs
                             under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  (iv) the
                             insolvency of the Company,  CITSF,  CITCF-NY or CIT
                             or (v) the close of business on             , 1996.
                             During  the  Funding  Period, on one or more Subse-
                             quent Transfer Dates, the Pre-Funded Amount will be
                             applied to purchase  Subsequent  Contracts from the
                             Company.  The  Company  expects that the Pre-Funded
                             Amount  will be  reduced to less than  $100,000  by

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                         ,  1996,  although no assurance  can be
                             given that this will in fact occur.  Any portion of
                             the Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining on deposit in the
                             Pre-Funding  Account  at the  end  of  the  Funding
                             Period will be payable as principal to  Noteholders
                             and   Certificateholders  in  accordance  with  the
                             Pre-Funded  Percentage (as hereinafter  defined) on
                             the first  Distribution  Date thereafter or, if the
                             end  of the  Funding  Period  is on a  Distribution
                             Date, then on such date.

Capitalized Interest 
  Account ................   On the Closing Date  approximately  $
                             of the  proceeds  from the  sale of the  Securities
                             will   be   deposited    into   an   account   (the
                             "Capitalized  Interest Account") in the name of the
                             Owner  Trustee  on behalf  of the  Securityholders.
                             Amounts  deposited  in  the  Capitalized   Interest
                             Account will be used on the           1996,
                             1996  and            1996  Distribution  Dates,  if
                             applicable,  to fund the excess, if any, of (i) the
                             product of (x) the weighted  average of the Class A
                             Rate and the Pass-Through  Rate as of the first day
                             of the related  Interest Accrual Period and (y) the
                             undisbursed funds (excluding  investment  earnings)
                             in the  Pre-Funding  Account (as of the last day of
                             the  related  Due  Period)  over (ii) the amount of
                             any   investment   earnings   on   funds   in   the
                             Pre-Funding  Account  that  are  available  to  pay
                             interest   on   the   Securities   on   each   such
                             Distribution  Date.  Any amounts  remaining  in the
                             Capitalized  Interest  Account  on the  last day of
                             the Funding  Period and not used for such  purposes
                             will be  deposited  in the  Collection  Account and
                             will be available for  distributions,  as described
                             herein,  on the first  Distribution Date thereafter
                             or,  if  the  end  of the  Funding  Period  is on a
                             Distribution Date, then on such date.
                          
Distribution Dates .......   Payments  of   interest   and   principal   on  the
                             Securities  will be made  on the  fifteenth  day of
                             each  month or,  if any such day is not a  Business
                             Day  (as   hereinafter   defined),   on  the   next
                             succeeding  Business  Day  (each,  a  "Distribution
                             Date"),  commencing           15, 1995. Payments on
                             the  Securities on each  Distribution  Date will be
                             made  to the  holders  of  record  of  the  related
                             Securities  at the  close  of  business  on the day
                             immediately  preceding such  Distribution  Date or,
                             in  the  event  Definitive   Securities  have  been
                             issued,  at the close of  business  on the last day
                             of the  month  immediately  preceding  the month in
                             which  such   Distribution  Date  occurs  (each,  a
                             "Record Date").
                          
                             To the extent not previously  paid in full prior to
                             such time, the outstanding  principal amount of the
                             Class A Notes and the Certificates  will be payable
                             on the  Distribution  Date occurring in        20
                             (the "Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date"
                             and the "Certificate  Final Scheduled  Distribution
                             Date").
                          
                             A "Business  Day" is any day other than a Saturday,
                             Sunday or any day on which banking  institutions or
                             trust   companies   in  the  states  of  New  York,
                             Delaware,  Illinois or Oklahoma are  authorized  by
                             law, regulation or executive order to be closed.
                          
Interest Accrual Period ..   The  period  for which  interest  is  payable  on a
                             Distribution  Date on the  Securities  shall be the
                             one-month period from the most recent  Distribution
                             Date  on  which  interest  has  been  paid  to  but
                             excluding  the following  Distribution  Date, or in
                             the  case of the  initial  Distribution  Date  from
                             February    ,  1996 to but  excluding  the  initial
                             Distribution   Date  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual
                             Period").
                         
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Due Period ...............   With  respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the "Due
                             Period"  is  the  period  during  which  principal,
                             interest   and  fees  will  be   collected  on  the
                             Contracts  for  application  towards the payment of
                             principal and interest to the  Securityholders  and
                             the payment of fees on such Distribution  Date. The
                             "Due   Period"   will   be   the   calendar   month
                             immediately  preceding the  Distribution  Date. The
                             first  Due  Period  will  commence  on and  include
                             February  1, 1996  and  will  end  on  and  include
                             February 29, 1996.
                         
Determination Date .......   The "Determination  Date" is the third Business Day
                             prior   to   each   Distribution   Date.   On  each
                             Determination  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will
                             determine  the  amount  in the  Collection  Account
                             available   for   distribution   on   the   related
                             Distribution  Date,  allocate such amounts  between
                             the Notes and the  Certificates  and make  payments
                             to  Securityholders  all as  described  under  "The
                             Purchase      Agreements      and     The     Trust
                             Documents--Distributions".
                         
Terms of the Notes .......   The  principal  terms  of  the  Notes  will  be  as
                             described below:
                         
  A. Interest Rate .......   The Class A Notes  will bear  interest  at the rate
                             of     % per annum (the "Class A Rate").
                         
  B. Interest ............   Interest   accruing  during  the  related  Interest
                             Accrual Period  (computed on the basis of a 360-day
                             year  consisting of twelve  30-day  months) will be
                             paid to the  Noteholders  of record on the  related
                             Record  Date,  on each  Distribution  Date,  to the
                             extent   of   the   Available    Amount   on   such
                             Distribution   Date  (i)  in  an  amount  equal  to
                             one-twelfth  of the product of the Class A Rate and
                             the outstanding  principal balance on the Notes, as
                             of the  preceding  Distribution  Date (after giving
                             effect to  distributions  of principal and interest
                             to be made on such  Distribution  Date)  or (ii) in
                             the  case of the  first  Distribution  Date,  in an
                             amount    equal   to   interest    accruing    from
                                         to     but    excluding    the    first
                             Distribution  Date,  on the  outstanding  principal
                             balance of the Notes as of the  Closing  Date.  See
                             "The Notes--Payment of Interest".
                         
  C. Principal ...........   Principal  of the  Notes  will be  payable  on each
                             Distribution   Date  in  an  amount  equal  to  the
                             Principal   Distribution   Amount,   calculated  as
                             described under "The Notes--Payments of Principal",
                             to the extent of the  Available  Amount (as defined
                             under  "The  Purchase   Agreements  and  The  Trust
                             Documents--Distributions" herein)  remaining  after
                             the   Servicer   has   been   reimbursed   for  any
                             outstanding  Monthly Advances and has been paid the
                             Servicing Fee (including  any unpaid  Servicing Fee
                             with  respect  to one or more  prior  Due  Periods)
                             (collectively,    the   "Servicer   Payment")   and
                             following  the payment of interest due on the Notes
                             on such Distribution Date.
                         
                             The unpaid  principal  balance of the Notes will be
                             payable   on   the   Class   A   Final    Scheduled
                             Distribution  Date.  See  "The  Notes--Payments  of
                             Principal".
                         
  D. Redemption ..........   The Notes will be subject to  mandatory  redemption
                             in part,  on a pro rata  basis,  in the event  that
                             any  portion of the  Pre-Funded  Amount  remains on
                             deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at the end of
                             the Funding Period. The aggregate  principal amount
                             of Notes to be  redeemed  on such  date  will be an
                             amount   equal   to   the   Pre-Funded   Percentage
                             allocable  to the  Notes  of  the  amount  then  on
                             deposit   in   the   Pre-Funding    Account.    The
                             "Pre-Funded  Percentage"  with respect to the Notes
                             or the Certificates is the percentage  derived from

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             the  fraction,   the  numerator  of  which  is  the
                             initial  principal  balance  of  the  Notes  or the
                             Original  Certificate  Balance, as the case may be,
                             and  the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the
                             initial  principal  balance  of the  Notes  and the
                             initial    Certificate     Balance.     See    "The
                             Notes--Redemption"    and   "Certain    Information
                             Regarding the Securities".
                         
                             In the event of an  Optional  Purchase  or  Auction
                             Sale, as described  herein,  the outstanding  Notes
                             will be redeemed,  at a  redemption  price equal to
                             the  unpaid  principal  amount of the Class A Notes
                             plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  thereon at the
                             Class A Rate.  See  "Summary--Optional Purchase  of
                             the    Contracts",     "--Auction    Sale",    "The
                             Notes--Redemption" and "The Purchase Agreements and
                             The Trust Documents--Insolvency Event".
                         
                             If an  Insolvency  Event (as defined  herein)  with
                             respect to the  Affiliated  Purchaser  (as  defined
                             herein)  occurs,  the Indenture  Trustee (or, if no
                             Notes  are  outstanding,  the Owner  Trustee)  will
                             promptly  sell,  dispose of or otherwise  liquidate
                             the Contracts in a commercially  reasonable  manner
                             on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  except  under
                             certain  limited  circumstances.  The proceeds from
                             any such sale,  disposition  or  liquidation of the
                             Contracts  will be  treated as  collections  on the
                             Contracts   and   deposited   in   the   Collection
                             Account.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation  of
                             the  Contracts  and any  amounts  on deposit in the
                             Note  Distribution   Account  and  the  Certificate
                             Distribution  Account are not sufficient to pay the
                             Notes and Certificates in full,  distributions will
                             be made  first,  to the  payment  of  interest  and
                             principal  on the Notes and second,  to the payment
                             of interest and principal on the  Certificates.  In
                             such  event,  the amount of  principal  returned to
                             the  Certificateholders  will be  reduced  and such
                             Certificateholders  will  incur a loss,  except  to
                             the extent of  payments  to the  Certificateholders
                             from the Cash  Collateral  Account,  subject to the
                             Available   Cash   Collateral   Amount.   See  "The
                             Purchase      Agreements      and     The     Trust
                             Documents--Insolvency Event".
                         
Terms of the 
Certificates .............   The principal terms of the Certificates  will be as
                             described below:
                         
  A. Pass-Through Rate ...   The Certificates  will bear interest at the rate of
                                % per annum (the "Pass-Through Rate").
                         
  B. Interest ............   Interest   accruing  during  the  related  Interest
                             Accrual Period  (computed on the basis of a 360-day
                             year  consisting of twelve  30-day  months) will be
                             paid to the  Certificateholders  of  record  on the
                             related Record Date, on each Distribution  Date, to
                             the  extent  of  the   Available   Amount  on  such
                             Distribution   Date  (i)  in  an  amount  equal  to
                             one-twelfth  of the  product  of  the  Pass-Through
                             Rate  and  the  Certificate   Balance,  as  of  the
                             preceding  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect
                             to  distributions  of principal  and interest to be
                             made  on  such  Distribution  Date)  or (ii) in the
                             case of the first  Distribution  Date, in an amount
                             equal to interest accruing  from            to  but
                             excluding  the  first  Distribution  Date,  on  the
                             Original     Certificate    Balance.    See    "The
                             Certificates--Distribution   of   Interest".    The
                             "Certificate    Balance"    means   the    Original
                             Certificate    Balance    reduced    by   (i)   all
                             distributions  allocable to principal actually made

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             to  Certificateholders,  including  payments of any
                             Principal  Liquidation  Loss Amount and payments of
                             any  Principal  Distribution  Amount  made  to  the
                             Certificateholders    which   are    allocable   to
                             principal,   (ii)  the  aggregate   amount  of  all
                             Principal  Liquidation  Loss Amounts  distributable
                             to  Certificateholders  to the extent such  amounts
                             have not been so previously  distributed  and (iii)
                             on or after  the  Distribution  Date on  which  the
                             Class  A  Notes   have   been  paid  in  full  (the
                             "Cross-Over  Date"),  the  aggregate  amount of all
                             Principal  Distribution  Amounts  distributable  to
                             Certificateholders  to the extent such amounts have
                             not been so previously  distributed.  Distributions
                             of interest on the  Certificates  will be funded to
                             the  extent  of  the  Available  Amount  after  the
                             Servicer has been  reimbursed  for any  outstanding
                             Monthly  Advances  and has been  paid the  Servicer
                             Payment and  interest and  principal  has been paid
                             in respect of the Notes on such  Distribution  Date
                             or,  to  the  extent  such   Available   Amount  is
                             insufficient,  will be  funded  through  a  payment
                             from the Cash  Collateral  Account,  subject to the
                             Available Cash  Collateral  Amount (as  hereinafter
                             defined),   under   the   circumstances   described
                             herein.   The  rights  of   Certificateholders   to
                             receive   distributions   of   interest   will   be
                             subordinated   to  the  rights  of  Noteholders  to
                             receive   interest  and  principal,   as  described
                             herein.  See  "The  Certificates--Distributions  of
                             Interest".
                            
  C. Principal ...........   On  each   Distribution   Date  on  or  after   the
                             Cross-Over  Date,  principal  of  the  Certificates
                             will  be   payable,   subject   to  the   remaining
                             Available  Amount and the Available Cash Collateral
                             Amount,   in  an  amount  equal  to  the  Principal
                             Distribution    Amount   with   respect   to   such
                             Distribution  Date. Such principal payments will be
                             funded  to  the  extent  of  the  Available  Amount
                             remaining  after the Servicer  has been  reimbursed
                             for any outstanding  Monthly  Advances and has been
                             paid the Servicer Payment,  and the interest due on
                             the  Certificates  has been paid or, to the  extent
                             such  Available  Amount  is  insufficient,  will be
                             funded  through a payment from the Cash  Collateral
                             Account,  subject to the Available Cash  Collateral
                             Amount,  under the circumstances  described herein.
                             The   rights  of   Certificateholders   to  receive
                             distributions  of principal  (following the payment
                             of  distributions  of  interest  in  respect of the
                             Certificates)  will be  subordinated  to the rights
                             of   Noteholders   to  receive   distributions   of
                             interest and principal.
                          
                             On each  Distribution  Date prior to the Cross-Over
                             Date,  the  Certificateholders  will be entitled to
                             receive the Principal  Liquidation  Loss Amount for
                             such  Distribution  Date.  Such principal  payments
                             will  be  funded  to the  extent  of the  Available
                             Amount   remaining  after  the  Servicer  has  been
                             reimbursed for an outstanding  Monthly Advances and
                             has been paid the Servicer  Payment,  the principal
                             and  interest  due on the  Notes  has been paid and
                             the interest on the  Certificates has been paid or,
                             to the extent that such remaining  Available Amount
                             is  insufficient,  will be funded through a payment
                             from the Cash  Collateral  Account,  subject to the
                             Available  Cash   Collateral   Amount,   under  the
                             circumstances   described  herein.  The  "Principal
                             Liquidation Loss Amount" for any Distribution  Date
                             will equal the amount,  if any, by which the sum of
                             the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the
                             Notes and the  Certificate  Balance  (after  giving
                             effect to all  distributions  of  principal on such
                             Distribution   Date)   exceeds   the   sum  of  the
                             aggregate  principal  balance of the Contracts (the
                             "Pool  Balance")  plus  the  amounts  remaining  on

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account, if any, at the
                             close of  business  on the last day of the  related
                             Due Period.  The Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount
                             represents   future   principal   payments  on  the
                             Contracts  that,  because of the  subordination  of
                             the  Certificates  and  liquidation  losses  on the
                             Contracts,    will    not    be    paid    to   the
                             Certificateholders.  The  Certificate  Balance will
                             be  reduced  to  the  extent   that  prior  to  the
                             Cross-Over  Date  distributions  are  not  made  in
                             respect of the Principal  Loss  Liquidation  Amount
                             and on or after the Cross-Over  Date  distributions
                             are  not   made  in   respect   of  the   Principal
                             Distribution   Amount.   As  a   result   of   such
                             reductions,   less  interest  will  accrue  on  the
                             Certificates than would otherwise be the case.
                          
                             In the event that the  Certificates are outstanding
                             on the  Certificate  Final  Scheduled  Distribution
                             Date (after  taking into account  distributions  on
                             such date),  the Owner  Trustee will  withdraw from
                             the Cash  Collateral  Account (to the extent  funds
                             are  available  therefor  in  the  Cash  Collateral
                             Account),  and  will  deposit  in  the  Certificate
                             Distribution   Account  for   distribution  to  the
                             Certificateholders    in    retirement    of    the
                             Certificates,  an amount  equal to the  Certificate
                             Balance.
                          
D. Redemption ............   The  Certificates  will  be  subject  to  mandatory
                             redemption  in part,  on a pro rata  basis,  in the
                             event  that any  portion of the  Pre-Funded  Amount
                             remains on deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at
                             the  end  of  the  Funding  Period.  The  aggregate
                             principal  amount of Certificates to be redeemed on
                             such  date   will  be  an   amount   equal  to  the
                             Pre-Funded     Percentage    allocable    to    the
                             Certificates  of the amount  then on deposit in the
                             Pre-Funding         Account.        See        "The
                             Certificates--Redemption" and "Certain  Information
                             Regarding The Securities".
                          
                             In the event of an  Optional  Purchase  or  Auction
                             Sale,  the  Certificates  will  be  redeemed  at  a
                             redemption  price equal to the Certificate  Balance
                             plus  accrued and  unpaid  interest  thereon at the
                             Pass-Through Rate. See "Summary--Optional  Purchase
                             of   the   Contracts",   "--Auction   Sale",   "The
                             Certificates--Redemption"   and    "The    Purchase
                             Agreements   and  The  Trust  Documents--Insolvency
                             Event".
                          
Mandatory Prepayment .....   The Notes and the  Certificates  will be prepaid in
                             part,  on a pro  rata  basis,  on the  Distribution
                             Date  immediately  succeeding  the day on which the
                             Funding  Period ends (or on the  Distribution  Date
                             on which the  Funding  Period  ends if the  Funding
                             Period  ends on a  Distribution  Date) in the event
                             that any portion of the  Pre-Funded  Amount remains
                             on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account after giving
                             effect to the  acquisition  by the  Seller  and the
                             sale  to the  Trust  of all  Subsequent  Contracts,
                             including any such  acquisition  and  conveyance on
                             the date on which  the  Funding  Period  ends.  The
                             amount  to  be  distributed   to  Noteholders   and
                             Certificateholders  in  connection  with  any  such
                             prepayment  will  equal the  Pre-Funded  Percentage
                             allocable  to  the  Notes  and  the   Certificates,
                             respectively, of the remaining Pre-Funded Amount.
                          
Subordination of          
  the Certificates .......   The  rights of the  Certificateholders  to  receive
                             distributions  with respect to the  Contracts  will
                             be  subordinated  to  the  rights  of the  Class  A
                             Noteholders,  to the extent described herein.  This
                             subordination    is   intended   to   enhance   the
                             likelihood   of   timely   receipt   by   Class   A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       10
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Noteholders  of the full  amount  of  interest  and
                             principal  required  to be  paid  to  them,  and to
                             afford such Class A Noteholders  limited protection
                             against losses in respect of the Contracts.
                          
                             No    distribution    will    be    made   to   the
                             Certificateholders  on  any  Distribution  Date  in
                             respect of (i)  interest  until the full  amount of
                             interest  and   principal  on  the  Class  A  Notes
                             payable   on  such   Distribution   Date  has  been
                             distributed to the Class A Noteholders,  other than
                             payments  from the  Cash  Collateral  Account,  and
                             (ii)  principal  until the Class A Notes  have been
                             paid in full,  other than  distributions in respect
                             of the Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.
                          
                             The protection  afforded to the Class A Noteholders
                             by the  subordination  feature described above will
                             be effected by the preferential  right of the Class
                             A Noteholders to receive,  to the extent  described
                             herein,  current  distributions from collections on
                             or  in  respect  of  the  Contracts  prior  to  the
                             application of such  collections to making payments
                             in respect of the  Certificates.  There is no other
                             protection   against   losses   on  the   Contracts
                             afforded  the  Class A Notes.  The Cash  Collateral
                             Account  will not be  available to provide a source
                             of funds to make  payments of principal or interest
                             on the Notes.
                          
Cash Collateral Account ..   On  the  Closing   Date,   an  account  (the  "Cash
                             Collateral  Account") will be established  pursuant
                             to the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  The  Owner
                             Trustee  will have the right to withdraw  (or cause
                             to be withdrawn)  payments from the Cash Collateral
                             Account  under  certain   circumstances   specified
                             below.  The Cash Collateral  Account will be funded
                             on the  Closing  Date in the  amount  of  $
                             (the  "Initial  Cash  Collateral  Amount") from the
                             proceeds  of a loan (the  "Loan") to be made by one
                             or  more  financial  institutions  selected  by the
                             Company (the "Cash Collateral  Depositor") pursuant
                             to a  Cash  Collateral  Agreement  among  the  Cash
                             Collateral  Depositor,  the Trust and the  Servicer
                             (the  "Cash   Collateral   Agreement").   The  Cash
                             Collateral  Depositor's  only recourse  against the
                             Trust  for  repayment  of the Loan is from the Cash
                             Collateral    Account   Surplus   (as   hereinafter
                             defined),  certain  investment  earnings  on  funds
                             deposited  in  the  Cash  Collateral   Account  and
                             payments  from the  Cash  Collateral  Account  upon
                             maturity of the Loan,  in each case as set forth in
                             the Cash Collateral Agreement.  With respect to any
                             Distribution  Date,  the  amount  available  to  be
                             withdrawn  from the Cash  Collateral  Account  (the
                             "Available Cash Collateral  Amount") will equal the
                             lesser of (i) the Required Cash  Collateral  Amount
                             and  (ii)  the   amount  on  deposit  in  the  Cash
                             Collateral  Account,   exclusive  of  interest  and
                             earnings  thereon  and any  investment  losses  and
                             expenses  and before  giving  effect to any deposit
                             to be made to the Cash  Collateral  Account on such
                             Distribution  Date. If the Available  Amount on any
                             Distribution    Date   is    insufficient    (after
                             reimbursing  the Servicer  for Monthly  Advances to
                             the  extent  required  by the  Sale  and  Servicing
                             Agreement,  paying the Servicer  Payment and paying
                             the  interest  and  principal  due on the Notes) to
                             pay the interest and  principal  (including,  prior
                             to the Cross-Over  Date, any Principal  Liquidation
                             Loss  Amount)  required  to be  distributed  on the
                             Certificates on such  Distribution  Date, the Owner
                             Trustee will  withdraw  (or cause to be  withdrawn)
                             from the Cash  Collateral  Account an amount  equal
                             to the lesser of the amount of such  deficiency  or
                             the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount.  See "The

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       11
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Purchase  Agreement and The Trust Documents--Credit
                             Enhancement--Cash     Collateral    Account"    and
                             "--Distributions."    If    the   Available    Cash
                             Collateral   Amount   is  zero,   holders   of  the
                             Certificates  will bear the risk of loss  resulting
                             from default by Obligors (as  hereinafter  defined)
                             and will  have to look  primarily  to the  value of
                             the related  Financed  Vehicles for recovery of the
                             outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest on the
                             Defaulted Contracts.
                          
                             On  each  Distribution   Date,  the  Servicer  will
                             deposit   Excess    Collections   into   the   Cash
                             Collateral  Account  in  an  amount  sufficient  to
                             increase   the   amount  on  deposit  in  the  Cash
                             Collateral  Account to the Required Cash Collateral
                             Amount  and  to  make   payments  of  principal  or
                             interest  on the  Loan  as  required  by  the  Cash
                             Collateral Agreement.  Excess Collections,  if any,
                             not  so  required  to  be  deposited  in  the  Cash
                             Collateral  Account will be paid to the  Affiliated
                             Purchaser    (as    defined    herein).     "Excess
                             Collections" for any  Distribution  Date will equal
                             the amounts  collected  or  deposited in respect of
                             the  Contracts  in the related Due Period and which
                             are  remaining  in the  Collection  Account on such
                             Distribution   Date  after   taking  into   account
                             distributions  to be  made  on the  Securities  and
                             payments  and  reimbursements  to be  made  to  the
                             Servicer  on  such  Distribution   Date.  See  "The
                             Purchase      Agreements      and     The     Trust
                             Documents--Distributions."    The   "Required  Cash
                             Collateral    Amount"    with    respect   to   any
                             Distribution  Date means     % of the Pool  Balance
                             as of the first day of the related Due Period,  but
                             in no  event  less  than  $          ,  subject  to
                             adjustment  based on  delinquencies  and  losses on
                             the  Contracts,  provided  that the  Required  Cash
                             Collateral  Amount may be reduced from time to time
                             if the  Rating  Agencies  shall  have  given  prior
                             written notice to the Seller,  the Servicer and the
                             Issuer  that such  reduction  will not  result in a
                             downgrade  or   withdrawal   of  the  then  current
                             ratings  of the  Notes  and the  Certificates.  See
                             "The    Purchase    Agreement    and   The    Trust
                             Documents--Credit   Enhancement--Cash    Collateral
                             Account."
                           
                             If, on any  Distribution  Date,  the Available Cash
                             Collateral  Amount  (after  taking into account any
                             deposits   to  and   withdrawals   from   the  Cash
                             Collateral   Account   pursuant  to  the  Sale  and
                             Servicing  Agreement  on  such  Distribution  Date)
                             exceeds the  Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount for
                             the next Distribution  Date, such excess (the "Cash
                             Collateral  Account  Surplus")  will, to the extent
                             required  to  make   payments  of   principal   and
                             interest on the Loan,  be  withdrawn  from the Cash
                             Collateral  Account and paid to the Cash Collateral
                             Depositor.  The  balance,  if any,  of such  excess
                             will be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral  Account
                             and  paid to the  Affiliated  Purchaser.  See  "The
                             Purchase  Agreement and The Trust Documents--Credit
                             Enhancement--Cash Collateral Account".
                           
Monthly Advances .........   With  respect to each  Contract  as to which  there
                             has been an Interest  Shortfall  during the related
                             Due  Period  (other  than  an  Interest   Shortfall
                             arising  from a Contract  which has been prepaid in
                             full or which  has  been  subject  to a Relief  Act
                             Reduction  (as defined  herein)  during the related
                             Due Period),  the Servicer  shall  advance funds in
                             the  amount of such  Interest  Shortfall  (each,  a
                             "Monthly  Advance"),  but only to the  extent  that
                             the Servicer, in its good faith judgement,  expects
                             to recover  such Monthly  Advance  from  subsequent

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       12
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             collections   with  respect  to  interest  on  such
                             Contract  made  by  or on  behalf  of  the  obligor
                             thereunder   (the   "Obligor"),   net   liquidation
                             proceeds  or  insurance  proceeds  with  respect to
                             such  Contract.  The Servicer  shall be  reimbursed
                             for   any   Monthly    Advance   from    subsequent
                             collections  with respect to such Contract.  If the
                             Servicer  determines  in its good  faith  judgement
                             that an  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance  shall  not
                             ultimately be  recoverable  from such  collections,
                             the Servicer  shall be reimbursed  for such Monthly
                             Advance  from  collections  on  all  Contracts.  In
                             determining  whether  an  advance  is  or  will  be
                             nonrecoverable,  the  Servicer  need not take  into
                             account  that it might  receive  any  amounts  in a
                             deficiency   judgement.   The  Servicer   will  not
                             advance   funds  in   respect   of  the   principal
                             component  of  any  scheduled  payment.   See  "The
                             Purchase      Agreements      and     The     Trust
                             Documents--Monthly  Advances". "Interest Shortfall"
                             means  with   respect  to  any   Contract  and  any
                             Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of (x) the sum of
                             (i) the  product  of  one-twelfth  of the  weighted
                             average  of the  Pass-Through  Rate and the Class A
                             Rate  multiplied  by  the   outstanding   principal
                             amount of such  Contract  as of the last day of the
                             second  preceding  Due Period  (or,  in the case of
                             the first Due Period  ending after the Contract was
                             acquired by the Trust,  as of the  Initial  Cut-off
                             Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date, as the case
                             may be)  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year
                             comprised  of  twelve  30-day  months  and (ii) the
                             product of (A)  one-twelfth  of the  Servicing  Fee
                             Rate and (B) the  outstanding  principal  amount of
                             such  Contract  as of the  last  day of the  second
                             preceding  Due Period (or, in the case of the first
                             Due Period  ending  after the Contract was acquired
                             by the Trust,  as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date or
                             the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be),
                             over (y) the amount of interest,  if any, collected
                             on such Contract in the related Due Period.
                          
Non-Reimbursable 
  Payments ................  With  respect to each  Contract  as to which  there
                             has been an Interest  Shortfall  in the related Due
                             Period  arising from either a prepayment in full of
                             such  Contract or a Relief Act Reduction in respect
                             of such Contract  during such Due Period,  the Sale
                             and Servicing  Agreement  will require the Servicer
                             to  deposit  into  the  Collection  Account  on the
                             Business Day  immediately  preceding  the following
                             Distribution  Date, without the right of subsequent
                             reimbursement,  an  amount  equal to such  Interest
                             Shortfall (a "Non-Reimbursable Payment").
                          
Servicing Fees ............  The  Servicer  shall  receive  a  monthly  fee (the
                             "Servicing  Fee"),  payable  on  each  Distribution
                             Date,  equal to the sum of (i)  one-twelfth  of the
                             product  of 1.00% per  annum  (the  "Servicing  Fee
                             Rate")  and the Pool  Balance as of the last day of
                             the second  preceding  Due Period  (or, in the case
                             of the first  Distribution  Date, as of the Initial
                             Cut-off Date) and (ii) any  investment  earnings on
                             amounts on deposit in the Collection  Account,  the
                             Note  Distribution   Account  and  the  Certificate
                             Distribution  Account.  In  addition,  the Servicer
                             will be  entitled  to  collect  and retain any late
                             fees,  prepayment charges,  extension fees or other
                             administrative  fees or similar  charges allowed by
                             applicable   law  with  respect  to  the  Contracts
                             ("Late  Fees").  See "The Purchase  Agreements  and
                             The Trust Documents--Servicing Compensation."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       13
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          
Optional Purchase         
   of the Contracts .......  At  its  option,   CITSF  may   purchase   all  the
                             Contracts on any  Distribution  Date  following any
                             Record  Date on which  the Pool  Balance  is 10% or
                             less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  at a purchase
                             price  determined as described  under "The Purchase
                             Agreements  and The  Trust Documents--Termination."
                             The "Initial  Pool  Balance"  equals the sum of (i)
                             the Pool  Balance as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date
                             and (ii) the  aggregate  principal  balance  of all
                             Subsequent  Contracts  added  to  the  Trust  as of
                             their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.
                          
Auction Sale ..............  Within   ten  days   after  a   Distribution   Date
                             following   the  Record  Date  on  which  the  Pool
                             Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool  Balance,
                             the  Indenture  Trustee (or, if the Notes have been
                             paid in full and the Indenture has been  discharged
                             in accordance  with its terms,  the Owner  Trustee)
                             shall   solicit   bids  for  the  purchase  of  the
                             Contracts  remaining  in the  Trust.  In the  event
                             that  satisfactory  bids are  received as described
                             in  "The   Purchase   Agreements   and  The   Trust
                             Documents--Termination, "the net sale proceeds will
                             be  distributed  to  Securityholders,  in the  same
                             order  of  priority  as  collections   received  in
                             respect   of   the   Contracts,   on   the   second
                             Distribution  Date  succeeding such Record Date. If
                             satisfactory  bids are not  received,  such Trustee
                             shall  decline to sell the  Contracts and shall not
                             be under any  obligation  to  solicit  any  further
                             bids or  otherwise  negotiate  any further  sale of
                             the  Contracts.  See "The Purchase  Agreements  and
                             The Trust Documents--Termination".
                          
Ratings ...................  It  is  a   condition   to  the   issuance  of  the
                             Securities  that the  Class A Notes be rated in the
                             highest rating  category by at least one nationally
                             recognized   rating   agency   (each,   a   "Rating
                             Agency") and the  Certificates be rated in at least
                             the third highest  rating  category by at least one
                             Rating  Agency.  The  ratings  of the Class A Notes
                             will  be  based  primarily  on  the  value  of  the
                             Initial Contracts,  the Pre-Funding Account and the
                             terms   of   the    Securities,    including    the
                             subordination  provided  by the  Certificates.  The
                             ratings   of  the   Certificates   will  be   based
                             primarily  on  the  Cash  Collateral  Account.  The
                             foregoing  ratings do not  address  the  likelihood
                             that the Securities  will be retired  following the
                             sale of the  Contracts  by the Trustee as described
                             above under  "Auction  Sale" or "Optional  Purchase
                             of the Contracts". See "Ratings".
                          
`                            There  can be no  assurance  that any  rating  will
                             remain  in effect  for any given  period of time or
                             that a rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  by
                             the assigning  Rating Agency if, in its  judgement,
                             circumstances  so  warrant.  In the event  that the
                             rating  initially  assigned  to the  Securities  is
                             subsequently  lowered or withdrawn  for any reason,
                             no person or entity  will be  obligated  to provide
                             any additional  credit  enhancement with respect to
                             such Securities.  There can be no assurance whether
                             any  other  rating  agency  will  rate the  Class A
                             Notes or the  Certificates,  or if one  does,  what
                             rating  would be assigned by any such other  rating
                             agency.  A security rating is not a  recommendation
                             to buy, sell or hold securities.
                          
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Certain Federal Income    
  Tax Considerations ......  For  Federal  income  tax  purposes:  (1) the Notes
                             will   constitute   indebtedness;   and   (2)   the
                             Certificates  will constitute  interests in a trust
                             fund that  will not be  treated  as an  association
                             taxable  as  a  corporation.  Each  Noteholder,  by
                             acceptance  of a Note,  will  agree  to  treat  the
                             Notes as indebtedness,  and each Certificateholder,
                             by the acceptance of a  Certificate,  will agree to
                             treat  the  Trust as a  partnership  in  which  the
                             Certificateholders  are partners for Federal income
                             tax  purposes.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
                             Consequences".
                          
ERISA Considerations ......  Subject   to   certain   considerations   discussed
                             under"ERISA  Considerations" herein, the Notes will
                             be eligible for purchase by employee  benefit plans
                             that are subject to the Employee  Retirement Income
                             Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").
                          
                             Employee  benefit  plans  subject to ERISA will not
                             be eligible to purchase the Certificates.
                          
                             Any  benefit   plan   fiduciary   considering   the
                             purchase  of the  Securities  should,  among  other
                             things,  consult  with its  counsel in  determining
                             whether   all   required   conditions   have   been
                             satisfied. See
                             "ERISA Considerations".
                         




















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

     Prospective   Securityholders   should  consider  the  following  risks  in
connection with the purchase of the Securities:

     1. Limited Obligations. The Securities will not represent an interest in or
an  obligation  of  The  CIT  Group  Holdings,   Inc.  ("CIT"),  The  CIT  Group
Securitization  Corporation II (the  "Company"),  the  Affiliated  Purchaser (as
hereinafter  defined) or any Servicer (including The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,
Inc.  ("CITSF")).  The  Securities  will not be  insured  or  guaranteed  by any
government agency or  instrumentality,  CIT or any of its affiliates,  including
the  Company,   the  Affiliated   Purchaser  and  CITSF,  the  Underwriters  (as
hereinafter defined) or any of their affiliates, or any other Servicer or any of
its affiliates.

     2. Risk of Loss. An investment in the  Securities may be affected by, among
other  things,  a downturn  in  regional  or local  economic  conditions.  These
regional or local economic  conditions are often volatile and historically  have
affected the  delinquency,  loan loss and  repossession  experience  of pools of
installment sale contracts secured by recreational  vehicles.  CITSF's portfolio
of installment  sale contracts  secured by recreational  vehicles has grown over
the past two years,  and the credit criteria and  underwriting  guidelines under
which CITSF  originates  recreational  vehicle  installment  sale contracts were
changed in 1994. The delinquency and loan loss experience for CITSF's  portfolio
will be affected by this growth and the change in credit criteria.  See "The CIT
Group/Sales Financing,  Inc.,  Servicer--Delinquency,  Loan Loss and Liquidation
Experience" herein.  Because the market value of recreational vehicles generally
declines  with age and because of the failure of the Trustees to possess a first
perfected  security  interest in the Financed  Vehicles in certain  states,  the
Servicer may not recover the entire amount owing under a Defaulted  Contract (as
hereinafter  defined).  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts." In such a
case, the  Securityholders  may suffer a corresponding loss. The market value of
the Financed  Vehicles could be or become lower than the  outstanding  principal
balances of the Contracts that they secure. Sufficiently high liquidation losses
on the Contracts will have the effect of reducing,  and could  eliminate (a) the
protection  against loss afforded to the Noteholders by the subordination of the
Certificates   and  (b)   the   protection   against   loss   afforded   to  the
Certificateholders  by the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount (as  hereinafter
defined).  If the  Certificate  Balance is reduced to zero,  the  holders of the
Notes will bear the risk of loss  resulting  from  default by Obligors  and will
have to look  primarily  to the  value  of the  related  Financed  Vehicles  for
recovery of the  outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest  on the  Defaulted
Contracts.  If the Available Cash Collateral Amount is reduced to zero,  holders
of the  Certificates  will  bear  the risk of loss  resulting  from  default  by
Obligors (as  hereinafter  defined) and will have to look primarily to the value
of the related Financed  Vehicles for recovery of the outstanding  principal and
unpaid interest on the Defaulted Contracts.

     3. Security  Interests and Certain  Other  Aspects of the  Contracts.  Each
Contract  will  be  secured  by  a  security  interest  in a  Financed  Vehicle.
Perfection of security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles and  enforcement  of
rights to realize upon the value of the Financed  Vehicles as collateral for the
Contracts  are  subject  to a  number  of  state  laws,  including  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code (the  "UCC") as  adopted in each  state  and,  in most  states,
certificate  of title  statutes.  The steps  necessary  to perfect the  security
interest in a Financed  Vehicle vary from state to state.  All  Contracts in the
Contract Pool were purchased by CITSF or The CIT  Group/Consumer  Finance,  Inc.
(NY)  ("CITCF-NY") from  recreational  vehicle dealers  ("Dealers") and name the
Dealer as obligee and as secured party.  All Contracts in the Contract Pool were
assigned b y the related  Dealer to CITSF or  CITCF-NY.  In each case,  CITSF or
CITCF-NY  is named as the  secured  party on the  certificate  of title  for the
related   Financed   Vehicle.   Because  of  the  expense   and   administrative
inconvenience  involved,  CITSF will not amend any  certificate of title to name
the Company or either Trustee as the lienholder and the Company will not deliver
any  certificate  of title to either  Trustee or note thereon  either  Trustee's
interest.  Consequently,  in some states, in the absence of such an amendment to
the  certificate of title to reflect the successive  assignments to the Company,
the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  security  interest in the
Financed  Vehicle may not be  effective,  or such  security  interest may not be
perfected,  and the assignment of the security  interest in the Financed Vehicle
to the Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee may not be  effective  against
other creditors or a trustee in bankruptcy.

     In addition,  numerous  federal and state consumer  protection  laws impose
requirements on lenders under installment sale contracts, such as the Contracts,
and the  failure by the seller of goods to comply with such  requirements  could


                                       16
<PAGE>

give rise to liabilities of assignees for amounts due under such  agreements and
the right to set-off against claims by such assignees. These laws would apply to
the  Trust as  assignee  of the  Contracts.  From  time to time,  CITSF has been
involved in litigation  under consumer or debtor  protection laws, some of which
have been class actions.  See "Risk  Factors--Litigation."  Pursuant to the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF will  represent  and warrant as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date with  respect  to each  Initial  Contract,  and as of the  related
Subsequent  Cut-off Date with  respect to each  Subsequent  Contract,  that each
Contract  complies  with  all  requirements  of law  and  will  provide  certain
warranties  relating to the  validity,  perfection  and priority of the security
interest in each Financed Vehicle securing a Contract.  A breach by CITSF of any
such warranty that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest in any
Contract would require CITSF to repurchase  such Contract  unless such breach is
cured within 90 days. If CITSF does not honor its purchase obligation in respect
of a Contract and such  Contract were to become  defaulted,  recovery of amounts
due on such  Contract  would be  dependent  on  repossession  and  resale of the
Financed  Vehicle  securing such  Contract.  Certain other factors may limit the
ability of the  Securityholders  to realize  upon the  Financed  Vehicles or may
limit the  amount  realized  to less than the amount  due.  See  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Contracts".

     Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers
of recreational  vehicles are required to be licensed to sell vehicles at retail
sale.   Numerous  other  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  impose
requirements  applicable  to the  origination  and  lending  pursuant  to retail
installment  sale  contracts,  including  the Truth in Lending  Act, the Federal
Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair Credit  Billing Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting
Act, the Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Fair Debt Collection  Practices Act
and the Uniform  Consumer  Credit Code.  In the case of some of these laws,  the
failure to comply with their  provisions  may affect the  enforceability  of the
related  Contract.  Neither the Trust nor the Company has  obtained  any license
required  under any  federal  or state  consumer  or  mortgage  banking  laws or
regulations,  and the absence of such  licenses  may impede the  enforcement  of
certain rights or give rise to certain  defenses in actions seeking  enforcement
of such rights.  In addition,  with respect to used vehicles,  the Federal Trade
Commission's  Rule on Sale of Used  Vehicles  requires  that all sellers of used
vehicles  prepare,  complete,  and display a "Buyer's  Guide" which explains the
warranty coverage for such vehicles.  Furthermore,  Federal Odometer Regulations
promulgated  under the Motor  Vehicle  Information  and Cost Savings Act require
that all  sellers of used  vehicles  furnish a written  statement  signed by the
seller  certifying  the  accuracy of the  odometer  reading.  If a seller is not
properly licensed or if either a Buyer's Guide or Odometer Disclosure  Statement
was not provided to the purchaser of a Financed Vehicle, the obligor may be able
to assert a defense  against the seller of the  Financed  Vehicle.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

     4. Certain  Matters  Relating to  Insolvency.  CITSF and the Company intend
that each  transfer of  Contracts  from  CITCF-NY to CITSF and from CITSF to the
Company  and from the  Company to the Trust  constitutes  a sale,  rather than a
pledge of the Contracts to secure indebtedness.  However, if CITCF-NY,  CITSF or
the Company were to become a debtor under Title 11 of the United States Code, 11
U.S.C.  ss.101 et seq. (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), it is possible that a creditor,
receiver, other party in interest or trustee in bankruptcy of CITCF-NY, CITSF or
the Company,  or  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the Company as  debtor-in-possession,  may
argue that the sale of the  Contracts  by  CITCF-NY  to CITSF or by CITSF to the
Company,  or by the  Company  to the  Trust,  respectively,  was a pledge of the
Contracts  rather than a sale and that,  accordingly,  such Contracts  should be
part of such  entity's  bankruptcy  estate.  Such a position,  if presented to a
court, even if ultimately unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction
of  distributions  to the  Securityholders.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency".

                        ,  an                 corporation   and a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of CIT (the "Affiliated Purchaser"), will purchase at least 1% of the
principal  balance of the Certificates.  The Affiliated  Purchaser will have the
same rights with  regard to the Trust as all other  Certificateholders  based on
its percentage  ownership of the Certificate  Balance.  The Trust Agreement will
provide  that if an  Insolvency  Event (as defined  herein)  with respect to the
Affiliated  Purchaser  occurs,  subject  to certain  conditions,  the Trust will
dissolve.  Certain  steps  have  been  taken  in  structuring  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby that are intended to make it less likely that an Insolvency
Event with respect to the Affiliated  Purchaser will occur.  These steps include
the  formation  of  the  Affiliated  Purchaser  as a  separate,  limited-purpose
corporation pursuant to articles of incorporation containing certain limitations
(including restrictions on the nature of the Affiliated Purchaser's business and
a restriction on the Affiliated Purchaser's ability to commence a voluntary case
or  proceeding  under the  Bankruptcy  Code or  similar  applicable  state  laws


                                       17
<PAGE>

("Insolvency  Laws")  without  the  prior  affirmative  unanimous  vote  of  its
directors).   However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  activities  or
liabilities of the Affiliated Purchaser would not result in an Insolvency Event.

     If an Insolvency Event with respect to the Affiliated Purchaser occurs, the
Indenture  Trustee (or, if no Notes are  outstanding,  the Owner  Trustee)  will
promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially
reasonable manner on commercially reasonable terms, except under certain limited
circumstances.  The proceeds from any such sale,  disposition  or liquidation of
the Contracts  will be treated as  collections on the Contracts and deposited in
the Collection  Account.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation of the Contracts
and any amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution  Account and the Certificate
Distribution  Account are not  sufficient to pay the Notes and  Certificates  in
full, distributions will be made first, to the payment of interest and principal
on the Notes and  second,  to the  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on the
Certificates.   In  such  event,  the  amount  of  principal   returned  to  the
Certificateholders  will be  reduced  and such  Certificateholders  will incur a
loss, except to the extent of payments to the  Certificateholders  from the Cash
Collateral  Account,  subject to the Available Cash Collateral  Amount. See "The
Purchase Agreements and The Trust Documents--Insolvency Event".

     5. Limited  Liquidity.                      and                        (the
"Underwriters") intend to make a secondary market in the Securities, but have no
obligation  to do so.  There can be no  assurance  that a secondary  market will
develop for the  Securities  or, if it does  develop,  that it will  provide the
Holders of the  Securities  with  liquidity of investment or that it will remain
for the term of the Securities.

     6. The Subsequent  Contracts and the Pre-Funding Account. The conveyance of
Subsequent  Contracts  by CITSF  during  the  Funding  Period is  subject to the
conditions  described  herein under "The Contract  Pool".  If CITSF is unable to
originate  Contracts  satisfying such criteria during the Funding Period,  CITSF
will have  insufficient  Contracts to sell to the Trust on  Subsequent  Transfer
Dates,  thereby  resulting  in  prepayments  of  principal  to  Noteholders  and
Certificateholders as described below.

     To the extent that amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account have not
been fully applied to the purchase of  Subsequent  Contracts by the Trust by the
end of the Funding  Period,  Noteholders and  Certificateholders  will receive a
prepayment  of  principal  in an  amount  equal  to  the  Pre-Funded  Percentage
allocable to the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,  respectively,  of the
Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at such time,  which
prepayment will be made on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the
Funding Period or, if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date, on such
date. The "Pre-Funded  Percentage" with respect to the Notes or the Certificates
is the  percentage  derived  from the  fraction,  the  numerator of which is the
initial principal balance of the Notes or the initial  Certificate  Balance,  as
the  case  may be,  and  the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the  initial
principal  balance  of the  Notes and the  initial  Certificate  Balance.  It is
anticipated that the principal amount of Subsequent  Contracts  purchased by the
Trust  will not be exactly  equal to the  amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account and that therefore  there will be at least a nominal amount of principal
prepaid to the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders at the end of the Funding
Period.

     Each Subsequent  Contract must satisfy the eligibility  criteria  specified
herein  and in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  at the time of its  addition.
Following  the  transfer  of  Subsequent  Contracts  to the  Contract  Pool  the
aggregate  characteristics  of the Contracts  then held in the Contract Pool may
vary from those of the Initial Contracts included therein.

     The  ability  of the Trust to invest in  Subsequent  Contracts  is  largely
dependent upon whether CITSF is able to originate recreational vehicle contracts
that meet the  requirements  for transfer on a Subsequent  Transfer Date under a
Subsequent Purchase Agreement  transferring  Subsequent  Contracts from CITSF to
the Company and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The ability of CITSF to
originate  such  contracts  may be affected by a variety of social and  economic
factors.  Moreover,  such  factors  may  affect  the  ability  of  the  Obligors
thereunder to perform their  obligations  thereunder  which may cause  contracts
originated  by CITSF or its  affiliates  to fail to meet  the  requirements  for
transfer  under the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement  or the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.  Economic factors include interest rates,  unemployment  levels,  the
rate of inflation  and consumer  perception  of economic  conditions  generally.
However,  CITSF is unable to determine and has no basis to predict whether or to
what extent  economic or social  factors  will  affect the  performance  by such
Obligors and the availability of Subsequent Contracts.


                                       18
<PAGE>

     7. Limited  Assets.  Although the Trust will covenant to sell the Contracts
if directed to do so by the Indenture  Trustee in accordance  with the Indenture
following  an  acceleration  of the Notes upon an Event of Default,  there is no
assurance that the market value of the Contracts will at any time be equal to or
greater  than  the  aggregate   outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  Notes.
Therefore,  upon an Event of Default  with  respect to the Notes there can be no
assurance that sufficient funds will be available to repay  Noteholders in full.
In addition,  the amount of principal  required to be distributed to Noteholders
under the Indenture is generally limited to amounts available to be deposited in
the Note Distribution  Account.  Therefore,  the failure to pay principal on the
Notes may not result in the  occurrence of an Event of Default until the Class A
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

     Funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral  Account which are available to pay
principal and interest on the  Certificates  on any  Distribution  Date will not
exceed the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount for such  Distribution  Date. In
addition, amounts to be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account are limited and
will be reduced as the Pool Balance is reduced.  If funds in the Cash Collateral
Account  are  exhausted,  the Trust will  depend  solely on  payments on or with
respect to the Contracts,  Monthly  Advances and  Non-Reimbursable  Payments (as
hereinafter defined) to make distributions to the Certificateholders.

     8.  Geographic   Concentration  of  Recreational  Vehicles.  A  significant
concentration  of  the  Initial  Contracts  were  originated  in the  states  of
[California,  Texas,  Arizona,  Florida,  Oklahoma and  Missouri].  Based on the
Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance,   %,   %,   %,   %,   % and   %  of
the Initial Contracts were originated in [California,  Texas, Arizona,  Florida,
Oklahoma and Missouri], respectively. Because of the relative lack of geographic
diversity,  losses on the related Contracts may be higher than would be the case
if  there  were  more  diversification.  The  economies  of such  states  may be
adversely  affected to a greater  degree than that of other areas of the country
by certain regional  economic  conditions.  An economic downturn in [California,
Texas, Arizona, Florida, Oklahoma or Missouri] may have an adverse effect on the
ability of Obligors in such states to meet their payment  obligations  under the
Contracts.

     9. Litigation. In June, 1995, a suit, Harvey Travis et al. v. The CIT Group
Sales Financing, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. CV-95-P-1544-S, was filed in the
United  States  District  Court for the  Northern  District of Alabama,  against
CITSF, its force-placed insurance carrier and another lender. Plaintiffs in this
action allege  primarily that  force-placed  insurance  coverage on manufactured
homes was placed by  defendants  in a manner which caused  plaintiffs  and other
borrowers  to be charged or assessed for  excessive  premiums and that there was
inadequate  disclosure  regarding certain fees charged and commissions earned in
connection therewith. In their complaint,  plaintiffs ask that a class action be
certified,  with the class to be comprised of individuals  against whom monetary
charges  alleged to be excessive  have been assessed  and/or  collected by CITSF
and/or the other  defendants  for the  purchase  of  force-placed  insurance  in
connection with consumer  installment  transactions  with CITSF and/or the other
defendants.  It cannot at this time be determined whether there is any basis for
a class action.  The allegations of the complaint are very general and discovery
has only recently commenced.  However,  based on what it knows at this time, the
management of CITSF has no reason to believe that this case will have a material
effect upon CITSF's financial condition or results of operations.

     As of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  force-placed  insurance  has  not  been
obtained on any of the Initial Contracts and as of the Subsequent  Cut-off Date,
force-placed  insurance  will not have been  obtained  on any of the  Subsequent
Contracts.  Historically, CITSF has force-placed insurance on a relatively small
percentage of its retail  installment  sales contracts  relating to recreational
vehicles. The Servicer, however, may force-place insurance on the Contracts once
they are owned by the Trust as described under "The Purchase  Agreements and the
Trust Documents--Physical  Damage Insurance" and there can be no assurance as to
the number or  principal  balance of the  Contracts  that may become  subject to
force-placed  insurance. In the event that the Servicer fails to comply with the
provisions  of  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  relating  to  force-placed
insurance with respect to any Contract and such failure materially and adversely
affects the Trust's interest in such Contract,  the Servicer will be required to
purchase such  Contract in  accordance  with the terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

                          STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION

     The Issuer,  CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Issuer" or the "Trust"),  is a
business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  pursuant to a
Trust  Agreement  (as amended  and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Trust
Agreement"),  to be dated as of February 1, 1996 between the Seller and        ,


                                       19
<PAGE>

acting  thereunder not in its  individual  capacity but solely as trustee of the
Trust (the "Owner Trustee").  After its formation,  the Trust will not engage in
any activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and managing the Contracts and
the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and
the  Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and
(iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to
accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The   Trust   will   initially   be   capitalized   with  equity  equal  to
$                   (the "Original  Certificate  Balance"). Certificates with an
aggregate  original  principal balance of at least $                     will be
sold to the Affiliated Purchaser and Certificates  representing the remainder of
the Original  Certificate Balance will be sold to third party investors that are
expected to be  unaffiliated  with the  Affiliated  Purchaser,  the Seller,  the
Servicer  or their  affiliates.  The  equity  in the  Trust,  together  with the
proceeds of the initial sale of the Notes, will be used by the Trust to purchase
the  Initial  Contracts  from the  Seller  pursuant  to the  Sale and  Servicing
Agreement and to fund the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount.

     The Trust's principal offices are in                  , Delaware in care of
                   as Owner  Trustee,  at the  address  listed in  "--The  Owner
Trustee" below.

Capitalization of the Trust

     The following table  illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust as of the
Initial  Cut-off  Date,  as if the  issuance  and  sale  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificates offered hereby had taken place on such date:

          Class A    % Asset Backed Notes ...........   $
              % Asset Backed Certificates ...........   $
                                                        -----------
          Total .....................................   $
                                                        ===========

The Owner Trustee

                   is the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.             
is  a  Delaware   banking   corporation   and  a   wholly-owned   subsidiary  of
             .   The  principal   offices  of                   are  located  at
             .  The Owner Trustee will perform limited administrative  functions
under the Trust Agreement,  including making  distributions from the Certificate
Distribution  Account.  The Owner  Trustee's  liability in  connection  with the
issuance  and sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes is limited  solely to the
express obligations of the Owner Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement and
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.


                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

     The Notes are an  obligation of the Trust and will be secured by the assets
of the Trust  (other  than the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and the Cash
Collateral Account). Each Certificate represents a fractional undivided interest
in the Trust.  The Trust property will include,  among other things,  (i) a pool
(the  "Contract  Pool") of simple  interest  retail  installment  sale contracts
secured by new and used  recreational  vehicles  between  Dealers and  Obligors,
consisting  of the Initial  Contracts  and the  Subsequent  Contracts;  (ii) all
monies received under the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date
and the Subsequent  Contracts on or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date;
(iii)  such  amounts  as from  time to time may be held in one or more  accounts
established  and  maintained by the Servicer  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  (including  all  investments in such accounts and all income from the
funds therein and all proceeds  thereof,  other than investment  earnings on the
Cash Collateral  Account) as described herein; (iv) all monies on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account,  the Cash Collateral Account and the Capitalized  Interest
Account (as defined herein)  (including all investments in such accounts and all
income from the funds therein and all proceeds  thereof,  other than  investment
earnings on the Cash Collateral Account); (v) security interests in the Financed
Vehicles and any  accessions  thereto;  (vi) the right to proceeds from physical
damage,  credit  life  and  disability  insurance  policies,  if  any,  covering
individual  Financed Vehicles or Obligors,  as the case may be; (vii) the rights
of the Trust  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement;  and  (viii) any and all
proceeds of the foregoing.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                                THE CONTRACT POOL
General

     The Contract Pool will initially consist of         conventional fixed-rate
simple interest  installment  sale contracts  secured by  recreational  vehicles
(collectively,  the "Initial  Contracts")  having an aggregate  unpaid principal
balance as of the Initial Cut-off Date of  $               (the "Initial Cut-off
Date  Pool  Principal  Balance").  For the  purposes  of the  discussion  of the
characteristics  of the Initial  Contracts on the Initial Cut-off Date contained
herein,  the principal  balance of each Initial Contract is the unpaid principal
balance as of the Initial Cut-off Date.

     In addition to the  Initial  Contracts  sold by the Company to the Trust on
the Closing Date the Trust is expected to purchase  from the Company  additional
conventional  fixed-rate  simple interest  installment sale contracts secured by
recreational  vehicles  from time to time on or before  the                 1996
Distribution Date (collectively,  the "Subsequent  Contracts" and, together with
the  Initial  Contracts,  the  "Contracts").  The  Subsequent  Contracts  to  be
purchased by the Trust,  if available,  will be purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY
or Dealers  and sold by CITSF to the  Company  and by the  Company to the Trust.
Accordingly,  the statistical  characteristics of the Contract Pool will vary as
of  any  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  upon  the  acquisition  of  such  Subsequent
Contracts.

     CITSF will sell the Initial Contracts to the Company pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement to be dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Purchase  Agreement") and the
Company will sell the Initial  Contracts  to the Trust  pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement to be dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Sale and Servicing
Agreement"),  among the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trust. CITSF will sell any
Subsequent  Contracts to the Company pursuant to a Subsequent Purchase Agreement
and the Company will sell any  Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust  pursuant to a
Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

     The obligation of the Trust to purchase the Subsequent Contracts is subject
to the following  requirements:  (i) such Subsequent  Contracts must satisfy the
representations  and warranties  specified in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement;
(ii) such Subsequent  Contracts will not be selected by either CIT or the Seller
in a manner that it believes is adverse to the interests of the Securityholders;
(iii) the weighted average Contract Rate of the Contracts (including the related
Subsequent  Contracts) is not less than   %; (iv) the weighted average remaining
term of the Contracts  (including  the  Subsequent  Contracts) as of the related
Subsequent Transfer Date is not greater than      months; (v) the Seller and the
Trustees shall not have been advised by any Rating Agency that the conveyance of
such  Subsequent  Contracts  will  result in a  qualification,  modification  or
withdrawal of its then current  rating of either the Notes or the  Certificates;
(vi) the Owner Trustee shall have  received  certain  opinions of counsel as to,
among other things, the  enforceability and validity of the Subsequent  Transfer
Agreement  relating  to such  conveyance  of  Subsequent  Contracts;  (vii) each
Subsequent  Contract will be originated in the United States of America;  (viii)
each  Subsequent  Contract  will have a Contract Rate of at least   %; (ix) each
Subsequent  Contract  will  provide for level  monthly  payments  which  provide
interest  at the  related  Contract  Rate and,  if paid in  accordance  with its
schedule,  fully  amortizes  the amount  financed  over an  original  term of no
greater than   months; (x) as of the related Subsequent  Cut-off Date,  the most
recent scheduled  payment of principal and interest on each Subsequent  Contract
will have been made by or on behalf of the related Obligor or will not have been
delinquent more than 30 days; (xi) no Subsequent Financed Vehicle will have been
repossessed  without  reinstatement as of the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date;
(xii) as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date, no Obligor on any Contract will
be the subject of a bankruptcy  proceeding;  (xiii) as of the related Subsequent
Cut-off Date, each Subsequent  Contract will have a remaining  principal balance
of not less  than  $              and not more  than  $              ; (xiv) the
payment date on the Subsequent  Contract with the latest scheduled  payment date
will not be later  than          20   ; (xv) no more  than   % of the  Contracts
(including  the related  Subsequent  Contracts)  are  Contracts  secured by used
Financed  Vehicles;  and (xvi) such other  requirements  as the Rating  Agencies
shall  request.  The Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles will consist of motor homes,
travel trailers and other types of recreational vehicles.

     Because  the  Subsequent  Contracts  will be  originated  after the Initial
Contracts,  following their conveyance to the Trust, the  characteristics of the
Contracts,  including  the  Subsequent  Contracts,  may vary  from  those of the
Initial Contracts.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     The Initial  Contracts  were purchased by CITSF or CITCF-NY from Dealers in
the ordinary  course of  business.  The Initial  Contracts  were  selected  from
CITSF's  portfolio of recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts based on
several  criteria,  including  the  following:  (i) each  Initial  Contract  was
originated  in the United  States of America;  (ii) each Initial  Contract has a
Contract Rate equal to or greater than   %; (iii) each Initial Contract provides
for level monthly  payments which include  interest at the related Contract Rate
and,  if paid in  accordance  with its  schedule,  fully  amortizes  the  amount
financed over  an  original  term of no  greater  than    months; (iv) as of the
Initial Cut-off Date the most recent scheduled payment of principal and interest
on each Initial Contract was made by or on behalf of the related  Obligor or was
not delinquent  more than 30  days; (v) no  Initial  Financed  Vehicle  has been
repossessed  without  reinstatement as of the related Initial Cut-off Date; (vi)
as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date no Obligor  on any  Initial  Contract  was the
subject of a  bankruptcy  proceeding;  and (vii) as of the Initial  Cut-off Date
each  Initial  Contract  has a  remaining  principal  balance  of not less  than
$              and not more than  $             . The Initial Financed  Vehicles
consist  of motor  homes,  travel  trailers  and  other  types  of  recreational
vehicles.

     All of the Initial Contracts are, and all of the Subsequent  Contracts will
be, Simple Interest Contracts.  A "Simple Interest Contract" is a Contract as to
which interest  accrues on a simple interest method (i.e.,  the interest portion
of each monthly payment equals the interest on the outstanding principal balance
of the related  Contract  for the number of days since the most  recent  payment
made on such  Contract  and the  balance,  if any,  of such  monthly  payment is
applied to principal).

     The  Initial  Contracts  were first  entered  onto  CITSF'S  or  CITCF-NY's
servicing  system  (which,  typically,  represents  the date on  which  CITSF or
CITCF-NY funds the purchase of such Contracts from Dealers) between
1995 and             1996. All Initial  Contracts are installment sale contracts
secured by recreational  vehicles  originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course
of its business and purchased by CITCF-NY or CITSF in the ordinary course of its
business.

     Approximately    %,   % and   % of the Initial  Cut-off Date Pool Principal
Balance represented  Contracts secured by motor homes, travel trailers and other
types of recreational vehicles,  respectively.  Approximately   % of the Initial
Contracts, by Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance, represented financing
of  recreational  vehicles  which  were new and  approximately    %  represented
financing  of  recreational  vehicles  which  were used at the time the  related
Initial  Contract was  originated.  As of the Initial  Cut-off Date, the average
outstanding  principal  balance of the Initial Contracts secured by motor homes,
travel  trailers and other types of  recreational  vehicles was  $             ,
$             and $             , respectively.

     Based upon information  presented by Obligors in their credit  applications
the  Initial  Contracts  were  originated  in states.  Approximately    % of the
Initial  Contracts,  by  Initial  Cut-off  Date  Pool  Principal  Balance,  were
originated in the State of California,  approximately   % were originated in the
State of Texas,  approximately    % were  originated  in the  State of  Arizona,
approximately    % were  originated in the State of Florida,  approximately    %
were originated in the State of Oklahoma and  approximately    % were originated
in the State of  Missouri.  Each other state  accounts  for less than   % of the
Initial Contracts by Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.

     All Initial Contracts have a Contract  Rate of  at least     %. As  of  the
Initial Cut-off Date, the Initial Contracts  have  remaining  maturities  of  at
least    months but not more than months,  original  maturities  of at least    
months but not more than     months, and a  weighted  average  remaining term to
stated maturity of      months. As of the Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the  weighted
average  contract  rate of the Initial Contracts  was   %. The  final  scheduled
payment  dates  on  the  Initial  Contracts  range from         199 to 20  . The
average  remaining  principal  balance per contract,  as of the Initial  Cut-off
Date, was $                and the outstanding principal balances of the Initial
Contracts, as of the Initial Cut-off Date, ranged from $        to $           .
The weighted average  original term to maturity  of the  Initial  Contracts  was
    months.

     Set forth below is a description of certain  characteristics of the Initial
Contracts.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     Geographical Distribution of Initial Contracts by State of Origination

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             % of Contract
                                             % of Contract                                       Pool by
                          Number of         Pool by Number         Aggregate Principal      Principal Balance
                           Initial            of Initial           Balance Outstanding          Outstanding
                       Contracts As of      Contracts As of               As of                    As of
State               Initial Cut-off Date   Initial Cut-off Date    Initial Cut-off Date    Initial Cut-off Date
- ----                  ----------------     --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
<S>                      <C>                    <C>                      <C>                     <C>
Alabama .......... 
Arizona .......... 
Arkansas ......... 
California ....... 
Colorado ......... 
Connecticut ...... 
Delaware ......... 
Florida .......... 
Georgia .......... 
Idaho ............ 
Illinois ......... 
Indiana .......... 
Iowa ............. 
Kansas ........... 
Kentucky ......... 
Louisiana ........ 
Maine ............ 
Maryland ......... 
Massachusetts .... 
Michigan ......... 
Minnesota ........ 
Mississippi ...... 
Missouri ......... 
Montana .......... 
Nebraska ......... 
Nevada ........... 
New Hampshire .... 
New Jersey ....... 
New Mexico ....... 
New York ......... 
North Carolina ... 
Ohio ............. 
Oklahoma ......... 
Oregon ........... 
Pennsylvania ..... 
South Carolina ... 
South Dakota ..... 
Tennessee ........ 
Texas ............ 
Utah ............. 
Virginia ......... 
Washington ....... 
Wisconsin ........ 
Wyoming .......... 
                             -----               -------               -----------                -------
Total ............                               100.00%               $                          100.00%
                             =====               =======               ===========                =======
</TABLE> 

                                       23
<PAGE>

                             Range of Contract Rates
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     % of Contract Pool
                                                 % of Contract Pool         Aggregate Principal         By Principal
                            Number of              by Number of             Balance Outstanding      Balance Outstanding
Range of Initial         Contracts As of       Initial Contracts As of            As of                    As of
Contract Rates        Initial Cut-off Date      Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date     Initial Cut-off Date
- --------------        --------------------     -----------------------     --------------------     --------------------
<S>                          <C>                        <C>                        <C>                  <C>
                                                                                                  
                                                                                                







                            ---------                    ------                    ----------------        ------
    Total ............                                   100.00%                   $                       100.00%
                            =========                    ======                    ================        ======
</TABLE>
                                                                  
                          Range of Remaining Maturities       
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      % of Contract Pool   
                                                  % of Contract Pool         Aggregate Principal         By Principal      
                             Number of              by Number of             Balance Outstanding      Balance Outstanding  
Range of Remaining        Contracts As of       Initial Contracts As of            As of                    As of          
Maturity in Months     Initial Cut-off Date      Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date     Initial Cut-off Date  
- -------------------    --------------------     -----------------------     --------------------     --------------------  
<S>                          <C>                        <C>                        <C>                  <C>
                      
                                                                                                  
                                                                                                







                            ---------                    ------                    ----------------        ------
    Total ............                                   100.00%                   $                       100.00%
                            =========                    ======                    ================        ======
</TABLE>


                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the  Contracts are  prepayable  at any time without any penalty.  If
prepayments are received on the Contracts,  the actual weighted  average life of
the Contracts will be shorter than the scheduled weighted average life, which is
based on the  assumption  that  payments  will be made as scheduled  and that no
prepayments  will be made.  For this  purpose the term  "prepayments"  includes,
among other  items,  voluntary  prepayments  by  Obligors,  regular  installment
payments  made in advance of their  scheduled  due  dates,  liquidations  due to
default,  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life and credit  disability
insurance  policies,  if any, and  purchases by CITSF or the Servicer of certain
Contracts as described herein. Weighted average life means the average amount of
time during  which each dollar of principal  on a Contract is  outstanding.  The
rate of prepayments on the Contracts may be influenced by a variety of economic,
social and other  factors,  including  the fact that an Obligor  may not sell or
transfer a Financed Vehicle without the consent of CITSF. Any reinvestment  risk
resulting from the rate of prepayment of the Contracts and the  distribution  of
such   prepayments   to   Securityholders   will  be  borne   entirely   by  the
Securityholders. In addition, early retirement of the Securities may be effected
by (i) the  exercise  of the option of CITSF to  purchase  all of the  Contracts
remaining in the Trust when the  aggregate  principal  balance of the  Contracts
(the "Pool  Balance") is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance (as hereinafter
defined),  (ii)  the  sale by the  applicable  Trustee  of all of the  Contracts
remaining  in the Trust when the Pool  Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool
Balance or (iii) the  occurrence  of an  Insolvency  Event  with  respect to the
Affiliated   Purchaser.   See   "The   Purchase   Agreements   and   The   Trust
Documents--Termination."   Moreover,   partial   retirement  of  the  Notes  and
Certificates  will occur to the extent there is remaining any Pre-Funded  Amount
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period.

     The  rate  of  principal  payments  (including  prepayments)  on  pools  of
recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts may be influenced by a variety
of economic,  geographic,  social and other factors.  In general,  if prevailing


                                       24
<PAGE>

interest  rates  were to fall  significantly  below  the  Contract  Rates on the
Contracts,  the Contracts  could be subject to higher  prepayment  rates than if
prevailing  interest  rates were to remain at or above the Contract Rates on the
Contracts.  Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise significantly,
the  rate of  prepayments  on the  Contracts  would  generally  be  expected  to
decrease.  No  assurances  can be  given as to the  rate of  prepayments  on the
Contracts in stable or changing interest rate environments.

     CITSF is not aware of any publicly available  industry  statistics that set
forth principal prepayment  experience for recreational vehicle installment sale
contracts  similar to the  Contracts  over an extended  period of time,  and its
experience  with respect to  recreational  vehicle  receivables  included in its
portfolio is insufficient to draw any specific  conclusions  with respect to the
expected prepayment rates on the Contracts.

Certain Payment Data

     Certain  statistical  information  relating  to  the  payment  behavior  of
recreational vehicle installment sale contracts originated by CITSF is set forth
below.  In  evaluating  the   information   contained  in  this  table  and  its
relationship to the expected prepayment  behavior of the Contracts,  prospective
Securityholders  should  consider that the information set forth below reflects,
with respect to contracts  originated in a given year,  all  principal  payments
made in respect of such contracts in a given year, including regularly scheduled
payments,  liquidation  or  insurance  proceeds  applied  to  principal  of such
contracts, as well as principal prepayments made by or on behalf of the obligors
on the  contracts  in advance of the date on which such  principal  payment  was
scheduled to be made. The information set forth below also reflects  charge-offs
of the contracts during a given year. ln addition, the Company has not performed
any statistical  analysis to determine  whether the contracts to which the table
relates constitute a statistically  significant  sample of recreational  vehicle
installment  sale  contracts  for  purposes  of  determining   expected  payment
behavior. Payment rates on the contracts are influenced by a number of economic,
social and other factors.  Certain of the contracts  included in the table below
were originated with  underwriting  criteria that may differ from the Contracts.
Furthermore,  no assurance  can be given that the  prepayment  experience of the
Contracts will exhibit payment  behavior  similar to the behavior  summarized in
the following table. In addition to the foregoing,  prospective  Securityholders
should  consider that the table set forth below is limited to the period covered
therein and thus cannot  reflect  the  effects,  if any, of aging on the payment
behavior of recreational  vehicle  contracts  beyond such periods.  As a result,
investors  should not draw any conclusions  regarding the prepayment rate of the
Contracts from the information  presented in the table below. Each investor must
make its own assumptions regarding the prepayment rate of the Contracts.

     The  following  table sets forth,  with respect to all of the  recreational
vehicles contracts  originated by CITSF (excluding  contracts purchased in bulk)
in each  year  since  1991,  the  aggregate  initial  principal  balance  of the
contracts  originated in such year, the approximate  aggregate principal balance
outstanding on the contracts  originated in such year as of the last day of such
year  and  the  approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  on  the
contracts originated in such year as of the end of the subsequent year.

            Information Regarding Principal Reduction on Recreational
                      Vehicle Contracts Originated by CITSF
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

                                            Year of Origination
                            ----------------------------------------------------
                              1991       1992       1993(3)    1994(4)   1995(5)
                              ----       ----       ----       ----      ----
Approximate Volume (1) ...  $332,700   $374,800   $405,900   $294,500
Approximate Aggregate
  Principal Balance (2):
     December 31, 1991 ...  $282,600
     December 31, 1992 ...  $198,800   $322,700
     December 31, 1993 ...  $134,300   $233,700   $354,400
     December 31, 1994 ...  $ 84,100   $165,200   $274,000   $260,700
     June 30, 1995 .......  $ 71,300   $142,900   $242,200   $236,600

- ----------

(1)  Volume  represents  aggregate  initial  principal  balance of each contract
     originated in a particular year.

(2)  Approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  as of any date  represents  the
     approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  at the  end of the
     indicated  year or six  month  period  on  each  contract  originated  in a
     particular year.

(3)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  contracts sold by CITSF in January 1994 in
     connection with another securitization which CITSF is servicing.

(4)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  contracts  sold by CITSF  in June  1995 in
     connection with another securitization which CITSF is servicing.

(5)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  Contracts  sold by CITSF in August 1995 in
     connection with another securitization which CITSF is serving.

                                       25
<PAGE>

Paid-Ahead Contracts

     If an Obligor, in addition to making his regularly scheduled payment, makes
one or more  additional  scheduled  payments  in any Due  Period  (for  example,
because  the  Obligor  intends  to be on  vacation  the  following  month),  the
additional  scheduled  payments  made in such Due  Period  will be  treated as a
principal  prepayment and applied to reduce the principal balance of the related
Contract in such Due Period and, unless otherwise requested by the Obligor,  the
Obligor  will not be required to make any  scheduled  payment in respect of such
Contract (a "Paid-Ahead  Contract") for the number of due dates corresponding to
the number of such  additional  scheduled  payments (the  "Paid-Ahead  Period").
During the Paid-Ahead Period,  interest will continue to accrue on the principal
balance  of the  Contract,  as  reduced  by the  application  of the  additional
scheduled  payments  made in the Due  Period  in which  such  Contract  became a
Paid-Ahead Contract.  The Obligor's Contract would not be considered  delinquent
during  the  Paid-Ahead  Period.  An  Interest  Shortfall  with  respect to such
Contract  will exist  during  each Due Period  occurring  during the  Paid-Ahead
Period and the Servicer may be required to make a Monthly  Advance in respect of
such Interest  Shortfall,  as described  under "The Purchase  Agreements and The
Trust Documents--Monthly Advances"; however, no Monthly Advances will be made in
respect  of  principal  in  respect  of  a  Paid-Ahead   Contract.   See  "Yield
Considerations."

     When the Obligor  resumes his required  payments  following the  Paid-Ahead
Period,  the payments so paid may be insufficient to cover the interest that has
accrued   since  the  last   payment  by  the  Obligor.   Notwithstanding   such
insufficiency,   the  Obligor's  Contract  would  be  considered  current.  This
situation  will continue until the regularly  scheduled  payments are once again
sufficient to cover all accrued interest and to reduce the principal  balance of
the  Contract.  Depending  on the  principal  balance and  Contract  Rate of the
related Contract, and on the number of payments that were paid-ahead,  there may
be extended  periods of time  during  which  Contracts  that are current are not
amortizing.  During such periods,  no distributions in respect of principal will
be made to the Securityholders with respect to such Contracts.

     Paid-Ahead   Contracts  will  affect  the  weighted  average  life  of  the
Securities.  The distribution of the paid-ahead  amount on the Distribution Date
following  the Due  Period in which  such  amount was  received  will  generally
shorten the weighted average life of the Securities.  However,  depending on the
length of time during which a Paid-Ahead Contract is not amortizing as described
above, the weighted average life of the Securities may be extended. In addition,
to the extent the Servicer  makes Monthly  Advances with respect to a Paid-Ahead
Contract which subsequently goes into default, because liquidation proceeds with
respect to such  Contract  will be applied  first to reimburse  the Servicer for
such Monthly Advances, the loss with respect to such Contract may be larger than
would have been the case had such Monthly Advances not been made.

     As of the Initial Cut-Off Date,  approximately % of the number of Contracts
in the Contract  Pool were  Paid-Ahead  Contracts,  with at least one  scheduled
monthly  payment  having been  paid-ahead.  CITSF's  portfolio  of  recreational
vehicle  installment  sale contracts has historically  included  contracts which
have been paid-ahead by one or more scheduled monthly payments.  There can be no
assurance as to the number of Contracts which may become Paid-Ahead Contracts or
the  number or the  principal  amount  of the  scheduled  payments  which may be
paid-ahead.

Weighted Average Life of the Securities

     Prepayments on recreational vehicle contracts can be measured relative to a
prepayment  standard or model. The model used in this  Prospectus,  the Absolute
Prepayment  Model ("ABS"),  represents an assumed rate of prepayment  each month
relative to the original number of contracts in a pool of contracts. ABS further
assumes that all the  Contracts  are the same size and amortize at the same rate
and  that  each  Contract  in each  month  of its life  will  either  be paid as
scheduled or be prepaid in full. For example, in a pool of contracts  originally
containing  10,000  Contracts,  a 1.0% ABS rate means that 100 Contracts  prepay
each month.  ABS does not purport to be a historical  description of  prepayment
experience or a prediction of the anticipated  rate of prepayment of any pool of
contracts including the Contracts.

     As the rate of  payments  of  principal  of the Notes and in respect of the
Certificate  Balance will depend on the rate of payment (including  prepayments)
of the  principal  balance of the  Contracts,  final  payment of the Notes could
occur significantly earlier than the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date.
The final  distribution in respect of the Certificates also could occur prior to


                                       26
<PAGE>

the Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.  Reinvestment risk associated
with early payment of the Notes and the Certificates  will be borne  exclusively
by the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, respectively.

     The tables captioned  "Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various
ABS  Percentages"  and  "Percent of Initial  Certificate  Balance at Various ABS
Percentages"  (the  "ABS  Table")  have  been  prepared  on  the  basis  of  the
characteristics  of the Contracts.  The ABS Table assumes that (i) the Contracts
prepay in full at the  specified  constant  percentage  of ABS monthly,  with no
defaults,  losses or  repurchases,  (ii) each scheduled  monthly  payment on the
Contracts  is made on the last day of each  month  and each  month  has 30 days,
(iii) payments on the Notes and  distributions  on the  Certificates are made on
each Distribution Date (and each such date is assumed to be the fifteenth day of
each applicable month), (iv) the  Closing Date occurs on       , 1996, (v) CITSF
exercises its option to purchase the Contracts as specified  under "The Purchase
Agreements and The Trust  Documents--Termination" and (vi) all of the Subsequent
Contracts are purchased by the Trust prior to the first  Distribution  Date. The
ABS Table  indicates  the projected  weighted  average life of the Notes and the
Certificates  and sets forth the percent of the initial  principal amount of the
Notes and the percent of the original  Certificate  Balance that is projected to
be outstanding after each of the Distribution Dates shown at variousconstant
 ABS percentages.

     The ABS Table also assumes that the Contracts have been aggregated into two
hypothetical  pools with all of the  Contracts  within each such pool having the
following  characteristics and that the level scheduled monthly payment for each
of the  pools  (which  is based on its  aggregate  principal  balance,  weighted
average APR,  weighted  average  original term to maturity and weighted  average
remaining term to maturity as of the appropriate Cut-off Date) will be such that
each pool will be fully amortized by the end of its remaining term to maturity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Weighted Average   Weighted Average
                                        Weighted       Original Term     Remaining Term     Weighted Average
                     Aggregate           Average        to Maturity        to Maturity         Seasoning
                 Principal Balance    Contract Rate      (Months)            (Months)           (Months)
                 -----------------    -------------   ---------------  -----------------    ----------------
<S>               <C>                   <C>            <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Pool 1 ........   $
Pool 2 ........   $

</TABLE>
      

     The actual  characteristics  and  performance  of the Contracts will differ
from the assumptions  used in constructing  the ABS Table.  The assumptions used
are  hypothetical and have been provided only to give a general sense of how the
principal  cash flows might  behave  under  varying  prepayment  scenarios.  For
example,  it is very unlikely that the Contracts will prepay at a constant level
of ABS until maturity or that all of the Contracts will prepay at the same level
of ABS. Moreover, the diverse terms of Contracts within each of the hypothetical
pools could produce slower or faster principal  distributions  than indicated in
the ABS Table at the various constant percentages of ABS specified,  even if the
original and remaining  terms to maturity of the  Contracts are as assumed.  Any
difference between such assumptions and actual  characteristics  and performance
of the Contracts or actual prepayment experience, will affect the percentages of
initial  balances  outstanding over time and weighted average lives of the Notes
and the Certificates.

                                       27
<PAGE>

    Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)

Distribution Date                         0.0%    0.5%    1.0%     1.2%    1.4%
- -----------------                         ----    ----    ----     ----    ----
Initial Percent .......................   100%    100%     100%     100%    100%












Weighted Average Life (years)(2) ......

- ----------
(1) Assumes the exercise by CITSF of its option to purchase all of the Contracts
    on the Distribution Date following the Record Date on which the Pool Balance
    is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

(2) The weighted average life of a Class A Note is determined by (i) multiplying
    the amount of each principal payment of the Note by the number of years from
    the date of the issuance of the Note to the related  Distribution Date, (ii)
    adding  the  results  and  (iii)  dividing  the sum by the  related  initial
    principal amount of the Note.

The ABS  Table  has been  prepared  based  on the  assumptions  described  above
(including the assumptions  regarding the characteristics and performance of the
Contracts  which will differ  from the actual  characteristics  and  performance
thereof) and should be read in conjunction therewith.

      Percent of Initial Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages(1)

Distribution Date                         0.0%    0.5%    1.0%     1.2%    1.4%
- -----------------                         ----    ----    ----     ----    ----
Initial Percent .......................   100%    100%     100%     100%    100%












Weighted Average Life (years)(2) ......

- ----------
(1) Assumes the exercise by CITSF of its option to purchase all of the Contracts
    on the Distribution Date following the Record Date on which the Pool Balance
    is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

(2) The weighted  average life of a Certificate is determined by (i) multiplying
    in the amount of each principal  payment on the Certificate by the number of
    years  from the  date of the  issuance  of the  Certificate  to the  related
    Distribution Date, (ii) adding the results and (iii) dividing the sum by the
    related initial principal balance of the Certificate.

The ABS  Table  has been  prepared  based  on the  assumptions  described  above
(including the assumptions  regarding the characteristics and performance of the
Contracts  which will differ  from the actual  characteristics  and  performance
thereof) and should be read in conjunction therewith.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     Thirty days of interest on the Contracts will be paid to the Noteholders on
each  Distribution  Date to the extent of the remaining  Available Amount, in an
amount  equal  to  one-twelfth  of the  product  of the  Class  A Rate  and  the
outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of the preceding Distribution Date
(after  giving  effect  to any  distributions  of  principal  to be made on such
Distribution  Date)  or,  in  the  case  of the  first  Distribution  Date,  the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes as of the Initial Cut-off Date. See
"The  Notes--Distributions  of  Principal".  Thirty  days  of  interest  on  the
Contracts will be passed through to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
to the  extent  of  the  remaining  Available  Amount  and  the  Available  Cash
Collateral  Amount,  in an amount  equal to  one-twelfth  of the  product of the
Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate  Balance as of the preceding  Distribution
Date (after giving effect to  distributions of principal on the Certificates and
other  reductions  in the  Certificate  Balance to be made on such  Distribution
Date) or, in the case of the first Distribution  Date, the Original  Certificate
Balance.  The  "Certificate  Balance"  means the  Original  Certificate  Balance
reduced  by (i)  all  distributions  allocable  to  principal  actually  made to
Certificateholders,  including payments of any Principal Liquidation Loss Amount
and payments of any Principal Distribution Amount made to the Certificateholders
which are  allocable to principal,  (ii) the  aggregate  amount of all Principal
Liquidation Loss Amounts  distributable to Certificateholders to the extent such
amounts  have not  been so  previously  distributed  and  (iii) on or after  the
Cross-Over  Date,  the aggregate  amount of all Principal  Distribution  Amounts
distributable to  Certificateholders to the extent such amounts have not been so
previously  distributed.  See "The  Certificates--Distributions  of  Principal".
Interest   Shortfalls,   to  the  extent  not   covered  by  Monthly   Advances,
Non-Reimbursable  Payments and amounts on deposit in the Collection Account will
adversely affect the yield on the Securities.

     The  Certificate  Balance  will be reduced to the extent  that prior to the
Cross-Over  Date  distributions  are not made in respect of the  Principal  Loss
Liquidation  Amount and on or after the Cross-Over  Date  distributions  are not
made in  respect  of the  Principal  Distribution  Amount.  As a result  of such
reductions,  less interest will accrue on the Certificates  than would otherwise
be the case.

     Generally,  the excess of the amount of interest at the Contract  Rate over
the amount of interest  payable  under such  Contract and  allocable to pay such
Contract's  share of interest on the  Securities  and the Servicing Fee would be
available to cover losses on Defaulted  Contracts.  Because Monthly Advances and
Non-Reimbursable  Payments  are  calculated  at rates  that  are  less  than the
Contract  Rate,  in the event of such a  payment,  there  will be less  interest
available to cover losses on Defaulted  Contracts.  A similar result occurs when
CITSF purchases a Contract at the Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined).

                                  POOL FACTORS

     The "Note Pool Factor" is a  seven-digit  decimal  which the Servicer  will
compute each month indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of the
Notes as of the  Distribution  Date,  as a fraction of the  initial  outstanding
principal balance of the Notes. The Note Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions in the
outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  A  Noteholder's  portion of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the Notes is the product of (i) the
original denomination of the Noteholder's Note and (ii) the Note Pool Factor.

     The "Certificate  Pool Factor" is a seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer
will compute each month indicating the remaining  Certificate  Balance as of the
Distribution  Date,  as a  fraction  of the  initial  Certificate  Balance.  The
Certificate  Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Initial  Cut-off Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance of the  Certificates.  A  Certificateholder's  portion of the  aggregate
outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i) the original denomination
of the Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

     Pursuant to the Indenture,  the  Noteholders  will receive  monthly reports
concerning the payments  received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  the Note
Pool  Factor and  various  other  items of  information.  Pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  the  Certificateholders  will receive monthly reports concerning the
payments  received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  Certificate Pool Factor
and various other items of information. Securityholders of record (which in most
cases will be Cede & Co.) during any calendar year will be furnished information
for tax reporting  purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Statements to Securityholders."

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company will sell the Initial Contracts to the Trust  concurrently with
the sale of the  Securities and the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities
will be applied by the Trustees to the purchase of the Initial Contracts, to the
payment of certain expenses connected with pooling the Contracts and issuing the
Securities,  to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding Account,
and to the deposit of the initial amount into the Capitalized  Interest Account.
Such net proceeds less the payment of such expenses,  the Pre-Funded  Amount and
the initial deposit into the Capitalized Interest Account represent the purchase
price paid by the Trust to the Company for the sale of the Initial  Contracts to
the Trust.  Such  amount  will be  determined  as a result of the pricing of the
Securities,  through the offering described in this Prospectus. The net proceeds
to be received from the sale of the Initial  Contracts  will be paid to CITSF as
the purchase price for the Contracts and will be added to CITSF's  general funds
and will be available for general corporate purposes,  including the purchase of
new  recreational  vehicle  installment  sales  contracts and the payment of the
purchase  price to CITCF-NY for those Initial  Contracts  acquired by CITSF from
CITCF-NY.

               THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

     The  CIT  Group   Securitization   Corporation   II  (the   "Company")  was
incorporated  in the State of Delaware on June 24, 1994, and is a  wholly-owned,
limited purpose finance  subsidiary of The CIT Group Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("CIT"),  which is a successor to a company  founded in St.  Louis,
Missouri,  in February 1908. CIT is 60% owned by The Dai-Ichi  Kangyo Bank, Ltd.
and 40% by MHC  Holdings  (Delaware)  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of Chemical  Banking
Corporation.  The  Company  maintains  its  principal  office at 650 CIT  Drive,
Livingston, New Jersey 07039. Its telephone number is (201) 535-3514.

     As described  herein,  the  obligations  of the Company with respect to the
Securities are limited.  The Company will have no ongoing servicing  obligations
or responsibilities with respect to the Contract Pool.

     CITSF is an affiliate of the Company. The Company will acquire the Contract
Pool in a privately negotiated transaction from CITSF.

     Neither  CIT nor any of its  affiliates,  including  the Company and CITSF,
will be obligated with respect to the Securities.  Accordingly,  the Company has
determined that financial  statements of CITSF and the Company, are not material
to the offering of the Securities.

                  THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER
General

     The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CITSF"), is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT. It has its principal executive office at 650 CIT
Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039, and its telephone number is (201) 740-5000.

     CITSF originates, purchases, sells and services conditional sales contracts
for  recreational  vehicles,  manufactured  housing  and  other  consumer  goods
throughout  the  United  States.  CITSF  has been a lender  to the  recreational
vehicle industry for more than 30 years.  CITSF has Regional Business Centers in
five  cities and a  centralized  asset  service  facility  (the  "Asset  Service
Center") in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  Working through dealers and manufacturers,
CITSF offers retail installment  credit. In addition to purchasing  recreational
vehicle  contracts  from  dealers  on an  individual  basis,  CITSF  makes  bulk
purchases of recreational  vehicle  contracts.  These bulk purchases may be from
the  portfolios  of  other  lending  institutions  or  finance  companies,   the
portfolios of governmental  agencies or  instrumentalities  or the portfolios of
other entities that purchase and hold recreational vehicle contracts.

     The Asset Service Center of CITSF services consumer credit  transactions in
50  states  and the  District  of  Columbia.  It  provides  full  servicing  for
recreational   vehicle,   marine  products  and   manufactured   housing  retail
installment  credit  supplemented  by outside  collectors and field  remarketers
located throughout the United States.

     As  of               ,   1995,   CITSF   serviced  for  itself  and  others
approximately                contracts  (consisting  primarily  of  recreational
vehicle and manufactured housing contracts), representing an outstanding balance
of  approximately  $              billion.  Of  this  portfolio,   approximately
              contracts   (representing   approximately   $              billion
outstanding balance) consisted of recreational vehicle contracts.

                                       30
<PAGE>

     CITSF's  general  policies with regard to the  origination of  recreational
vehicle   installment   sale  contracts  are  described  below  under  "Contract
Origination" and "CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines".  See "Servicing" below for a
description of certain of CITSF's servicing policies.

Contract Origination

     Although CITSF does, on occasion, purchase recreational vehicle installment
sale contracts in bulk from other lenders,  all of the Contracts in the Contract
Pool have been  originated  by CITSF or CITCF-NY  through  the  purchase of such
Contracts from Dealers.

     Through  its  Regional  Business   Centers,   CITSF  arranges  to  purchase
recreational   vehicle  contracts  from  recreational  vehicle  dealers  located
throughout the United States.  Regional  Business Center  personnel  contact the
dealers located in their  territories and explain  CITSF's  available  financing
plans, terms,  prevailing rates and credit and financing policies. If the dealer
wishes to use  CITSF's  available  customer  financing,  the dealer must make an
application  for  dealer  approval.   Upon   satisfactory   results  of  CITSF's
investigation of the dealers  creditworthiness  and general business reputation,
CITSF  and  the  dealer  execute  a  dealer  agreement.  CITSF  also  originates
recreational  vehicle installment loan agreements directly.  In addition,  CITSF
purchases  portfolios  of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  from other  lending
institutions or finance companies.

     Contracts  that  CITSF  purchases  from  Dealers or  originates  itself (as
opposed to portfolios of contracts  purchased  from other lenders) are purchased
on an  individually  approved  basis in  accordance  with  CITSF's  underwriting
guidelines.

CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines

     All recreational vehicle contracts that are purchased by CITSF from dealers
are  written on forms  provided or  approved  by CITSF and are  purchased  on an
individually  approved basis. With respect to each retail  recreational  vehicle
contract to be purchased from a Dealer,  CITSF's general practice is to have the
dealer submit the customer's credit application,  manufacturer's invoice (if the
contract is for a new vehicle)  and certain  other  information  relating to the
contract to the applicable  Regional Business Center.  Personnel at the Regional
Business Center prepare an analysis of the  creditworthiness of the customer and
of other aspects of the proposed transaction.

     All  credit   applications  are  entered  into  an  automatic   application
processing system. CITSF's underwriting guidelines require, and have required, a
credit  officer at a Regional  Business  Center  with the  appropriate  level of
credit authority to examine each applicant's credit history,  residence history,
employment history and debt-to-income payment ratio.  Although,  with respect to
these  criteria,  CITSF  has,  and has had,  certain  minimum  requirements,  as
described  below,  CITSF's  management  does  not  believe  that  these  minimum
requirements are themselves  generally  sufficient to warrant credit approval of
an applicant. Thus, there were and are no requirements on the basis of which, if
they are met, credit is routinely  approved  without review by a credit officer.
Based on credit score and other risk factors, each applicant is either approved,
declined or, if  necessary,  referred to a credit  officer with a higher  credit
authority.  Funding  of a  contract  is  authorized  after  verification  of the
conditions  of  approval of the  application  and  satisfactory  delivery of the
related recreational vehicle.

     The retail customer  generally has had a stable  residence,  employment and
credit  history,  a minimum of two years in his or her present job, a debt ratio
(the ratio of total  installment  debt and  housing  expenses  to gross  monthly
income) of 40% or less, a down payment of at least 10% and an overall  favorable
credit   profile.   Approval   of  retail   customers   that  do  not  meet  the
above-described  retail customer profile is considered by the appropriate  level
credit officer, on a case by case basis. Such approval,  if granted, is based on
the applicant's length and likelihood of continued  employment,  ability to pay,
and a review of the  applicants'  paying  habits.  No  guarantors,  endorsers or
co-signers  are to be considered in  determining  whether to accept or reject an
application. The maximum amount CITSF will advance to such targeted customers is
(i) in the case of a new financed vehicle,  100% of the unpaid cash balance, not
to  exceed  110% of the  manufacturer's  invoice  price  plus  taxes,  fees  and
insurance  and (ii) in the case of a used financed  vehicle,  100% of the unpaid
cash  balance,  not to exceed 110% of the  wholesale  value as determined by the
Kelly blue book.  Funding of a contract is authorized after  verification of the
conditions  of  approval of the  application  and  satisfactory  delivery of the
related recreational vehicle.

                                       31
<PAGE>

     In August 1994  CITSF's  credit  criteria  were  changed to permit  greater
reliance  on credit  scores and  overall  evaluation  instead of using  specific
disqualifying  criteria  (e.g.,  a  minimum  of two  years of  employment).  The
interest rate charged on each  recreational  vehicle  contract  originated since
August 1994 reflects CITSF's  evaluation of the relative risk associated with an
individual's   application.   It  is  expected   that  the  changes  in  CITSF's
underwriting standards may result in higher delinquency and loan loss experience
than is shown in the tables in this  Prospectus  since most of the  recreational
vehicle  contracts  included in such tables were originated using CITSF's former
underwriting  guidelines.  Most of the Initial Contracts were originated and all
Subsequent  Contracts,  if any,  will  be  originated  under  these  new  credit
criteria.  Accordingly,  the data  presented  in the  tables in this  Prospectus
regarding  the portfolio of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  serviced by CITSF
should not  necessarily  be considered  as a basis for assessing the  likelihood
amount or severity of delinquencies or losses on the Contracts.

     The credit review and approval  practices of each Regional  Business Center
are subject to internal  reviews and  internal  audits that,  through  sampling,
examine the nature of the verification of credit histories, residence histories,
employment  histories,  debt ratios of the  applicants  and  evaluate the credit
risks  associated with the contracts  purchased  through such regional office by
rating the  obligors on such  contracts  according  to their  credit  histories,
employment histories, debt ratios and housing ratios.

Servicing

     CITSF  services,  through its Asset Service Center,  recreational  vehicle,
manufactured  housing, home equity, and other consumer loans. CITSF services all
of the recreational vehicle contracts it purchases or originates,  whether on an
individual basis or in bulk. CITSF is actively seeking arrangements  pursuant to
which it will service  recreational  vehicle  contracts held by other  entities.
Such contracts would not be purchased by CITSF or sold to such other entities by
CITSF.  Generally,  such  servicing  responsibilities  are,  and would be,  also
carried out through  CITSF's Asset Service  Center.  Servicing  responsibilities
include collecting principal and interest payments,  taxes,  insurance premiums,
where applicable, and other payments from obligors and, where such contract have
been sold,  remitting principal and interest payments to the holders thereof, to
the extent such  holders are entitled  thereto.  Collection  procedures  include
repossession and resale of recreational  vehicles securing  defaulted  contracts
and, if deemed  advisable  by CITSF,  entering  into workout  arrangements  with
obligors under certain defaulted contracts.  Although decisions as to whether to
repossess  any  recreational  vehicle are made on an individual  basis,  CITSF's
general  policy is to institute  repossession  procedures  promptly  after Asset
Service Center personnel determine that it is unlikely that a defaulted contract
will be brought current,  and thereafter to diligently pursue the resale of such
recreational  vehicles if the market is favorable.  Recently,  the Asset Service
Center has developed a nationwide  auction network to facilitate  resale efforts
on such repossessions.

                                       32
<PAGE>

     The following table shows the composition of CITSF's  servicing  portfolio,
including  recreational  vehicle  contracts  serviced  by  CITSF  on  the  dates
indicated:

                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.
                    Contracts Being Serviced By Product Line
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         At December 31,
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1991                1992                1993                 1994                1996
                                       ----                ----                ----                 ----                ----
                                (Number) (Dollars)  (Number) (Dollars) (Number)  (Dollars)   (Number) (Dollars)  (Number)  (Dollars)
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)                       
<S>                              <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>
RV - Owned ...................   33,820   $729,056   38,926   $845,982   43,530   $961,382    39,454   $847,142  
RV - Bulk Purchases ..........    5,828    116,545    4,383     84,344    3,331     60,386     3,522     50,882  
RV - Servicing Retained (1) ..        0          0        0          0        0          0     4,827    118,267  
Total RV .....................   39,648    845,601   43,309    930,326   46,861  1,021,768    47,803  1,016,291  
Total MH .....................   31,811    509,400   49,640    805,345   47,898    809,670    39,599    878,152  
Home Equity ..................        0          0        0          0    3,545    131,322    13,545    570,772  
Other ........................    6,942    101,022    1,126     19,485    1,572     41,944     1,310     74,823  
                                 ------ ----------   ------ ----------   ------ ----------   ------- ----------   ------- ----------
Total Contracts                                                                                                  
  Serviced ...................   78,401 $1,456,023   94,075 $1,755,156   99,876 $2,004,704   102,257 $2,540,038           $
                                 ====== ==========   ====== ==========   ====== ==========   ======= ==========   ======= ==========

</TABLE>                             
- ----------
RV = Recreational Vehicle
MH = Manufactured Housing
(1) Represents Contracts securitized with servicing retained.

Delinquency, Loan Loss and Liquidation Experience

     The following Delinquency  Experience and Loan Loss/Liquidation  Experience
tables set forth data for CITSF's recreational vehicle portfolio.  The following
table sets forth the  delinquency  experience  for the five years ended December
31, 1995, of the portfolio of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  originated  and
serviced  by CITSF,  excluding  contracts  acquired by CITSF  through  portfolio
purchases and contracts in repossession.

                             Delinquency Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                           1991       1992        1993      1994(3)     1995(3)
                                           ----       ----        ----      -------     -------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Number of Contracts ................     33,820      38,926      43,530      44,281
Principal Balance of
 Contracts Serviced ................   $729,056    $845,982    $961,382    $965,409    $
Principal Balance of
 Delinquent Contracts (1):
   30-59 Days ......................   $  4,363    $  4,412    $  6,478    $  4,986    $
   60-89 Days ......................      1,304       1,378       2,211       1,959
   90 Days or More .................      3,406       4,140       3,383       2,785
                                       --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total Principal Balance
 of Delinquent Contracts ...........   $  9,073    $  9,930    $ 12,072    $  9,730    $
                                       ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Delinquencies as a
 Percent of Principal
 Balances (2) ......................      1.24%       1.17%       1.26%       1.01%          %

</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The  period of  delinquency  is based on the  number of days  payments  are
     contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently,  a contract
     due on the first day of a month is not 30 days  delinquent  until the first
     day of the next month.

(2)  Based on dollar percent delinquent.

(3)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  contracts sold by CITSF in January 1994 in
     connection with another securitization which CITSF is servicing.

(4)  Includes Recreational Vehicle contracts sold by CITSF in January 1994, June
     1995  and  August  1995,   respectively,   in  connection  with  two  other
     securitizations which CITSF is servicing.

                                       33
<PAGE>

     The following  table sets forth the loan loss and  repossession  experience
for the five years ended  December 31, 1995,  of the  portfolio of  recreational
vehicle contracts originated and serviced by CITSF, excluding contracts acquired
by CITSF through portfolio purchases.

                        Loan Loss/Liquidation Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                           1991       1992        1993      1994(5)     1995(6)
                                           ----       ----        ----      -------     -------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Number of Contracts (1) ............     33,820      38,926      43,530      44,281    
Principal Balance of
  Contracts Serviced (1) ...........   $729,056    $845,982    $961,382    $965,409
Net Losses:
  Dollars(2) .......................    $ 3,942     $ 4,040     $ 3,917     $ 4,887    $
  Percentage (3) ...................      0.54%       0.48%       0.41%       0.51%         %(4)

</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  As of period end and excludes contracts in repossession.

(2)  The  calculation  of net loss  includes  all expenses of  repossession  and
     liquidation.

(3)  As a percentage of the principal balance of contracts as of period end.

(4)  This ratio has been  annualized,  and may not  reflect the actual loan loss
     experience for the year.

(5)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  contracts sold by CITSF in January 1994 in
     connection with another securitization which CITSF is servicing.

(6)  Includes Recreational Vehicle contracts sold by CITSF in January 1994, June
     1995  and  August  1995,   respectively,   in  connection  with  two  other
     securitizations which CITSF is servicing.


     The data  presented in the foregoing  tables is for  illustrative  purposes
only.  CITSF's  portfolio of installment sale contracts  secured by recreational
vehicles has experienced  rapid growth over the past two years.  The delinquency
and loss  percentages  will be affected by the rapid  growth,  size and relative
lack of seasoning of CITSF's portfolio, as well as general and regional economic
conditions.  In addition, such data relates to the performance of CITSF's entire
portfolio of installment sale contracts secured by recreational vehicles, and is
not  historical  data  regarding   solely  the  portion  of  CITSF's   portfolio
constituting  the  Contracts.  Most of CITSF's  portfolio  of  installment  sale
contracts  secured by  recreational  vehicles was  originated  under CITSF's old
underwriting  guidelines.  However,  in July 1994 CITSF adopted a  risk-adjusted
pricing policy and changed its credit  criteria and  underwriting  guidelines as
described under "--CITSF's  Underwriting  Guidelines"  above. In connection with
this change,  the minimum credit score for approval of a new credit was reduced,
in order to permit  credit to be extended to less  creditworthy  borrowers  than
under the credit  criteria  previously in effect.  The interest rates charged on
recreational  vehicle  contracts  originated  since  July 1994  reflect  CITSF's
evaluation of the relative risk associated with an individual's application.  It
is  expected  that,  in addition  to the  effects of  seasoning,  the changes in
CITSF's  underwriting  standards will result in higher delinquency and loan loss
experience  than is shown in the above  tables  since  most of the  recreational
vehicle  contracts  included in such tables were originated using CITSF's former
underwriting  guidelines.  All of the Initial  Contracts were originated and all
Subsequent Contracts, if any, will be originated under these new credit criteria
adopted by CITSF in July 1994. Accordingly,  the data presented in the foregoing
tables  should  not  necessarily  be  considered  as a basis for  assessing  the
likelihood, amount or severity of delinquency or losses on the Contracts, and no
assurance can be given that the delinquency  and loan loss experience  presented
in the preceding tables will be indicative of the experience on the Contracts.

                                       34
<PAGE>
                                    THE NOTES
General

     The CIT RV Owner  Trust  1996-A  Class A        % Asset  Backed  Notes (the
"Notes" or the "Class A Notes") will represent  obligations of the Trust secured
by the assets of the Trust (other than the Certificate  Distribution Account and
the Cash Collateral Account). The Trust will issue $         aggregate principal
amount of Class A Notes pursuant to the terms of an Indenture, to be dated as of
February  1,  1996  (as  amended  and  supplemented   from  time  to  time,  the
"Indenture") between the Trust and                            ,  as trustee (the
"Indenture  Trustee"),  a form of  which  will be  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  A copy of the
Indenture  will be available from the Company,  upon request,  to the holders of
the Notes or  Certificates  and will be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  (the   "Commission")   following  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  and
Certificates. The following summary describes certain terms of the Notes and the
Indenture. The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference  to, all of the  provisions  of the Notes
and the Indenture.  Where  particular  provisions or terms used in the Indenture
are  referred to, the actual  provisions  (including  definitions  of terms) are
incorporated by reference as part of such summary.

     The Notes will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations  of $1,000
and integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in book-entry form only. The
Class A Notes will initially be  represented by a single Note  registered in the
name of the nominee of The Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC" and,  together with
any successor depository selected by the Company,  the "Depository"),  except as
provided below.  The Company has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be
Cede & Co.  ("Cede").  No person  acquiring an interest in the Notes through the
facilities  of  DTC  (a  "Note  Owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a Note
representing  such  person's  interest  in the Notes,  except as set forth below
under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive  Securities" and
such  persons will hold their  interests in the Notes  through DTC in the United
States or Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme ("Cedel") or Euroclear in Europe.  Unless
and until Definitive Notes are issued under the limited circumstances  described
herein, all references to actions by Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by
DTC upon  instructions  from its  Participants,  and all  references  herein  to
distributions,  notices,  reports and statements to  Noteholders  shall refer to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities" below.

     Payments of interest  and  principal  on the Notes with respect to each Due
Period  will be made on the  fifteenth  day of each month or, if any such day is
not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"), commencing         15,  1995. With respect to any Distribution Date, the
"Due Period will be the calendar month preceding the month of such  Distribution
Date.  The first Due Period will  commence  on and include  February 1, 1996 and
will end on and include  February 29, 1996.  Payments on the  Securities on each
Distribution  Date  will  be  made  to the  holders  of  record  of the  related
Securities on the day immediately  preceding such  Distribution  Date or, in the
event  Definitive  Securities have been issued,  at the close of business of the
last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which such Distribution
Date occurs (each,  a "Record  Date").  A "Business Day" is any day other than a
Saturday,  Sunday or any day on which banking institutions or trust companies in
the  states of New York,  Delaware,  Illinois  or  Oklahoma  are  authorized  or
required by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

Payments of Interest

     The Class A Notes  will bear  interest  at the rate of     % per annum (the
"Class A Rate"). The period for which interest is payable on a Distribution Date
on  the  Securities   shall  be  the  one-month  period  from  the  most  recent
Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding the following
Distribution Date, or in the case of the initial Distribution Date from February
   ,  1996 to but excluding the initial  Distribution  Date (each,  an "Interest
Accrual  Period").  Interest accruing during the related Interest Accrual Period
(computed on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve  30-day  months)
will be paid to the  Noteholders  of record on the related  Record Date, on each
Distribution  Date, to the extent of the Available  Amount on such  Distribution
Date (i) in an amount  equal to  one-twelfth  of the product of the Class A Rate
and  the  outstanding  principal  balance  on the  Notes,  as of  the  preceding
Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to  distributions  of  principal  and
interest to be made on such Distribution  Date) or (ii) in the case of the first
Distribution Date, in an amount equal to interest accruing from      to      but


                                       35
<PAGE>

excluding the first Distribution  Date, on the outstanding  principal balance of
the Notes as of the Closing Date (the "Class A Interest  Distribution  Amount").
Interest accrued as of any Distribution  Date but not paid on such  Distribution
Date will be due on the next Distribution Date.


Payments of Principal

     Principal  payments will be made to the  Noteholders  on each  Distribution
Date to the extent of the remaining  Available  Amount in an amount equal to the
Principal  Distribution Amount. The "Principal  Distribution Amount" is equal to
the  difference  between (i) the sum of (x) the Pool  Balance on the last day of
the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
the Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance),  and (y) the amount on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of investment earnings) on the last day of
the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
as of the Closing  Date),  less (ii) the sum of (x) the Pool Balance on the last
day of the preceding Due Period and (y) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account (exclusive of investment  earnings) on the last day of the preceding Due
Period; provided, however, that the Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A
Final Scheduled  Distribution Date will equal the outstanding  principal balance
of the  Notes  as of such  date and the  Principal  Distribution  Amount  on the
Certificate Final  Distribution Date will equal the Certificate  Balance on such
date. For the purposes of determining  the Principal  Distribution  Amount,  the
unpaid principal  balance of a Defaulted  Contract or a Repurchased  Contract is
deemed  to be zero on and after  the last day of the Due  Period  in which  such
Contract became a Defaulted  Contract or a Repurchased  Contract.  The Principal
Distribution  Amount will not exceed the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Notes or, after the Cross-Over Date, the Certificate Balance.

     No  principal  will be paid in respect of the Notes until the  Servicer has
been  reimbursed  for any  outstanding  Monthly  Advances  and has been paid the
Servicing Fee  (including  any unpaid  Servicing Fee with respect to one or more
prior Due Periods)  (collectively,  the "Servicer Payment") and until the entire
Class A Interest  Distribution Amount has been paid for the related Distribution
Date. The principal  balance of the Class A Notes,  to the extent not previously
paid, will be due on the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date. The actual
date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes is
paid may be earlier than the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date based on
a variety of factors.

     On each  Determination  Date, the Servicer will determine the amount in the
Collection  Account available for distribution on the related  Distribution Date
and inform the Indenture  Trustee,  who shall allocate such amounts  between the
Notes and the Certificates and make  distributions  to  Securityholders,  all as
described    herein   under   "The   Purchase    Agreements    and   The   Trust
Documents--Distributions".  The  unpaid  principal  balance of the Notes will be
payable on the Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

Redemption

     The  Notes  will  be  redeemed  in  part,  on a  pro  rata  basis,  on  the
Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period
in the event that any portion of the Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account  after  giving  effect to the  purchase  of all  Subsequent
Contracts,  including  any such purchase on such date.  The aggregate  principal
amount of the Notes to be  redeemed  will be an amount  equal to the  Pre-Funded
Percentage  allocable  to the  Notes  of  the  amount  then  on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding Account.

     In the event of an Optional Purchase or Auction Sale, the outstanding Notes
will be redeemed in whole,  but not in part, at a redemption  price equal to the
unpaid principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at
the Class A Rate.  An  "Optional  Purchase" of all the  Contracts by CITSF,  may
occur at CITSF's option,  on any Distribution  Date following any Record Date on
which  the  Pool  Balance  is 10%  or  less  of the  Initial  Pool  Balance  (as
hereinafter defined). An "Auction Sale" may occur, and may result in the sale of
the Contracts remaining in the Trust, within ten days following any Distribution
Date  following  any Record Date on which the Pool  Balance is 5% or less of the
Initial Pool Balance.

     Upon the  occurrence of an Insolvency  Event with respect to the Affiliated
Purchaser,  the Trust  shall be  terminated  and the assets of the Trust will be
sold (unless, within 90 days after such occurrence, the Owner Trustee shall have
received written  instructions  from (a) each of the  Certificateholders  (other
than the Affiliated  Purchaser) and (b) each of the  Noteholders,  to the effect
that each  such  party  disapproves  of the  liquidation  of the  Contracts  and
termination of the Trust). Upon the occurrence of such an event, the outstanding
Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to
the unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes plus accrued  interest thereon at the
Class A Rate.

                                       36
<PAGE>

The Indenture
  
     Modification of Indenture  without  Noteholder  Consent.  The Trust and the
Indenture  Trustee may,  without consent of the  Noteholders,  enter into one or
more supplemental  indentures for any of the following purposes:  (i) to correct
or amplify the description of the collateral or add additional collateral;  (ii)
to provide for the  assumption  of the Note and the Indenture  obligations  by a
permitted  successor to the Trust;  (iii) to add  additional  covenants  for the
benefit  of the  related  Noteholders,  or to  surrender  any  rights  or  power
conferred upon the Trust; (iv) to convey,  transfer,  assign, mortgage or pledge
any  property to or with the  Indenture  Trustee;  (v) to cure any  ambiguity or
correct  or  supplement  any  provision  in the  Indenture  or any  supplemental
indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision of the Indenture or
in any  supplemental  indenture;  (vi)  to  provide  for the  acceptance  of the
appointment of a successor  Indenture  Trustee or to add to or change any of the
provisions  of the  Indenture as shall be necessary  and permitted to facilitate
the administration by more than one trustee;  (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add
to the  provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust  Indenture
Act of 1939,  as amended;  and (viii) to add any  provisions  to,  change in any
manner,  or eliminate any of the  provisions  of, the Indenture or modify in any
manner the rights of Noteholders under such Indenture;  provided that any action
specified in this clause  (viii)  subject to other  conditions  set forth in the
Indenture, shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in
any material respect the interests of any Noteholder unless  Noteholder  consent
is otherwise obtained as described herein.

     Modification of Indenture with Noteholder Consent.  With the consent of the
holders of a  majority  of the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes, and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Trust and the Indenture
Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any
manner or eliminate any provisions  of, the  Indenture,  or modify in any manner
the rights of the related Noteholders.

     Without  the  consent  of the  holder  of each  outstanding  Note  affected
thereby, however, no supplemental indenture will: (i) change the due date of any
instalment  of  principal  of or  interest  on any Note or reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in
which any Note or any  interest  thereon is  payable;  (ii)  impair the right to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is required for any
such  supplemental  indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required
for any waiver of  compliance  with certain  provisions  of the  Indenture or of
certain  defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as  provided  for in the
Indenture;  (iv) modify or alter the  provisions of the Indenture  regarding the
voting of Notes held by the Trust, any other obligor on the Notes, the Seller or
an  affiliate  of any of  them;  (v)  reduce  the  percentage  of the  aggregate
outstanding  amount of the Notes the consent of the holders of which is required
to direct  the  Indenture  Trustee to sell or  liquidate  the  Contracts  if the
proceeds  of such sale would be  insufficient  to pay the  principal  amount and
accrued  but  unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  Notes;  (vi)  decrease  the
percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of the Notes required to amend the
sections of the Indenture  which specify the applicable  percentage of aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other
related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or
on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral
for  the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the
Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive
the holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture.

     Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.  "Events of Default" under
the  Indenture  will consist of: (i) any failure to pay interest on the Notes as
and when the same becomes due and payable,  which failure  continues  unremedied
for five days; (ii) any failure (a) to make any required payment of principal on
the Notes  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for thirty (30) days or (b) to
observe or perform in any material  respect any other covenants or agreements in
the  Indenture,  which  failure in the case of a default  under  clause  (ii)(b)
materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders, and which failure in
either  case  continues  for 30 days after the giving of written  notice of such
failure to the Issuer and the Seller (or the Servicer,  as  applicable),  by the
Indenture  Trustee  or to the  Issuer  and  the  Seller  (or  the  Servicer,  as
applicable),  and the  Indenture  Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% of
the principal  amount of the Notes;  (iii)  failure to pay the unpaid  principal
balance  of any  Notes on or prior to the Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution
Date; and (iv) certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling
of assets and  liabilities  or similar  proceedings  and certain  actions by the
Trust   indicating  its  insolvency,   reorganization   pursuant  to  bankruptcy
proceedings  or  inability  to pay  its  obligations.  However,  the  amount  of


                                       37
<PAGE>

principal  required to be paid to Noteholders under the Indenture will generally
be  limited  to  amounts  available  to be  deposited  in the Note  Distribution
Account.  Therefore the failure to pay principal on the Notes generally will not
result  in the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default  until  the  Class A Final
Scheduled Distribution Date.

     If an Event of Default  should occur and be continuing  with respect to the
Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee or holders of a majority in principal  amount of
such  Notes  then  outstanding  may  declare  the  principal  of the Notes to be
immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under certain  circumstances,
be rescinded by the holders of a majority of the  principal  amount of the Notes
then outstanding.

     If the Notes are due and payable following an Event of Default with respect
thereto, the Indenture Trustee may institute  proceedings to collect amounts due
or foreclose on Trust property,  exercise  remedies as a secured party, sell the
related  Contracts  or elect  to have  the  Trust  maintain  possession  of such
Contracts and continue to apply  collections  on such  Contracts as if there had
been  no  declaration  of  acceleration.  The  Indenture  Trustee,  however,  is
prohibited from selling the Contracts following an Event of Default,  unless (i)
the holders of all the outstanding Notes consent to such sale, (ii) the proceeds
of such sale are  sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the  accrued
interest  on such  outstanding  Notes at the  date of such  sale,  or (iii)  the
Indenture  Trustee  determines  that the proceeds of the Contracts  would not be
sufficient  on an  ongoing  basis  to make  all  payments  on the  Notes as such
payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  obtains  the  consent of the holders of a
majority  of  the  aggregate  outstanding  amount  of  the  Notes.  Following  a
declaration  upon an Event of  Default  that the Notes are  immediately  due and
payable,  (i) Noteholders will be entitled to ratable  repayment of principal on
the basis of their respective  unpaid  principal  balances and (ii) repayment in
full of the accrued interest on and unpaid principal  balances of the Notes will
be made prior to any  further  payment of  interest  on the  Certificates  or in
respect  of the  Certificate  Balance  (other  than  payments  of the  Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount and other payments from the Cash Collateral Account).

     Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the Notes, the Indenture  Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers  under the  Indenture at the request or direction of any
of the holders of such Notes, if the Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes it
will not be adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in  complying  with such  request.  Subject to the
provisions  for  indemnification  and  certain  limitations   contained  in  the
Indenture,  the holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding or any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee and the holders of a
majority  in  principal  amount of such Notes then  outstanding  may, in certain
cases,  waive any default with respect thereto,  except a default in the payment
of  principal  or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or provision of
the  Indenture  that cannot be modified  without the waiver or consent of all of
the holders of such outstanding Notes.

     No holder of a Note will have the right to institute  any  proceeding  with
respect to the  Indenture,  unless (i) such holder  previously  has given to the
Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing  Event of Default,  (ii) the
holders of not less than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes have
made written  request of the Indenture  Trustee to institute such  proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction  inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of such  outstanding
Notes.

     If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing  and if it is known to the
Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default  within 90 days  after it  occurs.  Except in the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note,  the Indenture  Trustee may
withhold  the  notice  if and so  long  as it  determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

     In addition, the Indenture Trustee and Noteholders, by accepting the Notes,
will covenant that they will not, for a period of one year after the termination
of the Indenture, institute against the Affiliated Purchaser, the Company or the
Trust any bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other  proceeding under any federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law.

                                       38
<PAGE>

     Neither  the  Indenture  Trustee  nor the Owner  Trustee in its  individual
capacity,  nor the Cash  Collateral  Depositor,  nor any holder of a Certificate
including,  without limitation, the Affiliated Purchaser or the Company, nor any
of  their  respective  owners,   beneficiaries,   agents,  officers,  directors,
employees, affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express
agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal
of or interest on the Notes or for the agreements of the Trust  contained in the
Indenture.

     Certain   Covenants.   The  Indenture  provides  that  the  Trust  may  not
consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by
or surviving  such  consolidation  or merger is organized  under the laws of the
United States, any state or the District of Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly
assumes the Trust's  obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes
and the  performance or observance of every  agreement and covenant of the Trust
under the  Indenture,  (iii) no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing  immediately after such merger or  consolidation,  (iv) the Trust has
been advised that the rating of the related Notes or Certificates then in effect
would not be reduced or  withdrawn  by the Rating  Agencies  as a result of such
merger or consolidation, (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and
security  interest  created by the Indenture  shall have been taken and (vi) the
Trust has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation
or merger would have no material  adverse tax consequence to the Trust or to any
Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     The Trust will not, among other things,  (i) except as expressly  permitted
by the  Indenture,  the  Purchase  Agreements  (as defined  herein) or the Trust
Documents  (as  defined  herein)  for such  Trust  (collectively,  the  "Related
Documents"),  sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of the Trust,  (ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal
and interest  payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld under
the Code or  applicable  state law) or assert any claim  against  any present or
former  holder of such Notes  because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed
upon the Trust, (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit the
validity or  effectiveness of the Indenture to be impaired or permit the lien of
the  Indenture  to  be  amended,  hypothecated,   subordinated,   terminated  or
discharged,  or  permit  any  person  to  be  released  from  any  covenants  or
obligations with respect to the related Notes under such Indenture except as may
be expressly  permitted thereby or (v) permit any lien, charge,  excise,  claim,
security  interest,  mortgage or other  encumbrance  (other than the lien of the
Indenture)  to be created on or extend to or otherwise  arise upon or burden the
assets of the Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds
thereof.

     The Trust will not incur,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness  other than
indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to the Notes and the  Indenture or otherwise in
accordance with the Related Documents.

     Annual  Compliance  Statement.  The Trust will be required to file annually
with the  Indenture  Trustee a written  statement as to the  fulfillment  of its
obligations under the Indenture.

     Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report.  The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility
and  qualification  to continue as Indenture  Trustee under the  Indenture,  any
amounts  advanced  by it under the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate and
maturity  date of  certain  indebtedness  owing by the  Trust  to the  Indenture
Trustee in its individual  capacity,  the property and funds  physically held by
the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects
the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

     Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged
with respect to the  collateral  securing the related Notes upon the delivery to
the  Indenture  Trustee  for  cancellation  of all such Notes or,  with  certain
limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the
payment in full of all of such Notes.

     The Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture  Trustee under the Indenture will be
Harris Trust and Savings Bank. The Indenture  Trustee may resign at any time, in
which event the  Servicer,  or its  successor,  will be  obligated  to appoint a
successor  trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the  Indenture  Trustee if the
Indenture  Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture
or if the  Indenture  Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  In such  circumstances,  the
Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any  resignation or
removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee does not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee.

     Trust  Indenture  Act.  The  Indenture  will  comply  with  all  applicable
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

                                       39
<PAGE>

                                THE CERTIFICATES

     The  Certificates  offered  hereby  will be  issued  pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  a form of which has been  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The  following  summary does not
purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to, the Trust Agreement.

General

     The  CIT RV  Owner  Trust  1996-A      %  Asset  Backed  Certificates  (the
"Certificates"  and, together with the Notes, the  "Securities")  will represent
fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The Trust will issue $             
aggregate principal amount of Certificates pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  to be
dated as of February  1, 1996,  between  the Seller and the Owner  Trustee  (the
"Trust  Agreement"),  a form  of  which  will  be  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  A copy of the
Trust Agreement will be available from the Company,  upon request, to holders of
the Notes or  Certificates  and will be filed with the Commission  following the
issuance  of  the  Notes  and  the  Certificates.  Payments  in  respect  of the
Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the Notes to the limited extent
described  herein.   The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms  of  the
Certificates  and the  Trust  Agreement.  The  summary  does not  purport  to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and  the  Trust  Agreement.  Where
particular  provisions or terms used in the Trust Agreement are referred to, the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.

     The Certificates  will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations of
$20,000 and integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess  thereof in book-entry  form
only;  provided,  however,  that one Certificate may be issued in a denomination
other than an integral multiple of $1,000 such that the Affiliated Purchaser may
be  issued  at  least  1% of the  Certificate  Balance.  The  Certificates  will
initially be represented by a single Certificate registered in the name of Cede,
the nominee of DTC. No person acquiring an interest in the Certificates  through
the  facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will be entitled to receive a
Definitive Certificate  representing such person's interest in the Certificates,
except  as  set  forth   below  under   "Certain   Information   Regarding   The
Securities--Definitive Securities". Unless and until Definitive Certificates are
issued under the limited  circumstances  described  herein,  all  references  to
actions  by  Certificateholders  shall  refer  to  actions  taken  by  DTC  upon
instructions from its Participants,  and all references herein to distributions,
notices,   reports  and   statements  to   Certificateholders   shall  refer  to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities" below.

     Payments of interest and principal on the Certificates with respect to each
Due Period will be made on each Distribution Date, commencing          15, 1996.
Payments on the Securities on each Distribution Date will be made to the holders
of record of the related Securities on the related Record Date.

Distribution of Interest

     The  Certificates  will bear  interest  at the rate of     % per annum (the
"Pass-Through Rate"). Interest on the Certificate Balance will accrue during the
related  Interest  Accrual Period at the Pass-Through  Rate.  Interest  accruing
during the related  Interest  Accrual Period (computed on the basis of a 360-day
year consisting of twelve 30-day months) will be paid to the  Certificateholders
of record on the related Record Date, on each  Distribution  Date, to the extent
of the  Available  Amount on such  Distribution  Date (i) in an amount  equal to
one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate Balance,
as of the preceding  Distribution  Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal and interest to be made on such Distribution Date) or (ii) in the case
of the first  Distribution  Date,  in an amount equal to interest  accruing from
              to but  excluding  the first  Distribution  Date,  on the Original
Certificate Balance (the "Certificate Interest Distribution  Amount").  Interest
accrued as of any Distribution  Date but not paid on such Distribution Date will
be due on the next  Distribution  Date.  The  rights  of  Certificateholders  to
receive  distributions  of interest  will be  subordinated  to the rights of the
Noteholders to receive  payment in full of all amounts of interest and principal
which  the  Noteholders  are  entitled  to be paid on  such  Distribution  Date.
Interest to  Certificateholders  may be  provided  from  payments  from the Cash
Collateral  Account,  to the extent of the Available Cash Collateral  Amount, in
the event there are not sufficient  funds (after  reimbursement  to the Servicer
for reimbursable  Monthly  Advances,  and payment of the Servicer Payment to the


                                       40
<PAGE>

Servicer  and interest and  principal on the Notes) to make such  payments  from
payments  made by or on behalf of the  Obligors or in respect of the  Contracts,
including Monthly Advances and Non-Reimbursable Payments made by the Servicer.


Distribution of Principal

     On  each   Distribution   Date   prior   to  the   Cross-Over   Date,   the
Certificateholders will not be entitled to any payments of principal,  except to
the extent of the Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.

     On each  Distribution  Date on and after the Cross-Over Date,  principal of
the Certificates will be payable,  subject to the remaining Available Amount and
the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount,  in an amount  equal to the  Principal
Distribution  Amount for the related Due Period. Such principal payments will be
funded to the extent of the Available  Amount  remaining  after the Servicer has
been  reimbursed  for any  outstanding  Monthly  Advances  and has been paid the
Servicer Payment, and payment of interest and principal in respect of the Notes,
if any,  and  interest in respect to the  Certificates  has been made or, to the
extent such Available Amount is  insufficient,  will be funded through a payment
from the Cash Collateral  Account to the extent of the Available Cash Collateral
Amount. The rights of  Certificateholders  to receive  distributions of interest
and  principal  will be  subordinated  to the rights of  Noteholders  to receive
distributions of interest and principal and to the extent described herein.  The
principal balance of the  Certificates,  to the extent not previously paid, will
be due on the Certificate Final Scheduled  Distribution Date. The actual date on
which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Certificates is paid may
be earlier than the  Certificate  Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date based on a
variety of factors.

     On  each   Distribution   Date   prior   to  the   Cross-Over   Date,   the
Certificateholders  will  be  entitled  to  receive,  subject  to the  remaining
Available  Amount  and the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount,  the  Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount for such Distribution Date. Such principal payments will
be funded to the extent of the Available Amount remaining after the Servicer has
been  reimbursed  for any  outstanding  Monthly  Advances  and has been paid the
Servicer Payment,  the principal and interest due on the Notes has been paid and
the interest on the  Certificates has been paid, or to the extent such remaining
Available Amount is insufficient, will be funded through a payment from the Cash
Collateral  Account to the extent of the Available Cash Collateral  Amount.  The
"Principal  Liquidation  Loss Amount" for any  Distribution  Date will equal the
amount, if any, by which the sum of the aggregate  outstanding principal balance
of  the  Notes  and  the  Certificate   Balance  (after  giving  effect  to  all
distributions  of principal on such  Distribution  Date)  exceeds the sum of the
Pool Balance plus the amounts  remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account,
if any, at the close of business on the last day of the related Due Period.  The
Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount represents  future principal  payments on the
Contracts that, because of the subordination of the Certificates and liquidation
losses  on the  Contracts,  will  not be  paid  to the  Certificateholders.  See
"--Subordination" below.

Redemption

     The  Certificates  will be  redeemed in part,  on a pro rata basis,  on the
Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period
in the event that any portion of the Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account  after  giving  effect to the  purchase  of all  Subsequent
Contracts,  including  any such purchase on such date.  The aggregate  principal
amount  of the  Certificates  to be  redeemed  will be an  amount  equal  to the
Pre-Funded  Percentage  allocable  to the  Certificates  of the  amount  then on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

     In the event of an Optional Purchase or Auction Sale, the Certificates will
be redeemed at a redemption price equal to the Certificate  Balance plus accrued
interest  thereon at the  Pass-Through  Rate.  An  Optional  Purchase of all the
Contracts  by CITSF,  may occur at  CITSF's  option,  on any  Distribution  Date
following  any  Record  Date on  which  the Pool  Balance  is 10% or less of the
Initial Pool Balance (as hereinafter defined). An Auction Sale will occur at any
time, and may result in the sale of the Contracts remaining in the Trust, within
ten days  following a  Distribution  Date following the Record Date on which the
Pool Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

     If an Insolvency Event with respect to the Affiliated Purchaser occurs, the
Indenture  Trustee (or, if no Notes are  outstanding,  the Owner  Trustee)  will
promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially
reasonable manner on commercially reasonable terms, except under certain limited
circumstances.  The proceeds from any such sale,  disposition  or liquidation of
the Contracts  will be treated as  collections on the Contracts and deposited in


                                       41
<PAGE>

the Collection  Account.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation of the Contracts
and any amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution  Account and the Certificate
Distribution  Account are not  sufficient to pay the Notes and  Certificates  in
full, distributions will be made first, to the payment of interest and principal
on the Notes and  second,  to the  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on the
Certificates.   In  such  event,  the  amount  of  principal   returned  to  the
Certificateholders  will be  reduced  and such  Certificateholders  will incur a
loss, except to the extent of payments, subject to the Available Cash Collateral
Amount, made to the Certificateholders  from the Cash Collateral Account. 

Credit Enhancement

     Subordination of Certificates.  The rights of Certificateholders to receive
distributions  of  interest  and  principal  are  subordinated  to the rights of
Noteholders to receive  payment in full of all amounts of interest and principal
to which the  Noteholders  are  entitled to receive on the related  Distribution
Date.  Consequently,  no distribution will be made to the  Certificateholders on
any  Distribution  Date in  respect  of (i)  interest  until the full  amount of
interest and  principal on the Class A Notes payable on such  Distribution  Date
has been  distributed to the Class A  Noteholders,  other than payments from the
Cash  Collateral  Account,  and (ii) principal until the Class A Notes have been
paid in full, other than  distributions in respect of the Principal  Liquidation
Loss Amount.

     Cash Collateral  Account.  The only credit enhancement for the Certificates
is the Cash  Collateral  Account.  With respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the
amount available to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral  Account as payment to
the Certificateholders will not exceed the Available Cash Collateral Amount. The
Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  will be reduced by  payments  from the Cash
Collateral  Account  required to be made to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  (as
hereinafter  defined) pursuant to the Cash Collateral  Agreement (as hereinafter
defined) and  payments  previously  made  therefrom  to  Certificateholders  and
generally  will be reduced as the Pool  Balance is  reduced.  See "The  Purchase
Agreements  and  The  Trust   Documents--Credit   Enhancement--Cash   Collateral
Account." At any time that the Available Cash Collateral Amount is zero, holders
of Certificates  will bear the risk of all  liquidation  losses on the Defaulted
Contracts and may suffer a loss. The Certificate  Balance will be reduced to the
extent that prior to the Cross-Over Date  distributions  are not made in respect
of the Principal Loss  Liquidation  Amount and on or after the  Cross-Over  Date
distributions are not made in respect of the Principal Distribution Amount. As a
result of such reductions,  less interest will accrue on the  Certificates  than
would otherwise be the case.


                 CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

Book-Entry Registration

     Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the Securities may hold
their  interests  through DTC in the United States or, in the case of the Notes,
Cedel  or  Euroclear  in  Europe  and  persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership
interests in the Certificates may hold their interests  through DTC.  Securities
will be registered  in the name of Cede as nominee for DTC.  Cedel and Euroclear
will  hold  omnibus  positions  with  respect  to the  Notes on  behalf of Cedel
Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants,   respectively,  through  customers'
securities  accounts  in  Cedel's  and  Euroclear's  name on the  books of their
respective  depositories  (collectively,  the "Depositories") which in turn will
hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositories' names
on the  books  of  DTC.  For  additional  information  regarding  clearance  and
settlement procedures see Annex I hereto.

     DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial Code, and a
"clearing  agency"  registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  DTC accepts  securities  for deposit from its
participating  organizations  ("Participants") and facilitates the clearance and
settlement of securities  transactions  between  Participants in such securities
through electronic  book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include
securities  brokers and dealers  (including the  Underwriters),  banks and trust
companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations.
Indirect  access to the DTC system is also  available  to others  such as banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship  with a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly  ("Indirect
Participants").

     Security  Owners who are not  Participants  or  Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of Securities may do so
only through Participants or Indirect  Participants (unless and until Definitive


                                       42
<PAGE>

Securities  are  issued).   In  addition,   Security  Owners  will  receive  all
distributions  of principal and interest on the  Securities  through DTC and its
Participants.  Under a book-entry  format,  Security  Owners may experience some
delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the
Trustees to Cede,  as nominee for DTC.  DTC will  forward  such  payments to its
Participants  which  thereafter  will forward them to Indirect  Participants  or
Security Owners.  It is anticipated that the only "Holder" or  "Securityholder,"
as such terms are used herein,  will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Security Owners
will not be recognized by the Trustees as Securityholders,  as such term will be
used,  in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  and Security  Owners will only be
permitted to exercise the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly through DTC and
its  Participants.  Security  Owners  will not receive or be entitled to receive
Definitive  Notes  or  Definitive  Certificates  representing  their  respective
interests in the Securities,  except under the limited  circumstances  described
below.

     Transfers  between  Participants  will occur in accordance  with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Because of time zone differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement  date,  such credits or any  transactions  in such securities
settled  during such  processing  will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear or
Cedel  Participants on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as
result of sales of  Securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  to a DTC  Participant  will  be  received  with  value  on the  DTC
settlement  date but will be available in the relevant  Cedel or Euroclear  cash
account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

     Cross-market transfers between persons directly or indirectly holding Notes
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depository;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterpart  in such  system  in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadline  (European  time).  The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depository to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions to the Depositories.

     While the  Securities  are  outstanding  (except  under  the  circumstances
described  below),  under the rules,  regulations  and  procedures  creating and
affecting DTC and its operations (the "DTC Rules"), DTC will be required to make
book-entry  transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to
the  Notes  and  Certificates  and will be  required  to  receive  and  transmit
distributions  of principal  and interest on the  Securities.  Participants  and
Indirect  Participants  with which Security Owners have accounts with respect to
the  Securities  will be similarly  required to make  book-entry  transfers  and
receive  and  transmit  such  payments  on behalf of their  respective  Security
Owners.

     Because  DTC can only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Security Owner to pledge Notes
or  Certificates  to  persons or  entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such Securities,  may be limited
due to the lack of physical certificates for such Securities.

     Cedel is  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  Cedel holds securities for its participating  organizations ("Cedel
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of Cedel  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in Cedel in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  Cedel  provides  to its  Cedel
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  Cedel  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to Cedel is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly  or indirectly.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in 1968 to  hold  securities  for its
participants  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to clear and settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled in any of 32  currencies,  including  United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market  transfers with
DTC described above.  The Euroclear System is operated by the Brussels,  Belgium
Office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"),  under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems,  S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the
Euroclear  Operator,   and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operators,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  establishes  policy for the Euroclear  System on
behalf of the dealers and other professional financial intermediaries.  Indirect
access to Euroclear is also  available  to other firms that clear  thorough,  or
maintain a custodial relationship with a  Euroclear Participant, either directly
or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in  Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a
fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific   certificates  to  specific
securities  clearance accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and
Conditions  only on behalf  of  Euroclear  Participants  and has no record of or
relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by its Depository.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of Notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depository's  ability to effect such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

     Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued,  Security Owners who are
not Participants may transfer  ownership of Notes and Certificates  only through
Participants  by  instructing  such  Participants  to  transfer  such  Notes and
Certificates,  by  book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC  for the  account  of the
purchasers of such Securities, which account is maintained with their respective
Participants.   Under  the  DTC  Rules  and  in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Securities  will be executed  through DTC
and the  accounts  of the  respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited  and
credited. Similarly, the respective Participants will make debits or credits, as
the case may be,  on their  records  on  behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing
Securities Owners.

     DTC has  advised  the  Company  and the  Trustees  that,  unless  and until
Definitive Securities are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken
by a Securityholder under the Sale and Servicing Agreement only at the direction
of one or more  Participants  to whose DTC accounts the Securities are credited.
DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to other undivided  interests to
the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Participants  whose holdings
include such undivided interests.

     NEITHER THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, CIT, THE AFFILIATED PURCHASER,
THE OWNER TRUSTEE,  THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE CASH COLLATERAL DEPOSITOR NOR ANY
OF  THE  UNDERWRITERS  WILL  HAVE  ANY   RESPONSIBILITY  OR  OBLIGATION  TO  ANY
PARTICIPANTS,  CEDEL  PARTICIPANTS OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS OR THE PERSONS FOR
WHOM THEY ACT AS  NOMINEES  WITH  RESPECT  TO (1) THE  ACCURACY  OF ANY  RECORDS
MAINTAINED BY DTC,  CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT, (2) THE PAYMENT BY DTC,
CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY AMOUNT DUE TO ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER IN
RESPECT OF THE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF, OR INTEREST  ON, THE  SECURITIES,  (3) THE


                                       44
<PAGE>

DELIVERY BY ANY PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL PARTICIPANT OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANT OF ANY
NOTICE TO ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF
THE INDENTURE OR THE TRUST AGREEMENT TO BE GIVEN TO  SECURITYHOLDERS  OR (4) ANY
OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.

Definitive Securities

     The Notes and Certificates will be issued in fully registered, certificated
form  ("Definitive  Notes" and  "Definitive  Certificates",  respectively,  and,
together "Definitive  Securities") to Security Owners or their nominees,  rather
than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i) the  Servicer  advises the Trustees in
writing  that  DTC is no  longer  willing  or able  to  discharge  properly  its
responsibilities  as Depository  with respect to the Securities and the Trustees
or the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Servicer, at
its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after
the  occurrence of an Event of Default or an Event of  Termination,  Note Owners
and Certificate Owners representing in the aggregate not less than a majority of
the outstanding principal balance of the Notes or the Certificate Balance advise
DTC through Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system
through DTC (or a successor  thereto) is no longer in the best  interest of such
Note Owners or Certificate Owners.

     Upon the  occurrence  of any of the  events  described  in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee is required to notify DTC of the availability
of Definitive  Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the global notes and global
certificates  representing  the  Notes and  Certificates  and  instructions  for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue the Notes as  Definitive  Notes and the
Certificates  as  Definitive  Certificates,  and  thereafter  the  Trustee  will
recognize the holders of such  Definitive  Notes and Definitive  Certificates as
Noteholders and Certificateholders,  respectively,  under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  ("Noteholders" and  "Certificateholders"  respectively,  and together
"Securityholders" or "Holders").

     Distributions of principal of the Securities and interest on the Securities
will  be made  by the  Trustee  directly  to  Holders  in  accordance  with  the
procedures   set  forth  herein  and  in  the  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement.
Distributions of principal and interest on each  Distribution  Date will be made
to Holders in whose  names the  Definitive  Securities  were  registered  on the
Record Date. Such  distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of
such  Holder as it  appears on the  register  maintained  by the  Trustee or the
Security  Registrar.  The final payment on any  Securities  (whether  Definitive
Securities or the  Securities  registered in the name of Cede  representing  the
Securities),  however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such
Note or  Certificate  at the office or agency  specified  in the notice of final
distribution to Holders.

     Definitive  Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the  Trustee.  No service  charge  will be imposed  for any  registration  of
transfer or exchange, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

List of Security Holders

     If Definitive  Certificates have been issued,  the Owner Trustee will, upon
written  request  by  three  or  more   Certificateholders   or  by  holders  of
Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance,  within
five (5) Business Days afford such  Certificateholders  access  during  business
hours to the current list of  Certificateholders  for purposes of  communicating
with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to their rights under the Purchase
Agreements and the Trust Documents (provided such  Certificateholders  (i) state
that they wish to  communicate  with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to
their  rights under the Purchase  Agreements,  the Trust  Documents or under the
Certificates  and (ii) provide the Trustee and the  Servicer  with a copy of the
proposed  communication).  The Purchase  Agreements and Trust Documents will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Certificateholders.

     If  Definitive  Notes have been issued,  the Indenture  Trustee will,  upon
written request by three or more  Noteholders or by holders of Notes  evidencing
not less than 25% of the aggregate  principal balance of the Notes,  within five
(5) Business Days afford such  Noteholders  access during  business hours to the
current list of Noteholders for purposes of communicating with other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture  (provided such Noteholders (i)
state that they wish to communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their
rights  under the  Indenture  and (ii)  provide  the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Servicer  with a copy of the proposed  communication).  The  Indenture  will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Noteholders.

                                       45
<PAGE>

Statements to Securityholders

     On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will include with each distribution
to each Securityholder a statement,  setting forth the following information for
the related Due Period:

          (i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of the Notes
     and to the Certificate  Balance of the Certificates,  including any overdue
     principal;

          (ii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities, including any overdue interest;

          (iii) the Pool Balance,  the Note Pool Factor and the Certificate Pool
     Factor as of the end of the related Due Period;

          (iv) the  Servicing  Fee for the  related Due  Period,  including  any
     overdue Servicing Fee;

          (v) the amount of Monthly  Advances and  Non-Reimbursable  Payments on
     such date;

          (vi) the amount,  if any,  withdrawn from the Cash Collateral  Account
     and distributed to the Certificateholders with respect to such Distribution
     Date;

          (vii) the Available Cash Collateral Amount, after giving effect to any
     deposit to or withdrawal from the Cash  Collateral  Account with respect to
     such  Distribution  Date, and such amount  expressed as a percentage of the
     Pool Balance;

          (viii) the aggregate  principal  balance of all  Contracts  which were
     delinquent 30, 59 and 89 days or more as of the last day of the related Due
     Period;

          (ix) during the Funding Period,  the amount of funds on deposit in the
     Pre-Funding Account;

          (x) during the  Funding  Period,  the number and  aggregate  principal
     balance of Subsequent Contracts;

          (xi) during the Funding  Period,  the number and  aggregate  principal
     balance  of  Subsequent  Contracts  purchased  by the Trust on the  related
     Distribution Date;

          (xii) during the Funding Period,  the amount,  if any,  withdrawn from
     the  Capitalized  Interest  Account to make  payments  of  interest  on the
     Securities; 

          (xiii)  during the Funding  Period,  the amount  remaining  on deposit
     in the Capitalized Interest Account;

          (xiv) on the Distribution  Date  immediately  following the end of the
     Funding  Period (or if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date on
     such Distribution  Date), the aggregate  principal amount and percentage of
     each of the Notes and Certificates which are being redeemed;

          (xv) the amount,  if any, by which the amount due to be distributed to
     Noteholders and Certificateholders exceeds the actual amount distributed on
     the  related  Distribution  Date  to  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,
     respectively;

          (xvi) the aggregate  principal  balance of all Contracts  which became
     Defaulted Contracts during the related Due Period;

          (xvii) the number and aggregate  principal  amount of Contracts  which
     were prepaid, in part or in whole, during the related Due Period;

          (xviii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of
     such  Distribution  Date after giving effect to any  distributions  on such
     Distribution Date;

          (xix) the  Certificate  Balance as of such  Distribution  Date  (after
     giving effect to any distributions on such Distribution Date); and

          (xx) the Required Cash Collateral Amount.

     Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, but
not later than the latest date permitted by law (where  applicable law specifies
such date), the Servicer will furnish to each person who at any time during such
calendar  year shall  have been a  Securityholder  a  statement  containing  the
relevant amounts described above for such calendar year for the purposes of such
Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See "Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences."

                                       46
<PAGE>
                 THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

     The following summary describes certain terms of the Purchase Agreement and
any Subsequent Purchase Agreement (together,  the "Purchase Agreements") and the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  any Subsequent Transfer Agreements and the Trust
Agreement  (together,  the "Trust Documents").  Forms of the Purchase Agreements
and the  Trust  Documents  have  been  filed  as  exhibits  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part. This summary does not purport
to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all of the provisions of the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents.

Sale and Assignment of the Contracts

     On or prior to the Closing Date and each Subsequent Transfer Date, pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement or a Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  as the case may
be,  between  CITSF and the Company,  CITSF will sell and assign to the Company,
without  recourse,  its entire  interest  in and to the  Initial  Contracts  and
Subsequent  Contracts,  respectively,  including  its security  interests in the
related  Financed  Vehicles.  On the Closing Date and each  Subsequent  Transfer
Date, the Company will sell and assign to the Owner Trustee,  without  recourse,
all of its right,  title and interest in and to such  Contracts,  including  its
security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles.  Certain of the Contracts will be
purchased  by CITSF from  CITCF-NY  before  they are sold to the  Company.  Each
Contract will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to each of the
Purchase  Agreement  and  the  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement  (the  "List  of
Contracts")  which  includes,  among other things,  the Contract  Rate,  Initial
Cut-off Date Principal  Balance and date of the last scheduled  payment for each
Contract.   The  Owner   Trustee  or  its   designated   agent   (which  may  be
                            ) will, concurrently with the sale and assignment of
the  Initial  Contracts  to it  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
execute,  authenticate  and deliver the Notes and Certificates to the Company in
exchange  for the Initial  Contracts.  The  Company  will sell the Notes and the
Certificates to the Underwriters.

     CITSF will make  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  with  respect to each  Initial  Contract as of the Closing
Date,  including  that (i) as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the  most  recent
scheduled  payment of  principal  and  interest  was made by or on behalf of the
related  Obligor or was not delinquent more than 30 days; (ii) no provision of a
Contract  has been  waived,  altered  or  modified  in any  respect,  except  by
instruments or documents  contained in the Contract File; (iii) each Contract is
a legal,  valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor and is enforceable
in  accordance  with its  terms  (except  as may be  limited  by laws  affecting
creditors' rights generally); (iv) no right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim
or defense,  including  the defense of usury,  has been asserted with respect to
any Contract;  (v) the Obligor on each Contract is required to maintain physical
damage  insurance  covering  the related  Financed  Vehicle in  accordance  with
CITSF's  normal  requirements  or, if not so  covered,  is  covered by a blanket
insurance  policy  maintained  by  CITSF  and  the  Servicer  has  not  obtained
Force-Placed  Insurance (as  hereinafter  defined) with respect to any Contract;
(vi) each  Contract  was  originated  by a Dealer and was  purchased by CITSF or
CITCF-NY  in the  ordinary  course  of  its  business;  (vii)  no  Contract  was
originated  in or is  subject to the laws of any  jurisdiction  whose laws would
make the transfer of the Contract to the Company  under the Purchase  Agreement,
to the Trust  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or  pursuant to a
transfer of the Notes and Certificates, or the ownership of the Contracts by the
Trust,  unlawful;  (viii) each Contract complies with all requirements of law in
all material  respects;  (ix) no Contract has been  satisfied,  subordinated  in
whole or in part or  rescinded,  and no Financed  Vehicle has been released from
the lien of the related  Contract in whole or in part; (x) each Contract creates
a valid and  enforceable  first  priority  security  interest in favor of CITSF,
CITCF-NY or the related Dealer in the Financed  Vehicle  covered  thereby (which
security  interest,  if in favor of the  related  Dealer or  CITCF-NY,  has been
assigned to CITSF),  such  security  interest has been  assigned by CITSF to the
Company and by the Company to the Trust,  and all necessary  action with respect
to such Contract has been taken to perfect the security  interest in the related
Financed  Vehicle  in  favor  of CITSF or  CITCF-NY;  (xi) all  parties  to each
Contract had capacity to execute such Contract; (xii) no Contract has been sold,
assigned  or pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the  Company  (or by the
Company to any person  other than the Trust) and,  prior to the  transfer of the
Contracts by CITSF to the Company and the transfer thereof by the Company to the
Trust, CITSF or the Company, respectively, had good and marketable title to each
Contract, free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim
or security interest, and was the sole owner and had full right to transfer such
Contract to the Company  and the Trust,  respectively;  (xiii) as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date,  there was no  default,  breach,  violation  or event  permitting


                                       47
<PAGE>

acceleration  under  any  Contract  and,  no event  which  with  notice  and the
expiration  of any grace or cure  period  would  constitute  a default,  breach,
violation  or event  permitting  acceleration  under such  Contract  (except for
payment  delinquencies  permitted by clause (i) above), and CITSF has not waived
any of the foregoing (except for payment  delinquencies  permitted by clause (i)
above);  (xiv) there are, to the best of CITSF's  knowledge,  no liens or claims
which have been filed for work, labor or materials  affecting a Financed Vehicle
securing a Contract,  which are or may be liens prior to or equal or  coordinate
with the lien of the  Contract;  (xv) each Contract is a  fully-amortizing  loan
with interest at the stated  Contract Rate and provides for level  payments over
the  term  of  such  Contract;   (xvi)  each  Contract  contains  customary  and
enforceable  provisions  such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder
thereof  adequate for realization  against the collateral of the benefits of the
security (except as may be limited by creditors' rights  generally);  (xvii) the
description  of each  Contract  set forth in the List of  Contracts  is true and
correct as of its date;  (xviii)  no Obligor is the United  States of America or
any state or any agency,  department,  instrumentality or political  subdivision
thereof;  (xix) if the Obligor is in the military (including an Obligor who is a
member of the National  Guard or is in the reserves) and the Contract is subject
to the  Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil  Relief  Act of 1940,  as  amended  (the
"Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act"), or the California Military Reservist
Relief Act of 1991 (the "Military  Reservist Relief Act"), such Obligor (each, a
"Relief  Act  Obligor")  has not made a claim to CITSF  that (A) the  amount  of
interest on the Contract  should be limited to 6% pursuant to the  Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act during the period of such Obligor's active duty status
or (B)  payments on the  Contract  should be delayed  pursuant  to the  Military
Reservist  Relief Act, in either case unless a court has ordered  otherwise upon
application  of CITSF;  (xx) there is only one  original  executed  copy of each
Contract,  which,  immediately  prior to the execution of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, was in the possession of CITSF; (xxi) the Contract is "chattel paper"
as  defined in the New  Jersey  UCC;  and  (xxii)  the  Contract  satisfies  the
selection criteria discussed above under "The Contract Pool--General".

     The  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  require  CITSF to make the same
representations  and  warranties  with  respect  to each  individual  Subsequent
Contract as it is required to make with respect to each Initial Contract sold to
the Trust except that each such  representation and warranty shall be made as of
the Subsequent Transfer Date relating to such Subsequent Contract.  In addition,
no Subsequent  Contract will be sold to the Trust on a Subsequent  Transfer Date
unless such Subsequent  Contract  satisfies the criteria described in the fourth
paragraph  under  the  heading  "The  Contract  Pool--General."  The  Subsequent
Financed  Vehicles will consist of motor homes,  travel trailers and other types
of recreational vehicles.

     Under the terms of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and subject to certain
conditions  specified  in the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF  will  be
obligated to purchase for the Purchase Price (as defined below) any Contract not
later than 90 days after CITSF becomes aware,  or 85 days after CITSF's  receipt
of  written  notice  from  either  Trustee or the  Servicer,  of a breach of any
representation or warranty of CITSF in the Sale and Servicing Agreement referred
to in the two preceding  paragraphs  that  materially and adversely  affects the
Trust's interest in such Contract if such breach has not been cured. CITSF shall
effect such purchase by depositing  the Purchase  Price for such Contract in the
Collection  Account on the date  specified in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.
The "Purchase  Price" for any Contract will be the  remaining  principal  amount
outstanding  on such  Contract on the date of purchase,  plus 30 days'  interest
thereon in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product of  one-twelfth  of the
weighted  average  of the  Pass-Through  Rate  and of the  Class A Rate  and the
remaining  principal  amount  outstanding  on the  Contract and (ii) accrued and
unpaid  Servicing  Fees  thereon at the  Servicing  Fee Rate to the date of such
purchase.  This purchase obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to the
Trust and the  Securityholders  for a breach of a  representation  and  warranty
under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  with respect to the Contracts  (but not
with respect to any other breach by CITSF of its obligations  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement).

     To reduce  administrative  costs,  the Trust will  appoint the  Servicer as
initial  custodian  of the  Contracts.  The  Contracts  will not be  stamped  or
otherwise  marked to  reflect  the  transfer  of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the
Company and by the  Company to the Trust,  and will not be  segregated  from the
other  installment  sale  contracts  of CITSF.  CITSF's  accounting  records and
computer  systems will reflect the sale and assignment of the Contracts by CITSF
to the  Company and by the Company to the Trust,  and UCC  financing  statements
perfecting  such sale and  assignment  will be  filed.  The  Obligors  under the
Contracts  will not be notified of the transfer of the  Contracts to the Company
or to the Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

                                       48
<PAGE>

     CITSF,  the Company and the Trust will treat each of the  transfers  of the
Contracts from CITSF to the Company and from the Company to the Trust as a sale.
As a result  of the sale of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the
Company to the  Trust,  the  Contracts  will not be part of the assets of either
CITSF or the Company and should not be available to their respective  creditors.
However,  in the event of the insolvency of CITSF or the Company, it is possible
that a trustee in  bankruptcy,  conservator  or receiver  for, or a creditor of,
CITSF or the Company, as the case may be, may argue that the transaction between
CITSF and the Company or between the Company and the Trust,  as the case may be,
was a pledge of the  Contracts to secure a loan,  rather than a true sale.  This
position,  if  asserted,  could  prevent  timely  payments of amounts due on the
Certificates  and, if accepted by the court,  may result in delays or reductions
in  distributions  of  principal  and interest on such  Securities.  Because the
Contracts will remain in CITSF's possession and will not be stamped or otherwise
marked to reflect  the  assignment  to the Trust,  the  Trust's  interest in the
Contracts  could be defeated,  if a subsequent  purchaser  were to take physical
possession of the Contracts  without  knowledge of the assignment.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

Accounts

     The Servicer will establish and maintain with the Indenture  Trustee one or
more accounts, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders
and  Certificateholders,  into which all payments made on or with respect to the
Contracts  will be deposited  (the  "Collection  Account") by the Servicer.  The
Servicer will  establish  and maintain with the Indenture  Trustee an account in
the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, in which amounts
released  from the  Collection  Account for payment to the  Noteholders  will be
deposited  and from which  distributions  to the  Noteholders  will be made (the
"Note Distribution Account").  The Servicer will establish and maintain with the
Owner  Trustee  (or its  designated  agent) an  account in the name of the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders,  in which amounts released from the
Collection   Account  and  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  for  payment  to  the
Certificateholders  will  be  deposited  and  from  which  distributions  to the
Certificateholders will be made (the "Certificate Distribution Account").

     The Servicer will establish and maintain with an Eligible  Institution  (as
defined  below),  initially  the Owner  Trustee (or its  designated  agent),  an
account in the name of the Owner Trustee,  in which the Initial Cash  Collateral
Amount  will be  deposited  and  from  which  payments  will be made  (i) to the
Certificate  Distribution  Account for  distribution to the  Certificateholders,
(ii) to the Cash Collateral Depositor and (iii) to the Affiliated Purchaser,  as
set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Cash Collateral Agreement.
Amounts held in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account and the Cash  Collateral
Account will not be available to make payments of amounts due on the Notes,  and
will not be pledged to the  Indenture  Trustee as  collateral  security  for the
Notes.

     An "Eligible  Institution"  means either (i) the corporate trust department
of the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee or any paying agent satisfying the
criteria  under  the  Trust  Agreement  or  Indenture  as  applicable  or (ii) a
depository  institution or trust company  organized under the laws of the United
States or any  state,  the  deposits  of which are  insured  to the full  extent
permitted  by law by the Bank  Insurance  Fund  (currently  administered  by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation),  which is subject to supervision  and
examination by federal or state authorities and (unless the Certificate  Account
is a  trust  account  maintained  in the  corporate  trust  department  of  such
depository institution) whose short-term deposits have been rated P-1 by Moody's
or A-1 by Standard & Poor's,  or in one of the two highest rating  categories by
Moody's and Standard & Poor's in the case of unsecured long-term debt.

     All amounts held in each of the accounts  established by the Servicer shall
be invested in Eligible  Investments that mature not later than the Business Day
preceding  the  Distribution  Date  next  succeeding  the  date  of  investment.
"Eligible  Investments"  are limited to  investments,  specified in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement,  which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency from time to
time as being  consistent  with their  then-current  ratings of the  Securities.
Investment  earnings  on  amounts on deposit  in the  Collection  Account,  Note
Distribution  Account,  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and Cash  Collateral
Account will not be available to make payments on the Securities.

Servicing Procedures

     The Servicer will make reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Contracts and, in a manner consistent with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  will continue such normal collection  practices and procedures as it
follows  with  respect  to  comparable  recreational  vehicle  installment  sale
contracts it services for itself and others.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the


                                       49
<PAGE>

Contracts."  Consistent  with its normal  procedures,  the Servicer  may, in its
discretion,  arrange with an Obligor to extend or modify the payment schedule on
a Contract  provided  that (i) the  maturity of such  Contract  would not extend
beyond the 180th day prior to the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date and
(ii) the reducing, rescheduling, extension or other modification of the terms of
the  Contract  would not  constitute  a  cancellation  of such  Contract and the
creation of a new  installment  sale  contract.  The  Servicer  will follow such
normal collection practices and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to
realize upon any  Contract  with respect to which it  determines  that  eventual
payment in full is  unlikely or to realize  upon any  Defaulted  Contract.  With
respect to any Due Period, a "Defaulted Contract" means any Contract (except for
a  Repurchased  Contract)  in respect  of which  payments  exceeding  $25 in the
aggregate  were  delinquent  120  days or more as of the  last  day of such  Due
Period;  provided,  however,  that a Paid-Ahead Contract and a Contract which is
delinquent  due to the  Soldiers  and  Sailors  Relief  Act of 1940 shall not be
deemed  delinquent.  The Servicer may sell the related Financed Vehicle securing
such Contract at a public or private sale, or take any other action permitted by
applicable  law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts." The net proceeds
of such realization will be deposited in the Collection Account.

     Under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Servicer will be required to
use its best efforts to require the  Obligors to obtain and  maintain  theft and
physical  damage  insurance  on the  Financed  Vehicles in  accordance  with the
policies and procedures  employed by the Servicer with respect to comparable new
or used recreational vehicle receivables that it services for itself or others.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that neither the Servicer nor the
Company,  nor any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Servicer or the
Company,  will  be  under  any  liability  to the  Trustees,  the  Trust  or the
Securityholders  for any action taken or for restraining  from the taking of any
action in good faith pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or for errors
in  judgment;  provided,  however,  that the  Servicer,  the Company or any such
person will not be  protected  against any  liability  which would  otherwise be
imposed by reason of the failure to perform its  obligations in compliance  with
the  standards  of care set forth in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  In the
event that the Servicer or the Company, in its discretion, undertakes any action
which it deems  necessary or desirable in connection  with its rights and duties
under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or the interests of the  Securityholders
thereunder,  the legal  expenses  and  costs of such  action  and any  liability
resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust and the
Servicer and the Company will be entitled to be  reimbursed  therefor out of the
Collection Account.

     The Servicer  shall keep in force  throughout the term of the Agreement (i)
at such  time as the  long-term  debt of its  parent  is rated  less than "A" by
Standard  & Poor's  or less  than  "A3" by  Moody's,  a policy  or  policies  of
insurance  covering  errors and omissions  for failure to maintain  insurance as
required by the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and (ii) a fidelity  bond.  Such
policy or policies and such fidelity bond shall be in such form and amount as is
generally  customary  among persons  which  service a portfolio of  recreational
vehicle  contracts having an aggregate  principal amount of $100 million or more
and which are  generally  regarded  as  servicers  acceptable  to  institutional
investors.

     A breach of certain  covenants  made by CITSF as  Servicer  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest
in any Contract,  would  require the Servicer to purchase  such Contract  unless
such  breach is cured  within the  period  specified  in the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.


Servicing Compensation

     The  Servicer  will be entitled to receive the  Servicing  Fee for each Due
Period,  payable on the  following  Distribution  Date,  equal to the sum of (i)
one-twelfth of the product of 1.00% per annum (the "Servicing Fee Rate") and the
Pool Balance as of the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period (or, in the
case of the first  Distribution  Date, as of the Initial  Cut-off Date) and (ii)
any  investment  earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection  Account,  the
Note Distribution Account and the Certificate Distribution Account. In addition,
the  Servicer  will be entitled to collect and retain any late fees,  prepayment
charges,  extension fees or other administrative fees or similar charges allowed
by applicable law with respect to the Contracts  ("Late Fees").  Payments to the
Servicer of such  amounts  will  compensate  the  Servicer  for  performing  the
functions of a third party servicer of  recreational  vehicle  receivables as an
agent for the Trust,  including collecting and posting all payments,  responding


                                       50
<PAGE>

to inquiries of Obligors, investigating delinquencies,  reporting federal income
tax information to Obligors, paying costs of disposition of defaults, monitoring
the collateral in cases of Obligor default and handling the foreclosure or other
liquidation of the Financed Vehicle in appropriate instances.

     The  Servicing  Fee and Late Fees also will  compensate  the  Servicer  for
administering the Contracts,  including  reimbursing the Servicer for accounting
for collections,  furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the Trustee with
respect to  distributions  and generating  federal income tax  information.  The
Servicing Fee and Late Fees also will compensate the Servicer for certain taxes,
accounting  fees,  outside auditor fees,  data processing  costs and other costs
incurred in connection with administering and servicing the Contracts.

Collections

     The Servicer  will deposit all payments on or with respect to the Contracts
received from Obligors and all proceeds of Contracts  collected  during each Due
Period  into the  Collection  Account  not later  than two  Business  Days after
receipt. However, at any time that (i) CITSF remains the Servicer under the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement  and The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc. (the parent of the
Servicer)  has and  maintains  a  short-term  debt  rating  of "at  least A-1 by
Standard & Poor's and either a short-term debt rating of P-1 or a long-term debt
rating of at least A2 by Moody's" (the "Required Servicer Ratings"), or (ii) the
Servicer  obtains a letter of  credit,  surety  bond or  insurance  policy  (the
"Servicer  Letter of Credit") as  provided in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
under which  demands for payment  will be made to secure  timely  remittance  of
monthly  collections to the  Collection  Account and, in the case of clause (ii)
above,  the Trustees are provided  with a letter from each Rating  Agency to the
effect that the  utilization of such  alternative  remittance  schedule will not
result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of
the  Securities,  the  Servicer  will not be  required  to deposit  payments  by
Obligors on the Contracts in the Collection  Account within two Business Days of
the date of processing. In such an event, the Servicer may make such deposits on
the Business Day immediately  preceding the next  Distribution Date in an amount
equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments which would have been made
had the conditions of the preceding sentence not applied.  In the event that the
Servicer is permitted  to make  remittances  of  collections  to the  Collection
Account on a monthly  basis  pursuant to  satisfaction  of the second  condition
described  above,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will be modified,  to the
extent  necessary,  without the consent of any  Securityholder.  Pending deposit
into the Collection Account,  collections may be invested by the Servicer at its
own risk and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from its own funds.

     The  Company,  CITSF or the  Servicer,  as the case may be,  will remit the
aggregate  Purchase  Price of any Contracts to be purchased  from the Trust into
the Collection  Account on or before the Business Day immediately  preceding the
related Distribution Date.

     The  Servicer  will not be  required to deposit in the  Collection  Account
amounts  relating to the Contracts  attributable  to the following:  (a) amounts
received with respect to each Contract (or property acquired in respect thereof)
that  has been  purchased  by CITSF  or the  Servicer  pursuant  to the Sale and
Servicing   Agreement   and  that  are  not  required  to  be   distributed   to
Securityholders,   (b)  net  investment  earnings  on  funds  deposited  in  the
Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate  Distribution
Account and the Cash Collateral Account,  (c) amounts received as Late Fees, (d)
amounts to be  reimbursed  to the Servicer in respect of  unrecoverable  Monthly
Advances,  (e) amounts received in respect of the amounts,  if any, of insurance
premiums added to the principal  balance of a Contract after the Initial Cut-off
Date for each such Initial  Contract,  or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off
Date for each such  Subsequent  Contract,  (f) amounts  received as  liquidation
proceeds, to the extent the Servicer is entitled to reimbursement of liquidation
expenses  related  thereto,  and  (g)  repossession  of  profits  on  liquidated
Contracts.


Monthly Advances

     With  respect  to each  Contract  as to which  there  has been an  Interest
Shortfall  during the  related  Due Period  (other  than an  Interest  Shortfall
arising from a Contract which has been prepaid in full or which has been subject
to a Relief Act  Reduction  during the related Due Period),  the Servicer  shall
advance  funds in the  amount  of such  Interest  Shortfall  (each,  a  "Monthly
Advance"),  but  only  to the  extent  that  the  Servicer,  in its  good  faith
judgement,  expects to recover such Monthly Advance from subsequent  collections
with  respect to interest on such  Contract  made by or on behalf of the obligor
thereunder (the "Obligor"),  net liquidation proceeds or insurance proceeds with


                                       51
<PAGE>

respect to such  Contract.  The  Servicer  shall be  reimbursed  for any Monthly
Advance  from  subsequent  collections  with  respect to such  Contract.  If the
Servicer  determines in its good faith  judgement that an  unreimbursed  Monthly
Advance shall not ultimately be recoverable from such collections,  the Servicer
shall be reimbursed for such Monthly Advance from  collections on all Contracts.
In  determining  whether an advance is or will be  nonrecoverable,  the Servicer
need not take into  account  that it might  receive any amounts in a  deficiency
judgment.  The  Servicer  will not  advance  funds in respect  of the  principal
component of any scheduled payment.

     "Interest   Shortfall"   means  with   respect  to  any  Contract  and  any
Distribution  Date,  the excess of (x) the sum of (i) the product of one-twelfth
of the weighted average of the Pass-Through Rate and the Class A Rate multiplied
by the outstanding  principal  amount of such Contract as of the last day of the
second  preceding  Due Period  (or,  in the case of the first Due Period  ending
after the Contract was acquired by the Trust,  as of the Initial Cut-off Date or
the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be)  calculated on the basis of a
360-day  year  comprised  of twelve  30-day  months and (ii) the  product of (A)
one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate and (B) the outstanding  principal  amount
of such  Contract as of the last day of the second  preceding Due Period (or, in
the case of the first Due Period  ending  after the Contract was acquired by the
Trust,  as of the Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the
case may be) over (y) the amount of interest, if any, collected on such Contract
in the related Due Period.

     The Servicer will remit any Monthly Advance with respect to each Due Period
into the  Collection  Account not later than the Business Day preceding the next
following Distribution Date.


Non-Reimbursable Payment

     When a  payment  of  principal  is made  on or in  respect  of a  Contract,
interest is paid on the unpaid  principal  balance of such  Contract only to the
date of such  payment.  With respect to each Contract as to which there has been
an Interest Shortfall in the related Due Period arising from either a prepayment
in full of such  Contract or a Relief Act  Reduction in respect of such Contract
during  such Due  Period,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  require the
Servicer to deposit into the Collection  Account on the Business Day immediately
preceding  the  following  Distribution  Date,  without the right of  subsequent
reimbursement,  an amount equal to such Interest Shortfall (a  "Non-Reimbursable
Payment").

Distributions

     On or before the  Determination  Date  preceding a  Distribution  Date, the
Servicer  will make a  determination  and inform the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Owner Trustee of the following amounts with respect to the preceding Due Period:
(i) the aggregate  amount of collections  on the  Contracts;  (ii) the aggregate
amount of Monthly  Advances to be remitted by the Servicer;  (iii) the aggregate
Purchase  Price of Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the Servicer;  (iv) the
aggregate amount to be distributed as principal and interest on the Notes on the
related  Distribution  Date;  (v) the  aggregate  amount  to be  distributed  as
principal and interest on the  Certificates  on the related  Distribution  Date;
(vi) the Servicing Fee; (vii) the aggregate amount of Non-Reimbursable Payments;
(viii) the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for
such  Distribution Date (which shall be equal to (I) the amount, if any (subject
to the Available Cash Collateral Amount), by which the Available Amount for such
Distribution Date after reimbursing the Servicer for any previously unreimbursed
Monthly  Advances  for which it is  entitled  to be  reimbursed  and  making the
Servicer Payment to the Servicer and paying interest and principal on the Notes,
is less  than the  amounts  set forth in  clauses  (e),  (f) and (g) below  with
respect to such Distribution  Date, (II) any Cash Collateral Account Surplus (as
hereinafter  defined) which is payable to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor or the
Affiliated  Purchaser and (III) any Excess Collections (as hereinafter  defined)
payable to the Cash Collateral Depositor); (ix) any amounts to be deposited into
the Cash  Collateral  Account;  and (x) the  aggregate  amount  of  unreimbursed
Monthly Advances to be reimbursed to the Servicer, all as described below.

     The "Available  Amount" on any Distribution Date is equal to all amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account  attributable to collections or deposits made
in respect of such  Contracts  in the  related  Due  Period  (together  with the
Purchase Price for any Contract  repurchased by CITSF resulting from breaches of
certain  representations and warranties or repurchased by the Servicer resulting
from  breaches of certain  covenants,  in each case as set forth in the Sale and


                                       52
<PAGE>

Servicing Agreement,  paid on or prior to the Deposit Date immediately preceding
such  Distribution  Date) less the  following  amounts  (to the extent  that the
Servicer  has  not  already  withheld  such  amounts  from  collections  on  the
Contracts):  any  repossession  profits  on  liquidated  Contracts,  Liquidation
Expenses (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) incurred and taxes and
insurance  advanced by the  Servicer in respect of  Financed  Vehicles  that are
reimbursable to the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; any amounts
incorrectly  deposited in the Collection Account; and net investment earnings on
the funds in the Collection Account due to the Servicer pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  and any other amounts  permitted to be withdrawn  from the
Collection  Account by the  Servicer  (or to be  retained by the  Servicer  from
collections on the Contracts) pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

   On each  Distribution  Date the Indenture Trustee will withdraw the Available
Amount from the Collection Account to make the following payments (to the extent
sufficient funds are available therefor) in the following order:

          (a) the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed  Monthly Advances made by
     the Servicer (and which are then due to be reimbursed to the Servicer) will
     be paid to the Servicer;

          (b) the  Servicing Fee,  including any overdue Servicing Fee, will (to
     the  extent  not  previously  retained  by the  Servicer)  be  paid  to the
     Servicer;

          (c) the Class A Interest  Distribution  Amount,  including any overdue
     Class A  Interest  Distribution  Amount,  will be  deposited  into the Note
     Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

          (d) on and prior to the Cross-Over  Date,  the Principal  Distribution
     Amount,  including  any  overdue  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  will be
     deposited  into  the  Note  Distribution   Account,   for  payment  to  the
     Noteholders;

          (e) the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount,   including  any
     overdue Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount, will be deposited into
     the    Certificate    Distribution    Account,    for    payment   to   the
     Certificateholders;

          (f) prior to the  Cross-Over  Date,  the  Principal  Liquidation  Loss
     Amount,  if any,  will  be  deposited  into  the  Certificate  Distribution
     Account, for payment to the Certificateholders;

          (g) on  and after the  Cross-Over  Date,  the  Principal  Distribution
     Amount,  including  any  overdue  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  will be
     deposited into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  for payment to the
     Certificateholders;

          (h) an  amount  equal  to the sum of (i) the  difference  between  the
     Available Cash Collateral  Amount and the Required Cash Collateral  Amount,
     to the  extent  the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  is less  than the
     Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount  and (ii) the amount  necessary  to make
     payments of principal and interest on the Loan (as hereinafter defined), to
     the  extent  required  by the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  and the Cash
     Collateral  Agreement,  will be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account;
     and

          (i) the  balance,  if  any,  will  be  distributed  to the  Affiliated
     Purchaser.

     To the extent  that the  Available  Amount is  insufficient  to satisfy the
distributions  set forth in clauses  (e),  (f) or (g) above on any  Distribution
Date,  the Owner  Trustee will  withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  from the Cash
Collateral  Account,  to  the  extent  available,  the  difference  between  the
aggregate amounts described in clauses (e), (f) and (g) and the Available Amount
remaining  after  payment of the amounts  described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and
(d). Any amount so withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account by or on behalf of
the Owner Trustee will be deposited into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account
for distribution to the Certificateholders.

Credit Enhancement

     Subordination  of  Certificates.  The rights of the  Certificateholders  to
receive  distributions with respect to the Contracts will be subordinated to the
rights of the Class A Noteholders,  to the limited extent described herein. This
subordination is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by Class A
Noteholders of the full amount of interest and principal  required to be paid to
them, and to afford such Class A Noteholders  limited  protection against losses
in respect of the Contracts.

                                       53
<PAGE>

     No distribution will be made to the  Certificateholders on any Distribution
Date in respect of (i) interest  until the full amount of interest and principal
on the Class A Notes payable on such  Distribution  Date has been distributed to
the Class A Noteholders,  other than payments from the Cash Collateral  Account,
and (ii)  principal  until the Class A Notes have been paid in full,  other than
distributions in respect of the Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.

     The  protection  afforded to the Class A Noteholders  by the  subordination
feature described above will be effected by the preferential  right of the Class
A Noteholders to receive, to the extent described herein,  current distributions
from  collections on or in respect of the Contracts  prior to the application of
such collections to making payments in respect of the Certificates.  There is no
other protection against losses on the Contracts afforded the Class A Notes. The
Cash  Collateral  Account  will not be available to provide a source of funds to
make payments of principal or interest on the Notes.

     Cash Collateral  Account.  On the Closing Date, the Cash Collateral Account
will be  established  pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  The Owner
Trustee will have the right to withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  payments  from
the Cash Collateral  Account under certain  circumstances  specified  below. The
Cash  Collateral  Account  will be funded on the  Closing  Date in the amount of
$          (the  "Initial Cash  Collateral  Amount") from the proceeds of a loan
(the  "Loan") by the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  pursuant to a Cash  Collateral
Agreement among the Cash Collateral  Depositor,  the Trust and the Servicer (the
"Cash  Collateral  Agreement").  The Cash Collateral  Depositor's  only recourse
against the Trust for repayment of the Loan is from the Cash Collateral  Account
Surplus (as hereinafter defined), certain investment earnings on funds deposited
in the Cash  Collateral  Account and payments from the Cash  Collateral  Account
upon  maturity  of the Loan,  in each  case as set forth in the Cash  Collateral
Agreement.

     The Cash Collateral  Account shall be a segregated  account maintained with
an Eligible Institution. Funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be
invested in certain  investments which satisfy the criteria  established by each
of the Ratings Agencies. It is expected that such funds will be invested in debt
obligations of the Cash  Collateral  Depositor or its affiliates so long as such
obligations  satisfy the criteria  established by the Rating Agencies.  The Cash
Collateral  Account and any amounts therein shall be held by or on behalf of the
Owner Trustee in accordance  with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and the Cash
Collateral  Agreement for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  and the Trust,
and as  provided in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and the Cash  Collateral
Agreement.

     The Cash  Collateral  Account will be  terminated  following the earlier to
occur of (a) the date on which the  Certificates  are paid in full and any funds
remaining  therein  have  been  paid to the  Cash  Collateral  Depositor  or the
Affiliated Purchaser or (b) the Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

     On each  Distribution  Date, the amount  available to be withdrawn from the
Cash  Collateral  Account  for  the  benefit  of  the  Certificateholders   (the
"Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount")  will be equal to the  lesser  of (i) the
Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount  and (ii) the  amount on  deposit in the Cash
Collateral  Account,   exclusive  of  interest  and  earnings  thereon  and  any
investment  losses and  expenses and before  giving  effect to any deposit to be
made to the Cash Collateral Account on such Distribution Date.

     On each  Determination  Date, the Servicer will  determine the amounts,  if
any,  required  to be  withdrawn  from the Cash  Collateral  Account,  up to the
Available Cash Collateral  Amount, on the related  Distribution Date for payment
to the  Certificateholders.  The  Owner  Trustee  will  withdraw  or cause to be
withdrawn such amount from the Cash Collateral Account and will deposit or cause
to be deposited  such amount into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account on the
Business Day before the Distribution  Date with respect to which such withdrawal
was made.

     On each  Distribution  Date, the Servicer will deposit  Excess  Collections
into the Cash Collateral  Account in an amount sufficient to increase the amount
on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to the Required Cash Collateral Amount
and to make  payments of  principal  and interest on the Loan as required by the
Cash Collateral  Agreement.  Excess  Collections,  if any, not so required to be
deposited  in the  Cash  Collateral  Account  will  be  paid  to the  Affiliated
Purchaser.  On each Distribution  Date, the Owner Trustee will withdraw or cause
to be withdrawn from the Cash  Collateral  Account an amount equal to the amount
by which the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount (after taking into account any
deposits to and  withdrawals  from the Cash Collateral  Account  pursuant to the
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement on such  Distribution  Date) exceeds the Required
Cash  Collateral  Amount for the next  Distribution  Date (the "Cash  Collateral
Account  Surplus") and pay such amount,  to the extent required to make payments


                                       54
<PAGE>

of principal and interest on the Loan,  to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor.  Any
such amounts paid to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  will not be available  for
distribution to Certificateholders. On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee
will  withdraw  from  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and pay to the  Affiliated
Purchaser the balance, if any, of the Cash Collateral Account Surplus.

     In the event that the Certificates are outstanding on the Certificate Final
Scheduled  Distribution  Date (after taking into account  distributions  on such
date),  the Owner Trustee will  withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  from the Cash
Collateral  Account  an  amount  equal  to the  Certificate  Balance,  and  will
distribute  such  amount  to  the   Certificateholders   in  retirement  of  the
Certificates,  to the extent funds are available therefor in the Cash Collateral
Account.

     The Required Cash Collateral  Amount with respect to any Distribution  Date
will  equal      % of the Pool  Balance as of the first day of the  related  Due
Period,  but  in  no  event  less  than  $        .  If,  with  respect  to  any
Distribution Date, (a) the average of the principal balance of Contracts 60 days
or more delinquent  (including Contracts relating to Financed Vehicles that have
been  repossessed)  as a percentage of the Pool Balance for the three  preceding
Due Periods  exceeds     % or (b) the average of the  principal  balances of all
Contracts which became Defaulted Contracts, less any net liquidation proceeds on
Defaulted  Contracts,  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  of the  average
outstanding Pool Balance of the three preceding Due Periods exceeds     %,  then
the Required Cash Collateral Amount with respect to such Distribution Date shall
be     % of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the related Due Period,  but
in no event (i) less than  $         or (ii) greater  than  $        ;  provided
further that the  Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount may be reduced from time to
time if the Rating Agencies shall have given prior written notice to the Seller,
the Servicer and the Issuer that such  reduction  will not result in a downgrade
or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Notes and the Certificates.

     "Excess  Collections"  for any  Distribution  Date will  equal the  amounts
collected or deposited in respect of the Contracts in the related Due Period and
which are remaining in the Collection  Account on such  Distribution  Date after
taking into account  distributions to be made on the Securities and payments and
reimbursements made to the Servicer on such Distribution Date.

Net Deposits

     As  an  administrative   convenience,   the  Servicer  will  under  certain
circumstances  be permitted to make deposits of collections,  Monthly  Advances,
Non-Reimbursable   Payments  and  the  aggregate  Purchase  Price  of  Contracts
purchased  by  it  for,  or  with  respect  to,  a  Distribution   Date  net  of
distributions to be made to the Servicer with respect to such  Distribution Date
(including,  without limitation,  Servicing Fee, reimbursement of nonrecoverable
Monthly  Advances  and amounts to be deducted in the  definition  of  "Available
Amount" set forth under  "--Distributions"  above). The Servicer,  however, will
account to the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee and to the  Securityholders
as if all such deposits and  distributions  were made on an aggregate  basis for
each type of payment or deposit.

Statements to Trustees and Trust

     On or before each  Determination  Date,  the  Servicer  will provide to the
Indenture Trustee,  Owner Trustee, any Paying Agent and CITSF as of the close of
business on the last day of the preceding Due Period, a statement  setting forth
substantially the same information as is required to be provided in the periodic
reports provided to Securityholders  described above under "Certain  Information
Regarding The Securities--Statements to Securityholders".

Evidence as to Compliance

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will require the Servicer to deliver to
the Trustees a monthly  report prior to each  Distribution  Date,  setting forth
certain  information  regarding the Contract Pool and the Securities.  Each such
report to the Trustees will be  accompanied  by a statement  from an appropriate
officer of the Servicer  certifying the accuracy of such report and stating that
the Servicer has not defaulted in the performance of its  obligations  under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                       55
<PAGE>

     The Sale and Servicing  Agreement will require that on or before April 1 of
each year,  the Servicer  will  deliver to the Trustees a report of  independent
public  accountants  stating that such firm has, with respect to the  Servicer's
overall  servicing  operations,  examined such operations in accordance with the
requirements  of the Uniform  Single  Audit  Program for Mortgage  Bankers,  and
stating such firm's conclusions relating thereto.

     The Servicer, on request of the Trustees, will furnish to the Trustees such
reasonably  pertinent  underlying  data as can be  generated  by the  Servicer's
existing data processing system without undue modification or expense.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide that the Servicer may not
resign  from its  obligations  and duties as  Servicer  thereunder,  except upon
determination  that the  Servicer's  performance  of such  duties  is no  longer
permissible  under  applicable law. Such  resignation  will not become effective
until the Indenture  Trustee or a successor  Servicer has assumed the Servicer's
servicing obligations and duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  further  provide that neither the
Servicer nor the Company nor any of their  directors,  officers,  employees  and
agents  shall  be  under  any  liability  to  the  Trustees,  the  Trust  or the
Noteholders or  Certificateholders  for taking any action or for refraining from
taking any action pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or for errors in
judgment;  provided, however, that neither the Servicer nor any such person will
be protected  against any breach of  warranties or  representations  made in the
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or failure to perform  obligations  in accordance
with  the  standards  set  forth  in the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  or any
liability  which otherwise would be imposed by reason of any breach of the terms
and conditions of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  In addition,  the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  will provide that the Servicer is under no  obligation  to
appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action which arises under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion,  may cause it to incur any expense
or liability. The Servicer may, however, undertake any reasonable action that it
may deem  necessary or desirable in respect of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
and the  rights and  duties of the  parties  thereto  and the  interests  of the
Noteholders and Certificateholders thereunder.

     Any  corporation  or other  entity into which the Servicer may be merged or
consolidated,  or any  corporation  or other entity  resulting  from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any corporation
or other entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer, which corporation or
other entity assumes the  obligations of the Servicer,  will be the successor of
the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Physical Damage Insurance

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that  the  Servicer,  in
accordance  with its  customary  servicing  procedures,  shall require that each
Obligor  shall  have  obtained  and shall  maintain  physical  damage  insurance
covering the  Financed  Vehicle,  provided  that such  insurance  shall be in an
amount no greater than the outstanding principal balance of the related Contract
or, if such insurance covers the interest of the related Obligor in the Financed
Vehicle, no greater than the greater of the outstanding principal balance of the
related  Contract and the value of the Financed  Vehicle,  or such lesser amount
permitted by  applicable  law. The Servicer  shall  enforce its rights under the
Contracts  to require the Obligors to maintain  physical  damage  insurance,  in
accordance with the Servicer's  customary  practices and procedures with respect
to comparable new or used recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts that
it  services  for  itself  or  others.  If an  Obligor  fails to  maintain  such
insurance,  the Servicer shall obtain and advance on the behalf of such Obligor,
as  required  under  the  terms  of the  applicable  Contract  and the  Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the premiums for such insurance,  with uninsured physical
damage loan insurance endorsements, each insurance policy naming the Servicer as
an additional insured and loss payee and issued by an insurer having a rating of
"A" or  better  by A.M.  Best  (such  insurance  being  referred  to  herein  as
"Force-Placed  Insurance").  Such Force-Placed  Insurance and any commissions or
finance charges  collected by the Servicer in connection  therewith shall be, to
the extent permitted by law in an amount in accordance with customary  servicing
procedures,  but in no event in an amount greater than the outstanding principal
balance of the related  Contract or, if such  insurance also covers the interest
of the related Obligor in the Financed  Vehicle,  no greater than the greater of
the outstanding  principal  balance of the related Contract and the value of the


                                       56
<PAGE>

Financed  Vehicle,  or such lesser  amount  permitted  by  applicable  law.  The
Servicer  shall be required to disclose to the related  Obligor all  information
with respect to such Force-Placed Insurance,  commissions and finance charges as
required by applicable law. The Servicer does not, under its customary servicing
procedures,  require  Force-Placed  Insurance when the principal  balance of the
related  Contract  falls below the level or levels  periodically  established in
accordance  with such customary  servicing  procedures.  In accordance with such
customary  servicing  procedures,  the Servicer may  periodically  readjust such
levels, suspend Force-Placed Insurance or arrange other methods of protection of
the Financed  Vehicles that it deems  necessary or advisable,  provided that the
Servicer determines that such actions do not materially and adversely affect the
interests  of the  Certificateholders  or the  Noteholders.  Any  portion of the
principal balance of a Contract  consisting of Force-Placed  Insurance  acquired
after the Initial Cut-off Date, or the related Subsequent Cut-off Date, will not
be owned by the Trust, and amounts  allocable  thereto will not be available for
distribution on the Securities.  Unless otherwise designated by the Obligor, the
Servicer  will not  allocate  payments  with respect to  Force-Placed  Insurance
premiums added to the Contracts  after the Initial  Cut-off Date or a Subsequent
Cut-off  Date, as the case may be, if any amount of principal or interest is due
but unpaid on the Contracts. The Servicer shall not deposit payments posted with
respect to such  Force-Placed  Insurance  in the  Collection  Account  and shall
instead  promptly pay such amounts to an account of the Servicer  maintained for
that  purpose.  In the event that an Obligor  under a Contract  with  respect to
which the Servicer has advanced  funds to obtain  Force-Placed  Insurance  makes
scheduled payments under the Contract, but has failed to make scheduled payments
of such  Force-Placed  Insurance as due, and the  Servicer has  determined  that
eventual payment of such amount is unlikely,  the Servicer may, but shall not be
required to, take any action  available to it,  including  determining  that the
related  Contract  is a  Defaulted  Contract;  provided,  however,  that any Net
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Contract shall be applied first to the
accrued and unpaid interest at the Contract Rate,  then to the principal  amount
outstanding, and the remainder, if any, to such Force-Placed Insurance.

Servicing -- Hazard Insurance

     The Sale and Servicing  Agreement will permit the Servicer or any affiliate
of the Servicer,  to the extent  permitted by law, to (a) enter into  agreements
with one or more  insurers or other  Persons  pursuant to which the  Servicer or
such affiliate will earn  commissions  and fees in connection with any insurance
policy  purchased  by an  Obligor  including,  without  limitation,  any  hazard
insurance  policy (whether or not such hazard  insurance  policy is force-placed
pursuant to the  provisions  of any  Contract),  or any other  insurance  policy
whatsoever and (b) in connection with the foregoing,  to solicit,  or permit and
assist  any  insurer  or  any  agent  thereof  to  solicit  (including,  without
limitation,  providing such insurer or agent a list of Obligors  including name,
address or other information) any Obligor.

Event of Termination

     An  "Event of  Termination"  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will
consist of (i) any failure by the Servicer to make any  required  deposit in any
of the accounts required to be made under the Sale and Servicing Agreement which
failure  continues  unremedied  for five (5)  Business  Days after the  Servicer
becomes aware that such deposit was  required;  (ii) any failure by the Servicer
duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of its covenants or
agreements in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  (other than those  described in
clause (i)) that materially and adversely  affects the rights of the Noteholders
or Certificateholders which continues unremedied for 30 days after the giving of
written notice of such failure or breach;  (iii) any assignment or delegation by
the  Servicer of its duties or rights  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
except as specifically permitted under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  or any
attempt  to make  such an  assignment  or  delegation;  (iv)  certain  events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling  of assets and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings  regarding  the  Servicer;  or (v) the  Servicer  no longer
qualifies  as an  Eligible  Servicer  (as  defined  in the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement).  "Notice"  as used herein  shall mean notice to the  Servicer by the
Trustees or the Company, or to the Company, the Servicer and the Trustees by the
Certificateholders  holding  not less  than 25% of the  outstanding  Certificate
Balance  and by  Noteholders  holding  not  less  than  25%  of the  outstanding
principal amount of the Notes.

                                       57
<PAGE>

Rights Upon Event of Termination

     As long as an Event of Termination  under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
remains  unremedied,  the Indenture Trustee may, and at the written direction of
the holders of Notes  evidencing not less than a majority in principal amount of
such then  outstanding  Notes,  shall,  unless  prohibited  by  applicable  law,
terminate  all (but no less  than  all) of the  rights  and  obligations  of the
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and in and to the Contracts, and
the  proceeds  thereof,  whereupon  (subject to  applicable  law) the  Indenture
Trustee or a successor  Servicer  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will
succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities  of the  Servicer
under  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  will be  entitled  to  similar
compensation arrangements; provided, however, that neither the Indenture Trustee
nor any  successor  servicer  will  assume any  obligation  of CITSF to purchase
Contracts  for breaches of  representations  or  warranties,  and the  Indenture
Trustee or the  successor  Servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions
of the Servicer  occurring  prior to a transfer of the Servicer's  servicing and
related  functions or for any breach by the  Servicer of any of its  obligations
contained in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding such termination,
the Servicer shall be entitled to payment of certain amounts payable to it prior
to such termination,  for services  rendered prior to such termination.  No such
termination  will affect in any manner  CITSF's  obligation to purchase  certain
Contracts  for  breaches of  representations  or  warranties  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.  In the event that the Indenture Trustee would be obligated
to succeed the Servicer but is unwilling or unable so to act, it may appoint, or
petition  to a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of,  a
Servicer. Pending such appointment, the Indenture Trustee is obligated to act in
such capacity, unless the Indenture Trustee is prohibited by law from so acting.
The  Indenture   Trustee  and  such  successor  may  agree  upon  the  servicing
compensation to be paid,  which in no event,  without written consent of 100% of
the  Securityholders,  may be greater than the compensation to CITSF as Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     The holders of Notes  evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding  Notes (or the holders of the  Certificates  evidencing not
less than a majority of the Certificate  Balance, in the case that all the Notes
have been paid in full and the Indenture has been  discharged in accordance with
its terms) may, on behalf of all such Noteholders and Certificateholders,  waive
any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and its consequences,  except an Event of Termination in
making  any  required  deposits  to or  payments  from  any of the  accounts  in
accordance  with the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  No such waiver will impair
such  Noteholders'  or  Certificateholders'  right with  respect  to  subsequent
defaults.

Amendment

     Each of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and the Trust  Agreement may be
amended by the parties thereto and, in the event that such amendment affects the
Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, without prior notice to or the consent
of the related Noteholders or  Certificateholders  (i) to correct manifest error
or cure any ambiguity;  (ii) correct or supplement  any provision  therein which
may be inconsistent with any other provision therein;  (iii) to add or amend any
provision as requested by the Rating  Agencies to maintain or improve the rating
of the Notes or  Certificates;  (iv) to add to the  covenants,  restrictions  or
obligations  of the Company,  the  Servicer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee;  (v) evidence and provide for the  acceptance of the  appointment  of a
successor  trustee with respect to the property owned by the Trust and add to or
change any provisions as shall be necessary to facilitate the  administration of
the  trusts  under the Trust  Agreement  by more than one  trustee  pursuant  to
Article VI of the Trust Agreement; or (vi) to add, change or eliminate any other
provisions  provided that an amendment  pursuant to clause (vi) will not, in the
opinion  of  counsel  (which  may be  internal  counsel  to the  Company  or the
Servicer),  adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Trust,
the  Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders.  Each such  agreement  may also be
amended by the  parties  thereto,  with the consent of the holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of such then  outstanding  Notes and the holders of
such Certificates  evidencing at least a majority of the Certificate Balance for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any  provisions  of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  or of  modifying in any
manner  the  rights of such  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders,  respectively;
except,  that no such  amendment,  may (i)  increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,  collections  of  payments on
Contracts  or  distributions  that  are  required  to be  made  on any  Note  or
Certificate,  any Contract  Rate, the  Pass-Through  Rate or the Class A Rate or


                                       58
<PAGE>

(ii)   reduce   the   aforesaid   percentage   required   of   Noteholders   and
Certificateholders  to consent to any such amendment  without the consent of all
of the Noteholders or  Certificateholders,  as the case may be.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  no  amendment  affecting  the  rights  of the  Cash  Collateral
Depositor will be made without the consent of the Cash Collateral Depositor.

Insolvency Event

     If any of certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling
of assets and  liabilities,  or similar  proceedings with respect to such person
indicating  its  insolvency  or  inability  to pay  its  obligations  (each,  an
"Insolvency  Event")  occurs  with  respect  to the  Affiliated  Purchaser,  the
Contracts shall be liquidated and the Trust will be terminated,  unless,  within
90 days after the date of such  Insolvency  Event,  the Owner Trustee shall have
received written  instructions  from (i) each of the  Certificateholders  (other
than the Affiliated  Purchaser),  and (ii) each of the Noteholders to the effect
that each such  party  disapproves  of the  liquidation  of such  Contracts  and
termination of such Trust. Promptly after the occurrence of any Insolvency Event
with respect to the Affiliated Purchaser, notice thereof is required to be given
to the Noteholders and Certificateholders;  except that any failure to give such
required  notice  will not  prevent  or delay  termination  of the  Trust.  Upon
termination of the Trust,  the Owner Trustee shall direct the Indenture  Trustee
promptly  to  sell  the  assets  of  such  Trust  (other  than  the  Certificate
Distribution  Account,  the Note  Distribution  Account  or the Cash  Collateral
Account) in a  commercially  reasonable  manner and on  commercially  reasonable
terms.  The  proceeds  from any such sale,  disposition  or  liquidation  of the
Contracts  will be treated as  collections on the Contracts and deposited in the
related  Collection  Account.  If  the  proceeds  from  the  liquidation  of the
Contracts,  the  Note  Distribution  Account  and the  Certificate  Distribution
Account are not sufficient to pay the Notes and Certificates in full, the amount
of principal returned to the  Certificateholders  will be reduced (to the extent
the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  is  not  sufficient  to  prevent  such
reduction)   and  the   Certificateholders   will   incur  a  loss.   See  "Risk
Factors--Certain Legal Aspects".


Affiliated Purchaser Liability

     Under the Trust Agreement, the Affiliated Purchaser will agree to be liable
directly  to an  injured  party for the  entire  amount of any  losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities or expenses (other than those incurred by (i) a Noteholder
or a  Certificateholder  in the capacity of an investor and (ii) the Trust under
the Cash  Collateral  Agreement) of the Trust to the extent that the  Affiliated
Purchaser  would be liable if the Trust were a  partnership  under the  Delaware
Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which the Affiliated Purchaser were a
general partner.

Termination

     The obligations of the Servicer, the Company, the Affiliated Purchaser, the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Purchase  Agreements and
the  Trust  Documents  will  terminate  upon  the  earliest  to occur of (i) the
maturity or other  liquidation  of the last Contract and the  disposition of any
amounts received upon liquidation of any property  remaining in the Trust,  (ii)
the  payment  to  Securityholders  of all  amounts  required  to be paid to them
pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreements  and  the  Trust  Agreement,  (iii)  the
occurrence  of either event  described  below and (iv) as otherwise  required by
law, as described in the Trust Agreement.

     In  order  to  avoid  excessive  administrative  expenses,  CITSF  will  be
permitted at its option to purchase  from the Trust,  on any  Distribution  Date
following a Record Date on which the Pool  Balance is 10% or less of the Initial
Pool Balance, all remaining Contracts at a price equal to the aggregate Purchase
Price for the  Contracts  (including  Defaulted  Contracts),  plus the appraised
value of any other  property  held by the  Trust  (less  liquidation  expenses).
Exercise of such right will  effect  early  retirement  of the  Securities.  The
"Initial Pool Balance"  equals the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date  and  (ii)  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of all  Subsequent
Contracts added to the Trust as of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

     Within ten days after a Distribution  Date following a Record Date on which
the Pool  Balance  is 5% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  the  Indenture
Trustee  (or,  if the Notes  have been paid in full and the  Indenture  has been
discharged in accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) shall solicit bids
for the  purchase of the  Contracts  remaining  in the Trust.  In the event that
satisfactory  bids are received as described  below,  the sale  proceeds will be


                                       59
<PAGE>

distributed to Securityholders  on the second  Distribution Date succeeding such
Record Date.  Any purchaser of the Contracts must agree to the  continuation  of
CITSF  as  Servicer  on  terms  substantially  similar  to those in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  Any  such  sale  will  effect  early  retirement  of  the
Securities.

     Such  Trustee must  receive at least two bids from  prospective  purchasers
that are considered at the time to be competitive participants in the market for
recreational vehicle retail installment sale contracts.  The highest bid may not
be less than the fair market value of such  Contracts  and must equal the sum of
(i) the greater of (a) the aggregate Purchase Price for the Contracts (including
Defaulted Contracts), plus the appraised value of any other property held by the
Trust (less liquidation expenses) or (b) an amount that when added to amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account available for distribution to Securityholders
for  such  second  succeeding   Determination  Date  would  result  in  proceeds
sufficient to distribute  the amount of monthly  principal and interest for such
Distribution  Date and any unpaid  principal and interest with respect to one or
more prior  Distribution  Dates, and (ii) the sum of (a) an amount sufficient to
reimburse  the Servicer for any  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advances for which it is
entitled  to  reimbursement  and (b) the  Servicing  Fee  payable  on such final
Distribution  Date,  including any unpaid  Servicing Fees with respect to one or
more prior Due  Periods.  Such  Trustee may  consult  with  financial  advisors,
including  any  Underwriter,  to  determine  if the  fair  market  value of such
Contracts  has been offered.  Upon the receipt of such bids,  such Trustee shall
sell and assign such Contracts to the highest bidder and the Securities shall be
retired on such  Distribution  Date. If any of the foregoing  conditions are not
met, such Trustee  shall decline to consummate  such sale and shall not be under
any  obligation  to solicit any further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further
sale of Contracts remaining in the Trust. In such event,  however,  such Trustee
may from  time to time  solicit  bids in the  future  for the  purchase  of such
Contracts upon the same terms described above.

     Such Trustee will give written notice of termination to each Securityholder
of record. The final distribution to each  Securityholder will be made only upon
surrender and  cancellation of such holder's  Securities at any office or agency
of such Trustee  specified for such purpose.  Any funds  remaining in the Trust,
after such Trustee has taken  certain  measures to locate a  Securityholder  and
such measures have failed, will be distributed to the Affiliated Purchaser.

                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     The  following  discussion  contains  summaries of certain legal aspects of
recreational vehicle contracts,  which are general in nature. Because such legal
aspects  are   governed  by   applicable   state  law  (which  laws  may  differ
substantially),  the  summaries do not purport to be complete nor to reflect the
laws of any particular  state,  nor to encompass the laws of all states in which
the security for the Contracts is situated. The summaries are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the  applicable  federal and state laws  governing  the
Contracts.

General

     As a result of the  assignment of the Contracts to the Owner  Trustee,  the
Trust will succeed  collectively  to the rights  (including the right to receive
payment on the Contracts)  and will assume the  obligations of the obligee under
the Contracts. Each Contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the obligor to
repay the loan evidenced  thereby,  and (b) the grant of a security  interest in
the Financed Vehicle to secure  repayment of such loan.  Certain aspects of both
features of the Contracts are described more fully below.

     The Contracts are "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") as in effect in the various  states of origination of the Contracts.
Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to
perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. Under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer will retain possession of the Contracts as custodian for
the Owner  Trustee,  and will  make an  appropriate  filing  of a UCC  financing
statement  in New Jersey to perfect the sale of the  Contracts by the Company to
the Owner Trustee. The Contracts will not be stamped to reflect their assignment
from  CITCF-NY  to CITSF,  from CITSF to the  Company or from the Company to the
Owner Trustee.

     Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated from
time to time to take such actions as are necessary to continue the perfection of
the Trust's  interest in the  Contracts  and the  proceeds  thereof.  CITSF will
warrant in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  with  respect to each  Contract,
that,  as of the Closing Date for each Initial  Contract,  and as of the related


                                       60
<PAGE>

Subsequent Transfer Date for each Subsequent Contract, the Contract has not been
sold,  transferred,  assigned  or pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the
Company,  that immediately prior to the transfer and assignment of the Contracts
to the Company,  CITSF has good and marketable title thereto,  free and clear of
all  liens,   encumbrances,   security  interests  and  rights  of  others  and,
immediately upon the transfer thereof, the Company will have good and marketable
title to the  Contract,  free and  clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  security
interests and rights of others,  and that the transfer has been perfected  under
applicable  law.  In the event of an uncured  breach of any such  warranty  that
materially adversely affects the interest of the Trust in a Contract transferred
by the Company to the Trust,  the only recourse of the  Certificateholders,  the
Owner Trustee, or the Trust would be to require CITSF to purchase such Contract.

     Pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Servicer  will  have
custody  of  the  Contracts  sold  to  the  Trust.  The  Contracts  and  related
certificates  of title will not be  physically  marked or segregated to indicate
that such Contracts have been sold to the Trust.  If,  through  inadvertence  or
otherwise,  another party purchases (including the taking of a security interest
in) the Contracts for new value in the ordinary course of its business,  without
actual knowledge of the Trust's interest, and takes possession of the Contracts,
such  purchaser  would  acquire an  interest  in the  Contracts  superior to the
interest of the Trust.

Security Interests in the Financed Vehicles

     General.  Installment  sale  contracts  such as the Contracts  evidence the
credit sale of recreational vehicles by dealers to obligors;  the contracts also
constitute  personal property security agreements and include grants of security
interests  in the related  recreational  vehicles  under the UCC. In most states
(including  California),  perfection  rules  relating to security  interests  in
recreational  vehicles are generally  governed under state  certificate of title
statutes  (Alabama,  Connecticut,  Georgia,  Maine,  Massachusetts,   Minnesota,
Mississippi,  New Hampshire, New York, Rhode Island and Vermont have adopted the
Uniform Motor Vehicle Certificate of Title and Anti-Theft Act) or by the vehicle
registration laws of the state in which each recreational vehicle is located. In
states which have adopted the Uniform  Motor  Vehicle  Certificate  of Title and
Anti-Theft Act,  security  interests in  recreational  vehicles may be perfected
either by notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of title or by
delivery  of the  certificate  of title and  payment of a fee to the state motor
vehicle authority, depending on particular state law. In states that do not have
a  certificate  of title  statute or that make no  provision  for  notation of a
security interest on a certificate of title,  perfection is usually accomplished
by filing  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the UCC. In most  states,  including
California,  a security  interest  in a  recreational  vehicle is  perfected  by
notation of the secured party's lien on the vehicle's certificate of title. Each
Contract  prohibits the sale or transfer of the related Financed Vehicle without
the consent of CITSF.

     Perfection of Sale. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, CITSF will sell and
assign its interests in the Contracts,  including the security  interests in the
Financed Vehicles granted  thereunder,  to the Company and, pursuant to the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Company will sell and assign its interest in the
Contracts,  including the security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles  granted
thereunder,  to the Owner Trustee.  UCC financing statements to perfect the sale
of (i) CITSF's  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Financed  Vehicles to the
Company and (ii) the  Company's  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Financed
Vehicles to the Owner Trustee, will be filed.

     Perfection  of CITSF's  Security  Interest in the  Financed  Vehicles.  The
certificates of title relating to the Financed Vehicles name CITSF (or CITCF-NY)
as the  secured  party.  In those  instances  where no  certificate  of title is
applicable  under state law, a UCC-1 financing  statement has been filed.  CITSF
takes all  actions  necessary  under the laws of the state in which the  related
recreational  vehicles  are  located to perfect  its  security  interest in such
recreational  vehicles,  including,  where applicable,  having a notation of its
lien recorded on the related  certificate  of title or  delivering  the required
documents and fees,  and obtaining  possession of the  certificate  of title (if
possible).  In the event CITSF (or CITCF-NY) fails,  due to clerical errors,  to
effect such notation or delivery, or files the security interest under the wrong
law (for  example,  under the UCC rather than under a motor  vehicle title law),
the  Securityholders  may not have a first  priority  security  interest  in the
Financed Vehicle securing a Contract. In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, CITSF
has  represented  as of the Closing Date that each Contract  creates a valid and
enforceable  first priority security interest in favor of CITSF (or CITCF-NY) or


                                       61
<PAGE>

the related  Dealer in the Financed  Vehicle  covered  thereby  (which  security
interest, if in favor of the related Dealer (or CITCF-NY),  has been assigned to
CITSF) and such security interest has been assigned by CITSF to the Company, and
all necessary action with respect to such Contract has been taken to perfect the
security  interest  in the  related  Financed  Vehicle  in favor  of  CITSF  (or
CITCF-NY).  A breach by CITSF of such warranty that materially adversely affects
the Trust's  interest  in any  Contract  would  require  CITSF to purchase  such
Contract unless such breach is cured within 90 days.

     Perfection of Trust's Security Interest in Financed Vehicles. In each case,
except where applicable laws require the filing of a UCC- 1 financing statement,
the  certificate of title names CITSF (or CITCF-NY) as the secured party. In the
case of  Contracts  which have  CITCF-NY  as the  secured  party,  CITSF has not
amended  the  certificates  of  title to  substitute  CITSF  as  secured  party.
Moreover,  because of the administrative burden and expense,  neither CITSF, the
Company nor the Trust will amend any  certificate of title to identify the Trust
as the new secured party on the  certificate  of title  relating to the Financed
Vehicles.  However, the Servicer will continue to hold any certificates of title
relating to the Financed  Vehicles in its  possession as custodian for the Trust
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  See "The Purchase Agreements and
the Trust Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."  Accordingly,  CITSF
(or CITCF-NY) will continue to be named as the secured party on the certificates
of title relating to the Financed Vehicles.

     (i) California.  A security  interest in a motor vehicle  registered in the
State of  California  (in which the  greatest  number of Financed  Vehicles  are
currently registered) may be perfected only by depositing with the Department of
Motor Vehicles a properly endorsed  certificate of title for the vehicle showing
the  secured  party as "legal  owner"  thereon  or if the  vehicle  has not been
previously registered, an application in usual form for an original registration
together with an  application  for  registration  of the secured party as "legal
owner." However,  under the California  Vehicle Code, a transferee of a security
interest  in a motor  vehicle is not  required to reapply to the  Department  of
Motor  Vehicles  for a  transfer  of  registration  when  the  interest  of  the
transferee  arises  from the  transfer  of a  security  agreement  by the "legal
owner." Accordingly, under California law, an assignment such as that under each
of the Purchase  Agreement and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement is an effective
conveyance of CITSF's and the Company's perfected security interest, as the case
may be,  without  such  re-registration,  and under the Purchase  Agreement  the
Company will succeed to CITSF's,  and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement the
Trust will succeed to the Company's, rights as secured party.

     (ii) Other  States.  In most  states,  assignments  such as those under the
Purchase  Agreement  and the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  are an  effective
conveyance  of a  security  interest  without  amendment  of any lien noted on a
vehicle's  certificate  of  title,  and the  assignee  succeeds  thereby  to the
assignor's  rights as secured party.  Because of the  administrative  burden and
expense,  none of CITSF,  the Company or the Trust will amend any certificate of
title to identify the Trust as the new secured party on the certificate of title
relating to the Financed Vehicles.  Although re-registration of the recreational
vehicle in such states is not necessary to convey a perfected  security interest
in the Financed  Vehicles to the Trust,  because the Trust will not be listed as
the secured party on the  certificates  of title to the Financed  Vehicles,  its
security interest could be defeated through fraud or negligence.  In the absence
of fraud, forgery or administrative error, the notation of CITSF's or CITCF-NY's
lien on the  certificates  of title will be sufficient in most states to protect
the Trust against the rights of subsequent  purchasers of a Financed  Vehicle or
subsequent  creditors  who  take a  security  interest  in a  Financed  Vehicle.
However,  with respect to Financed  Vehicles in states in which the Trust failed
to obtain a first perfected  security  interest  because it is not identified as
the secured party on the  certificate of title,  its security  interest would be
subordinate to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers of such Financed  Vehicles
and holders of first perfected security interests therein.

     Continuity  of  Perfection.  Under  the laws of most  states,  a  perfected
security interest in a recreational  vehicle continues for four months after the
vehicle is moved to a new state from the one in which it is initially registered
and thereafter until the owner re-registers such recreational vehicle in the new
state.  A majority of states  require  surrender  of a  certificate  of title to
re-register a vehicle.  In those states  (including  California)  that require a
secured  party to hold  possession  of the  certificate  of  title  to  maintain
perfection  of the  security  interest,  the  secured  party  would learn of the
re-registration   through  the  request  from  the  obligor  under  the  related
installment  sale contract to surrender  possession of the certificate of title.
In the case of vehicles  registered  in states  providing  for the notation of a
lien on the  certificate of title but not  possession by the secured party,  the
secured   party  would   receive   notice  of   surrender   from  the  state  of
re-registration  if the security  interest is noted on the certificate of title.


                                       62
<PAGE>

Thus,  the secured party would have the  opportunity  to re-perfect its security
interest in the vehicles in the state of relocation.  However,  these procedural
safeguards  will not  protect  the secured  party if through  fraud,  forgery or
administrative  error,  the debtor somehow  procures a new  certificate of title
that does not list the secured party's lien. Additionally, in states that do not
require a certificate of title for  registration  of a vehicle,  re-registration
could defeat perfection.

     In the ordinary course of servicing the Contracts, CITSF will take steps to
effect  re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of  re-registration or information
from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an obligor sells a Financed
Vehicle,  CITSF must  surrender  possession of the  certificate of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release of
the lien. Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated
to take  appropriate  steps,  at its own expense,  to maintain  perfection  of a
security interest in the Financed Vehicles.

     CITSF, as Servicer, will continue to hold certificates of title relating to
the Financed  Vehicles in its  possession as custodian for the Trust pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement. In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, CITSF, as
Servicer,  will covenant that it will not release the Financed  Vehicle securing
any Contract from the security  interest  granted therein except as contemplated
by the Sale and Servicing Agreement. CITSF, as Servicer, will also covenant that
it shall not impair the rights of the Trust in the  Contacts  or take any action
inconsistent with the Trust's ownership of the Contracts, except as permitted by
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  A  breach  of  either  such  covenant  that
materially  and adversely  affects the Trust's  interest in any Contract,  would
require  the  Servicer  to purchase  such  Contract  unless such breach is cured
within the period specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     Priority of Certain  Liens  Arising by Operation of Law.  Under the laws of
California  and of most states,  liens for repairs  performed on a  recreational
vehicle and liens for unpaid  taxes take  priority  over even a first  perfected
security  interest  in such  vehicle.  The  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended,  also grants  priority to certain  federal tax liens over the lien of a
secured  party.   The  laws  of  certain  states  and  federal  law  permit  the
confiscation  of  motor  vehicles  by  governmental  authorities  under  certain
circumstances if used in unlawful activities,  which may result in the loss of a
secured  party's  perfected  security  interest  in a  confiscated  recreational
vehicle.  CITSF will  represent and warrant in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
that, as of the Closing Date, there were, to the best of CITSF's  knowledge,  no
liens or claims which have been filed for work,  labor or materials  affecting a
Financed Vehicle  securing a Contract,  which are or may be liens prior or equal
to the lien of the Contract.  However, liens for repairs or taxes could arise at
any time  during the term of a  Contract.  No notice  will be given to the Owner
Trustee or Securityholders  in the event such a lien or confiscation  arises and
any such lien or confiscation  arising after the date of initial issuance of the
Securities would not give rise to CITSF's purchase obligation under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

Repossession

     In  the  event  of  default  by an  obligor,  the  holder  of  the  related
installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC,
except  where  specifically  limited by other state laws.  The UCC remedies of a
secured party include the right to repossession by self-help means,  unless such
means would  constitute  a breach of the peace.  Self-help  repossession  is the
method  employed  by the  Servicer in most cases and is  accomplished  simply by
taking  possession  of the  related  recreational  vehicle.  In cases  where the
obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise required by
applicable state law, a court order must be obtained from the appropriate  state
court,  and the vehicle must then be recovered in accordance with that order. In
some jurisdictions (not including California),  the secured party is required to
notify the debtor of the default and the intent to repossess the  collateral and
be given a time period within which to cure the default  prior to  repossession.
In most states (including  California),  under certain  circumstances  after the
vehicle has been repossessed,  the obligor may reinstate the related contract by
paying the delinquent installments and other amounts due.

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

     The UCC and other  state laws  require  the  secured  party to provide  the
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The


                                       63
<PAGE>

obligor  has the right to redeem the  collateral  prior to actual sale by paying
the  secured  party the  unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation,  accrued
interest  thereon  plus  reasonable  expenses  for  repossessing,   holding  and
preparing the collateral for  disposition  and arranging for its sale,  plus, in
some jurisdictions,  reasonable attorneys' fees or in some states, by payment of
delinquent   installments  or  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of  the  related
obligation.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

     The proceeds of resale of the Financed  Vehicles  generally will be applied
first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of
the related  indebtedness.  While some states impose prohibitions or limitations
on  deficiency  judgments if the net proceeds  from resale do not cover the full
amount of the  indebtedness,  a deficiency  judgment can be sought in California
and certain  other  states  that do not  prohibit  or limit such  judgments.  In
addition to the notice  requirement,  the UCC requires  that every aspect of the
sale or other disposition,  including the method, manner, time, place and terms,
be  "commercially  reasonable."  Most  courts  have held that when a sale is not
"commercially  reasonable,"  the secured  party loses its right to a  deficiency
judgment.  In addition,  the UCC permits the debtor or other interested party to
recover for any loss caused by  noncompliance  with the  provisions  of the UCC.
Also, prior to a sale, the UCC permits the debtor or other interested  person to
restrain the secured party from disposing of the collateral if it is established
that the  secured  party is not  proceeding  in  accordance  with the  "default"
provisions under the UCC. However,  the deficiency  judgment would be a personal
judgment  against the obligor for the  shortfall,  and a defaulting  obligor may
have very little capital or sources of income available following  repossession.
Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or,
if  one  is  obtained,  it  may  be  settled  at a  significant  discount  or be
uncollectible.

     Occasionally,  after  resale of a  recreational  vehicle and payment of all
expenses and  indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC
requires the creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a  subordinate  lien
with respect to such  vehicle or, if no such  lienholder  exists,  to the former
owner of the vehicle.

Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency

     CITSF and the Company  intend that the transfer of Contracts  from CITCF-NY
to  CITSF,  from  CITSF  to the  Company  and  from  the  Company  to the  Trust
constitutes   a  sale,   rather  than  a  pledge  of  the  Contracts  to  secure
indebtedness. However, if CITCF-NY, CITSF or the Company were to become a debtor
under  Title 11 of the  United  States  Code,  11  U.S.C.  ss.101  et seq.  (the
"Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is possible that a creditor,  receiver,  other party in
interest  or  trustee  in  bankruptcy  of  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the  Company,  or
CITCF-NY, CITSF or the Company as debtor-in-possession,  may argue that the sale
of the Contracts by CITCF-NY to CITSF,  CITSF to the Company,  or by the Company
to the Trust, respectively, was a pledge of the Contracts rather than a sale and
that,  accordingly,  such Contracts  should be part of such entity's  bankruptcy
estate.  Such  a  position,   if  presented  to  a  court,  even  if  ultimately
unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction of  distributions  to the
Securityholders.

                         , an          corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary
of CIT (the "Affiliated  Purchaser"),  will purchase 1% of the principal balance
of the  Certificates.  The  Affiliated  Purchaser will have the same rights with
regard  to the  Trust as all other  Certificateholders  based on its  percentage
ownership of the Certificate  Balance.  The Trust Agreement will provide that if
an Insolvency Event with respect to the Affiliated Purchaser occurs,  subject to
certain  conditions,  the Trust will dissolve.  Certain steps have been taken in
structuring the  transactions  contemplated  hereby that are intended to make it
less likely that an Insolvency  Event with respect to the  Affiliated  Purchaser
will occur.  These steps include the formation of the Affiliated  Purchaser as a
separate,  limited-purpose  corporation  pursuant to  articles of  incorporation
containing  certain  limitations  (including  restrictions  on the nature of the
Affiliated  Purchaser's business and a restriction on the Affiliated Purchaser's
ability to  commence a  voluntary  case or  proceeding  under the United  States
Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency Laws") without the
prior  affirmative  unanimous vote of its directors).  However,  there can be no
assurance that the activities or liabilities of the Affiliated  Purchaser  would
not result in an Insolvency Event.

                                       64
<PAGE>

     Although  other courts have held  otherwise,  a case  (Octagon Gas Systems,
Inc. v. Rimmer,  995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir.),  cert.  denied 114 S.Ct.  554 (1993))
decided by the United  States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth  Circuit  contains
language to the effect that, under Article 9 of the UCC,  "accounts" (as defined
in the UCC) sold by a debtor  would remain  property of the debtor's  bankruptcy
estate, whether or not the sale of the accounts was perfected under the UCC. UCC
Article 9 applies to the sale of "chattel paper" (as defined in the UCC) as well
as the sale of "accounts" and, although the Contracts  constitute  chattel paper
under the UCC rather than  accounts,  perfection of a security  interest in both
chattel paper and accounts may be accomplished  under the UCC by the filing of a
UCC-1 financing statement.  If, following a bankruptcy of CITCF-NY,  CITSF or of
the Company, a court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit reflected
in the case  described  above,  then the  Contracts  would  be  included  in the
bankruptcy  estate of CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the  Company,  as the case may be, and
delays in payments of collections on or in respect of the Contracts,  or loss of
principal and interest in respect of the Certificates, could occur.

     The Company  has taken  steps in  structuring  the  transactions  described
herein that are intended to make it unlikely that the  voluntary or  involuntary
application for relief by CITSF under the Bankruptcy Code or similar  applicable
state laws (collectively, "Insolvency Laws") will result in consolidation of the
assets and liabilities of the Company with those of CIT. These steps include the
creation of the Company as a wholly  owned,  limited  purpose  subsidiary of CIT
pursuant  to a  certificate  of  incorporation  containing  certain  limitations
(including restrictions on the nature of the Company's business).  Additionally,
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  prohibits merger,  consolidation and
the sale of all or  substantially  all of its assets in  certain  circumstances,
without the prior  affirmative  unanimous  vote of its  directors  including all
independent directors.

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose  substantial  requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers  involved  in
consumer finance.  These laws include the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the
Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act,  the Military  Reservist  Relief Act,
state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act and of the Uniform  Consumer
Credit Code and state  motor  vehicle  retail  installment  sales  acts,  retail
installment  sales acts and other similar laws. Also, the laws of California and
of certain other states impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on
consumer  transactions  and require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those
required  under  federal  law.  These  requirements  impose  specific  statutory
liabilities  upon  creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions.  In some
cases,  this liability could affect the ability of an assignee such as the Owner
Trustee to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Contracts.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course  Rule" of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"),  has the effect of subjecting  any assignee of the seller in a
consumer credit  transaction to all claims and defenses which the obligor in the
transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the
FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the  contract,  and
the holder of the contract  may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining
due  thereunder  from the obligor.  The FTC Rule is generally  duplicated by the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other state statutes or the common law in certain
states.  Most of the Contracts  will be subject to the  requirements  of the FTC
Rule.  Accordingly,  the Owner  Trustee,  as holder  of the  Contracts,  will be
subject to any claims or defenses  that the  purchaser  of the related  Financed
Vehicle may assert against the seller of the Financed  Vehicle.  Such claims are
limited to a maximum  liability  equal to the amounts paid by the obligor  under
the related Contracts.

     Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers
of recreational  vehicles are required to be licensed to sell vehicles at retail
sale.   Numerous  other  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  impose
requirements   applicable  to  the  origination  and  lending  pursuant  to  the
Contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act,
the Fair Credit  Billing  Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer
Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to comply with their
provisions may affect the  enforceability of the related  Contract.  Neither the
Trust nor the Company has  obtained  any license  required  under any federal or
state consumer or mortgage banking laws or regulations,  and the absence of such
licenses may impede the  enforcement  of certain  rights or give rise to certain


                                       65
<PAGE>

defenses in actions seeking  enforcement  rights.  In addition,  with respect to
used  vehicles,  the Federal  Trade  Commission's  Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles
requires  that all sellers of used  vehicles  prepare,  complete,  and display a
"Buyer's  Guide"  which  explains  the  warranty  coverage  for  such  vehicles.
Furthermore,  Federal Odometer  Regulations  promulgated under the Motor Vehicle
Information  and Cost  Savings  Act require  that all  sellers of used  vehicles
furnish a written  statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the
odometer  reading.  If a seller is not properly  licensed or if either a Buyer's
Guide or Odometer  Disclosure  Statement  was not provided to the purchaser of a
Financed Vehicle, the obligor may be able to assert a defense against the seller
of the Financed Vehicle.

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections of the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States
of America. Courts have generally either upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as  reasonable or have found that the  creditor's  repossession
and  resale do not  involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

     CITSF will  represent and warrant  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
that  each  Contract  complies  with  all  requirements  of law in all  material
respects.  A  breach  of  such  representation  and  warranty  which  materially
adversely  affects the  interests  of the Trust in any  Contract  will create an
obligation of CITSF to purchase such Contract.  See "The Purchase Agreements and
The Trust Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."

Other Limitations

     In  addition  to the laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related state laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a creditor to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
creditor  from  repossessing  a  recreational  vehicle,  and,  as  part  of  the
rehabilitation plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market
value of the  recreational  vehicle at the time of bankruptcy  (as determined by
the  court),  leaving  the party  providing  financing  as a  general  unsecured
creditor for the  remainder  of the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also
reduce the monthly payments due under the related contract or change the rate of
interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.

     Under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act, an obligor
who enters the military service after the origination of such obligor's Contract
(including  an Obligor  who is a member of the  National  Guard or is in reserve
status at the time of the  origination  of the  obligor's  Contract and is later
called to active  duty) may not be charged  interest  above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of such  obligor's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise upon application of the lender. In addition,  pursuant to the Military
Reservist Relief Act, under certain  circumstances,  California residents called
into active duty with the reserves can delay payments on retail installment sale
contracts,  including  the  Contracts,  for a period,  not to  exceed  180 days,
beginning with the order to active duty and ending 30 days after release.  It is
possible that the foregoing  could have an effect on the ability of the Servicer
to collect  full amounts of interest on certain of the  Contracts.  In addition,
the Relief  Acts  impose  limitations  which  would  impair  the  ability of the
Servicer to repossess an affected Contract during the obligor's period of active
duty status.  Thus, in the event that such a Contract  goes into default,  there
may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to realize upon the related
Financed Vehicle in a timely fashion.

                                       66
<PAGE>
                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Set forth below is a summary of certain Federal income tax  consequences of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities, applicable to initial
purchasers of the Securities.  Schulte Roth & Zabel, counsel for the Trust is of
the  opinion  that the  discussion  hereunder  fully and  fairly  discloses  all
material  Federal  tax  risks  associated  with  the  purchase,   ownership  and
disposition of the Securities.

     This  summary  does not deal with all  aspects of Federal  income  taxation
applicable to all categories of holders of the Securities,  some of which may be
subject to special rules or special treatment under the Federal income tax laws.
For example,  it does not discuss the specific tax treatment of  Securityholders
that are insurance  companies,  banks and certain other financial  institutions,
regulated  investment  companies,  individual  retirement  accounts,  tax-exempt
organizations or dealers in securities.  Furthermore, this summary is based upon
present  provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the
"Code"),  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   and  judicial  or  ruling
authority,  all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.
Moreover,  there are no cases or Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  rulings on
similar  transactions  involving a trust that  issues debt and equity  interests
with terms similar to those of the Notes and the Certificates.  As a result, the
IRS may disagree with all or part of the discussion below.

     Prospective  investors  are advised to consult  their own tax advisors with
regard to the Federal  income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Securities, as well as the tax consequences arising under the
laws of any state,  foreign  country or other  jurisdiction.  The Trust has been
provided  with an  opinion  of  Schulte  Roth & Zabel  regarding  certain of the
Federal income tax matters discussed below. An opinion of counsel,  however,  is
not binding on the IRS, and no ruling on any of the issues  discussed below will
be sought from the IRS.

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

     Tax  Characterization of the Notes and the Trust.  Schulte Roth & Zabel has
advised  the Trust  that,  based on the terms of the Notes and the  transactions
relating to the Contracts as set forth herein, the Notes will be treated as debt
for Federal income tax purposes.  However,  there is no specific  authority with
respect to the  characterization  for Federal  income tax purposes of securities
having the same terms as the Notes.

     Schulte Roth & Zabel is also of the opinion that,  based on the  applicable
provisions of the Trust Agreement and related documents,  for Federal income tax
purposes,  (i) the Trust will not be classified as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  and (ii)  the  Trust  will  not be  treated  as a  publicly  traded
partnership taxable as a corporation. However, there are no authorities directly
dealing with similar transactions.  If the IRS were to successfully characterize
the Trust as an  association  taxable as a  corporation  for Federal  income tax
purposes,  the  income  from the  Contracts  (reduced  by  deductions,  possibly
including  interest  on the Notes)  would be  subject  to Federal  income tax at
corporate  rates,  which could reduce the amounts  available to make payments on
the  Notes.  Likewise,  if the Trust were  subject  to state or local  income or
franchise  tax, the amount of cash  available to make payment on the Notes could
be reduced.

     If, contrary to the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel,  the IRS  successfully
asserted that the Notes were not debt for Federal income tax purposes, the Notes
might be treated as equity  interests  in the Trust.  If so, the Trust  might be
taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences  described above (and the
taxable  corporation  would not be able to deduct  interest on the  Notes).  The
remainder of this discussion  assumes that the Notes will be treated as debt and
that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation.

     Interest  Income on the  Notes.  The stated  interest  on the Notes will be
taxable  to a  Noteholder  as  ordinary  income  when  received  or  accrued  in
accordance with such Noteholder's  method of tax accounting.  Some or all of the
Notes may be issued with "original issue discount" within the meaning of Section
1273 of the  Code  ("OID").  The  amount  of OID on the  Notes  will  equal  the
difference  between the issue price and the principal amount of the Notes unless
the OID is less then a statutorily defined de minimus amount.

     OID will  accrue  to the  Noteholders  over the life of the  Notes,  taking
account of a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption,  based on a constant  yield to
maturity method, using semi-annual compounding, and properly adjusted for actual
prepayments on the Contracts.  The portion of OID that accrues during the time a
Noteholder   owns  the  Notes  (i)  constitutes   interest   includable  in  the
Noteholder's gross income for federal  income tax purposes and  (ii) is added to


                                       67
<PAGE>

the  Noteholder's  tax basis for  purposes  of  determining  gain or loss on the
maturity,  redemption,  prior sale, or other disposition of the Notes. Thus, the
effect of OID is to  increase  the  amount of  taxable  income  above the actual
interest payments during the life of the Notes.

     Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a Noteholder  sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized  on the sale and the  holder's  adjusted  tax  basis in the  Note.  The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular  Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note,  increased by any OID,  market  discount and gain  previously
included by such  Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased by
the  amount  of any bond  premium  previously  amortized  and by the  amount  of
principal payments  previously  received by such Noteholder with respect to such
Note.  Subject to the rules of the Code concerning market discount on the Notes,
any such  gain or loss  will be  capital  gain or loss if the Note was held as a
capital  asset.  Capital  losses  generally  may be  deducted  to the extent the
Noteholder has capital gains for the taxable year, and non-corporate Noteholders
can deduct a limited amount of such losses in excess of available capital gains.

     Foreign  Holders.  If interest  paid (or accrued) to a Noteholder  who is a
nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation or other  non-United  States person (a
"foreign  person") is not  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by the foreign person,  the interest generally
will be considered  "portfolio  interest,"  and generally will not be subject to
United States Federal income tax and withholding  tax, if the foreign person (i)
is not  actually  or  constructively  a "10  percent  shareholder"  of the Trust
(including a holder of 10% of the  outstanding  Certificates)  or the Affiliated
Purchaser nor a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the Trust
or the Affiliated Purchaser is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code
and (ii)  provides the person  otherwise  required to withhold  U.S. tax with an
appropriate  statement,  signed under penalties of perjury,  certifying that the
beneficial  owner of the Note is a foreign  person  and  providing  the  foreign
person's name and address. If the information provided in the statement changes,
the foreign person must so inform the person otherwise required to withhold U.S.
tax within 30 days of such change.  The statement  generally must be provided in
the year a payment occurs or in either of the two preceding  years. If a Note is
held through a  securities  clearing  organization  or certain  other  financial
institutions,  the organization or institution may provide a signed statement to
the  withholding  agent.  However,  in that case,  the signed  statement must be
accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the foreign person that
owns the Note. If such interest is not portfolio  interest,  then any payment of
such interest will be subject to United States Federal withholding tax at a rate
of 30%,  unless  reduced or  eliminated  pursuant  to an  applicable  income tax
treaty.

     Any capital  gain  realized on the sale,  redemption,  retirement  or other
taxable  disposition  of a Note by a foreign  person  will be exempt from United
States Federal  income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (i) the gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by the  foreign  person  and (ii) in the case of an  individual  foreign
person,  the foreign  individual is present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year or does not have a tax home in the United States.

     If the  interest,  gain or income  on a Note  held by a  foreign  person is
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by  the  foreign  person  (although  exempt  from  the  withholding  tax
previously  discussed  if the holder  provides an  appropriate  statement),  the
holder  generally  will be subject to United  States  Federal  income tax on the
interest,  gain or income at regular Federal income tax rates.  In addition,  if
the  foreign  person is a foreign  corporation,  it may be  subject  to a branch
profits tax equal to 30% of its  "effectively  connected  earnings  and profits"
within the meaning of the Code for the  taxable  year,  as adjusted  for certain
items,  unless it  qualifies  for a lower  rate under an  applicable  income tax
treaty (as modified by the branch profits tax rules).

     Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Trust will be required to
report  annually to the IRS,  and to each  Noteholder  of record,  the amount of
interest  paid on the Notes (and the amount of accrued OID, if any, and interest
withheld for Federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year,  except as to
exempt   holders   (generally,   holders  that  are   corporations,   tax-exempt
organizations,   qualified  pension  and   profit-sharing   trusts,   individual
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their
status as nonresidents). Accordingly, each holder (other than exempt holders who
are not  subject to the  reporting  requirements)  will be  required to provide,
under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct Federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not subject to backup  withholding.  Should a non-exempt  Noteholder  fail to
provide the required  certification,  the Trust will be required to withhold 31%


                                       68
<PAGE>

of the amount otherwise payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld amount to
the IRS as a credit against the holder's Federal income tax liability.


Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates

     Tax  Characterization  of the  Trust.  The  Affiliated  Purchaser  and  the
Servicer have agreed, and the Certificateholders will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of Federal income
tax, with the assets of the partnership  being the assets held by the Trust, the
partners of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders  and the Notes being
debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the arrangement
involving the Trust, the Certificates,  the Notes, the Affiliated Purchaser, and
the Servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions  closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.

     If the Trust were held to be an "association"  taxable as a corporation for
Federal  income tax  purposes,  rather  than a  partnership,  the Trust would be
subject to a corporate  level  income tax. Any such  corporate  income tax could
materially  reduce or eliminate cash that would otherwise be distributable  with
respect to the Certificates (and Certificateholders could be liable for any such
tax that is unpaid by the Trust). See also the discussion above under "--Certain
Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes--Tax  Characterization of the
Notes and the Trust." However, in the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel, the Trust
will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation because of the
nature  of  its  income  and  because  it  will  not  have  certain  "corporate"
characteristics necessary for a business trust to be an association taxable as a
corporation.

     Nonetheless,   because   of  the  lack  of  cases  or  rulings  on  similar
transactions,  a  variety  of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible  in
addition to the position to be taken by Certificateholders that the Certificates
represent  equity  interests  in  a  partnership.   For  example,   because  the
Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt, the  Certificates
might be  considered  debt of the Trust or of the Seller.  The remainder of this
summary  assumes  that  the   Certificates   represent  equity  interests  in  a
partnership that owns the Contracts.

     Partnership  Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
federal  income tax, but each  Certificateholder  will be required to separately
take into  account  such  holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions and credits of the Trust. In certain  instances,  however,  the Trust
could have an  obligation  to make  payments of  withholding  tax on behalf of a
Certificateholder.  See "Backup  Withholding"  and "Tax  Consequences to Foreign
Owners of  Certificates"  below.  The Trust's  income will consist  primarily of
interest accrued on the Contracts including  appropriate  adjustments for market
discount  (as  discussed  below),  and any  original  issue  discount  and  bond
premium),   investment  income  from  investments  in  the  Trust  Accounts  and
Certificate  Distribution Account and any gain upon collection or disposition of
the  Contracts.  The  Trust's  deductions  will  consist  primarily  of interest
accruing  with  respect  to the  Notes,  servicing  and other fees and losses or
deductions upon collection or disposition of the Contracts.

     The tax items of a partnership  are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (here, the
Trust  Agreement and Related  Documents).  The Trust Agreement will provide that
the  Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable income of the Trust for each
Interest  Period equal to the sum of (i) the amount of interest  that accrues on
the Certificates for such Interest Accrual Period based on the Certificate Rate;
(ii) an amount  equivalent to interest that accrues during such Interest Accrual
Period on amounts  previously due on the  Certificates  but not yet distributed;
and (iii) any Trust  income  attributable  to  discount  on the  Contracts  that
corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of the Certificates over their
initial issue price. All remaining taxable income of the Trust will be allocated
to the Affiliated  Purchaser.  It is believed that this allocation will be valid
under applicable Treasury  regulations,  although no assurance can be given that
the IRS would  not  require a  greater  amount  of  income  to be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.  Moreover, under the foregoing method of allocation, holders
may be  allocated  income  greater  than the amount of interest  accruing on the
Certificates  based on the Pass-Through  Rate or may be allocated income greater
than the amount of cash distributed to them.

     An  individual  taxpayer  may  generally  deduct   miscellaneous   itemized
deductions  (which do not  include  interest  expenses)  only to the extent they
exceed two percent of the individual's  adjusted gross income. Those limitations
would apply to an individual  Certificateholder's share of expenses of the Trust
(including fees paid to the Servicer) and might result in such holder having net
taxable  income  that  exceeds  the amount of cash actually  distributed to such


                                       69
<PAGE>

holder over the life of the Trust. In addition,  Section 68 of the Code provides
that the amount of  certain  itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for the
taxable  year  of  an  individual   whose   adjusted  gross  income  exceeds  an
inflation-adjusted  threshold amount specified in the Code ($114,700 for taxable
years  beginning in 1995,  in the case of a joint return) will be reduced by the
lesser of (i) 3% of the  excess of  adjusted  gross  income  over the  specified
threshold  amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount  of  itemized  deduction  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

     The Trust  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to income  and
allocations  to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis.  If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each of the Contracts, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional  expense,  but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

     Market  Discount.  To the extent that the  Contracts  are  purchased by the
Trust for a price that is less than the  aggregate  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of the Contracts,  the Trust must account for "market  discount" on the
Contracts  pursuant to Section  1276 of the Code.  Any market  discount  will be
accounted for each of the Contracts on an individual  basis,  and the Trust will
make an election to calculate such market discount as it  economically  accrues.
Any income  resulting  from the accrual of market  discount will be allocated to
the Certificateholders as described above.

     Original Issue Discount and Bond Premium. It is believed that the Contracts
were not and will not be issued with OID or at a premium,  and,  therefore,  the
Trust should not have OID income or amortizable bond premium.

     Section 708 Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, a partnership will
be deemed to  terminate  for Federal  income tax  purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits  interests in the partnership are sold or exchanged within a
12-month  period.  If  such  a  termination  occurs,  the  partnership  will  be
considered to distribute  its assets to the partners,  who would then be treated
as  recontributing  those assets to a new partnership.  The Trust may not comply
with certain  technical  requirements  that might apply when such a constructive
termination  occurs.  As a result,  the  Trust may be  subject  to  certain  tax
penalties  and may incur  additional  expenses  if it is required to comply with
those  requirements.  Furthermore,  the Trust might not be able to comply due to
lack of data.

      Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain or loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of a  Certificate  in an  amount  equal to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificate  sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal his cost
increased  by his share of Trust income that is  includable  in his gross income
and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition,  both the tax basis in the  Certificate  and the amount  realized on a
sale of a Certificate  would  include the holder's  share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such
Certificates,  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a pro rata portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold
(rather than  maintaining a separate tax basis in each  Certificate for purposes
of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

      Any gain on the sale of a Certificate  attributable  to the holder's share
of  unrecognized  accrued market  discount on the Contracts  would  generally be
treated as  ordinary  income to the  holder  and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.  The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid these
special reporting requirements,  the Trust will elect to include any such market
discount in income as it accrues.

     If a  Certificateholder  is required to recognize  an  aggregate  amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  described above) over the life of the Certificates  that exceeds the
aggregate cash  distributions  with respect thereto,  such excess will generally
give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

     Allocations  Between  Transferor and  Transferee.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect the tax liability and tax basis of the
holder) attributable to periods before the actual purchase takes place.

                                       70
<PAGE>

     The use of such a  monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a monthly  convention  is not allowed  (or is allowed  only for
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Affiliated
Purchaser  is  authorized  to revise the Trust's  method of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform to a method  permitted  by any future
authority.

     Section  754  Election.  In the  event  that a  Certificateholder  sells  a
Certificate at a profit (or loss), the purchasing  Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the  Certificate  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust files an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such an election. As
a result,  Certificateholders  might be allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
Certificates.

     Administrative  Matters. The Servicer,  on behalf of the Trust, is required
to keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books
will be maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis
and the taxable  year of the Trust will be the  calendar  year.  The  Affiliated
Purchaser  will file a partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the
IRS for each  taxable  year of the Trust and will report to holders  (and to the
IRS)  each  Certificateholder's  allocable  share of items of Trust  income  and
expense on Schedule K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information to
nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the information statement described
below and such  nominees  will be required to forward  such  information  to the
beneficial owners of the Certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns
that  are  consistent  with the  information  returns  filed by the  Trust or be
subject  to  penalties   unless  the  holder   notifies  the  IRS  of  all  such
inconsistencies.

     Under  Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee  on  behalf of  another  person at any time  during a  calendar  year is
required to furnish the Trust with a statement containing certain information on
the  nominee,   the  beneficial  owners  and  the  Certificates  so  held.  Such
information includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the  nominee  and (ii) as to each  beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address  and
taxpayer  identification  number of such  person,  (y) whether  such person is a
United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity  or  a  foreign  government,   an
international  organization,  or any wholly owned agency or  instrumentality  of
either of the foregoing and (z) certain information concerning Certificates that
were held, acquired or transferred on behalf of such person throughout the year.
In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates through a
nominee  are  required  to  furnish  directly  to the  Trust  information  as to
themselves and their ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing  agency  registered
under  Section 17A of the Exchange Act that holds  Certificates  as a nominee is
not  required  to furnish  any such  information  statement  to the  Trust.  The
information  referred to above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished to the
Trust on or before the  following  January 31.  Nominees,  brokers and financial
institutions that fail to provide the Trust with the information described above
may be subject to penalties. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1 information
to nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the information  described above
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the Certificates.

     The Affiliated Purchaser, as the "tax matters partner," will be responsible
for representing the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS with respect
to  partnership  items.  The Code provides for  administrative  examination of a
partnership  as if  the  partnership  were a  separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.
Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for  partnership  items does not expire
before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is
filed. Any adverse  determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust
by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could result in an  adjustment  of the
returns  of  the  Certificateholders,   and,  under  certain  circumstances,   a
Certificateholder  may  be  precluded  from  separately  litigating  a  proposed
adjustment  to the items of the Trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an
audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and adjustments of items not related to
the income and losses of the Trust.

     Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the  Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates  may be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

                                       71
<PAGE>

     Tax Consequences to Foreign Owners of Certificates.  As discussed below, an
investment in a Certificate is not suitable for any non-U.S. person which is not
eligible for a complete exemption from U.S.  withholding tax on interest under a
tax treaty with the United  States.  Accordingly,  no interest in a  Certificate
should be acquired by or on behalf of any such non-U.S. person.

     No regulations,  published  rulings or judicial  decisions exist that would
discuss the  characterization  for Federal withholding tax purposes with respect
to non-U.S.  persons of a partnership with activities  substantially the same as
the Trust.  However, it is not expected that the trust would be considered to be
engaged in a trade or  business  in the United  States for  purposes  of Federal
withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S. persons. If the Trust were considered
to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for such purposes, the
income of the Trust  distributable  to a  non-U.S.  person  would be  subject to
Federal  withholding  tax at a rate of 35% for persons  taxable as a corporation
and 39.6% for all other non-U.S.  persons. Also, in such cases, a non-U.S. owner
of a Certificate that is a corporation may be subject to the branch profits tax.
If the Trust is notified that an owner of a Certificate is a foreign person, the
Trust may  withhold  as if it were  engaged in a trade or business in the United
States in order to protect the Trust from  possible  adverse  consequences  of a
failure to withhold. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance
of other  administrative  pronouncements  may  require  the Trust to change  its
withholding procedures.

     Each  foreign  owner  of a  Certificate  might be  required  to file a U.S.
individual  or  corporate  income  tax  return  (including  in  the  case  of  a
corporation,  the branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's  income.  Each
foreign owner of a Certificate must obtain a taxpayer identification number from
the IRS and submit that number to the withholding  agent on Form W-8 in order to
assure  appropriate  crediting  of any  taxes  withheld.  A  foreign  owner of a
Certificate  generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund
with  respect to  withheld  taxes,  taking the  position  that no taxes were due
because the Trust was not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, interest
payments  made to (or  accrued  by) an owner of a  Certificate  who is a foreign
person may be  considered  guaranteed  payments to the extent such  payments are
determined  without  regard to the  income  of the Trust and for that  reason or
because  of the  nature  of the  Contracts,  the  interest  will  likely  not be
considered  "portfolio  interest."  As a  result,  even  if  the  Trust  is  not
considered  to be  engaged  in a U.S.  trade  or  business,  foreign  owners  of
Certificates  will likely be subject to United States  Federal  income tax which
must be withheld  at a rate of 30 percent on their  share of the Trust's  income
(without reduction for interest expense),  unless reduced or eliminated pursuant
to an applicable  income tax treaty. If the Trust is notified that an owner of a
Certificate is a foreign  person,  the Trust may be required to withhold and pay
over such tax, which can exceed the amounts otherwise available for distribution
to such owner. A foreign owner would  generally be entitled to file with the IRS
a refund claim for such  withheld  taxes,  taking the position that the interest
was portfolio  interest and therefore not subject to U.S. tax. However,  the IRS
may disagree and no assurance can be given as to the  appropriate  amount of tax
liability.  As a result,  each potential  foreign owner of a Certificate  should
consult  its tax  advisor  as to  whether  the tax  consequences  of  holding an
interest in a Certificate make it an unsuitable investment.


Other Tax Consequences

     No  advice  has been  received  as to  local  income,  franchise,  personal
property, or other taxation in any state or locality, or as to the tax effect of
ownership  of the  Securities  in any  state or  locality.  Securityholders  are
advised to consult  their own tax  advisors  with  respect to any state or local
income,  franchise,  personal property, or other tax consequences arising out of
their ownership of the Securities.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging
in certain  transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  persons"  under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. 

                                       72
<PAGE>

The Notes

     The acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Benefit Plan could
be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the Trust
or any of their  respective  affiliates  is or becomes a party in  interest or a
disqualified  person with respect to such Benefit Plan.  Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding
investments  by bank  collective  investment  funds;  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding
transactions   effected  by  "qualified   professional   asset   managers."  

The Certificates

     An  interest  in the  Certificates  may not be  acquired by (a) an employee
benefit  plan (as  defined  in  Section  3(3) of ERISA)  that is  subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (b) a plan  described in Section  4975(e)(1) of
the Code,  or (c) any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan assets by
reason of a plan's  investment  in the entity  (other than an insurance  company
purchasing the  Certificates for its general  accounts).  By its acceptance of a
Certificate  or its  acquisition  of an  interest  in a  Certificate  through  a
Participant or DTC, each Certificateholder or Certificateowner will be deemed to
have  represented  and  warranted  that  it is  not  subject  to  the  foregoing
limitation.

     A plan fiduciary  considering the purchase of the Securities should consult
its tax and or legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
(the   "Underwriting   Agreement")   among  CITSF,  the  Company  and          
and                    (the "Underwriters"),  the  Company has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters,  and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase,  the respective
principal  amount of the Notes and  Certificates  offered  hereby,  as set forth
opposite their respective names below:

                                      Principal Amount      Principal Amount
                                          of Notes           of Certificates
                                      ----------------      ----------------
                 ..................     $                      $
                    ...............     $                      $
                                        -----------            -----------
     Total ........................     $                      $
                                        ===========            ===========

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriters
to pay for and accept  delivery of the Notes or  Certificates  is subject to the
approval  of  certain  legal  matters  by their  counsel  and to  certain  other
conditions.  The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Notes
and Certificates if any are taken.
 
     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer the
Notes and  Certificates  directly to the public at the public offering price set
forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at a price that represents
a concession not in excess of  % of the principal amount of the Notes and not in
excess of   % of the principal balance of the Certificates. The Underwriters may
allow,  and such  dealers may reallow,  a concession not in excess of   % of the
principal amount of the Notes and not in excess of    % of the principal balance
of the Certificates to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering,
the public  offering  price and  concessions  and  discounts  to dealers  may be
changed by the Underwriters.

     CITSF has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including  civil  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act or to  contribute  to
payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     The Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in the Trust Accounts in
Eligible Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

     The closing of the sale of the Notes is  conditioned  on the closing of the
sale of the  Certificates,  and the closing of the sale of the  Certificates  is
conditioned on the closing of the sale of the Notes.

                                       73
<PAGE>

                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

      The  distribution  of the Notes in Canada is being  made only on a private
placement  basis exempt from the  requirement  that the Trust prepare and file a
prospectus  with the  securities  regulatory  authorities in each province where
trades of the Notes are effected. Accordingly, any resale of the Notes in Canada
must be made in  accordance  with  applicable  securities  laws  which will vary
depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made
in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant to a discretionary
exemption granted by the applicable  Canadian securities  regulatory  authority.
Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the Notes.

Representations of Purchasers

     Each purchaser of Notes in Canada who receives a purchase confirmation will
be deemed to  represent  to the Seller,  the Trust and the dealer from whom such
purchase  confirmation  is received  that (i) such  purchaser is entitled  under
applicable provincial securities laws to purchase such Notes without the benefit
of a prospectus  qualified  under such  securities  laws, (ii) where required by
law, that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,  and (iii)
such purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale Restrictions".

Rights of Actions and Enforcement

     The  securities  being  offered  are those of a foreign  issuer and Ontario
purchasers  will not  receive  the  contractual  right of action  prescribed  by
section 32 of the Regulation  under the  Securities Act (Ontario).  As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available,  including
common law rights of action for damages or  rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

     The Trust, the Seller, the Servicer,  the Affiliated  Purchaser,  the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee and their respective  directors and officers,
if any, as well as the experts  named herein,  may be located  outside of Canada
and,  as a result,  it may not be  possible  for  Ontario  purchasers  to effect
service of process  within  Canada  upon the  Issuer or such  persons.  All or a
substantial  portion of the assets of the Issuer and such persons may be located
outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment
against the Issuer or such  persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment  obtained
in Canadian courts against such Issuer or persons outside of Canada.

Notice to British Columbia Residents

     A purchaser  of the Notes to whom the  Securities  Act  (British  Columbia)
applies is advised  that such  purchaser  is  required  to file with the British
Columbia  Securities  Commission a report  within ten days of the sale of any of
the Notes or Certificates  acquired by such purchaser pursuant to this offering.
Such  report  must  be in the  form  attached  to  British  Columbia  Securities
Commission  Blanket  Order  BOR  #88/5.  Only one such  report  must be filed in
respect  of the Notes  acquired  on the same date and under the same  prospectus
exemption.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The Company has determined  that its financial  statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.

     The Trust has been formed to own the  Contracts  and the other Trust assets
and to issue the Notes and Certificates.  The Trust had no assets or obligations
prior to the issuance of the Notes and  Certificates  and will not engage in any
activities  other  than  those  described  herein.   Accordingly,  no  financial
statements with respect to the Trust are included in this Prospectus.



                                       74
<PAGE>

                                     RATINGS

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities  that the Class A Notes
be rated in the highest  rating  category by at least one Rating  Agency and the
Certificates  be rated in at least the third highest rating category by at least
one Rating Agency.  The ratings of the Class A Notes will be based  primarily on
the value of the Initial Contracts,  the Pre-Funding  Account,  and the terms of
the Securities,  including the subordination  provided by the Certificates.  The
ratings  of the  Certificates  will be based  primarily  on the Cash  Collateral
Account. The foregoing ratings do not address the likelihood that the Securities
will be retired  following the sale of the Contracts by the Trustee.  A security
rating  is not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or  hold  securities  and may be
subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the  assigning  rating  agency.
The  security  ratings  of  the  Notes  and  Certificates  should  be  evaluated
independently of similar security ratings assigned to other kinds of securities.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth &
Zabel,  New  York,  New  York,  for the  Trust by  Richards,  Layton  &  Finger,
Wilmington, Delaware, and for the Underwriters by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan, New
York, New York. The material  federal income tax  consequences  of the Notes and
the Certificates will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth & Zabel.



                                       75
<PAGE>
                                     ANNEX I

               GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION
                                   PROCEDURES

     Except in certain limited circumstances,  the globally offered Notes of CIT
RV Owner Trust  1996-A  (the  "Global  Securities")  will be  available  only in
book-entry  form.  Investors  in the  Global  Securities  may hold  such  Global
Securities through any of DTC, Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be
tradable as home  market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic
markets.  Initial  settlement  and all secondary  trades will settle in same-day
funds.

     Secondary  market  trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and in  accordance  with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

     Secondary  market  trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

     Secondary   cross-market   trading  between  Cedel  or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding Notes will be effected on a delivery-against  payment basis
through the  respective  Depositories  of Cedel and Euroclear (in such capacity)
and as DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S.  holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding  taxes unless such holders  meet certain  requirements  and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing  organizations
or their Participants.

Initial Settlement

     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede as nominee of DTC.  Investors'  interests in the Global  Securities will be
represented through financial  institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a  result,  Cedel  and  Euroclear  will hold
positions on behalf of their Participants through their respective Depositories,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

     Investors  electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement  practices  specified by the  Underwriters.  Investor  securities
custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings  against  payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

     Investors  electing  to hold  their  Global  Securities  through  Cedel  or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global securities
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

     Since the purchaser  determines  the place of delivery,  it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to insure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

     Trading  between DTC  Participants.  Secondary  market trading  between DTC
Participants will be settled in same-day funds.

     Trading  between  Cedel and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary  market
trading  between Cedel  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

     Trading  between DTC Seller and Cedel or Euroclear  Purchaser.  When Global
Securities  are to be transferred  from the account of a DTC  Participant to the
account of a Cedel  Participant or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant  at least one business day prior to  settlement.  Cedel or Euroclear
will  instruct  the  respective  Depository,  as the case may be, to receive the


                                       76
<PAGE>

Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global  Securities  from and  including  the  last  coupon  payment  date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period  and year  assumed  to  consist  of 360 days.  For  transactions
settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
respective  Depository of the DTC Participant's  account against delivery of the
Global  Securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the clearing  system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's  account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),  the Cedel or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

     Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement.  The most  direct  means of doing  so is to  preposition  funds  for
settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any  settlement  occurring  within Cedel or Euroclear.  Under this approach,
they  may  take on  credit  exposure  to Cedel or  Euroclear  until  the  Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

     As an  alternative,  if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear  Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement.  Under
this procedure,  Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants  purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft  charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global  Securities were credited to their accounts.  However,
interest on the Global  Securities would accrue from the value date.  Therefore,
in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may  substantially  reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each  Cedel  Participant's  or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

     Since the  settlement is taking place during New York business  hours,  DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global  Securities to
the  respective  European  Depository for the benefit of Cedel  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participants a cross-market  transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

     Trading  between Cedel or Euroclear  Seller and DTC Purchaser.  Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants
may  employ  their  customary   procedures  for  transactions  in  which  Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,  through the
respective Depository,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send instructions
to Cedel or Euroclear  through a Cedel  Participant or Euroclear  Participant at
least one  business day prior to  settlement.  In these cases Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depository,  as appropriate,  to deliver the Global
Securities  to the DTC  Participant's  account  against  payment.  Payment  will
include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the actual number
of days in such accrual  period and a year  assumed to consist of 360 days.  For
transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include  interest
accrued to and excluding the first day of the following  month. The payment will
then  be  reflected  in  the  account  of the  Cedel  Participant  or  Euroclear
Participant  the  following  day, and receipt of the cash  proceeds in the Cedel
Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be  back-valued to the
value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in New
York).  Should the Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

                                       77
<PAGE>

     Finally,  day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase  Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants  should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless  affirmative  action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

          (a)  borrowing  through  Cedel or  Euroclear  for one day  (until  the
     purchase  side of the day trade is  reflected  in their Cedel or  Euroclear
     accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

          (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
     no later  than one day prior to  settlement,  which  would  give the Global
     Securities  sufficient  time to be  reflected  in their Cedel or  Euroclear
     account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

          (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
     so that the value  date for the  purchase  from the DTC  Participant  is at
     least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant
     or Euroclear Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Withholding Taxes and Documentation Requirements

     A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  through  Cedel or Euroclear  (or
through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside  the U.S.) will be subject to
30%  U.S.  withholding  tax that  generally  applies  to  payments  of  interest
(including  original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.  Persons,
unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial  institution that holds
customer's  securities  in the  ordinary  course of its trade or business in the
chain of  intermediaries  between  such  beneficial  owner  and the U.S.  entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii)  such  beneficial  owners  take one of the  following  steps to  obtain  an
exemption or reduced tax rate:

     Exemption  for non-U.S.  Persons  (Form W-8).  Beneficial  owners of Global
Securities  that are non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete  exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).  If
the information  shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.

     Exemption  for non-U.S.  Persons with  effectively  connected  income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United  States,  can obtain an exemption  from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade or  Business  in the United
States).

     Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons that are beneficial  owners of Global Securities
residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an
exemption  or reduced tax rate  (depending  on the treaty  terms) by filing Form
1001 (Ownership,  Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides
for a reduced  rate,  withholding  tax will be imposed  at that rate  unless the
filer  alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Noteholder or
his agent.

     Exemption for U.S.  Persons (Form W-9). U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete
exemption  from the  withholding  tax by filing  Form W-9  (Payer's  Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

     U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The  holder  of a Global
Securities or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files
by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through whom it holds (the
clearing  agency,  in the case of persons  holding  directly on the books of the
clearing agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

     The term "U.S Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or  partnership  organized in or under the laws of the United
States  or any  political  subdivision  thereof  or (iii) an estate or trust the
income of which is  includable  in gross income for United  States tax purposes,
regardless of its source.  This summary of documentation  requirements  does not
deal  with all  aspects  of U.S.  Federal  income  tax  withholding  that may be
relevant to foreign holders of the Global  Securities.  Investors are advised to
consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice  concerning their holding
and disposing of the Global Securities.

                                       78
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

ABS ..................................................................    26
ABS Table ............................................................    27
Affiliated Purchaser .................................................    17
Asset Service Center .................................................    30
Available Amount .....................................................    52
Available Cash Collateral Amount .....................................    12
Auction Sale .........................................................    36
Bankruptcy Code ......................................................    17
Business Day .........................................................     6
Capitalized Interest Account .........................................     6
Cash Collateral Account ..............................................    11
Cash Collateral Account Surplus ......................................    12
Cash Collateral Agreement ............................................    11
Cash Collateral Depositor ............................................    11
Cede .................................................................    35
Cedel ................................................................     3
Certificate Balance ..................................................     8
Certificate Distribution Account .....................................    49
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date ........................     6
Certificate Interest Distribution Amount .............................    40
Certificate Owner ....................................................    40
Certificate Pool Factor ..............................................    28
Certificateholders ...................................................    45
Certificates .........................................................     3
chattel paper ........................................................    58
CIT ..................................................................     3
CITCF-NY .............................................................     4
CITSF ................................................................     3
Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date ............................     6
Class A Interest Distribution Amount .................................    36
Class A Notes ........................................................     3
Class A Rate .........................................................     7
Closing Date .........................................................     5
Code .................................................................    67
Collection Account ...................................................    49
Commission ...........................................................    35
Company ..............................................................     3
Contract Pool ........................................................    21
Contract Rate ........................................................    16
Contracts ............................................................     4
Cross-Over Date ......................................................     9
Dealers ..............................................................     4
Defaulted Contracts ..................................................    50
Definitive Certificates ..............................................    45
Definitive Notes .....................................................    45
Definitive Securities ................................................    45
Depository ...........................................................    35
Determination Date ...................................................     7
Distribution Date ....................................................     6
DTC ..................................................................     3
DTC Rules ............................................................    43
Due Period ...........................................................     7
Eligible Institution .................................................    49
Eligible Investments .................................................    49
ERISA ................................................................    15
Euroclear ............................................................     3
Event of Termination .................................................    57


                                       79
<PAGE>

Events of Default ....................................................    37
Excess Collections ...................................................    12
Financed Vehicles ....................................................     4
FTC Rule .............................................................    65
Funding Period .......................................................     5
Holders ..............................................................    45
Indenture ............................................................     3
Indenture Trustee ....................................................     3
Indirect Participants ................................................    42
Initial Cash Collateral Amount .......................................    11
Initial Contracts ....................................................     4
Initial Cut-off Date .................................................     4
Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance ..........................    21
Initial Financed Vehicles ............................................     4
Initial Pool Balance .................................................    14
Insolvency Event .....................................................    58
Insolvency Laws ......................................................    18
Interest Accrual Period ..............................................     6
Interest Shortfall ...................................................    13
IRS ..................................................................    67
Issuer ...............................................................     3
Late Fees ............................................................    13
List of Contracts ....................................................    47
Military Reservist Relief Act ........................................    48
Monthly Advance ......................................................    12
Moody's ..............................................................    49
Non-Reimbursable Payment .............................................    13
Note Owner ...........................................................    35
Note Distribution Account ............................................    49
Note Pool Factor .....................................................    29
Noteholders ..........................................................    45
Notes ................................................................     3
Obligor ..............................................................    13
OID ..................................................................    65
Optional Purchase ....................................................    36
Original Certificate Balance .........................................     4
Owner Trustee ........................................................     3
Paid-Ahead Contract ..................................................    26
Paid-Ahead Period ....................................................    26
Participants .........................................................    42
Pass-Through Rate ....................................................     8
Pool Balance .........................................................     9
Pre-Funded Amount ....................................................     5
Pre-Funded Percentage ................................................     7
prepayments ..........................................................    24
Principal Distribution Amount ........................................    36
Principal Liquidation Loss Amount ....................................     9
Purchase Agreement ...................................................     5
Purchase Agreements ..................................................    47
Purchase Price .......................................................    48
Rating Agencies ......................................................    14
Record Date ..........................................................     6
Related Documents ....................................................    39
Relief Act Obligor ...................................................    48
Required Cash Collateral Amount ......................................    11
Required Servicer Ratings ............................................    51
Sale and Servicing Agreement .........................................     4
Securities ...........................................................     3
Securityholders ......................................................    45


                                       80
<PAGE>

Seller ...............................................................     3
Servicer .............................................................     3
Servicer Letter of Credit ............................................    51
Servicer Payment .....................................................     7
Servicing Fee ........................................................    13
Servicing Fee Rate ...................................................    13
Simple Interest Contract .............................................    22
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act ..............................    48
Standard & Poor's ....................................................    49
Subsequent Contracts .................................................     4
Subsequent Cut-off Date ..............................................     5
Subsequent Financed Vehicles .........................................     4
Subsequent Transfer Agreement ........................................     5
Subsequent Transfer Date .............................................     5
Trust ................................................................     3
Trust Agreement ......................................................     4
Trust Documents ......................................................    47
Trustees .............................................................     3
UCC ..................................................................    16
Underwriters .........................................................    18
Underwriting Agreement ...............................................    73


                                       81
<PAGE>
No  dealer,  salesperson  or  other  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any
information or to make any  representation not contained in this Prospectus and,
if given or made, such information or representation  must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by the Company or any  Underwriter.  This Prospectus does
not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation  of an offer to buy any of the
securities  offered  hereby  in any  jurisdiction  to any  person  to whom it is
unlawful  to make such  offer or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall,  under any  circumstances,  create
any implication that the information herein is correct as of any time subsequent
to the date  hereof  or that  there has been no  change  in the  affairs  of the
Company since such date.


                                Table of Contents

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Available Information .................................................     2
Reports to Securityholders ............................................     2
Summary ...............................................................     3
Risk Factors ..........................................................    16
Structure of the Transaction ..........................................    19
The Trust Property ....................................................    20
The Contract Pool .....................................................    21
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations ................................    24
Yield Considerations ..................................................    29
Pool Factors ..........................................................    29
Use of Proceeds .......................................................    30
The CIT Group Securitization 
  Corporation II, Seller ..............................................    30
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.,
  Servicer ............................................................    30
The Notes .............................................................    35
The Certificates ......................................................    40
Certain Information Regarding the
  Securities ..........................................................    42
The Purchase Agreements and the
  Trust Documents .....................................................    47
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts ................................    60
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Consequences ........................................................    67
ERISA Considerations ..................................................    72
Underwriting ..........................................................    73
Notice to Canadian Residents ..........................................    74
Financial Information .................................................    74
Ratings ...............................................................    75
Legal Matters .........................................................    75
Annex I ...............................................................    76
Index of Principal Terms ..............................................    79
                                               



Until ,                       1996, all dealers  effecting  transactions  in the
registered Securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
required  to deliver a  Prospectus.  This is in addition  to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


<PAGE>


$


CIT RV
Owner Trust 1996-A


$                   Class A          % Asset 
Backed Notes


$                       % Asset Backed 
Certificates


The CIT Group 
Securitization
Corporation II,
Seller



The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc.,
Servicer



















Prospectus
Dated             , 1996


<PAGE>
                                     PART II


                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The following is an itemized list of the estimated  expenses to be incurred
in connection with the offering of the securities being offered  hereunder other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.

            SEC registration fee ....................   $      350
            Attorney's fees and expenses ............         *
            Accounting fees and expenses ............         *
            Blue sky fees and expenses ..............         *
            Rating agency fees ......................         *
            Trustee's fees and expenses .............         *
            Printing expenses .......................         *
            Miscellaneous fees and expenses .........         *
                                                        ----------
              Total .................................   $     *
                                                        ==========
            ----------
            * To be completed by amendment.


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Subsection  (a) of Section 145 of the General  Corporation  Law of Delaware
empowers  a  corporation  to  indemnify  any  person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending,  or completed action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  or investigative
(other  than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the
fact  that  he  is or  was a  director,  officer,  employee,  or  agent  of  the
corporation  or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of  the  corporation  as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  trust, or other  enterprise,  against expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees), judgments,  fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action,  suit, or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Subsection  (b) of Section 145  empowers a  corporation  to  indemnify  any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending,  or  completed  action  or suit by or in the  right of the
corporation  to procure a judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person  acted  in  any of the  capacities  set  forth  above,  against  expenses
(including   attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation except that no indemnification  may be made in
respect of any claim,  issue,  or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery  or the court in which such  action or suit was brought  shall
determine  that despite the  adjudication  of liability,  but in view of all the
circumstances  of the case,  such  person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

     Section  145  further  provides  that to the  extent a  director,  officer,
employee,  or agent of a corporation  has been  successful in the defense of any
action,  suit, or proceeding  referred to in  subsections  (a) and (b) or in the
defense of any claim,  issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against
expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not
be deemed  exclusive of any other rights to which the  indemnified  party may be
entitled;  and empowers the  corporation  to purchase and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any  person  acting in any of the  capacities  set forth in the second
preceding  paragraph  against any liability  asserted against him or incurred by
him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under
Section 145.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

     The Company's By-Laws provide for indemnification of directors and officers
of the Company to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.

     In  addition,   the   Registrant   maintains   directors'   and   officers'
reimbursement  and liability  insurance  pursuant to standard form policies with
aggregate  limits of  $65,000,000.  The risks  covered by such  policies  do not
exclude liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

     Pursuant  to the form of  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  will
agree,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  to  indemnify  the  Registrant,   its
directors, certain of its officers and persons who control the Registrant within
the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 against certain liabilities.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     During  June  1994,  The  CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II  (the
"Company") issued 200 shares of its Common Stock, no par value per share, to The
CIT Group Holdings,  Inc.  ("CIT").  No underwriters were involved in connection
with such issuance,  which was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

     Listed  below are all other  unregistered  securities  sold by the  Company
since its formation.  These Certificates were distributed by the placement agent
listed below and privately  placed by such  placement  agent with  institutional
investors  in  transactions  exempt  from  the  registration  provisions  of the
Securities Act.

                               Principal Amount                Placement
 Series      Issue Date         of Certificates                  Agent
  -----       ---------        ----------------                ---------
 1994-1     July 14, 1994    $42,033,000 (Class A)       Goldman, Sachs & Co.
                                 (Approximate)


Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

     a. Exhibits:

        1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement
        3.1       Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, 
                  of The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
        3.2       By-laws of The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
        4.1       Form of Indenture between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee
        4.2       Form of Trust Agreement between the Company and the Owner 
                  Trustee
        4.3       Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement between the Company, 
                  CITSF and the Trust
        5.1*      Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel with respect to legality
        5.2*      Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger with respect to legality
        8.1*      Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel with respect to tax matters
       10.1       Form of Purchase Agreement
       10.2       Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement
       23.1*      Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel 
                  (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
       24.1       Powers of Attorney of The CIT Group Securitization 
                  Corporation II (included on page II-4)
       25.1*      Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture 
                  Act of 1939 of the Indenture Trustee (bound separately)


- ----------
* To be filed by amendment.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

     b. Financial Statement Schedules:

     Not applicable.


Item 17.  Undertakings.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

          (a) To provide to the  Underwriters  at the closing date  specified in
      the  Underwriting   Agreement   certificates  in  such  denominations  and
      registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to provide prompt
      delivery to each purchaser.

          (b)  Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
      Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers
      and  controlling  persons  of the  Registrant  pursuant  to the  foregoing
      provisions,  or  otherwise,  the  Registrant  has been advised that in the
      opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such  indemnification is
      against   public   policy  as  expressed  in  the  Act  and  is  therefore
      unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
      liabilities  (other than payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
      paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of such  Registrant in
      the successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by
      such  director,  officer  or  controlling  person in  connection  with the
      securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
      its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling  precedent,  submit
      to  a  court  of  appropriate   jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
      indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
      will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (c) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
      of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
      of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
      a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
      (4)  or  497(h)  under  the  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part  of  this
      registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (d) For purposes of  determining  any  liability  under the Act,  each
      post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a form of  prospectus  shall be
      deemed  to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to the  securities
      offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time will be
      deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (e)  The  undersigned   Registrant   hereby   undertakes  to  file  an
      application  for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee
      to act under  subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act in
      accordance  with the rules and  regulations  prescribed by the  Commission
      under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Livingston, State of New
Jersey, on December 15, 1995.


                                     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II


                                          By:  /s/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.
                                             -----------------------------------
                                               Name:  James J. Egan, Jr.
                                               Title:   President


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature to this  Registration  Statement  appears below
hereby  constitutes  and appoints James J. Egan,  Jr.,  Richard W. Bauerband and
Norman H.  Rosen,  or any of them  (with  the full  power of each of them to act
alone),  as his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  and agent, with full power of
substitution,  to sign on his behalf  individually  and in the  capacity  stated
below  and to  perform  any  acts  necessary  to be done in  order  to file  all
amendments and post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement, and any
and all  instruments  or documents  filed as part of or in connection  with this
Registration  Statement or the amendments  thereto,  and each of the undersigned
does hereby ratify and confirm all that said  attorney-in-fact and agent, or his
substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Signature                                    Title                               Date
             ---------                                    -----                               -----
<S>                                             <C>                                     <C>
      /s/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.                    President and Director                  December 15, 1995
- -------------------------------------
          James J. Egan, Jr.

      /s/ RICHARD W. BAUERBAND                  Executive Vice President                December 15, 1995
- -------------------------------------             and Director
          Richard W. Bauerband                    

      /s/ FRANK GARCIA                          Vice President, Treasurer and           December 15, 1995
- -------------------------------------             Controller (principal financial
          Frank Garcia                            and accounting officer)        
                                                  


</TABLE>




                                      II-4


                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II


     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation").

     SECOND: The address of the registered office of the corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of the registered agent at that
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is limited to: (a) issuing and
selling one or more series of bonds, pass-through certificates or other
securities secured primarily by mortgages, deeds of trust, manufactured housing,
recreational vehicle or marine retail installment contracts or any other type of
loan agreements (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the
"Contracts"), investing in certain Contracts to be purchased with the proceeds
of bonds, pass-through certificates or other securities secured by Contracts and
taking certain other action with respect thereto, (b) selling interests in
Contracts, evidencing such interests with bonds, pass-through certificates or
other securities secured by the Contracts, using the proceeds of the sale of
such bonds, pass-through certificates or other securities secured by the
Contracts, to acquire Contracts, retaining or acquiring an interest (including a
subordinated interest) in Contracts acquired and sold, and taking certain other
action with respect thereto, and (c) acting as settlor or depositor of trusts or
other entities formed to issue bonds, pass-through certificates or other
securities secured by Contracts and investing in or selling beneficial interests
in the same. The Corporation is not otherwise authorized to trade or deal in
securities, or engage in any other activity other than (a) issuing and selling
bonds, pass-through certificates or other securities under an indenture, trust
agreement, pooling and servicing agreement or other agreement, (b) acting as
settlor or depositor of a trust or other entity formed to issue and sell bonds,
pass-through certificates or other securities and investing in or selling
beneficial interests in the same, (c) acquiring, owning, holding and pledging or
selling interests in Contracts, (d) investing cash balances on an interim basis
in certain short-term investments and (e) engaging in activities incidental to
and necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall
have authority to issue is 200 shares of no par Common Stock.

     FIFTH: 

          (1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
     under the direction of the Board of Directors.

          (2) In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred upon
     the directors by law, the directors shall, with the approval of 100% of the
     directors (including the Independent Director, or if there is more than
     one, all of the Independent Directors), have power to make, adopt, alter,

<PAGE>

     amend and repeal from time to time by-laws of the Corporation, subject to
     the right of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to
     alter and repeal by-laws made by the directors.

          (3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time
     to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the
     Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the
     By-Laws so provide. At least one director (the Independent Director, or if
     there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors) and one executive
     officer of the Corporation (who may be the same person) will not be a
     director, officer or employee of any direct or ultimate parent of the
     Corporation or of any direct or indirect subsidiary of such parent.

          (4) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute
     expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to
     exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be
     exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the
     provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
     "GCL"), this Certificate of Incorporation and any By-Laws adopted by the
     stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the
     stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would
     have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted. The Corporation's
     board of directors will duly authorize all of the Corporation's actions.

          (5) The Corporation's assets will not be commingled with those of any
     direct or ultimate parent of the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate
     thereof.

          (6) The Corporation will maintain separate corporate records and books
     of account from those of any direct or ultimate Parent of the Corporation
     or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

          (7) The Corporation will maintain and conduct its business from an
     office separate from that of any direct or ultimate parent, or affiliate,
     of the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

     SIXTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of
Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept
(subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at
such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

     SEVENTH: The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time
to time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnify and upon request shall
advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or


                                       2
<PAGE>

claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of
the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of
this corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request
of this corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent
of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses
(including attorney's fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and
amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation,
preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Corporation to
indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such
indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising
under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such
person. Any person seeking indemnification under this Article SEVENTH shall be
deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification
unless the contrary shall be established. Any repeal or modification of the
foregoing provisions of this Article SEVENTH shall not adversely affect any
right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation with respect to
any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such repeal
or modification.

     EIGHTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of
its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or
modification of this Article NINTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall
not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or
omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

     NINTH: The Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of one
hundred percent (100%) of the directors (including the Independent Director, or
if there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors), institute
proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or consent to the
institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it; or file a
petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief under any applicable
federal or state law relating to bankruptcy; or consent to the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar
official) of this corporation or a substantial part of its property; or make any
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally as they become due; or take any corporate action in
furtherance of any such action.

     TENTH: For so long as the Corporation is able to pay its debts generally as
they become due, the Corporation shall not institute proceedings to be
adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or consent to the institution of bankruptcy
or insolvency proceedings against it; or file a petition seeking, or consent to,


                                       3
<PAGE>

reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to
bankruptcy; or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the corporation or of a
substantial part of its property; or make any assignment for the benefit of
creditors; or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due; or take any corporate action in furtherance of any such action.

     ELEVENTH: The Corporation will not issue any securities (other than common
or preferred stock of the Corporation), nor will it act as settlor or depositor
of any trust or other entity which issues securities of any securities, if
either such action would result in the downgrading by any nationally recognized
statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor Rule) of any outstanding securities of
either the Corporation or any trust or other entity of which the Corporation is
the settlor or depositor, which securities are then rated by such nationally
recognized statistical rating organization.

     TWELFTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation, provided that, none
of Article FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH or ELEVENTH shall be amended without the
affirmative vote of all the directors, including the Independent Director, or if
there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors.

     THIRTEENTH: Martin I. Fineberg is the Sole Incorporator and his mailing
address is c/o Schulte Roth & Zabel, 900 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.


Dated:  June 24, 1994

                                         /s/ Martin I. Fineberg
                                         -----------------------------------
                                             Martin I. Fineberg
                                              c/o Schulte Roth & Zabel
                                              900 Third Avenue
                                              New York, New York  10022



                                       4
<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                   * * * * * *


     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous
written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, adopted a
resolution proposing and declaring advisable the certain amendments to the
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation. The resolutions setting forth
the proposed amendments are as follows:

     RESOLVED,   that  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation  of  The  CIT  Group
Securitization  Corporation  II be  amended by  changing  the  ELEVENTH  Article
thereof  so that,  as  amended,  said  Article  shall be and  shall  read in its
entirety as follows:

     "ELEVENTH: The Corporation will not issue any securities (other than common
stock of the Corporation), nor will it act as settlor or depositor of any trust
or other entity which issues securities of any securities, if either such action
would result in the downgrading by any nationally recognized statistical rating
organization (as defined in Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 or any successor Rule) of any outstanding securities of either the
Corporation or any trust or other entity of which the Corporation is the settlor
or depositor (an "NRSO"), which securities are then rated by such nationally
recognized statistical rating organization."


                                       5
<PAGE>

     RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
Securitization Corporation II be amended and changing the TWELFTH Article
thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall read in its entirety and shall
be as follows:

     "TWELFTH: In the event Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.'s (hereinafter
referred to as "Moody's") rating of the long-term debt of The CIT Group
Holding's, Inc. falls below A-2, one additional Independent Director shall be
elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation."

     RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
Securitization Corporation II be amended by adding in its entirety the following
Article THIRTEENTH and shall read in its entirety and shall be as follows:

     "THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation, provided that, none
of Articles THIRD, FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH or TWELFTH shall be
amended without the affirmative vote of all the directors, including the
Independent Director, or if there is more than one, all of the Independent
Directors. The Corporation shall provide notice to each NRSO of any amendment to
any of Articles THIRD, FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH or TWELFTH within a
reasonable period of time after the adoption of such amendment."

     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors,
the sole shareholder of said corporation, did consent in lieu of an annual
meeting, to the Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation adopted by the
Board of Directors, in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 228
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. 

     THIRD: That the aforesaid Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Sections 141(f), 228 and 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.


                                       6
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF said THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II has
caused this Certificate to be signed by Joesph Leone, its Executive Vice
President, and attested by Norman H. Rosen, its Secretary, this 15th day of
February, 1995.

                                THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                By  /s/ Joseph M. Leone
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    Joseph M. Leone
                                    Executive Vice President

ATTEST:
By  /s/ Norman H. Rosen
        ---------------
        Norman H. Rosen
        Secretary


                                       7
<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                   * * * * * *


     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous
written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, adopted a
resolution proposing and declaring advisable the certain amendments to the
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation. The resolutions setting forth
the proposed amendments are as follows: 

          RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
     Securitization Corporation II be amended by adding in its entirety the
     following FOURTEENTH Article so that said Article shall be and shall read
     in its entirety as follows:

          "FOURTEENTH": Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate
     of Incorporation and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the
     Corporation, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of one
     hundred percent (100%) of the directors (including the Independent
     Director, or if there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors),
     (i) merge or consolidate with any other corporation or (ii) except as
     otherwise provided in Article III and elsewhere in this Certificate of
     Incorporation, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the
     Corporation; provided that the Corporation shall provide 60 days prior
     written notice to each NRSO of any such merger, consolidation or sale."

          RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
     Securitization Corporation II be amended by changing the THIRTEENTH Article
     thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and shall read in its
     entirety as follows:

          "THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,
     change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of
     Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and
     all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this
     reservation, provided that, none of Articles THIRD, FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH,
     TENTH, ELEVENTH, TWELFTH or FOURTEENTH shall be amended without the
     affirmative vote of all the directors, including the Independent Director,
     or if there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors. The
     Corporation shall provide notice to each NRSO of any amendment to any of


                                       8
<PAGE>

     Articles THIRD, FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH, TWELFTH or
     FOURTEENTH within a reasonable period of time after the adoption of such
     amendment."

     SECOND: That thereafter,  pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors,
the sole  shareholder  of said  corporation,  did  consent  in lieu of an annual
meeting,  to the Amendment to the  Certificate of  Incorporation  adopted by the
Board of Directors,  in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 228
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     THIRD: That the aforesaid Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Sections 141(f), 228 and 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.



                                       9
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF said THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II has
caused this Certificate to be signed by Richard W. Bauerband, Executive Vice
President, and attested by Norman H. Rosen, its Secretary, this 21 day of
August, 1995. 

                                     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION 
                                     CORPORATION II

                                     By: /s/ Richard W. Bauerband
                                         -----------------------------------
                                             Executive Vice President


ATTEST:

By:   /s/ Norman H. Rosen
          ---------------
          Secretary
 


                                       10
<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                   * * * * * *


     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous
written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, adopted a
resolution proposing and declaring advisable the certain amendments to the
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation. The resolutions setting forth
the proposed amendments are as follows: 

     RESOLVED,   that  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation  of  The  CIT  Group
Securitization  Corporation II be amended by changing the FIFTH Article  thereof
so that, as amended,  Section (3) of said Article shall be and shall read in its
entirety as follows:

     "(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to
time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation.
Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so
provide. At least one director (the Independent Director, or if there is more
than one, all of the Independent Directors) will not be a director, officer or
employee of any direct or ultimate parent of the Corporation or of any direct or
indirect subsidiary of such parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Independent Director may be a director, officer or employee of any direct or
indirect subsidiary of the ultimate parent of the Corporation, provided that
each such corporation is formed with purposes limited to those similar to the
purposes of the Corporation."

     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors,
the sole shareholder of said corporation, did consent in lieu of an annual
meeting, to the Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation adopted by the
Board of Directors, in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 228
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     THIRD: That the aforesaid Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Sections 141(f), 228 and 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF said THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II has
caused this Certificate to be signed by Richard W. Bauerband, its Executive Vice
President, and attested by Norman H. Rosen, its Secretary, this 12th day of
October, 1995.

                                    THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                    By   /s/ Richard W. Bauerband
                                         -----------------------------------
                                             Richard W. Bauerband
                                             Executive Vice President

ATTEST:
By /s/ Norman H. Rosen
       ---------------
       Norman H. Rosen
       Secretary



                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                     (hereinafter called the "Corporation")

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES


     Section 1.  Registered  Office.  The registered  office of the  Corporation
shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election
of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place,
either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time
to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in
a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

     Section 2. Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be
held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by
the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which
meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors,
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the
meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not
less than ten, nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

     Section 3. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose
or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii)
the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or
(v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at
the request in writing of stockholders owing a majority of the capital stock of
the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a
Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose
or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor
more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled
to vote at such meeting.

     Section 4. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not
be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice
of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at
the meeting.

     Section 5. Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-Laws (including without limitation Article III,
Section 7, Article VII, Sections 5 and 6 and Article IX, Section 1 hereof), any
question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote
of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote
thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be
entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote
thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy
but, no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such
proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion,
or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his
discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by
written ballot.

     Section 6. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation,
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the
holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes
that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all shares entitled to vote thereof were present and voted. Prompt notice of the
taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     Section 7. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the
Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare
and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete
list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is
present.

     Section 8. Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the
only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock
ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

     Section 1. Number, Election and Removal of Directors. The Board of
Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the
exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and
thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
shall at all times include at least one Director (the "Independent Director")
who is not a director, officer, 5% stockholder, employee or former employee of
the Corporation's direct or indirect parent or its subsidiaries. Except as
provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality
of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so
elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor
is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any
director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need
not be stockholders. At any time, Directors may be removed and their successors
chosen by the unanimous written consent of the holders of the outstanding stock
of the Corporation entitled to vote on the election of Directors.

     Section 2. Vacancies. Subject to Section 1 of this Article, vacancies and
newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number
of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though
less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen
shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are
duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     Section 3. Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise
all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are
not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws
directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. The directors
of the Corporation shall act independently and in the interests of the
Corporation and in a manner consistent will the purposes stated herein and in
the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

     Section 4. Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice
at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the
Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by
the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any two directors. Notice
thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each
director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of
the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours notice, or on
such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem
necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

     Section 5. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the Board
of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the
directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of
the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the
Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from
time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be present.

     Section 6. Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate
of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

     Section 7. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise
provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board
of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such
committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute
presence in person at such meeting.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     Section 8. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees,
each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.
The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members
of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of
a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an
alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or
disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in
the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and
report to the Board of Directors when required.

     Section 9. Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any,
of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary
as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.

     Section 10. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the
Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the
Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are
counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors
or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to
his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of
Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.

     Section 11. Voluntary Bankruptcy, Insolvency or Other Similar Proceeding.
No amendment, modification or waiver of the Corporate Separateness Agreement


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

dated as of July 1, 1994 and no voluntary bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar proceeding may be filed, instituted, approved or take place on behalf of
the Corporation without in each case the prior unanimous vote of the full Board
of Directors (including the Independent Director, or if there is more than one,
all of the Independent Directors) that specifically approves and authorizes such
action.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the
Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a
Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman
of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Assistant
Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers.
The Corporation shall at all times have at least one executive officer (the
"Independent Officer") who is not a director, officer or employee of the direct
or indirect parent of the Corporation (such executive officer may be the same
person as the one Director, referred to in Article III, Section 1, who is not a
director, officer or employee of the direct or indirect parent of the
Corporation). Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless
otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.
The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor,
except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers
be directors of the Corporation. The officers of the Corporation shall act
independently and in the interests of the Corporation and in a manner consistent
with the purposes stated herein or in the Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation.

     Section 2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after
each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation
who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their
successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or
removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any
time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any
vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board
of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by
the Board of Directors.

     Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney,
proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating
to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on
behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice-President and any such
officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such
action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at
any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and
all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as
the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if
present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer
like powers upon any other person or persons.

     Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of
Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and of the Board of Directors. He shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required,
the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the
President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the
Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the
absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The
Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may
exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these
By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

     Section 5. President. The President shall, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that
all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He
shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the
Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where
required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that
the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so
authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the
absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President
shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall
also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time
to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

     Section 6. Vice-Presidents. At the request of the President or in his
absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there be no
Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice-President or the Vice-Presidents
if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors)
shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all
the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each
Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of
the Board of Directors and no Vice-President, the Board of Directors shall
designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or
in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform
the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

     Section 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board
of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings
thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also
perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose
supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to
cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special
meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then
either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to
cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of
the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one,
shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when
so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the
signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give
general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and
to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books,
reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by
law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

     Section 8. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate
funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer
shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to
the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the
Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer
and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of
Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with
such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to
the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

     Section 9. Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in
these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties
and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board
of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the
Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability
or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the Secretary.

     Section 10. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any,
shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be
assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President,
if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the
event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the
Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to
all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors,
an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to
the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

     Section 11. Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors
may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time
may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may
delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other
officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

     Section 1. Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation
(i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice-President
and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by
him in the Corporation.

     Section 2. Signatures. Where a certificate is countersigned by (i) a
transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar
other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the
certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 3. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new
certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the
Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the
Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner
as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in
such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made
against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed.

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     Section 4. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the
manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made
on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or
by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the
certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be
issued.

     Section 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders of
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any
rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the
purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix in advance, a
record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days
before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other
action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

     Section 6. Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable
for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of
shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not
it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by
law.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     NOTICES

     Section 1. Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director,
member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail,
addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address
as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid,
and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be
deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally
or by telegram, telex or cable.

     Section 2. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director,
member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by
the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Section 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be
declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be
paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of
any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

     Section 2. Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

     Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 4. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon
the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words
"Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced, or otherwise.

     Section 5. Separate Books and Records; Separate Accounts. The Corporation
shall (i) keep correct and complete books and records of account on an
unconsolidated basis, (ii) ensure that its funds and other assets are not
deposited in the same account as, or commingled with, those of its parent or any
subsidiary or affiliate of its parent, and (iii) maintain separate financial
statements, corporate records and books of account from those of its parent or
any subsidiary or affiliate of its parent.

     Section 6. No Advances or Guarantees. The Corporation shall not (i) make
any advances to, or guarantees on behalf of, its parent or any subsidiary or
affiliate thereof, or (ii) receive from its parent or any subsidiary or
affiliate thereof any advance or guarantee on the Corporation's behalf.



                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than
Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this
Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, has reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

     Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the
Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the
Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such
expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this
Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only
as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of
the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because
he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section
2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i)
by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors
who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum
is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the
stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any
claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific
case.

     Section 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under
Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful,
if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or
another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the
Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the
advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on
information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another
enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or
other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another
enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section 4 shall mean
any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this
Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the
circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the
case may be.

     Section 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary
determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director,
officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible
under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification
by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this
Article VIII, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification
pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the
filing of such application.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending or
investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding may be paid by
the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or
agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article
VIII.

     Section 7. Non-exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The
indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under
any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors
or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent
jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the
Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of
this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The
provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the
indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this
Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify
under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or
otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall continue as
to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such
person.

     Section 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or another enterprise against any liability asserted against him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

     Section 9. Meaning of "Corporation" for Purposes of Article VIII. For
purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in
addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including
any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which,
if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority
to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under
the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its
separate existence had continued.

                                       -14-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   AMENDMENTS

     Section 1. Amendment of By-Laws. Except as otherwise set forth in this
Article IX, these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in
part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of
Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal
or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of
stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must
be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock
entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then
in office. Section 11 of Article III and Sections 5 and 6 of Article VII of
these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed only upon the unanimous vote
of the full Board of Directors (including the Independent Director, or if there
is more than one, all of the Independent Directors); provided, however, that
notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be
contained in the notice of such meeting of the Board of Directors.

     Section 2. Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in
these By-Laws generally, the term "entire Board of Directors" means the total
number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.



                                       -15-



================================================================================



                          THE CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

                        Class A ____% Asset Backed Notes



                      ------------------------------------




                                    INDENTURE

                          Dated as of February 1, 1996



                      ------------------------------------

                         -----------------------------,
                                Indenture Trustee





================================================================================



<PAGE>


                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
                      TIA                                                     Indenture
                   Section                                                     Section
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>                                                            <C>

                 310(a)(1)               .....................................  6.11
                    (a)(2)               .....................................  6.11
                    (a)(3)               .....................................  6.10
                    (a)(4)               .....................................  6.14
                       (b)               .....................................  6.11
                       (c)               .....................................  N.A.
                    311(a)               .....................................  6.12
                       (b)               .....................................  6.12
                       (c)               .....................................  N.A.
                   312(a))               .....................................  7.1, 7.2
                       (b)               .....................................  7.2
                       (c)               .....................................  7.2
                    313(a)               .....................................  7.4(a), 7.4(b)
                    (b)(1)               .....................................  7.4(a)
                    (b)(2)               .....................................  7.4(a)
                       (c)               .....................................  7.4(a)
                       (d)               .....................................  7.4(a)
                    314(a)               .....................................  7.3(a), 3.9
                       (b)               .....................................  3.6
                    (c)(1)               .....................................  2.2, 2.9, 4.1, 11.1
                    (c)(2)               .....................................  11.1(a)
                    (c)(3)               .....................................  11.1(a)
                       (d)               .....................................  2.9, 11.1(b)
                       (e)               .....................................  11.1(a)
                       (f)               .....................................  11.1(a)
                    315(a)               .....................................  6.1(b)
                       (b)               .....................................  6.5
                       (c)               .....................................  6.1(a)
                       (d)               .....................................  6.2, 6.1(c)
                       (e)               .....................................  5.13
               316(a) last
                  sentence               .....................................  1.1
                 (a)(1)(A)               .....................................  5.11
                 (a)(1)(B)               .....................................  5.12
                    (a)(2)               .....................................  Omitted
                316(b),(c)               .....................................  5.7
                 317(a)(1)               .....................................  5.3(b)
                    (a)(2)               .....................................  5.3(d)
                       (b)               .....................................  3.3
                    318(a)               .....................................  11.7

===================================================================================================
</TABLE>
     Note: This cross  reference table shall not, for any purpose,  be deemed to
           be part of this Indenture. 

     N.A. means Not Applicable

                                       i
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I .................................................................    2
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE ................................    2
         SECTION 1.   Definitions .........................................    2
         SECTION 1.2  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act ...    2
ARTICLE II ................................................................    2
THE NOTES .................................................................    2
         SECTION 2.1  Form ................................................    2
         SECTION 2.2  Execution, Authentication and Delivery ..............    3
         SECTION 2.3  Temporary Notes .....................................    3
         SECTION 2.4  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange 
                       of Notes ...........................................    4
         SECTION 2.5  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes ..........    5
         SECTION 2.6  Persons Deemed Noteholders ..........................    6
         SECTION 2.7  Payment of Principal and Interest ...................    6
         SECTION 2.8  Cancellation of Notes ...............................    8
         SECTION 2.9  Release of Collateral ...............................    8
         SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes ....................................    8
         SECTION 2.11 Notices to Depository ...............................    9
         SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes ....................................    9
         SECTION 2.13 Seller as Noteholder ................................   10
         SECTION 2.14 Tax Treatment .......................................   10
ARTICLE III ...............................................................   10
COVENANTS .................................................................   10
         SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest ....................   10

                                       ii
<PAGE>

         SECTION 3.2  Maintenance of Agency Office .........................  10
         SECTION 3.3  Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust ...............  11
         SECTION 3.4  Existence ............................................  12
         SECTION 3.5  Protection of Trust Estate; Acknowledgment of Pledge .  13
         SECTION 3.6  Opinions as to Trust Estate ..........................  13
         SECTION 3.7  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts ...  14
         SECTION 3.8  Negative Covenants ...................................  16
         SECTION 3.9  Annual Statement as to Compliance ....................  16
         SECTION 3.10 Consolidation, Merger, etc. of Issuer; Disposition
                        of Trust Assets ....................................  17
         SECTION 3.11 Successor of Transferee ..............................  19
         SECTION 3.12 No Other Business ....................................  19
         SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing .........................................  19
         SECTION 3.14 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities ....  19
         SECTION 3.15 Servicer's Obligations ...............................  20
         SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures .................................  20
         SECTION 3.17 Removal of Servicer ..................................  20
         SECTION 3.18 Restricted Payments ..................................  20
         SECTION 3.19 Notice of Events of Default ..........................  20
         SECTION 3.20 Further Instruments and Acts .........................  20
         SECTION 3.21 Representations and Warranties by the Issuer to 
                        the Indenture Trustee ..............................  21
ARTICLE IV .................................................................  21
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE .................................................  21
         SECTION 4.1  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture ..............  21
         SECTION 4.2  Application of Trust Money ...........................  22
         SECTION 4.3  Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent .............  22
         SECTION 4.4  Duration of Position of Indenture Trustee ............  22

                                      iii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE V ..................................................................  23
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .......................................................  23
         SECTION 5.1  Events of Default ....................................  23
         SECTION 5.2  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment ...  24
         SECTION 5.3  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for 
                        Enforcement by Indenture Trustee ...................  25
         SECTION 5.4  Remedies; Priorities .................................  27
         SECTION 5.5  Optional Preservation of the Contracts ...............  29
         SECTION 5.6  Limitation of Suits ..................................  29
         SECTION 5.7  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive 
                        Principal and Interest .............................  30
         SECTION 5.8  Restoration of Rights and Remedies ...................  30
         SECTION 5.9  Rights and Remedies Cumulative .......................  30
         SECTION 5.10 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver .......................  31
         SECTION 5.11 Control by Noteholders ...............................  31
         SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults ..............................  31
         SECTION 5.13 Undertaking for Costs ................................  32
         SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .....................  32
         SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes ......................................  32
         SECTION 5.16 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations ...  33
ARTICLE VI .................................................................  35
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE ......................................................  35
         SECTION 6.1  Duties of Indenture Trustee ..........................  35
         SECTION 6.2  Rights of Indenture Trustee ..........................  36
         SECTION 6.3  Indenture Trustee May Own Notes ......................  36
         SECTION 6.4  Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer .......................  37
         SECTION 6.5  Notice of Defaults ...................................  37
         SECTION 6.6  Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders ..............  37

                                       iv
<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.7  Compensation; Indemnity ..............................  37
         SECTION 6.8  Replacement of Indenture Trustee .....................  38
         SECTION 6.9  Merger or Consolidation of Indenture Trustee .........  39
         SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate
                        Indenture Trustee ..................................  39
         SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification ........................  41
         SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .....  41
         SECTION 6.13 Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee ..  41
         SECTION 6.14 Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without 
                        Possession of Notes ................................  42
         SECTION 6.15 Suit for Enforcement .................................  42
         SECTION 6.16 Rights of Noteholders to Direct Indenture Trustee ....  42
ARTICLE VII ................................................................  42
NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS .............................................  42
         SECTION 7.1  Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and
                        Addresses of Noteholders ...........................  42
         SECTION 7.2  Preservation of Information, Communications 
                        to Noteholders .....................................  43
         SECTION 7.3  Reports by Issuer ....................................  43
         SECTION 7.4  Reports by Trustee ...................................  44
ARTICLE VIII ...............................................................  44
ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES .......................................  44
         SECTION 8.1  Collection of Money ..................................  44
         SECTION 8.2  Designated Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account; .  44
         SECTION 8.3  General Provisions Regarding Accounts ................  45
         SECTION 8.4  Release of Trust Estate ..............................  46
         SECTION 8.5  Opinion of Counsel ...................................  46
ARTICLE IX .................................................................  47
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES ....................................................  47
         SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of 
                        Noteholders ........................................  47

                                       v
<PAGE>

         SECTION 9.2   Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders .  48
         SECTION 9.3   Execution of Supplemental Indentures ................  49
         SECTION 9.4   Effect of Supplemental Indenture ....................  49
         SECTION 9.5   Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .................  50
         SECTION 9.6   Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures .......  50
ARTICLE X ..................................................................  50
REDEMPTION OF NOTES ........................................................  50
         SECTION 10.1  Redemption ..........................................  50
         SECTION 10.2  Form of Redemption Notice ...........................  51
         SECTION 10.3  Notes Payable on Redemption Date ....................  51
ARTICLE XI .................................................................  52
MISCELLANEOUS ..............................................................  52
         SECTION 11.1  Compliance Certificate and Opinions, etc. ...........  52
         SECTION 11.2  Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee ....  53
         SECTION 11.3  Acts of Noteholders .................................  54
         SECTION 11.4  Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and 
                        Rating Agencies ....................................  55
         SECTION 11.5  Notices to Noteholders; Waiver ......................  56
         SECTION 11.6  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions .............  56
         SECTION 11.7  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act ...................  56
         SECTION 11.8  Effect of Heading and Table of Contents .............  57
         SECTION 11.9  Successors and Assigns ..............................  57
         SECTION 11.10 Separability ........................................  57
         SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture ...............................  57
         SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays ......................................  57
         SECTION 11.13 Governing Law .......................................  58
         SECTION 11.14 Counterparts ........................................  58

                                       vi
<PAGE>

         SECTION 11.15 Recording Indenture .................................  58
         SECTION 11.16 No Recourse .........................................  58
         SECTION 11.17 No Petition .........................................  59
         SECTION 11.18 Inspection ..........................................  59
         SECTION 11.19 Indemnification by and Reimbursement of the 
                         Servicer ..........................................  60
EXHIBIT A-Form of Asset Backed Notes

                                      vii
<PAGE>

INDENTURE,  dated as of February 1, 1996, between THE CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A,
a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), and _____________________________,  an
________ banking corporation, as trustee and not in its individual capacity (the
"Indenture Trustee").

Each party  agrees as  follows  for the  benefit of the other  party and for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:


                                 GRANTING CLAUSE

The Issuer  hereby  Grants to the  Indenture  Trustee at the  Closing  Date,  as
trustee for the  benefit of the  Noteholders  and (only to the extent  expressly
provided herein) the  Certificateholders,  all of the Issuer's right,  title and
interest in and to (i) the Contracts (except, to the extent provided in the Sale
and Servicing  Agreement,  any Post Cut-off Date  Insurance  Add-Ons);  (ii) all
monies received under the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date
and under the Subsequent  Contracts on or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off
Date;  (iii)  such  amounts  as from  time  to  time  may be held in one or more
accounts  (other than the Excluded  Assets)  established  and  maintained by the
Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (including all investments
in such  accounts  and all  income  from  the  funds  therein  and all  proceeds
thereof);  (iv)  all  monies  on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  and the
Capitalized Interest Account (including all investments in such accounts and all
income from the funds therein and all proceeds thereof);  (v) security interests
in the Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors and any accessions  thereto and
any other  interest of the Issuer in the  Financed  Vehicles;  (vi) the right to
proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies, if
any,  covering  individual  Financed  Vehicles or Obligors,  as the case may be;
(vii) the  rights of the  Issuer  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  (but
excluding  all rights of the Issuer to the Excluded  Assets) and the  Subsequent
Transfer  Agreements  and the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreements;  and (viii) all
present and future  claims,  demands,  causes and choses in action in respect of
any or all of the  foregoing  and all  payments on or under and all  proceeds of
every kind and  nature  whatsoever  in  respect of any or all of the  foregoing,
including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or
other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable,  notes,
drafts,  acceptances,   chattel  paper,  checks,  deposit  accounts,   insurance
proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other
forms of obligations  and  receivables,  instruments and other property which at
any time  constitute  all or part of or are  included in the proceeds of any and
all proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").

The  foregoing  Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal of and
interest on, and any other amounts  owing in respect of, the Notes,  equally and
ratably without  prejudice,  priority or distinction,  and to secure  compliance
with the provisions of this Indenture, all as provided in this Indenture.

The Indenture  Trustee,  as trustee on behalf of the  Noteholders,  acknowledges
such Grant,  accepts the trusts  under this  Indenture  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Indenture.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     SECTION 1.  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized terms used in this Indenture
and not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the respective  meanings  assigned
them in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  (the "Sale and Servicing  Agreement")
dated as of  February 1, 1996 among,  the Issuer,  The CIT Group  Securitization
Corporation  II  (the  "Company"  or  the  "Seller")  and  The  CIT  Group/Sales
Financing,  Inc., as Servicer  ("CITSF").  All  references in this  Indenture to
Articles,  Sections,  subsections  and exhibits are to the same  contained in or
attached to this Indenture unless otherwise specified. All terms defined in this
Indenture shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate,  notice,
Note or other  document  made or  delivered  pursuant  hereto  unless  otherwise
defined therein.

     SECTION 1.2  Incorporation  by Reference of Trust  Indenture Act.  Whenever
this Indenture  refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated
by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used
in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "indenture securities" means the Notes.

     "indenture trustee" means the Indenture Trustee.

     "obligor"  on the  indenture  securities  means  the  Issuer  and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

     All other TIA terms  used in this  Indenture  that are  defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a Commission rule have
the respective meanings assigned to them by such definitions.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                    THE NOTES

     SECTION 2.1 Form.
                           
     (a) The  Class  A  Notes,  with  the  Indenture  Trustee's  certificate  of
authentication,  shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, with
such appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such  letters, numbers

                                       2
<PAGE>

or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon
as may,  consistently  herewith,  be determined by the officers  executing  such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes.  Any portion of the text of
any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof,  with an appropriate reference
thereto on the face of the Note.

     (b) The Definitive  Notes shall be  typewritten,  printed,  lithographed or
engraved or produced by any  combination of these methods (with or without steel
engraved  borders),  all as determined by the officers  executing such Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

     (c) The terms of the Notes as provided  for in Exhibit A hereto are part of
the terms of this Indenture.

     SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery.

     (a) Each Note shall be dated the date of its  authentication,  and shall be
issuable  as a  registered  Note in the  minimum  denomination  of $1,000 and in
integral  multiples  thereof  (except  for one Note  which  may be  issued  in a
denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000).

     (b) The Notes  shall be  executed  on  behalf  of the  Issuer by any of its
Authorized  Officers.  The signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes
may be manual or facsimile.

     (c) Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were
Authorized Officers of the Issuer at the time such signatures were affixed shall
bind the  Issuer,  notwithstanding  that  such  individuals  or any of them have
ceased to hold such  office  prior to the  authentication  and  delivery of such
Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.

     (d) The Indenture  Trustee,  in exchange for the Grant of the Contracts and
the other  components of the Trust,  and  simultaneously  with the  constructive
delivery to the  Indenture  Trustee of the  Contract  Files with  respect to the
Initial Contracts and the other components and assets of the Trust,  shall cause
to be authenticated and delivered to or upon the order of the Issuer,  the Class
A Notes for original issue in aggregate  principal amount of  $___________.  The
aggregate  principal  amount  of Notes  outstanding  at any time may not  exceed
$___________ except as provided in Section 2.5.

     (e) No Notes shall be entitled to any benefit  under this  Indenture  or be
valid or  obligatory  for any  purpose,  unless  there  appears  on such  Note a
certificate of authentication  substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A,
executed  by  the  Indenture  Trustee  by  the  manual  signature  of one of its
Authorized  Officers,  and such  certificate  upon any Note shall be  conclusive
evidence, and the only evidence,  that such Note has been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder.

     SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (a) Pending the  preparation  of Definitive  Notes,  if any, the Issuer may
execute,  and upon  receipt  of an Issuer  Order  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
authenticate and deliver, such Temporary Notes which are printed,  lithographed,
typewritten,  mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive
Notes  in lieu of  which  they  are  issued  and  with  such  variations  as are
consistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes
may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

     (b) If Temporary Notes are issued,  the Issuer shall cause Definitive Notes
to be prepared without  unreasonable  delay. After the preparation of Definitive
Notes,  the Temporary  Notes shall be  exchangeable  for  Definitive  Notes upon
surrender  of the  Temporary  Notes at the  Agency  Office  of the  Issuer to be
maintained as provided in Section 3.2,  without charge to the  Noteholder.  Upon
surrender for  cancellation of any one or more Temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute and the  Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver in exchange
therefor  a  like   principal   amount  of   Definitive   Notes  of   authorized
denominations.  Until so delivered in exchange, the Temporary Notes shall in all
respects be entitled to the same  benefits  under this  Indenture as  Definitive
Notes.

     SECTION 2.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes.

     (a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept the Note Register,  in which, subject
to such  reasonable  regulations as the Issuer may  prescribe,  the Issuer shall
provide for the  registration of the Notes and the registration of transfers and
exchanges  of the Notes.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  initially  be the Note
Registrar for the purpose of registering the Notes and transfers of the Notes as
herein  provided.  Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar,  the Issuer shall
promptly appoint a successor Note Registrar or, if it elects not to make such an
appointment, assume the duties of the Note Registrar.

     (b) If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer
as Note  Registrar,  the Issuer will give the Indenture  Trustee  prompt written
notice of the  appointment of such Note  Registrar and of the location,  and any
change in the location,  of the Note Register.  The Indenture Trustee shall have
the right to inspect  the Note  Register at all  reasonable  times and to obtain
copies  thereof.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  have the  right to rely upon a
certificate  executed on behalf of the Note  Registrar by an  Executive  Officer
thereof  as to the names and  addresses  of the  Noteholders  and the  principal
amounts and number of such Notes.

     (c)  Upon  surrender  for  registration  of  transfer  of any  Note  at the
Corporate  Trust  Office of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Agency  Office of the
Issuer (and  following  the  delivery,  in the former case, of such Notes to the
Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee),  the Issuer  shall  execute,  the  Indenture
Trustee shall  authenticate  and the Noteholder  shall obtain from the Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of the designated  transferee or transferees,  one or more
new Notes in any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     (d) At the option of the Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes
of the same class in any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal
amount,  upon  surrender  of the Notes to be exchanged  at the  Corporate  Trust
Office  of the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  Agency  Office  of the  Issuer  (and
following the  delivery,  in the former case, of such Notes to the Issuer by the
Indenture  Trustee),  the Issuer shall execute,  and the Indenture Trustee shall
authenticate  and the Noteholder  shall obtain from the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

     (e) All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid  obligations  of the Issuer,  evidencing  the same debt,  and
entitled to the same benefits  under this  Indenture,  as the Notes  surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     (f) Every Note presented or  surrendered  for  registration  of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, (i) duly executed by the
Holder thereof or such Holder's  attorney duly authorized in writing,  with such
signature  guaranteed  by  an  "eligible  guarantor   institution"  meeting  the
requirements  of the Note Registrar  which  requirements  include  membership or
participation in Securities  Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("Stamp") or such
other "signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note Registrar
in addition  to, or in  substitution  for,  Stamp,  all in  accordance  with the
Exchange  Act, and (ii)  accompanied  by such other  documents as the  Indenture
Trustee may require.

     (g) No service  charge  shall be made to a Holder for any  registration  of
transfer or exchange of Notes,  but the Issuer or Indenture  Trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge that
may be imposed in connection  with any  registration  of transfer or exchange of
Notes,  other than  exchanges  pursuant to Sections 2.3 or 9.6 not involving any
transfer.

     (h) The  preceding  provisions  of this  Section 2.4  notwithstanding,  the
Issuer  shall  not be  required  to  transfer  or make  exchanges,  and the Note
Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges, of Notes that: (i) have been
selected for redemption  pursuant to Article X, if  applicable;  or (ii) are due
for repayment  within 15 days of submission to the Corporate Trust Office or the
Agency Office.

     SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

     (a) If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture  Trustee,  or
the Indenture  Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Indenture  Trustee
such  security or  indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer and the
Indenture  Trustee harmless,  then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer,  the
Note  Registrar or the  Indenture  Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a
bona fide purchaser,  the Issuer shall execute and upon the Issuer's request the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu of
any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of a like
class and  aggregate  principal  amount;  provided, however, that  if  any  such

                                       5
<PAGE>

destroyed,  lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note,  shall have become or
within  seven  days  shall be due and  payable,  or shall  have been  called for
redemption,  instead of issuing a replacement  Note, the Issuer may make payment
to the Holder of such  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or
upon the Redemption Date, if applicable, without surrender thereof.

     (b) If, after the delivery of a replacement Note or payment in respect of a
destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to subsection (a), a bona fide purchaser
of the original Note in lieu of which such  replacement Note was issued presents
for payment such original  Note,  the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee shall be
entitled to recover such  replacement Note (or such payment) from (i) any Person
to whom it was delivered,  (ii) the Person taking such replacement Note from the
Person to whom such  replacement  Note was  delivered;  or (iii) any assignee of
such  Person,  except a bona fide  purchaser,  and the Issuer and the  Indenture
Trustee  shall be entitled to recover upon the  security or  indemnity  provided
therefor  to the extent of any loss,  damage,  cost or expense  incurred  by the
Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

     (c) In  connection  with the  issuance of any  replacement  Note under this
Section  2.5, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation  thereto and any other reasonable  expenses  (including all fees and
expenses of the Indenture Trustee) connected therewith.

     (d) Any duplicate  Note issued  pursuant to this Section 2.5 in replacement
for any mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional  contractual  obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time or be enforced by any
Person,  and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

     (e) The provisions of this Section 2.5 are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

     SECTION  2.6  Persons  Deemed  Noteholders.  Prior to due  presentment  for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer,  the Indenture Trustee and any
agent of the Issuer or the Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name
any Note is registered  (as of the day of  determination)  as the Noteholder for
the purpose of receiving  payments of principal of and interest on such Note and
for all other  purposes  whatsoever,  whether or not such Note be  overdue,  and
neither the  Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the
Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest.

     (a)  Interest on the Notes shall accrue in the manner set forth in the form
of the  Class A Notes  set  forth in  Exhibit  A at the  Class A Rate,  and such
interest shall be payable on each  Distribution Date as specified in the form of

                                       6
<PAGE>

Class A Note set forth in Exhibit A. Any  interest  payable on any Note shall be
punctually  paid or duly provided for by a deposit by or at the direction of the
Issuer into the Note  Distribution  Account on the applicable  Distribution Date
and  shall  be paid to the  Person  in  whose  name  such  Note  (or one or more
Predecessor  Notes) is registered on the applicable Record Date, by check mailed
first-class,  postage prepaid to such Person's address as it appears on the Note
Register  on such  Record  Date;  provided,  however,  that,  unless  and  until
Definitive  Notes have been issued  pursuant to Section  2.12,  with  respect to
Notes  registered on the  applicable  Record Date in the name of the  Depository
(initially,  Cede & Co.),  payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately
available funds to the account designated by the Depository.

     (b) Prior to the  occurrence  of an Event of Default and a  declaration  in
accordance  with  Section  5.2 that the Notes have  become  immediately  due and
payable, the outstanding  principal of the Notes shall be payable in full on the
Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date and, to the extent of funds available
therefor, in installments on the Distribution Dates (if any) preceding the Class
A Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date, in accordance  with Section  8.2(c).  All
principal  payments  on the  Notes  shall be made  pro  rata to the  Noteholders
entitled thereto.  Any principal payable on any Note shall be punctually paid or
duly  provided  for by a deposit by or at the  direction  of the Issuer into the
Note Distribution Account on the applicable  Distribution Date and shall be paid
to the  Person in whose  name such  Note (or one or more  Predecessor  Notes) is
registered on the applicable Record Date, by check mailed  first-class,  postage
prepaid to such  Person's  address as it  appears on the Note  Register  on such
Record Date;  provided,  however,  that,  unless and until Definitive Notes have
been issued  pursuant to Section 2.12,  with respect to Notes  registered on the
Record Date in the name of the Depository (initially, Cede & Co.), payment shall
be  made  by  wire  transfer  in  immediately  available  funds  to the  account
designated by the Depository, except for: (i) the final installment of principal
on any Note;  and (ii) the  Redemption  Price (as  hereinafter  defined) for any
Notes, if so called,  which, in each case,  shall be payable as provided herein.
The funds  represented  by any such checks in respect of  interest or  principal
returned undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3.

     (c) The  entire  unpaid  principal  amount  of the  Notes  shall be due and
payable, if not previously paid, if:

          (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

          (ii) the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders  representing  not less
     than a majority of the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes
     have  declared  the Notes to be  immediately  due and payable in the manner
     provided in Section 5.2.

     (d) If the Issuer  defaults  in a payment  of  interest  on the Notes,  the
Issuer shall pay  defaulted  interest at the Class A Rate in any lawful  manner.
The Issuer may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on
a subsequent  special  record date,  which date shall be at least five  Business
Days prior to the payment  date.  The Issuer  shall fix or cause to be fixed any
such special record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days before any such

                                       7
<PAGE>

special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each  Noteholder and the Trustee a
notice that states the special  record date,  the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid.

     (e) With respect to any Distribution Date on which the final installment of
principal and interest on the Notes is to be paid,  the Indenture  Trustee shall
notify each  Noteholder  of record as of the Record  Date for such  Distribution
Date of the fact that the final installment of principal of and interest on such
Note is to be paid on such  Distribution  Date. Such notice shall be sent (i) on
such Record Date by facsimile, if Book-Entry Notes are outstanding;  or (ii) not
later than three Business Days after such Record Date in accordance with Section
11.5(a) if Definitive Notes are  outstanding,  and shall specify that such final
installment  shall be payable only upon  presentation and surrender of such Note
and shall specify the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for
payment of such  installment.  Notices in connection  with  redemptions of Notes
shall be mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2.

     SECTION 2.8  Cancellation  of Notes.  All Notes  surrendered  for  payment,
redemption,  exchange or  registration  of transfer shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Indenture  Trustee,  be delivered to the Indenture Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled by the Indenture  Trustee.  The Issuer may at any
time deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation  any Notes  previously
authenticated and delivered  hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever,  and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the
Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Notes  canceled  as  provided  in this  Section  2.8,  except  as  expressly
permitted by this  Indenture.  All canceled  Notes may be held or disposed of by
the  Indenture  Trustee in  accordance  with its standard  retention or disposal
policy as in effect at the time  unless  the  Issuer  shall  direct by an Issuer
Order that they be destroyed  or returned to it;  provided,  however,  that such
Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the
Indenture Trustee.

     SECTION 2.9 Release of  Collateral.  Subject to Section 11.1, the Indenture
Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt
of an Issuer  Request  accompanied  by an Officers'  Certificate,  an Opinion of
Counsel and Independent  Certificates in accordance  with TIA  ss.ss.314(c)  and
314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such  Independent  Certificates to
the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates.

     SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance,  shall be
issued in the form of a typewritten  Note or Notes  representing  the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company,  the initial  Depository
by or on behalf of the  Issuer.  Such Note or Notes shall be  registered  on the
Note Register in the name of the  Depository,  and no Note Owner shall receive a
Definitive Note  representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except as
provided in Section 2.12. Unless and until the Definitive Notes have been issued
to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:

                                       8
<PAGE>

          (a) the  provisions  of this  Section  2.10 shall be in full force and
     effect;

          (b) the Note Registrar and the Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to
     deal with the Depository for all purposes of this Indenture  (including the
     payment  of  principal  of and  interest  on the  Notes  and the  giving of
     instructions  or directions  hereunder) as the sole holder of the Notes and
     shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

          (c) to the extent that the  provisions  of this Section 2.10  conflict
     with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section
     2.10 shall control;

          (d) the rights of the Note Owners shall be exercised  only through the
     Depository and shall be limited to those  established by law and agreements
     between  such  Note  Owners  and  the  Depository   and/or  the  Depository
     Participants.  Unless and until  Definitive  Notes are issued  pursuant  to
     Section  2.12,  the  initial  Depository  shall make  book-entry  transfers
     between the Depository  Participants  and receive and transmit  payments of
     principal  of and  interest on the Notes to such  Depository  Participants,
     pursuant to the Depository Agreement; and

          (e) whenever this  Indenture  requires or permits  actions to be taken
     based upon  instructions  or  directions  of Holders of Notes  evidencing a
     specified percentage of the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the
     Notes,  the Depository shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to
     the extent that it has (i) received  instructions  to such effect from Note
     Owners and/or Depository Participants owning or representing, respectively,
     such required  percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes; and (ii)
     has delivered such instructions to the Indenture Trustee.

     SECTION   2.11   Notices  to   Depository.   Whenever  a  notice  or  other
communication  to the Noteholders is required under this  Indenture,  unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.12,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall give all such  notices and  communications
specified  herein to be given to Noteholders to the Depository and shall have no
obligation to the Note Owners.

     SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes.

     If (i) the  Servicer  advises  the  Indenture  Trustee in writing  that the
Depository   is  no  longer   willing  or  able  to   properly   discharge   its
responsibilities  with respect to the Notes and the Issuer is unable to locate a
qualified  successor;  (ii) the Servicer,  at its option,  advises the Indenture
Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the
Depository;  or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Event of
Termination,  Note Owners representing beneficial interests aggregating at least
a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes advise the
Depository in writing that the  continuation of a book-entry  system through the
Depository  is no  longer in the best  interests  of the Note  Owners,  then the
Depository  shall  notify  all Note  Owners  and the  Indenture  Trustee  of the
occurrence of any such event and the Depository  shall,  after being informed by

                                       9
<PAGE>

the Indenture Trustee,  notify the Note Owners of the availability of Definitive
Notes to Note  Owners  requesting  the same.  Upon  surrender  to the  Indenture
Trustee of the typewritten  Note or Notes  representing  the Book-Entry Notes by
the  Depository,  accompanied  by  registration  instructions,  the Issuer shall
execute and the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  the Definitive  Notes in
accordance  with the  instructions of the  Depository.  None of the Issuer,  the
Servicer,  the Note  Registrar or the Indenture  Trustee shall be liable for any
delay in delivery of such  instructions and may conclusively  rely on, and shall
be protected in relying on, such  instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive
Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes
as Noteholders.

     SECTION  2.13 Seller as  Noteholder.  The Seller in its  individual  or any
other  capacity  may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may  otherwise
deal with the Issuer or its affiliates  with the same rights it would have if it
were not the Seller.

     SECTION  2.14 Tax  Treatment.  The Issuer  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  by
entering  into this  Indenture,  and the  Noteholders,  by acquiring any Note or
interest  therein,  (i) express  their  intention  that the Notes  qualify under
applicable tax law as  indebtedness  secured by the  Contracts,  and (ii) unless
otherwise required by appropriate taxing  authorities,  agree to treat the Notes
as  indebtedness  secured by the  Contracts  for the  purpose of federal  income
taxes,  state and local income and franchise  taxes, and any other taxes imposed
upon, measured by or based upon gross or net income.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                    COVENANTS

     SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal  and  Interest.  The Issuer shall duly and
punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the
terms of the  Notes and this  Indenture.  On each  Distribution  Date and on the
Redemption  Date (if  applicable),  the Issuer shall cause amounts on deposit in
the Note Distribution Account to be distributed to the Noteholders in accordance
with Sections 2.7 and 8.2, less amounts properly  withheld under the Code by any
Person  from a payment to any  Noteholder  of  interest  and/or  principal.  Any
amounts so  withheld  shall be  considered  as having been paid by the Issuer to
such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

     SECTION  3.2  Maintenance  of  Agency  Office.  As long as any of the Notes
remains outstanding,  the Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York,  an office (the  "Agency  Office"),  being an office or agency
where Notes may be  surrendered  to the Issuer for  registration  of transfer or
exchange,  and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the
Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing  purposes.  The Issuer
shall give prompt written notice to the Indenture  Trustee of the location,  and
of any change in the location,  of any such office or agency. If at any time the

                                       10
<PAGE>

Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish
the Indenture  Trustee with the address thereof,  such  surrenders,  notices and
demands may be made or served at the  Corporate  Trust  Office of the  Indenture
Trustee,  and the Issuer hereby  appoints the Indenture  Trustee as its agent to
receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

     SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust.

     (a) As provided in Section  8.2(a) and (b), all payments of amounts due and
payable  with  respect to any Notes that are to be made from  amounts  withdrawn
from the Note  Distribution  Account pursuant to Section 8.2(c) shall be made on
behalf of the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no
amounts so withdrawn  from the Note  Distribution  Account for payments of Notes
shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this Section 3.3.

     (b) On or  before  each  Distribution  Date  or  the  Redemption  Date  (if
applicable),  the  Issuer  shall  deposit or cause to be  deposited  in the Note
Distribution  Account  an  aggregate  sum  sufficient  to pay the  amounts  then
becoming  due with  respect to the  Notes,  such sum to be held in trust for the
benefit of the Persons  entitled  thereto  and  (unless the Paying  Agent is the
Indenture  Trustee) shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee of its action or
failure so to act.

     (c) The Issuer  shall  cause each  Paying  Agent  other than the  Indenture
Trustee to execute and deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the  Indenture  Trustee (and if the Indenture
Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of
this Section 3.3, that such Paying Agent shall:

          (i) hold all  sums  held by it for the  payment  of  amounts  due with
     respect  to the  Notes in trust for the  benefit  of the  Persons  entitled
     thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed
     of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

          (ii) give the  Indenture  Trustee  notice of any default by the Issuer
     (or any other  obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual  knowledge in
     the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

          (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
     written  request of the Indenture  Trustee,  forthwith pay to the Indenture
     Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

          (iv)  immediately  resign as a Paying Agent and  forthwith  pay to the
     Indenture  Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if
     at any time it ceases to meet the standards  required to be met by a Paying
     Agent in effect at the time of determination; and

                                       11
<PAGE>


          (v)  comply  with all  requirements  of the Code with  respect  to the
     withholding  from any  payments  made by it on any Notes of any  applicable
     withholding  taxes  imposed  thereon  and with  respect  to any  applicable
     reporting requirements in connection therewith.

     (d)  The  Issuer  may at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the  Indenture  Trustee all sums held in
trust by such Paying Agent,  such sums to be held by the Indenture  Trustee upon
the same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and
upon such  payment by any Paying  Agent to the  Indenture  Trustee,  such Paying
Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

     (e) Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds,  any money
held by the  Indenture  Trustee or any Paying  Agent in trust for the payment of
any amount due with  respect to any Note and  remaining  unclaimed  for one year
after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust
and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer  Request;  and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter,  as an  unsecured  general  creditor,  look only to the  Issuer  for
payment  thereof  (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer),
and all liability of the Indenture  Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to
such trust money shall thereupon cease;  provided,  however,  that the Indenture
Trustee or such Paying Agent,  before being required to make any such repayment,
may at the  expense of the Issuer  cause to be  published  once,  in a newspaper
published in the English  language,  customarily  published on each Business Day
and of  general  circulation  in the City of New York,  notice  that such  money
remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified  therein,  which shall not be
less than 30 days from the date of such  publication,  any unclaimed  balance of
such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.  The Indenture  Trustee
may also adopt and employ,  at the expense of the Issuer,  any other  reasonable
means of notification of such repayment (including,  but not limited to, mailing
notice of such  repayment  to Holders  whose Notes have been called but have not
been  surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in monies due and
payable  but not  claimed is  determinable  from the  records  of the  Indenture
Trustee  or of any  Paying  Agent,  at the last  address of record for each such
Holder).

     SECTION 3.4  Existence.  Subject to Section 3.10,  the Issuer shall keep in
full effect its  existence,  rights and franchises as a business trust under the
laws of the State of Delaware and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to
do  business in each  jurisdiction  in which such  qualification  is or shall be
necessary to protect the  validity and  enforceability  of this  Indenture,  the
Notes,  the  Collateral and each other  instrument or agreement  included in the
Trust Estate.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate; Acknowledgment of Pledge.

     The Issuer shall from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements
and  amendments   hereto  and  all  such  financing   statements,   continuation
statements,  instruments of further assurance and other  instruments,  and shall
take such other action necessary or advisable to:

     (i) maintain or preserve the lien and security  interest  (and the priority
thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

     (ii) perfect,  publish  notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made
or to be made by this Indenture;

     (iii) enforce any rights under this Indenture against the Collateral; or

preserve and defend  title to the Trust  Estate and the rights of the  Indenture
Trustee  and the  Noteholders  in such Trust  Estate  against  the claims of all
persons and parties,  and the Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its
agent and  attorney-in-fact  to execute any  financing  statement,  continuation
statement or other instrument required by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this
Section 3.5.

     SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate.

     (a) On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture  Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  such
action  has  been  taken  with  respect  to the  recording  and  filing  of this
Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents,
and with respect to the  execution and filing of any  financing  statements  and
continuation  statements as are necessary to perfect and make effective the lien
and security interest of this Indenture and reciting the details of such action,
or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  no such action is necessary to
make such lien and security interest effective.

     (b) On or before April 15 in each calendar year,  beginning April 15, 1996,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture  Trustee an Opinion of Counsel  either
stating that,  in the opinion of such  counsel,  such action has been taken with
respect to the recording,  filing,  re-recording and refiling of this Indenture,
any indentures  supplemental  hereto and any other requisite  documents and with
respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation
statements as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by
this  Indenture  and  reciting the details of such action or stating that in the
opinion of such  counsel no such action is  necessary  to maintain  the lien and
security interest created by this Indenture.  Such Opinion of Counsel shall also
describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any
indentures  supplemental  hereto  and  any  other  requisite  documents  and the
execution and filing of any financing  statements  and  continuation  statements

                                       13
<PAGE>

that will, in the opinion of such counsel,  be required to maintain the lien and
security  interest of this  Indenture  until April 15 in the following  calendar
year.

     SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts.

     (a) The  Issuer  shall not take any  action  and  shall use its  reasonable
efforts  not to permit any action to be taken by others  that would  release any
Person from any of such Person's  material  covenants or  obligations  under any
instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the
amendment, hypothecation,  subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair
the validity or  effectiveness  of, any such instrument or agreement,  except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement
or such other instrument or agreement.

     (b) Issuer may contract with other  Persons to assist it in performing  its
duties  under this  Indenture,  and any  performance  of such duties by a Person
identified  to the  Indenture  Trustee in the Basic  Documents  or an  Officers'
Certificate  of the  Issuer  shall be deemed to be action  taken by the  Issuer.
Initially,  the Issuer has contracted  with the Servicer to assist the Issuer in
performing its duties under this Indenture.

     (c) Issuer shall punctually  perform and observe all of its obligations and
agreements  contained  in  this  Indenture,  the  Basic  Documents  and  in  the
instruments  and  agreements  included in the Trust  Estate,  including  but not
limited  to  filing or  causing  to be filed all UCC  financing  statements  and
continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture, the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement and the Purchase  Agreement in accordance with and
within the time periods provided for herein and therein.

     (d) If the Issuer  shall have  knowledge of the  occurrence  of an Event of
Termination  under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the Issuer shall promptly
notify the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies thereof,  and shall specify
in such notice the response or action, if any, the Issuer has taken or is taking
with respect to such default.  If an Event of  Termination  shall arise from the
failure of the  Servicer to perform any of its duties or  obligations  under the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement with respect to the Contracts,  the Issuer and the
Indenture  Trustee shall take all reasonable steps available to them pursuant to
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement to remedy such failure or to effect a Service
Transfer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Without  derogating  from the absolute  nature of the assignment  granted to the
Indenture  Trustee under this  Indenture or the rights of the Indenture  Trustee
hereunder,  the Issuer  agrees  that it shall  not,  without  the prior  written
consent  of the  Indenture  Trustee or the  Holders  of at least a  majority  in
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, as applicable in accordance
with  the  terms  thereof,  amend,  modify,  waive,  supplement,   terminate  or
surrender,  or agree to any amendment,  modification,  supplement,  termination,
waiver  or  surrender  of,  the  terms  of any  Collateral  or any of the  Basic
Documents  (other  than  the  Cash  Collateral   Agreement),   or  waive  timely
performance  or  observance  by the  Servicer  or the Seller  under the Sale and

                                       14
<PAGE>

Servicing  Agreement,  a Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  a Subsequent Transfer
Agreement  or the  Purchase  Agreement.  If any  such  amendment,  modification,
supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the  Indenture  Trustee or such
Holders, as applicable,  the Issuer agrees,  promptly following a request by the
Indenture  Trustee to do so, to execute and deliver,  in its own name and at its
own expense, such agreements,  instruments,  consents and other documents as the
Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

                                       15
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants.  So long as any Notes are outstanding,  the
Issuer shall not:

     (a) sell, transfer,  exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties
or assets of the Issuer, except the Issuer may (i) collect,  liquidate,  sell or
otherwise dispose of Contracts (including  Repurchased  Contracts and Liquidated
Contracts) and Financed Vehicles,  (ii) make cash payments out of the Designated
Accounts and (iii) take other actions, in each case as contemplated by the Basic
Documents;

     (b) claim  any  credit  on, or make any  deduction  from the  principal  or
interest payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts  properly  withheld
from such payments  under the Code or applicable  state law) or assert any claim
against any present or former  Noteholder  by reason of the payment of the taxes
levied or assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate;

     (c) voluntarily commence any insolvency,  readjustment of debt, marshalling
of assets and liabilities or other proceeding,  or apply for an order by a court
or agency or  supervisory  authority for the  winding-up or  liquidation  of its
affairs or any other event specified in Section 5.1(e); or

     (d) either (i) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be
impaired,  or permit the Lien of this  Indenture  to be  amended,  hypothecated,
subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from
any  covenants or  obligations  with  respect to the Notes under this  Indenture
except as may be  expressly  permitted  hereby,  (ii)  permit  any Lien or other
encumbrance  (other than the Lien of this  Indenture) to be created on or extend
to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any
interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics' liens
and other  liens  that  arise by  operation  of law,  in each case on a Financed
Vehicle and  arising  solely as a result of an action or omission of the related
Obligor) or (iii) permit the Lien of this  Indenture  not to  constitute a valid
first priority security interest in the Trust Estate (other than with respect to
any such tax, mechanics' or other Lien).

     SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance.  The Issuer shall deliver to
the Indenture Trustee,  on or before April 15 of each year,  beginning April 15,
1996,  and  otherwise  in  compliance  with  Section  314(a)(4)  of the TIA,  an
Officer's  Certificate signed by an Authorized Officer,  dated as of April 15 of
such year,  stating that a review of the  activities  of the Issuer  during such
fiscal year and of  performance  under this  Indenture has been made and, to the
best of such Authorized  Officer's  knowledge,  based on such review, the Issuer
has fulfilled all of its obligations under this Indenture  throughout such year,
or, if there  has been a  default  in the  fulfillment  of any such  obligation,
specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and
status thereof.  A copy of such certificate may be obtained by any Noteholder by
a request in writing to the Issuer  addressed to the  Corporate  Trust Office of
the Indenture Trustee.

                                       16
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.10 Consolidation,  Merger,  etc. of Issuer;  Disposition of Trust
Assets.

     (a) The  Issuer  shall  not  consolidate  or merge  with or into any  other
Person, unless:

          (i) the Person (if other than the Issuer)  formed by or surviving such
     consolidation  or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the
     laws of the  United  States  of  America  or any State or the  District  of
     Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture  supplemental  hereto,
     executed and delivered to the Indenture  Trustee,  in form  satisfactory to
     the Indenture  Trustee,  the due and timely payment of the principal of and
     interest on all Notes and the  performance or observance of every agreement
     and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or
     observed, all as provided herein;

          (ii) immediately  after giving effect to such merger or consolidation,
     no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (iii) the  Rating  Agency  Condition  shall have been  satisfied  with
     respect to such transaction and such Person;

          (iv) any action as is  necessary  to maintain the Lien created by this
     Indenture shall have been taken; and

          (v) the  Issuer  shall  have  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee an
     Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  addressed to the Issuer,
     each stating:

               (A) that  such  consolidation  or  merger  and such  supplemental
          indenture comply with this Section 3.10;

               (B) that  such  consolidation  or  merger  and such  supplemental
          indenture shall have no material  adverse tax consequence to the Trust
          or any Noteholder or Certificateholder; and

               (C) that  such  consolidation  or  merger  and such  supplemental
          indenture comply with this Section 3.10;

               (D) that all  conditions  precedent  herein  provided for in this
          Section 3.10 have been complied  with,  which shall include any filing
          required by the Exchange Act.

     (b) Except as otherwise  expressly permitted by this Indenture or the other
Basic  Documents,  the Issuer  shall not sell,  convey,  exchange,  transfer  or

                                       17
<PAGE>

otherwise  dispose of any of its  properties  or assets (other than the Excluded
Assets), including those included in the Trust Estate, to any Person unless:

          (i) the Person that acquires  such  properties or assets of the Issuer
     (A) shall be a United  States  citizen or a Person  organized  and existing
     under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District
     of Columbia  and (B) by an  indenture  supplemental  hereto,  executed  and
     delivered to the Indenture  Trustee,  in form satisfactory to the Indenture
     Trustee:

               (1)  expressly  assumes  the  due  and  punctual  payment  of the
          principal  of and  interest  on  all  Notes  and  the  performance  or
          observance of every  agreement  and covenant of this  Indenture on the
          part of the  Issuer  to be  performed  or  observed,  all as  provided
          herein;

               (2) expressly agrees that all right,  title and interest so sold,
          conveyed,  exchanged,  transferred  or otherwise  disposed of shall be
          subject and subordinate to the rights of Noteholders;

               (3) unless  otherwise  provided in such  supplemental  indenture,
          expressly  agrees to  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless the Issuer
          against  and from any loss,  liability  or  expense  arising  under or
          related to this Indenture and the Notes; and

               (4) expressly  agrees that such Person (or if a group of Persons,
          then one specified  Person) shall make all filings with the Commission
          (and any other  appropriate  Person)  required by the  Exchange Act in
          connection with the Notes;

          (ii) immediately after giving effect to such  transaction,  no Default
     or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (iii) the  Rating  Agency  Condition  shall have been  satisfied  with
     respect to such transaction and such Person;

          (iv) any action as is  necessary  to maintain the Lien created by this
     Indenture shall have been taken: and

          (v) the  Issuer  shall  have  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee an
     Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  addressed to the Issuer,
     each stating that:

               (A) such sale, conveyance,  exchange, transfer or disposition and
          such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 3.10;

                                       18
<PAGE>


               (B) such sale, conveyance,  exchange, transfer or disposition and
          such supplemental indenture has no material adverse tax consequence to
          the Trust or to any Noteholders or Certificateholders; and

               (C) that all  conditions  precedent  herein  provided for in this
          Section 3.10 have been complied  with,  which shall include any filing
          required by the Exchange Act.

     SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee.

     (a) Upon any  consolidation  or merger of the  Issuer  in  accordance  with
Section 3.10(a),  the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Issuer)  shall  succeed to, and be  substituted  for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

     (b) Upon a sale, conveyance,  exchange,  transfer or disposition of all the
assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), the Trust shall
be released from every  covenant and agreement of this  Indenture to be observed
or  performed  on the part of the Issuer with  respect to the Notes  immediately
upon the  delivery of written  notice to the  Indenture  Trustee from the Person
acquiring  such  assets  and  properties  stating  that  the  Trust  is to be so
released.

     SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business
or activity other than acquiring,  holding and managing the Contracts, the other
assets of the Trust Estate,  and the Excluded Assets and the proceeds  therefrom
in the manner  contemplated  by the Basic  Documents,  issuing the Notes and the
Certificates,  making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and such other
activities  that  are  necessary,  suitable  or  convenient  to  accomplish  the
foregoing or are  incidental  thereto,  as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Trust
Agreement.

     SECTION  3.13 No  Borrowing.  The Issuer  shall not issue,  incur,  assume,
guarantee  or  otherwise  become  liable,   directly  or  indirectly,   for  any
indebtedness  for money borrowed other than  indebtedness  for money borrowed in
respect of the Notes or in accordance with the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 3.14 Guarantees,  Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities.  Except as
contemplated  by this Indenture or the other Basic  Documents,  the Issuer shall
not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee  (directly or indirectly
or by  an  instrument  having  the  effect  of  assuring  another's  payment  or
performance on any  obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise),  endorse
or otherwise become contingently liable,  directly or indirectly,  in connection
with the obligations,  stocks or dividends of, or own,  purchase,  repurchase or
acquire  (or agree  contingently  to do so) any  stock,  obligations,  assets or
securities  of, or any other interest in, or make any capital  contribution  to,
any other Person.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.15 Servicer's Obligations.  The Issuer shall use its best efforts
to cause  the  Servicer  to  comply  with  its  obligations  under  the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION  3.16  Capital   Expenditures.   The  Issuer  shall  not  make  any
expenditure  (whether by long-term or operating  lease or otherwise) for capital
assets (either real, personal or intangible property) other than the purchase of
the  Contracts  and other  property  and rights from the Seller  pursuant to the
Basic Documents.

     SECTION 3.17 Removal of Servicer. So long as any Notes are outstanding, the
Issuer shall not remove the  Servicer  without  cause  unless the Rating  Agency
Condition shall have been satisfied in connection with such removal.

     SECTION  3.18  Restricted  Payments.  Except for  payments of  principal or
interest on or redemption  of the Notes and except as expressly  provided in the
Basic  Documents,  so long as any Notes are  outstanding,  the Issuer shall not,
directly or indirectly:

          (a) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital
     or  otherwise),  whether in cash,  property,  securities  or a  combination
     thereof,  to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the
     Issuer or  otherwise,  in each case with respect to any ownership or equity
     interest or similar security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer;

          (b) redeem,  purchase,  retire or otherwise acquire for value any such
     ownership or equity interest or similar security; or

          (c) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose;

provided,  however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions
to the Servicer,  the Owner  Trustee,  the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  (and any
successor  in  interest  thereto),  the  holder  of  the  GP  Interest  and  the
Certificateholders  as permitted  by, and to the extent funds are  available for
such  purpose  under,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Cash  Collateral
Agreement or the Trust Agreement.  The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly,
make  payments  to or  distributions  from  the  Collection  Account  except  in
accordance with the Basic Documents.

     SECTION  3.19  Notice of Events of Default.  The Issuer  agrees to give the
Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of
Default hereunder, each Event of Termination,  any Insolvency Event with respect
to the  Affiliated  Purchaser,  each  default  on the part of the  Seller or the
Servicer of their obligations under the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 3.20 Further  Instruments  and Acts.  Upon request of the Indenture
Trustee,  the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further  instruments  and do

                                       20
<PAGE>

such  further  acts as may be  reasonably  necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

     SECTION 3.21  Representations and Warranties by the Issuer to the Indenture
Trustee.  The Issuer hereby  represents and warrants to the Indenture Trustee as
follows:

     (a) Good Title. No Contract has been sold, transferred, assigned or pledged
by the Trust to any Person other than the Indenture  Trustee;  immediately prior
to the  conveyance of the Contracts  pursuant to this  Indenture,  the Trust had
good and  marketable  title thereto,  free of any Lien;  and, upon execution and
delivery of this Indenture by the Trust, the Indenture Trustee shall have all of
the right,  title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Contracts,  the
unpaid indebtedness evidenced thereby and the collateral security therefor, free
of any Lien; and

     (b) All Filings  Made.  All filings  (including,  without  limitation,  UCC
filings)  necessary in any  jurisdiction  to give the Indenture  Trustee a first
perfected ownership interest in the Contracts shall have been made.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  This Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to: (i) rights
of  registration  of transfer and  exchange;  (ii)  substitution  of  mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes; (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal  thereof and interest  thereon;  (iv)  Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8,
3.10, 3.12,  3.13, 3.19 and 3.21; (v) the rights,  obligations and immunities of
the Indenture Trustee  hereunder  (including the rights of the Indenture Trustee
under Section 6.7 and the  obligations  of the Indenture  Trustee under Sections
4.2 and 4.4); and (vi) the rights of Noteholders  as  beneficiaries  hereof with
respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture  Trustee  payable to all
or any of them,  and the Indenture  Trustee,  on demand of and at the expense of
the Issuer,  shall execute proper  instruments  acknowledging  satisfaction  and
discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, if:

     (a) either:

          (1) all Notes theretofore  authenticated and delivered (other than (A)
     Notes that have been destroyed,  lost or stolen and that have been replaced
     or paid as provided in Section  2.5 and (B) Notes for whose  payment  money
     has theretofore  been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by
     the Issuer and  thereafter  repaid to the  Issuer or  discharged  from such
     trust,  as provided in Section 3.3) have been  delivered  to the  Indenture
     Trustee for cancellation: or

                                       21
<PAGE>

          (2) all Notes not theretofore  delivered to the Indenture  Trustee for
     cancellation:

               (A) have become due and payable,

               (B)  will  be due and  payable  on the  Class  A Final  Scheduled
          Distribution Date within one year, or

               (C)  are to be  called  for  redemption  within  one  year  under
          arrangements  satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee for the giving of
          notice of redemption by the Indenture  Trustee in the name, and at the
          expense, of the Issuer,

     and the  Issuer,  in the case of (A),  (B) or (C) of  subsection  4.1(a)(2)
above, has irrevocably  deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the
Indenture Trustee cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the
United  States of America  (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are
payable),  in  trust  for  such  purpose,  in an  amount  sufficient  to pay and
discharge  the entire unpaid  principal  and accrued  interest on such Notes not
theretofore  delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due on the
Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date for such Notes or the Redemption Date
for such Notes (if such  Notes  have been  called  for  redemption  pursuant  to
Section 10.1(a)(i) or (ii), or Section 10.1(b)), as the case may be;

     (b) the  Issuer  has paid or  caused  to be paid  all  other  sums  payable
hereunder by the Issuer; and

     (c)  the  Issuer  has  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee  an  Officer's
Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA or the Indenture
Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants,
each meeting the  applicable  requirements  of Section  11.1(a) and each stating
that all conditions  precedent  herein provided for relating to the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

     SECTION 4.2  Application  of Trust  Money.  All monies  deposited  with the
Indenture  Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance  with the provisions of the Notes and this  Indenture,  to the
payment,  either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture  Trustee
may  determine,  to the  Holders  of the  particular  Notes for the  payment  or
redemption of which such monies have been deposited with the Indenture  Trustee,
of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal  and interest;  but such
monies need not be  segregated  from other funds  except to the extent  required
herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

     SECTION 4.3  Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent.  In connection  with
the  satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all
monies then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture  Trustee under the
provisions of this  Indenture  with respect to such Notes shall,  upon demand of

                                       22
<PAGE>

the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be held and applied according to
Section 3.3 and  thereupon  such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such monies.

     SECTION 4.4 Duration of Position of Indenture Trustee.  Notwithstanding the
earlier  payment in full of all  principal  and interest due to the  Noteholders
under  the  terms of the Notes and the  cancellation  of the Notes  pursuant  to
Section  3.1, the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  continue to act in the capacity as
Indenture  Trustee  hereunder  and,  for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,
shall comply with its  obligations  under the Basic  Documents,  as appropriate,
until such time as all payments in respect of  Certificate  Balance and interest
due to the Certificateholders have been paid in full.


                                    ARTICLE V
                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     SECTION 5.1 Events of Default.  For the purposes of this Indenture,  "Event
of Default" wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:

     (a) failure to pay any  interest  on any Note as and when the same  becomes
due and payable,  and such default shall continue for a period of five (5) days;
or

     (b) except as set forth in Section  5.1(c),  failure to pay any installment
of the  principal of any Note as and when the same becomes due and payable,  and
such default  continues  unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after there
shall have been given, by registered or certified  mail,  written notice thereof
to the Servicer by the  Indenture  Trustee or to the Servicer and the  Indenture
Trustee by the Holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding principal balance
of the Notes; or

     (c) failure to pay in full the outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes
on or prior to the Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date; or

     (d) default in the observance or performance in any material respect of any
covenant  or  agreement  of the  Issuer  made in this  Indenture  (other  than a
covenant or  agreement  for payment of  principal  or  interest)  which  failure
materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders, and such default
shall  continue or not be cured,  for a period of 30 days after there shall have
been given,  by registered  or certified  mail, to the Issuer and the Seller (or
the Servicer,  as applicable) by the Indenture  Trustee or to the Issuer and the
Seller (or the Servicer, as applicable) and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders
of at least 25% of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes,  a written
notice  specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that
such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

     (e)  the  filing  of a  decree  or  order  for  relief  by a  court  having
jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial part of
the Trust Estate in an involuntary  case under any  applicable  federal or state

                                       23
<PAGE>

bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar law now or  hereafter  in effect,  or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
similar  official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate,
or ordering the  winding-up or  liquidation  of the Issuer's  affairs,  and such
decree  or  order  shall  remain  unstayed  and in  effect  for a  period  of 90
consecutive days; or

     (f) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any applicable
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect,  or the  consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an
involuntary  case  under  any such  law,  or the  consent  by the  Issuer to the
appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee,  sequestrator or similar  official of the Issuer or for any substantial
part of the Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuer of any general  assignment
for the benefit of creditors,  or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its
debts as such  debts  become  due,  or the  taking of  action  by the  Issuer in
furtherance of any of the foregoing.

The Issuer shall  deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee,  within five Business Days
after  learning  of the  occurrence  thereof,  written  notice in the form of an
Officer's Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse
of time would become an Event of Default  under Section  5.1(c),  its status and
what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

     SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

     (a) If an Event of  Default  should  occur and be  continuing,  then and in
every such case,  unless the  principal  amount of the Notes shall have  already
become due and  payable,  either the  Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes
representing  not less than a majority of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable,
by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the  Indenture  Trustee if given by
the Noteholders) setting forth the Event or Events of Default, and upon any such
declaration the unpaid principal amount of such Notes, together with accrued and
unpaid  interest  thereon  through  the  date  of  acceleration,   shall  become
immediately due and payable.


     (b) At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been
made and  before a  judgment  or decree  for  payment  of the money due has been
obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V, the
Holders of Notes representing a majority of the aggregate  outstanding principal
amount of the Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,
may waive all  Defaults  set forth in the notice  delivered  pursuant to Section
5.2(a), and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

          (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture  Trustee a sum
     sufficient to pay

                                       24
<PAGE>


               (A) all  payments of  principal  of and interest on all Notes and
          all other  amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon such Notes
          if the  Event of  Default  giving  rise to such  acceleration  had not
          occurred; and

               (B) all sums paid or advanced by the  Trustee  hereunder  and the
          reasonable compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the
          Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

          (ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal
     of the Notes that has become  due  solely by such  acceleration,  have been
     cured or waived as provided herein;

provided,  that no such  rescission and annulment  shall extend to or affect any
subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto; and provided further,
that if the Indenture  Trustee  shall have  proceeded to enforce any right under
this Indenture and such  proceedings  shall have been  discontinued or abandoned
because of such rescission and annulment or for any other reason,  or shall have
been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee, then and in every such case,
the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Noteholders, as the case may be, shall
be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all
rights,  remedies  and  powers of the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Issuer  and the
Noteholders,  as the case may be, shall  continue as though no such  proceedings
had been taken.

     SECTION  5.3  Collection  of  Indebtedness  and  Suits for  Enforcement  by
Indenture Trustee.

     (a) The  Issuer  covenants  that  if an  Event  of  Default  occurs  and is
continuing under Sections 5.1(a),  5.1(b) or 5.1(c) of this Indenture,  then the
Issuer  shall,  upon  demand  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  pay to the  Indenture
Trustee,  for the ratable  benefit of the  Noteholders in accordance  with their
respective  outstanding principal amounts, the whole amount then due and payable
on such  Notes for  principal  and  interest,  with  interest  upon the  overdue
principal,  at the rate borne by the Notes and in addition  thereto such further
amount as shall be  sufficient  to cover the costs and  expenses of  collection,
including the reasonable compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of
the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

     (b) If the  Issuer  shall  fail  forthwith  to pay such  amounts  upon such
demand,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  in its own name and as  trustee of an express
trust,  may  institute a proceeding  for the  collection  of the sums so due and
unpaid,  and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree,  and may
enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect
in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor
upon such  Notes,  wherever  situated,  the  monies  adjudged  or  decreed to be
payable.

     (c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the Indenture Trustee
may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.4, in its discretion, proceed to

                                       25
<PAGE>

protect  and  enforce  its  rights and the  rights of the  Noteholders,  by such
appropriate  Proceedings  as the Indenture  Trustee shall deem most effective to
protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any
covenant or agreement  in this  Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted  herein,  or to enforce any other  proper  remedy or legal or  equitable
right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

     (d) If there shall be pending,  relative to the Issuer or any other obligor
upon the Notes or any Person  having or  claiming an  ownership  interest in the
Trust Estate,  proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other
applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or if a
receiver,  assignee  or trustee in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization,  liquidator,
sequestrator  or  similar  official  shall  have  been  appointed  for or  taken
possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,  or in
case of any other  comparable  judicial  Proceedings  relative  to the Issuer or
other  obligor upon the Notes,  or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or
such other obligor, the Indenture Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal
of  any  Notes  shall  then  be due  and  payable  as  therein  expressed  or by
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall
have made any demand  pursuant to the  provisions of this Section 5.3,  shall be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

          (i) to file and  prove a claim  or  claims  for the  whole  amount  of
     principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file
     such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
     have  the  claims  of  the  Indenture  Trustee  (including  any  claim  for
     reasonable  compensation  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and each  predecessor
     Trustee,  and their  respective  agents,  attorneys  and  counsel,  and for
     reimbursement  of all expenses and liabilities  incurred,  and all advances
     made, by the Indenture  Trustee and each predecessor  Trustee,  except as a
     result of negligence or bad faith) and of the  Noteholders  allowed in such
     Proceedings;

          (ii) unless  prohibited by applicable law and regulations,  to vote on
     behalf of the  Holders of Notes in any  election  of a  trustee,  a standby
     trustee or Person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

          (iii) to collect and receive any monies or other  property  payable or
     deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts  received with
     respect to the claims of the  Noteholders  and of the Indenture  Trustee on
     their behalf; and

          (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may
     be  necessary  or  advisable  in order to have the claims of the  Indenture
     Trustee  or the  Holders  of  Notes  allowed  in any  judicial  proceedings
     relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee,  receiver,  liquidator,  custodian or other similar official in
any such  Proceeding is hereby  authorized by each of such  Noteholders  to make

                                       26
<PAGE>

payments to the Indenture  Trustee,  and, if the Indenture Trustee shall consent
to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders,  to pay to the Indenture
Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable  compensation to
the Indenture  Trustee,  each predecessor  Trustee and their respective  agents,
attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred,  and all
advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor trustee except as a
result of negligence or bad faith.

     (e) Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to authorize  the Indenture
Trustee to  authorize  or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any  Noteholder  any  plan  of   reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment  or
composition  affecting  the Notes or the  rights  of any  Holder  thereof  or to
authorize  the  Indenture  Trustee  to  vote  in  respect  of the  claim  of any
Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election
of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

     (f) All rights of action and of asserting  claims under this Indenture,  or
under any of the Notes,  may be enforced by the  Indenture  Trustee  without the
possession of any of the Notes or the  production  thereof in any trial or other
Proceedings  relative  thereto,  and  any  such  Proceedings  instituted  by the
Indenture  Trustee  shall be  brought  in its own name as  trustee of an express
trust,  and any  recovery of judgment,  subject to the payment of the  expenses,
disbursements  and  compensation  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  each  predecessor
Trustee  and their  respective  agents and  attorneys,  shall be for the ratable
benefit of the Noteholders.

     (g) In any  Proceedings  brought  by the  Indenture  Trustee  (and also any
Proceedings  involving the  interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which the Indenture  Trustee shall be a party),  the Indenture  Trustee shall be
held to represent all the Noteholders, and it shall not be necessary to make any
Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.


     SECTION 5.4 Remedies; Priorities.

     (a) If an Event of Default shall have  occurred and be  continuing  and the
Notes have been accelerated  under Section 5.2(a),  the Indenture Trustee may do
one or more of the following (subject to Section 5.5):

          (i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express
     trust for the  collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or under
     this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration of acceleration
     or otherwise,  enforce any judgment  obtained,  and collect from the Issuer
     and any other obligor upon such Notes monies adjudged due;

          (ii)  institute  Proceedings  from  time to time for the  complete  or
     partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;

                                       27
<PAGE>

          (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take
     any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies
     of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders; and

          (iv)  sell the  Trust  Estate  or any  portion  thereof  or  rights or
     interest  therein,  at one or more  public  or  private  sales  called  and
     conducted in any manner permitted by law;

provided,  however,  that  the  Indenture  Trustee  may not  sell  or  otherwise
liquidate the Trust Estate following an Event of Default, unless (A) the Holders
of all of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Notes  consent
thereto,  (B) the  proceeds  of such sale or  liquidation  distributable  to the
Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full the principal of and the accrued
interest  on the  Notes  at the  date of such  sale  or  liquidation  or (C) the
Indenture Trustee  determines that the Trust Estate will not continue to provide
sufficient  funds for the payment of  principal  of and interest on the Notes as
and when they would have become due if the Notes had not been  declared  due and
payable,  and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of Holders of a majority
of the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes. In determining such
sufficiency or insufficiency  with respect to clauses (B) and (C), the Indenture
Trustee  may,  but need not,  obtain and rely upon an opinion of an  Independent
investment  banking  or  accounting  firm  of  national  reputation  as  to  the
feasibility  of such  proposed  action  and as to the  sufficiency  of the Trust
Estate for such purpose.

     (b) If the  Indenture  Trustee  collects any money or property  pursuant to
this Article V, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

          FIRST: to the Indenture Trustee for any amounts due under Section 6.7;

          SECOND:  to  Noteholders  for  amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
     principal, ratably among all Noteholders, without preference or priority of
     any kind,  according  to the  amounts  due and payable on all the Notes for
     principal;

          THIRD:  to  Noteholders  for  amounts  due and unpaid on the Notes for
     interest, ratably among all Noteholders,  without preference or priority of
     any kind,  according  to the  amounts  due and payable on all the Notes for
     interest;

          FOURTH: to the Issuer for distribution to the  Certificateholders  for
     amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for interest,  ratably among all
     such  Certificateholders,  without  preference  or  priority  of any  kind,
     according  to the  amounts  due and  payable  on all the  Certificates  for
     interest;

          FIFTH: to the Issuer for  distribution to the  Certificateholders  for
     amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for principal, ratably among all
     such  Certificateholders,  without  preference  or  priority  of any  kind,

                                       28
<PAGE>

     according  to the  amounts  due and  payable  on all the  Certificates  for
     principal;

          SIXTH: to the Issuer for distribution to the Cash Collateral Depositor
     of amounts due to it under the Cash Collateral Agreement; and

          SEVENTH:  to the  Issuer  for  distribution  to the  holder  of the GP
     Interest.

     The  Indenture  Trustee  may fix a  record  date and  payment  date for any
payment to  Noteholders  pursuant to this  Section  5.4. At least 15 days before
such record date,  the Indenture  Trustee shall mail to each  Noteholder and the
Indenture Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the
amount to be paid.

     SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Contracts.  If the Notes have been
declared to be due and payable  under  Section 5.2 following an Event of Default
and such declaration and its consequences  have not been rescinded and annulled,
the Indenture  Trustee may, but need not, elect to take and maintain  possession
of the Trust Estate.  It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders
that there be at all times  sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall take such desire into
account when determining  whether or not to take and maintain  possession of the
Trust  Estate.  In  determining  whether to take and maintain  possession of the
Trust Estate,  the Indenture  Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an
opinion of an  Independent  investment  banking or  accounting  firm of national
reputation  as to  the  feasibility  of  such  proposed  action  and  as to  the
sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

     SECTION 5.6 Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any right
to  institute  any  Proceeding,  judicial  or  otherwise,  with  respect to this
Indenture,  or for the  appointment  of a receiver or trustee,  or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

          (i) such Holder has  previously  given written notice to the Indenture
     Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

          (ii) the  Holders  of not less than 25% of the  aggregate  outstanding
     principal  amount of the Notes have made written  request to the  Indenture
     Trustee to institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in
     its own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder;

          (iii) such Holder or Holders  have  offered to the  Indenture  Trustee
     reasonable  indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  to be
     incurred in complying with such request;

          (iv) the  Indenture  Trustee  for 60 days  after its  receipt  of such
     notice,  request  and  offer of  indemnity  has  failed to  institute  such
     Proceedings; and

                                       29
<PAGE>


          (v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given
     to the  Indenture  Trustee  during such  60-day  period by the Holders of a
     majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner  whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this  Indenture  to  affect,  disturb  or  prejudice  the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference  over
any other Holders of Notes or to enforce any right under this Indenture,  except
in the manner herein  provided and for the equal,  ratable and common benefit of
all holders of Notes.  For the protection  and  enforcement of the provisions of
this Section 5.6, each and every  Noteholder shall be entitled to such relief as
can be given either at law or in equity.

     If the Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests
and  indemnity  from two or more groups of Holders of Notes,  each  representing
less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes,
the Indenture  Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any,
shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.

     SECTION 5.7  Unconditional  Rights of Noteholders To Receive  Principal and
Interest.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and  unconditional,  to receive
payment  of the  principal  of and  interest,  on  such  Note  on or  after  the
respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in
the case of redemption,  if applicable,  on or after the Redemption Date) and to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not
be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

     SECTION 5.8 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Indenture Trustee or
any  Noteholder  has  instituted  any  Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been  discontinued or abandoned for
any reason or has been determined  adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such
Noteholder,  then and in every such case the Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee and
the Noteholders  shall,  subject to any  determination  in such  Proceeding,  be
restored  severally and  respectively to their former positions  hereunder,  and
thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders
shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

     SECTION  5.9  Rights and  Remedies  Cumulative.  No right or remedy  herein
conferred  upon or reserved to the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Noteholders  is
intended  to be  exclusive  of any other  right or remedy,  and every  right and
remedy shall,  to the extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder,  or  otherwise,   shall  not  prevent  the  concurrent  assertion  or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

                                       30
<PAGE>

     SECTION  5.10 Delay or Omission  Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of the
Indenture  Trustee  or any  Holder of any Note to  exercise  any right or remedy
accruing  upon any  Default or Event of Default  shall  impair any such right or
remedy or  constitute  a waiver of any such  Default  or Event of  Default or an
acquiescence  therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Noteholders  may be exercised  from time to
time, and as often as may be deemed  expedient,  by the Indenture  Trustee or by
the Noteholders, as the case may be.

     SECTION  5.11  Control by  Noteholders.  The  Holders of a majority  of the
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall, subject to provision
being made for indemnification against costs, expenses and liabilities in a form
satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power  conferred on
the Indenture Trustee; provided, however, that:

          (i) such  direction  shall not be in conflict  with any rule of law or
     with this Indenture;  

          (ii) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any direction to the
     Indenture  Trustee to sell or  liquidate  the Trust  Estate shall be by the
     Holders  of  Notes  representing  not  less  than  100%  of  the  aggregate
     outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

          (iii) if the  conditions  set forth in Section 5.5 have been satisfied
     and the  Indenture  Trustee  elects to retain the Trust Estate  pursuant to
     Section  5.5,  then any  direction to the  Indenture  Trustee by Holders of
     Notes  representing less than 100% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal
     amount of the Notes to sell or  liquidate  the Trust  Estate shall be of no
     force and effect; and

          (iv) the Indenture  Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
     the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction;

provided,  however, that, subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee need not
take any action  that it  determines  might cause it to incur any  liability  or
might  materially  adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting
to such action.

          SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults.

     (a) Prior to the  declaration  of the  acceleration  of the maturity of the
Notes as provided in Section 5.2, the Holders of not less than a majority of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the Notes may waive any past Default
or Event of Default and its consequences  except a Default (i) in the payment of
principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (ii) in respect of a covenant or
provision  hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
Holder of each Note. In the case of any such waiver,  the Issuer,  the Indenture

                                       31
<PAGE>

Trustee and the  Noteholders  shall be restored to their  former  positions  and
rights  hereunder,  respectively;  but  no  such  waiver  shall  extend  to  any
subsequent or other  Default or Event of Default or impair any right  consequent
thereto.

     (b) Upon any such waiver,  such Default  shall cease to exist and be deemed
to have been cured and not to have  occurred,  and any Event of Default  arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.


     SECTION 5.13  Undertaking for Costs.  All parties to this Indenture  agree,
and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's  acceptance thereof shall be deemed
to have agreed,  that any court may in its discretion require, in any Proceeding
for the  enforcement  of any right or remedy  under  this  Indenture,  or in any
Proceeding  against  the  Indenture  Trustee for any action  taken,  suffered or
omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such Proceeding of
an undertaking to pay the costs of such  Proceeding,  and that such court may in
its discretion assess reasonable costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in such  Proceeding,  having due regard to the merits
and good faith of the claims or defenses  made by such party  litigant;  but the
provisions of this Section 5.13 shall not apply to:

     (a) any Proceeding instituted by the Indenture Trustee;

     (b) any Proceeding  instituted by any Noteholder,  or group of Noteholders,
in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Notes; or

     (b) any Proceeding  instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the
payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or after the  respective  due
dates  expressed  in  such  Note  and in  this  Indenture  (or,  in the  case of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

     SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or
plead or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
stay or extension law wherever  enacted,  now or at any time hereafter in force,
that may affect the covenants or the performance of this  Indenture.  The Issuer
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby  expressly  waives all benefit
or advantage of any such law, and covenants  that it shall not hinder,  delay or
impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture  Trustee,  but
shall suffer and permit the  execution of every such power as though no such law
had been enacted.

     SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes.  The  Indenture  Trustee's  right to seek and
recover  judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture  shall not be affected by
the seeking,  obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect
to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies
of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of

                                       32
<PAGE>

any judgment by the Indenture  Trustee  against the Issuer or by the levy of any
execution  under such  judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any
of the assets of the Issuer.

     SECTION 5.16 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.

     (a) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to do so and at
the Servicer's expense,  the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
Indenture Trustee may reasonably request to compel or secure the performance and
observance by the Seller and the Servicer of their respective obligations to the
Issuer under or in connection with the Basic Documents  (other than the Excluded
Assets)  in  accordance  with the terms  thereof,  and to  exercise  any and all
rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under
or in connection with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to the extent and in the
manner reasonably directed by the Indenture Trustee,  including the transmission
of notices of default on the part of the Seller or the Servicer  thereunder  and
the institution of legal or  administrative  actions or proceedings to compel or
secure  performance  by the Seller or the Servicer of each of their  obligations
under the Basic Documents (other than with respect to the Excluded Assets).

     (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the  Indenture
Trustee may, and, at the direction  (which  direction  shall be in writing or by
telephone (confirmed in writing promptly  thereafter)) of the Holders of 66-2/3%
of the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the Notes shall, exercise all
rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Seller
or the Servicer under or in connection with the Basic Documents (other than with
respect to the Excluded Assets), including the right or power to take any action
to compel or secure  performance  or observance by the Seller or the Servicer of
each of their  obligations  to the Issuer  thereunder  and to give any  consent,
request, notice, direction,  approval,  extension or waiver thereunder,  and any
right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

     (c) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to do so and at
the Servicer's expense,  the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
Indenture Trustee may reasonably request to compel or secure the performance and
observance  by  CITSF  of each of its  obligations  to the  Seller  under  or in
connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement in  accordance  with the terms  thereof,  and to
exercise any and all rights, remedies,  powers and privileges lawfully available
to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the
Purchase  Agreement and the Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement to the extent and in
the  manner  reasonably  directed  by  the  Indenture  Trustee,   including  the
transmission of notices of default on the part of the Seller  thereunder and the
institution  of legal or  administrative  actions  or  proceedings  to compel or
secure  performance  by  CITSF  of each of its  obligations  under  the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,   the  Purchase  Agreement  and  the  Subsequent  Purchase
Agreement.

                                       33
<PAGE>

If an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the  Indenture  Trustee
may, and, at the direction  (which direction shall be in writing or by telephone
(confirmed  in writing  promptly  thereafter))  of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall, exercise all rights,
remedies,  powers, privileges and claims of the Seller against CITSF under or in
connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the
Subsequent Purchase  Agreement,  including the right or power to take any action
to  compel  or  secure  performance  or  observance  by  CITSF  of  each  of its
obligations to the Seller thereunder and to give any consent,  request,  notice,
direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Purchase Agreement and the Subsequent Purchase  Agreement,  and any right of
the Seller to take such action shall be suspended.

                                       34
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     SECTION 6.1 Duties of Indenture Trustee.

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the  Indenture
Trustee shall  exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
use the same  degree of care and  skill in their  exercise  as a prudent  person
would exercise or use under the  circumstances  ini the conduct of such person's
own affairs.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (i) the Indenture  Trustee  undertakes to perform such duties and only
     such duties as are  specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
     covenants  or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture  against the
     Indenture Trustee; and

          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part,  the  Indenture  Trustee
     may  conclusively  rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
     correctness  of  the  opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates  or
     opinions   furnished  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  conforming  to  the
     requirements  of this  Indenture;  provided,  however,  that the  Indenture
     Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or
     not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c) The Indenture  Trustee may not be relieved  from  liability for its own
negligent  action,  its  own  negligent  failure  to  act  or  its  own  willful
misconduct, except that:

          (i) this Section 6.1(c) does not limit the effect of Section 6.1(b);

          (ii) the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for any  error of
     judgment  made in good faith by a Responsible  Officer  unless it is proved
     that the  Indenture  Trustee was  negligent in  ascertaining  the pertinent
     facts; and

          (ii) the  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable with  respect to any
     action  it  takes  or omits  to take in good  faith  in  accordance  with a
     direction properly delivered to it pursuant to Section 5.11.

     (d) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable for  interest on any money
received by it except as the  Indenture  Trustee  may agree in writing  with the
Issuer.

     (e) Money held in trust by the  Indenture  Trustee  need not be  segregated
from  other  funds  except to the  extent  required  by law or the terms of this
Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

                                       35
<PAGE>

     (f) No provision of this Indenture  shall require the Indenture  Trustee to
expend or risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  financial  liability  in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or in the  exercise  of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments
of such  funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
reasonably assured to it.

     (g) Every  provision of this  Indenture  relating to the Indenture  Trustee
shall be subject to the  provisions of this Section 6.1 and to the provisions of
the TIA.

     (h) The Indenture Trustee shall take the actions required to be taken by it
set forth in Article XI of the Sale and Servicing Agreement in connection with a
sale of the Contracts.

     SECTION 6.2 Rights of Indenture Trustee.

     (a) The  Indenture  Trustee may rely on any  document  believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Indenture
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b) Before the  Indenture  Trustee  acts or refrains  from  acting,  it may
require an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee
shall not be liable  for any  action it takes or omits to take in good  faith in
reliance on the Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

     (c) The Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder
or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly  or by or through  agents or
attorneys  or a custodian or nominee,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be
responsible  for  any  misconduct  or  negligence  on the  part  of,  or for the
supervision of, any such agent,  attorney,  custodian or nominee  appointed with
due care by it hereunder.

     (d) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith which it  reasonably  believes to be  authorized  or
within its rights or powers;  provided,  however,  that the Indenture  Trustee's
conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

     (e) The  Indenture  Trustee may  consult  with  counsel,  and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters  relating to this Indenture and
the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect to any action  taken,  omitted or  suffered by it  hereunder  in good
faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

     SECTION 6.3 Indenture  Trustee May Own Notes. The Indenture  Trustee in its
individual  or any other  capacity  may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may  otherwise  deal with the Issuer,  the  Servicer or any of their  respective
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture  Trustee;

                                       36
<PAGE>

provided,  however,  that the Indenture  Trustee shall comply with Sections 6.10
and 6.11. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,  co-registrar or co-paying agent may
do the same with like rights.

     SECTION 6.4 Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer. The Indenture Trustee shall not
be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer's use of
the proceeds from the Notes,  and it shall not be responsible  for any statement
of the Issuer in the Indenture or in any document  issued in connection with the
sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Indenture Trustee's certificate
of authentication.

     SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults.  If a Default  occurs and is continuing and
if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture
Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after
it  occurs.  Except in the case of a  Default  in  payment  of  principal  of or
interest on any Note,  the  Indenture  Trustee may withhold the notice if and so
long as a committee of its  Responsible  Officers in good faith  determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

     SECTION 6.6 Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders.  The Indenture Trustee
shall  deliver to each  Noteholder  the  information  and documents set forth in
Article VII, and, in addition, all such information with respect to the Notes as
may be required  to enable  such holder to prepare its federal and state  income
tax returns.

     SECTION 6.7 Compensation; Indemnity.

     (a) The Issuer shall cause the Servicer  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  to pay  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  from  time  to  time  reasonable
compensation for its services. The Indenture Trustee's compensation shall not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer
shall  cause  the  Servicer  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  to
reimburse  the  Indenture  Trustee  for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred  or made by it,  including  costs of  collection,  in  addition  to the
compensation  for its  services.  Such  expenses  shall  include the  reasonable
compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee's
agents,  counsel,  accountants and experts.  The Issuer shall cause the Servicer
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to indemnify the Indenture Trustee
in accordance with Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (b) The Issuer's  obligations  to the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to this
Section 6.7 shall  survive the discharge of this  Indenture.  When the Indenture
Trustee incurs  expenses after the occurrence of a Default  specified in Section
5.1(d)  or (e)  with  respect  to the  Issuer,  the  expenses  are  intended  to
constitute  expenses of administration  under Title 11 of the United States Code
or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

                                       37
<PAGE>

     SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Indenture Trustee.

     (a) The  Indenture  Trustee  may  resign  at any time by so  notifying  the
Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of
the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying the Indenture Trustee
and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. Such resignation or removal shall
become effective in accordance with Section 6.8(c).  The Issuer shall remove the
Indenture Trustee if:

          (i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

          (ii) the Indenture Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent;

          (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Indenture
     Trustee or its property; or

          (iv) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

     (b) If the Indenture  Trustee  resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists
in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such
event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture  Trustee),  the Holders
of a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes may appoint
a successor  Indenture  Trustee,  but until a successor  Indenture Trustee shall
have been so appointed by the Holders of the Notes,  the Issuer shall  appoint a
successor  Indenture Trustee,  and until the Issuer has appointed such successor
the resignation of the Indenture Trustee shall not become  effective.  After any
such appointment  other than by the holders of the Notes, the person making such
appointment  shall forthwith cause notice thereof to be mailed to the holders of
the Notes at their  addresses  as the same then  appear in the  register  of the
Issuer;  but any successor  Trustee so appointed shall,  immediately and without
further act, be  superseded by a successor  Trustee  appointed by the holders of
the Notes in the manner above  prescribed,  if such appointment be made prior to
the  expiration  of one year from the date of the  mailing of such notice by the
Issuer, or by such receivers,  trustees,  custodians,  or assignees.  A retiring
Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of a successor
Indenture  Trustee  occurring  after the  retirement  of such retired  Indenture
Trustee,  which retirement was effected pursuant to the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Indenture.

     (c) A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring  Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective,
and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties
of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor  Indenture Trustee
shall mail a notice of its  succession to  Noteholders.  The retiring  Indenture
Trustee shall promptly  transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to
the successor Indenture Trustee.

                                       38
<PAGE>

     (d) If a successor  Indenture  Trustee does not take office  within 60 days
after the  retiring  Indenture  Trustee  resigns  or is  removed,  the  retiring
Trustee,  the Issuer or the Holders of a majority of the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

     (e) If the  Indenture  Trustee  fails to  comply  with  Section  6.11,  any
Noteholder may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the removal of
the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

     (f)  Notwithstanding  the replacement of the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to
this Section 6.8, the Issuer's  obligations under Section 6.7 and the Servicer's
corresponding  obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall continue
for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee.

     SECTION 6.9 Merger or Consolidation of Indenture Trustee.

     (a) Any corporation into which the Indenture  Trustee may be merged or with
which it may be  consolidated,  or any corporation  resulting from any merger or
consolidation  to  which  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  be  a  party,  or  any
corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Indenture Trustee,
shall be the successor of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture;  provided,
however, that such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of Section
6.11,  without the  execution or filing of any  instrument or any further act on
the part of any of the parties to this Indenture,  anything in this Indenture to
the contrary notwithstanding.

     (b) If at the time such successor or successors by merger or  consolidation
to the Indenture  Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture,
any of the Notes  shall  have been  authenticated  but not  delivered,  any such
successor to the Indenture  Trustee may adopt the certificate of  authentication
of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case
at that time any of the Notes shall not have been  authenticated,  any successor
to the Indenture  Trustee may authenticate  such Notes either in the name of any
predecessor  hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee.
In all such cases such  certificate of  authentication  shall have the same full
force as is  provided  anywhere  in the  Notes or  herein  with  respect  to the
certificate of authentication of the Indenture Trustee.

     SECTION 6.10  Appointment  of  Co-Indenture  Trustee or Separate  Indenture
Trustee.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Indenture,  at any time,
for the purpose of meeting any legal  requirement of any  jurisdiction  in which
any part of the Trust or any  Financed  Vehicle may at the time be located,  the
Indenture  Trustee  shall  have  the  power  and may  execute  and  deliver  all
instruments  to  appoint  one  or  more  Persons  to  act  as  a  co-trustee  or
co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the
Trust,  and to vest in such  Person or  Persons,  in such  capacity  and for the
benefit of the  Noteholders,  such title to the Trust, or any part hereof,  and,
subject to the other  provisions  of this Section  6.10,  such  powers,  duties,

                                       39
<PAGE>

obligations,  rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider  necessary
or desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee  hereunder shall be required to
meet the terms of eligibility  as a successor  trustee under Section 6.11 and no
notice to Noteholders of the  appointment of any co-trustee or separate  trustee
shall be required  under  Section 6.8.  

     (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

          (i) all rights,  powers,  duties and obligations  conferred or imposed
     upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised
     or  performed  by the  Indenture  Trustee  and  such  separate  trustee  or
     co-trustee  jointly  (it being  understood  that such  separate  trustee or
     co-trustee  is not  authorized  to act  separately  without  the  Indenture
     Trustee  joining in such act),  except to the extent  that under any law of
     any  jurisdiction  in which any  particular act or acts are to be performed
     the Indenture  Trustee shall be  incompetent or unqualified to perform such
     act or acts,  in which event such rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations
     (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion  thereof in any
     such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate
     trustee  or  co-trustee,  but  solely  at the  direction  of the  Indenture
     Trustee;

          (ii) no trustee  hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any
     act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

          (iii) the Indenture  Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of
     or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

     (c) Any notice,  request or other writing  given to the  Indenture  Trustee
shall be deemed to have been  given to each of the then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if  given to each of  them.  Every  instrument
appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and
the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon
its  acceptance  of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested  with the estates or
property  specified in its  instrument of  appointment,  either jointly with the
Indenture Trustee or separately,  as may be provided therein, subject to all the
provisions of this  Indenture,  specifically  including  every provision of this
Indenture  relating to the conduct of,  affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, the Indenture Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with
the Indenture Trustee.

     (d) Any  separate  trustee or  co-trustee  may at any time  constitute  the
Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,
to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of
this  Indenture  on its  behalf  and in its name.  If any  separate  trustee  or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,  resign or be removed,  all of
its  estates,  properties,  rights,  remedies  and  trusts  shall vest in and be
exercised by the Indenture Trustee,  to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor trustee.

                                       40
<PAGE>

     SECTION 6.11 Eligibility;  Disqualification. The Indenture Trustee shall at
all times satisfy the  requirements  of TIA ss.  310(a).  The Indenture  Trustee
shall have a combined  capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000 as set forth
in its most recent published annual report of condition and it shall have a long
term  unsecured  debt  rating of Baa3 or better by Moody's  and BBB or better by
Standard & Poor's.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  comply with TIA ss.  310(b);
provided,  however,  that there shall be excluded  from the operation of TIA ss.
310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer
are  outstanding  if the  requirements  for such  exclusion set forth in TIA ss.
310(b)(1) are met.

     SECTION  6.12  Preferential   Collection  of  Claims  Against  Issuer.  The
Indenture  Trustee  shall  comply with TIA ss.  311(a),  excluding  any creditor
relationship  listed in TIA ss.  311(b).  A  trustee  who has  resigned  or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

     SECTION 6.13  Representations  and  Warranties  of Indenture  Trustee.  The
Indenture Trustee represents and warrants as of the Closing Date that:

     (a)  the  Indenture  Trustee  is  an  Illinois  banking   corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Illinois;

     (b) the  Indenture  Trustee  has full power,  authority  and legal right to
execute,  deliver and perform this Indenture, and has taken all necessary action
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Indenture;

     (c) the execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Indenture  Trustee of
this  Indenture  (i) shall not violate any  provision of any  applicable  law or
regulation  governing the banking and trust powers of the  Indenture  Trustee or
any order, writ,  judgment or decree of any court,  arbitrator,  or governmental
authority  applicable to the Indenture Trustee or any of its assets,  (ii) shall
not violate any provision of the  corporate  charter or by-laws of the Indenture
Trustee,  or (iii) shall not violate any  provision of, or  constitute,  with or
without notice or lapse of time, a default  under,  or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien on any  properties  included in the Trust pursuant to the
provisions of any mortgage, indenture,  contract, agreement or other undertaking
to which it is a party,  which  violation,  default or Lien could  reasonably be
expected  to  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  Indenture  Trustee's
performance  or ability to perform  its duties  under this  Indenture  or on the
transactions contemplated in this Indenture;

     (d) the execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Indenture  Trustee of
this Indenture shall not require the authorization,  consent or approval of, the
giving of notice to, the filing or registration with, or the taking of any other
action in respect  of,  any  governmental  authority  or agency  regulating  the
banking and corporate trust activities of the Indenture Trustee; and

                                       41
<PAGE>

     (e) this  Indenture  has been duly  executed and delivered by the Indenture
Trustee and constitutes the legal,  valid and binding agreement of the Indenture
Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     SECTION 6.14 Indenture  Trustee May Enforce  Claims  Without  Possession of
Notes.  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be
prosecuted and enforced by the Indenture  Trustee  without the possession of any
of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding  relating thereto,  and
any such proceeding  instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its
own name as Indenture  Trustee.  Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision
for the payment of the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and
advances of the Indenture  Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  be for the ratable
benefit of the Noteholders in respect of which such judgment has been obtained.

     SECTION 6.15 Suit for  Enforcement.  If an Event of Default shall occur and
be continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee,  in its discretion  may,  subject to the
provisions  of Section  6.1,  proceed to protect  and enforce its rights and the
rights of the  Noteholders  under this  Indenture by Proceeding  whether for the
specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or
in aid of the  execution  of any  power  granted  in this  Indenture  or for the
enforcement  of any other  legal,  equitable  or other  remedy as the  Indenture
Trustee,  being  advised by counsel,  shall deem most  effectual  to protect and
enforce any of the rights of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders.

     SECTION 6.16 Rights of Noteholders to Direct Indenture Trustee.  Holders of
Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any Proceeding for any remedy  available to the Indenture  Trustee or
exercising  any trust or power  conferred on the  Indenture  Trustee;  provided,
however, that subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee shall have the right
to decline to follow any such  direction if the Indenture  Trustee being advised
by counsel  determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or
if the  Indenture  Trustee  in  good  faith  shall,  by a  Responsible  Officer,
determine  that the  proceedings  so directed  would be illegal or subject it to
personal  liability or be unduly  prejudicial to the rights of  Noteholders  not
parties to such direction; and provided, further, that nothing in this Indenture
shall impair the right of the Indenture Trustee to take any action deemed proper
by the Indenture  Trustee and which is not  inconsistent  with such direction by
the Noteholders.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

     SECTION 7.1 Issuer To Furnish  Indenture  Trustee  Names and  Addresses  of
Noteholders.  The Issuer shall  furnish or cause to be furnished by the Servicer
to the  Indenture  Trustee (a) not more than five days before each  Distribution
Date, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably  require,  of
the names and  addresses  of the Holders of Notes as of the close of business on

                                       42
<PAGE>

the  Record  Date,  and (b) at such other  times as the  Indenture  Trustee  may
request  in  writing,  within 14 days  after  receipt  by the Issuer of any such
request,  a list of similar  form and content as of a date not more than 10 days
prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the
Indenture  Trustee is the Note  Registrar,  no such list shall be required to be
furnished.

     SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information, Communications to Noteholders.

     (a) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  preserve,  in as  current  a form as is
reasonably  practicable,  the  names  and  addresses  of the  Holders  of  Notes
contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided
in Section 7.1 and the names and  addresses of Holders of Notes  received by the
Indenture  Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.  The Indenture Trustee may
destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.1 upon receipt of
a new list so furnished.

     (b)  Noteholders  may  communicate  pursuant  to TIA ss.  312(b) with other
Noteholders  with  respect to their  rights  under this  Indenture  or under the
Notes.

     (c) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the
protection of TIA ss. 312(c).


     SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer.

     (a) The Issuer shall:

          (i) file with the Indenture  Trustee,  within 15 days after the Issuer
     is  required  to file the same with the  Commission,  copies of the  annual
     reports and of the  information,  documents and other reports (or copies of
     such  portions of any of the foregoing as the  Commission  may from time to
     time by rules and regulations  prescribe)  which the Issuer may be required
     to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
     Act;

          (ii) file with the Indenture  Trustee and the Commission in accordance
     with rules and  regulations  prescribed from time to time by the Commission
     such  additional  information,   documents  and  reports  with  respect  to
     compliance  by the  Issuer  with  the  conditions  and  covenants  of  this
     Indenture  as may  be  required  from  time  to  time  by  such  rules  and
     regulations; and

          (iii) supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture Trustee shall
     transmit  by mail to all  Noteholders  described  in TIA ss.  313(c))  such
     summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by
     the Issuer  pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section  7.3(a) as may

                                       43
<PAGE>

     be required by rules and  regulations  prescribed  from time to time by the
     Commission.

     (b) Unless the Issuer otherwise  determines,  the fiscal year of the Issuer
shall end on December 31 of such year.


     SECTION 7.4 Reports by Trustee.

     (a) If  required  by TIA ss.  313(a),  within  60 days  after  each June 1,
beginning with June 1, 1996, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder
as required by TIA ss. 313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies
with TIA ss.  313(a).  The  Indenture  Trustee  also shall  comply  with TIA ss.
313(b). A copy of any report delivered pursuant to this Section 7.4(a) shall, at
the time of its mailing to Noteholders,  be filed by the Indenture  Trustee with
the Commission and each stock  exchange,  if any, on which the Notes are listed.
The Issuer shall notify the  Indenture  Trustee if and when the Notes are listed
on any stock exchange.

     (b) On each  Distribution  Date,  the Indenture  Trustee shall include with
each  payment to each  Noteholder  a copy of the  statement  for the related Due
Period applicable to such Distribution Date as required pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

     SECTION 8.1  Collection of Money.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein,  the  Indenture  Trustee may demand  payment or  delivery  of, and shall
receive and collect,  directly and without  intervention  or  assistance  of any
fiscal agent or other  intermediary,  all money and other property payable to or
receivable by the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to this Indenture.  The Indenture
Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture,  if any default occurs
in the making of any payment or  performance  under any  agreement or instrument
that is part of the Trust Estate,  the Indenture Trustee may take such action as
may be  appropriate  to enforce  such  payment  or  performance,  including  the
institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be
without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

     SECTION 8.2 Designated Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account; Payments.

     (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the Servicer to
establish and maintain,  in the name of the Indenture  Trustee or Owner Trustee,
as  appropriate,  for the benefit of the  Noteholders or the  Certificateholders
(and, in the case of the Cash Collateral Account, the Cash Collateral Depositor)

                                       44
<PAGE>

as  appropriate,  the  accounts  as  provided  in  Section  5.01 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

     (b) On or before each Distribution  Date, all amounts of monies relating to
the  preceding  Due Period  will be  deposited  into the  Collection  Account as
provided in Section 5.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  On or before each
Distribution  Date, the amount which is due to the  Noteholders  with respect to
the preceding Due Period will be transferred from the Collection  Account to the
Note Distribution  Account as provided in Section 5.05 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     (c) On each  Distribution  Date and Redemption Date, the Indenture  Trustee
shall  distribute  all  amounts on deposit in the Note  Distribution  Account to
Noteholders  in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts  due and unpaid on
the Notes for principal and interest. To the extent that the funds available for
distribution  in the Note  Distribution  Account are not  sufficient  to pay all
amounts of accrued and unpaid principal and interest on the Notes,  such amounts
will be  distributed  first  in  respect  of  interest  and then in  respect  of
principal.

     SECTION 8.3 General Provisions Regarding Accounts.

     (a) So long as no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
continuing,  all or a portion of the funds in the  Designated  Accounts  and the
Cash Collateral  Account shall be invested in Eligible  Investments  and, in the
case in the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account,  reinvested by
the  Indenture  Trustee upon Issuer  Order,  and in the case of the  Certificate
Distribution  Account and the Cash Collateral  Account,  reinvested by the Owner
Trustee (or its designated  agent) subject to the provisions of Section  5.01(c)
of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  The Issuer shall not direct the Indenture
Trustee to make any  investment of any funds or to sell any  investment  held in
any of the  Collection  Account  and the Note  Distribution  Account  unless the
security  interest granted and perfected in such account (to the extent provided
in the Basic Documents) shall continue to be perfected in such investment or the
proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further  action by any Person,
and, in connection with any direction to the Indenture  Trustee to make any such
investment  or sale,  if requested by the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer shall
deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee an Opinion  of  Counsel,  acceptable  to the
Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

     (b) Subject to Section 6.1(c),  the Indenture  Trustee shall not in any way
be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Designated  Accounts
or the  Cash  Collateral  Account  resulting  from  any  loss  on  any  Eligible
Investment  included  therein  except for losses  attributable  to the Indenture
Trustee's  failure to make payments on such Eligible  Investments  issued by the
Indenture  Trustee,  in its commercial  capacity as principal obligor and not as
trustee, in accordance with their terms.

     (c) If (i) the Servicer shall have failed to give investment directions for
any funds on deposit in the  Designated  Accounts  to the  Indenture  Trustee by
11:00  a.m.,  New York  City  Time (or such  other  time as may be agreed by the
Servicer and the  Indenture  Trustee) on any Business  Day; or (ii) a Default or

                                       45
<PAGE>

Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes
but the Notes shall not have been  declared due and payable  pursuant to Section
5.2,  or, if such Notes shall have been  declared  due and payable  following an
Event of Default,  amounts  collected  or  receivable  from the Trust Estate are
being  applied in  accordance  with  Section 5.5 as if there had not been such a
declaration;   then  the  Indenture   Trustee  shall,   to  the  fullest  extent
practicable,  invest and reinvest  funds in such  Designated  Accounts in one or
more Eligible Investments  selected by the Indenture Trustee;  provided that the
Indenture  Trustee will not be liable for the performance of such investments so
long  as  it  invests  the  funds  in  such  Designated   Accounts  in  Eligible
Investments.

     SECTION 8.4 Release of Trust Estate.

     (a)  Subject to the  payment of its fees and  expenses  pursuant to Section
6.7, the  Indenture  Trustee may, and when  required by the  provisions  of this
Indenture shall,  execute  instruments to release property from the Lien of this
Indenture,  or convey the Indenture  Trustee's interest in the same, in a manner
and  under  circumstances  that  are  consistent  with  the  provisions  of this
Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee
as provided  in this  Article  VIII shall be bound to  ascertain  the  Indenture
Trustee's  authority,  inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent
or see to the application of any monies.

     (b) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  at such  time as  there  are no  Notes
outstanding  and all sums due to the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to Section 6.7
have been paid,  release any remaining  portion of the Trust Estate that secured
the Notes from the Lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other
Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Designated Accounts (to
the extent such funds were subject to the Lien of this Indenture). The Indenture
Trustee shall release property from the Lien of this Indenture  pursuant to this
Section  8.4(b)  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request  accompanied  by an
Officer's  Certificate,  an  Opinion  of Counsel  and (if  required  by the TIA)
Independent  Certificates  in  accordance  with TIA ss.ss.  314(c) and 314(d)(1)
meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

     SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  receive at
least  seven  days'  notice  when  requested  by the  Issuer to take any  action
pursuant to Section 8.4(a),  accompanied by copies of any instruments  involved,
and the Indenture  Trustee shall also require as a condition to such action,  an
Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee,
stating the legal effect of any such  action,  outlining  the steps  required to
complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of
such action have been  complied  with and such action shall not  materially  and
adversely  impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in
contravention of the provisions of this Indenture;  provided, however, that such
Opinion of Counsel  shall not be  required  to express an opinion as to the fair
value of the Trust Estate.  Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without
independent  investigation,  on the accuracy and validity of any  certificate or
other instrument  delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such
action.

                                       46
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

     (a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with prior  written
notice to the Rating Agencies and, in the case of clause (viii), satisfaction of
the  Rating  Agency  Condition,  the  Issuer  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  when
authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into
one  or  more  indentures  supplemental  hereto  (which  shall  conform  to  the
provisions  of the Trust  Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution
thereof),  in  form  satisfactory  to  the  Indenture  Trustee,  for  any of the
following purposes:

          (i) to correct or amplify the  description  of the  Collateral  or add
     additional collateral;

          (ii) to  provide  for the  assumption  of the Note  and the  Indenture
     obligations by a permitted successor to the Trust;

          (iii) to add  additional  covenants  for the  benefit  of the  related
     Noteholders, or to surrender any rights or power conferred upon the Trust;

          (iv) to convey, transfer, assign mortgage or pledge any property to or
     with the Indenture Trustee;

          (v) to cure any  ambiguity or correct or  supplement  any provision in
     the Indenture or any supplemental  indenture which may be inconsistent with
     any other provision of the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture;

          (vi) to provide for the  acceptance of the  appointment of a successor
     Indenture  Trustee  or to  add or  change  any  of  the  provisions  of the
     Indenture  as  shall  be  necessary  and   permitted  to   facilitate   the
     administration by more than one trustee;

          (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to the  provisions of the Indenture
     in order to comply with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; or

          (viii) to add any provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate any
     of the  provisions  of, the Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of
     Noteholders  under such  Indenture;  provided that any action  specified in
     this  clause  (viii)  shall not,  as  evidenced  by an opinion of  counsel,
     adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of any  Noteholder
     unless Noteholder consent is otherwise obtained as described herein.

     (b) The Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee,  when  authorized  by an Issuer
Order,  may, also without the consent of any of the  Noteholders  but with prior
notice to the Rating Agencies,  at any time and from time to time enter into one

                                       47
<PAGE>

or more indentures  supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions
to,  changing in any  manner,  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of, this
Indenture or modifying  in any manner the rights of the  Noteholders  under this
Indenture;  provided,  however,  that such action  shall not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel,  adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of
any Noteholder.


     SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders.

     (a) The Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee,  when  authorized  by an Issuer
Order,  also may, with prior notice to the Rating  Agencies and with the consent
of the  Holders  of  not  less  than a  majority  of the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount of the Notes,  by Act (as defined in Section  11.3  hereof) of
such Holders  delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  enter into an
indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto  for the  purpose  of adding any
provisions to, changing in any manner,  or eliminating any of the provisions of,
this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders under
this Indenture;  provided,  however, that no such supplemental  indenture shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

          (i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest
     on any Note or reduce the  principal  amount  thereof,  the  interest  rate
     specified  thereon or the redemption  price with respect  thereto or change
     any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any Note or any
     interest thereon is payable;

          (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of certain
     provisions of the Indenture regarding payment;

          (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate  principal  amount of the
     outstanding  Notes the consent of the holders of which is required  for any
     such  supplemental  indenture  or the  consent  of the  holders of which is
     required  for any  waiver of  compliance  with  certain  provisions  of the
     Indenture  or of certain  defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as
     provided for in the Indenture;

          (iv) modify or alter the  provisions  of the  Indenture  regarding the
     voting of Notes held by the  Trust,  any other  obligor  on the Notes,  the
     Seller or an Affiliate of any of them;

          (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate  outstanding  amount of the
     Notes the  consent  of the  holders  of which is  required  to  direct  the
     Indenture  Trustee to sell or  liquidate  the  Contracts if the proceeds of
     such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but
     unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes;

                                       48
<PAGE>

          (vi) decrease the percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of the
     Notes  required to amend the sections of the  Indenture  which  specify the
     applicable  percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes necessary
     to amend the Indenture or certain other related agreements; or

          (vii) permit the creation of any Lien ranking  prior to or on a parity
     with the Lien of the Indenture  with respect to any of the  collateral  for
     the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the
     Indenture,  terminate the Lien of the  Indenture on any such  collateral or
     deprive the Holder of any Note of the security  afforded by the Lien of the
     Indenture.

     (b) The Indenture  Trustee may in its discretion  determine  whether or not
any Notes would be affected (such that the consent of each would be required) by
any supplemental  indenture  proposed  pursuant to this Section 9.2 and any such
determination  shall  be  conclusive  upon the  Holders  of all  Notes,  whether
authenticated and delivered  thereunder before or after the date upon which such
supplemental  indenture  becomes  effective.  The Indenture Trustee shall not be
liable for any such determination made in good faith.

     (c) It shall be sufficient if an Act of Noteholders approves the substance,
but not the form, of any proposed supplemental indenture.

     (d) Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee of
any supplemental  indenture  pursuant to this Section 9.2, the Indenture Trustee
shall mail to the Noteholders to which such amendment or supplemental  indenture
relates  a  notice  setting  forth  in  general  terms  the  substance  of  such
supplemental  indenture.  Any  failure  of the  Indenture  Trustee  to mail such
notice, or any defect therein,  shall not, however,  in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

     SECTION  9.3  Execution  of  Supplemental  Indentures.   In  executing,  or
permitting  the  additional  trusts  created  by,  any  supplemental   indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications  thereby of the trusts created
by this  Indenture,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be entitled to receive,  and
subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2,  shall be fully  protected in relying  upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the
Indenture  Trustee's own rights,  duties,  liabilities or immunities  under this
Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 9.4 Effect of  Supplemental  Indenture.  Upon the  execution of any
supplemental  indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof,  this Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations,  duties,  liabilities  and  immunities  under this Indenture of the
Indenture   Trustee,   the  Issuer  and  the  Noteholders  shall  thereafter  be
determined,  exercised  and enforced  hereunder  subject in all respects to such

                                       49
<PAGE>

modifications  and  amendments,  and all the  terms and  conditions  of any such
supplemental  indenture  shall  be and be  deemed  to be part of the  terms  and
conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

     SECTION 9.5 Conformity  with Trust  Indenture Act. Every  amendment of this
Indenture and every supplemental  indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX
shall conform to the  requirements  of the TIA as then in effect so long as this
Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.

     SECTION  9.6  Reference  in  Notes  to   Supplemental   Indentures.   Notes
authenticated  and delivered after the execution of any  supplemental  indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall,
bear a  notation  in form  approved  by the  Indenture  Trustee as to any matter
provided  for in such  supplemental  indenture.  If the Issuer or the  Indenture
Trustee shall so determine,  new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion
of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental  indenture may
be prepared and executed by the Issuer and  authenticated  and  delivered by the
Indenture Trustee in exchange for outstanding Notes of the same class.


                                    ARTICLE X
                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     SECTION 10.1 Redemption.

     (a) The  Notes are  subject  to  redemption  upon (i) the  exercise  by the
Servicer of its option to purchase the  Contracts  pursuant to Section  11.01 of
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  (ii) the  mandatory  sale of the  Contracts
pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  or (iii) at the
end of  the  Funding  Period  to the  extent  funds  remain  on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding  Account  pursuant to Section  5.01(b)(iv) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.  Such redemption shall occur on any  Distribution  Date. The purchase
price for the Notes  shall be equal to the  applicable  redemption  price as set
forth in such  Sections  (the  "Redemption  Price"),  provided  the  Issuer  has
available  funds  sufficient  to pay such amount.  The Issuer shall  furnish the
Rating  Agencies  notice of such  redemption.  If the  Notes are to be  redeemed
pursuant to Section  10.1(a)(i) or 10.1(a)(ii),  the Issuer shall furnish notice
thereof to the Indenture  Trustee not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption
Date and the Issuer shall  deposit  into the Note  Distribution  Account,  on or
before the Redemption  Date, the aggregate  Redemption  Price of the Notes to be
redeemed,  whereupon  all such Notes shall be due and payable on the  Redemption
Date.  The  Servicer  shall give the  Indenture  Trustee  written  notice on the
Determination  Date  prior to the  Distribution  Date on which  funds  are to be
released from the  Pre-Funding  Account  pursuant to Section  5.01(b)(iv) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to redemption of the Notes pursuant to
Section 10.1(a)(iii).

     (b) If the  assets of the Trust are sold  pursuant  to  Section  7.2 of the
Trust Agreement, all amounts deposited in the Note Distribution Account pursuant

                                       50
<PAGE>

to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement as a result  thereof  shall be paid to the
Noteholders.  If amounts are to be paid to Noteholders  pursuant to this Section
10.1(b),  the Servicer or the Issuer shall, to the extent  practicable,  furnish
notice of such event to the  Indenture  Trustee  not later than 25 days prior to
the  Redemption  Date  whereupon  all  such  amounts  shall  be  payable  on the
Redemption Date.


     SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice.

     (a) Notice of redemption of the Notes under Section  10.1(a) shall be given
by the Indenture Trustee by first class mail,  postage prepaid,  mailed not less
than five days in the case of Section  10(a)(i) and (ii) and not less than three
Business  Days in the  case  of  Section  10(a)(iii),  prior  to the  applicable
Redemption  Date to each  Noteholder  of Notes of  record  at such  Noteholder's
address appearing in the Note Register.

     (b) All notices of redemption shall state:

          (i) the Redemption Date;

          (ii) the applicable Redemption Price; and

          (iii) the place where Notes are to be  surrendered  for payment of the
     Redemption Price (which shall be the Agency Office of the Indenture Trustee
     to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2).

     (c)  Notice  of  redemption  of the Notes  shall be given by the  Indenture
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.  Failure to give notice of
redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or
affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

     (d) Prior notice of redemption  under Section 10.1(b) is not required to be
given to Noteholders.

     SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date.

     The Notes subject to redemption  shall,  following  notice of redemption as
required  by  Section  10.2  (in the  case of  redemption  pursuant  to  Section
10.1(a)),  on the Redemption  Date cease to be outstanding  for purposes of this
Indenture  and  shall  thereafter  represent  only  the  right  to  receive  the
applicable  Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment
of such Redemption  Price) no interest shall accrue on such Redemption Price for
any period after the date to which accrued  interest is calculated  for purposes
of calculating such Redemption Price.

                                       51
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

     (a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture  Trustee
to take any action  under any  provision  of this  Indenture,  the Issuer  shall
furnish to the Indenture Trustee: (i) an Officer's  Certificate stating that all
conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this Indenture  relating to the
proposed  action  have been  complied  with,  (ii) (if  required  by the TIA) an
Opinion  of  Counsel  stating  that in the  opinion  of such  counsel  all  such
conditions precedent,  if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by
the TIA) an Independent  Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants
meeting the applicable  requirements  of this Section 11.1,  except that, in the
case of any such  application  or  request  as to which the  furnishing  of such
documents  is  specifically  required by any  provision  of this  Indenture,  no
additional  certificate  or opinion  need be  furnished.  Every  certificate  or
opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant  provided for in
this Indenture shall include:

          (i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has
     read  or  has  caused  to be  read  such  covenant  or  condition  and  the
     definitions herein relating thereto;

          (ii) a brief  statement as to the nature and scope of the  examination
     or  investigation  upon which the statements or opinions  contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (iii) a statement that, in the judgment of each such  signatory,  such
     signatory has made such  examination  or  investigation  as is necessary to
     enable such  signatory to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not
     such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

          (iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory,
     such condition or covenant has been complied with

     (b) (i) Prior to the deposit with the Indenture  Trustee of any  Collateral
or other property or securities  that is to be made the basis for the release of
any property or  securities  subject to the Lien of this  Indenture,  the Issuer
shall, in addition to any obligation  imposed in Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in
this  Indenture,  furnish  to the  Indenture  Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate
certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such  certificate as to
the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the  Collateral
or other property or securities to be so deposited.

          (ii)  Whenever  the Issuer is  required  to  furnish to the  Indenture
     Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  certifying or stating the opinion of any
     signer  thereof as to the matters  described in clause  (b)(i)  above,  the
     Issuer  shall  also  deliver  to  the  Indenture   Trustee  an  Independent

                                       52
<PAGE>

     Certificate as to the same matters,  if the fair value to the Issuer of the
     securities  to be so deposited  and of all other such  securities  made the
     basis of any such withdrawal or release since the  commencement of the then
     current  fiscal  year  of the  Issuer,  as set  forth  in the  certificates
     delivered  pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (b)(ii),  is 10% or
     more of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, but such a
     certificate  need  not be  furnished  with  respect  to any  securities  so
     deposited,  if the fair  value  thereof  to the  Issuer as set forth in the
     related Officers' Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent
     of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

          (iii)  Other  than with  respect  to the  release  of any  Repurchased
     Contracts or  Liquidated  Contracts or  disbursement  from the  Pre-Funding
     Account,  whenever any property or  securities  are to be released from the
     lien of this  Indenture,  the Issuer  shall also  furnish to the  Indenture
     Trustee an Officer's Certificate  certifying or stating the opinion of each
     Person  signing such  certificate  as to the fair value  (within 90 days of
     such  release) of the  property or  securities  proposed to be released and
     stating  that in the opinion of such person the  proposed  release will not
     impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions
     hereof.

          (iv)  Whenever  the Issuer is  required  to  furnish to the  Indenture
     Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the opinion of any
     signatory thereof as to the matters described in clause (b)(iii) above, the
     Issuer  shall  also  furnish  to  the  Indenture   Trustee  an  Independent
     Certificate  as to the same  matters if the fair value of the  property  or
     securities and of all other property,  other than Repurchased  Contracts or
     Liquidated  Contracts or  disbursement  from the  Pre-Funding  Account,  or
     securities  released from the lien of this Indenture since the commencement
     of the  then  current  calendar  year,  as set  forth  in the  certificates
     required by clause  (b)(iii) above and this clause  (b)(iv),  equals 10% or
     more of the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the Notes, but such
     certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or
     securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related  Officer's
     Certificate  is less  than  $25,000  or less than one  percent  of the then
     aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

          (v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provision of this Section
     11.1, the Issuer may (A) collect,  liquidate,  sell or otherwise dispose of
     Contracts,  Financed  Vehicles and the Excluded Assets as and to the extent
     expressly  permitted  or  required  by the Basic  Documents,  (B) make cash
     payments out of the Designated  Accounts,  the Cash Collateral  Account and
     the other  Excluded  Assets as and to the  extent  expressly  permitted  or
     required  by the  Basic  Documents  and  (C)  take  any  other  action  not
     inconsistent with the TIA.

     SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee.

     (a) In any case where  several  matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not  necessary  that all
such  matters  be  certified  by, or covered by the  opinion  of,  only one such
Person,  or that they be so certified or covered by only one  document,  but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion  with respect to some matters and one

                                       53
<PAGE>

or more other such Persons as to other matters,  and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

     (b) Any  certificate or opinion of an Authorized  Officer of the Issuer may
be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters,  upon a certificate or opinion
of, or  representations  by,  counsel,  unless  such  officer  knows,  or in the
exercise of  reasonable  care should know,  that the  certificate  or opinion or
representations  with  respect  to the  matters  upon which his  certificate  or
opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or
Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters,  upon
a certificate  or opinion of, or  representations  by, an officer or officers of
the  Servicer,  the Seller or the  Issuer,  stating  that the  information  with
respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller
or the Issuer,  unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care
should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations  with respect to
such matters are erroneous.

     (c) Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

     (d) Whenever in this  Indenture,  in  connection  with any  application  or
certificate or report to the Indenture  Trustee,  it is provided that the Issuer
shall  deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such  application,
or as evidence of the Issuer's  compliance with any term hereof,  it is intended
that the truth and accuracy,  at the time of the granting of such application or
at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and  opinions  stated in such  document  shall in such case be  conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application  granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however,  be
construed  to affect the  Indenture  Trustee's  right to rely upon the truth and
accuracy of any statement or opinion  contained in any such document as provided
in Article VI.


     SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders.

     (a) Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action  provided by this  Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders
or a class  of  Noteholders  may be  embodied  in and  evidenced  by one or more
instruments of substantially  similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person
or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly
provided such action shall become  effective when such instrument or instruments
are  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  and,  where it is hereby  expressly
required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied
therein and evidenced  thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of
the Noteholders  signing such  instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of
any  such  instrument  or of a  writing  appointing  any  such  agent  shall  be
sufficient  for any  purpose of this  Indenture  and  (subject  to Section  6.1)

                                       54
<PAGE>

conclusive  in favor of the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Issuer,  if made in the
manner provided in this Section 11.3.

     (b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument
or  writing  may be  proved  in any  manner  that the  Indenture  Trustee  deems
sufficient.

     (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

     (d) Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other  action by the Holder of any Notes  shall bind the Holder of every Note
issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof,
in respect of anything  done,  omitted or  suffered to be done by the  Indenture
Trustee or the Issuer in  reliance  thereon,  whether  or not  notation  of such
action is made upon such Note.

     SECTION  11.4  Notices,  etc.,  to  Indenture  Trustee,  Issuer  and Rating
Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture
to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

          (a) the Indenture  Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be
     sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made,  given,  furnished or filed
     in writing to or with the Indenture  Trustee at its Corporate  Trust Office
     and,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  this  Indenture,  may  be  sent  by
     electronic facsimile transmission (with hard copy to follow via first class
     mail), mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested,  or delivered by
     hand; or

          (b) the Issuer by the Indenture  Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be
     sufficient  for every  purpose  hereunder  if in writing and either sent by
     electronic facsimile transmission (with hard copy to follow via first class
     mail) or mailed,  by certified mail, return receipt requested to the Issuer
     and the Owner  Trustee,  care of the Owner Trustee at its  Corporate  Trust
     Office or at any other  address  previously  furnished  in  writing  to the
     Indenture Trustee by the Issuer.

          The Issuer shall promptly  transmit any notice received by it from the
     Noteholders  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
     likewise  promptly  transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders
     to the  Issuer,  with a copy to the Owner  Trustee at its  Corporate  Trust
     Office and a copy to  ______________________________ at __________________,
     ________, ________, _____, Attention: _____________.

          (c) Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer,
     the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing,  personally
     delivered,  sent by electronic  facsimile  transmission  (with hard copy to
     follow via first class mail) or mailed by certified  mail,  return  receipt
     requested to: (i) in the case of Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc., at the
     following  address:   Moody's  Investors  Service,   Inc.,  ABS  Monitoring
     Department,  99 Church Street,  New York,  New York 10007;  and (ii) in the
     case of Standard & Poor's Corporation, at the following address: Standard &
     Poor's  Corporation,  26 Broadway  (20th Floor),  New York, New York 10004,

                                       55
<PAGE>

     Attn: Asset Backed Surveillance  Department or as to each of the foregoing,
     at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other
     parties.

     SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.

     (a) Where this  Indenture  provides for notice to Noteholders of any event,
such notice shall be  sufficiently  given  (unless  otherwise  herein  expressly
provided) if it is in writing and mailed,  first-class,  postage prepaid to each
Noteholder affected by such event, at such Person's address as it appears on the
Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest
date,  prescribed  for the giving of such notice.  If notice to  Noteholders  is
given by mail,  neither  the  failure to mail such  notice nor any defect in any
notice so mailed to any particular  Noteholder  shall affect the  sufficiency of
such notice with respect to other Noteholders,  and any notice that is mailed in
the manner  herein  provided  shall  conclusively  be presumed to have been duly
given regardless of whether such notice is in fact actually received.

     (b) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by any Person  entitled  to  receive  such  notice,  either
before or after the  event,  and such  waiver  shall be the  equivalent  of such
notice.  Waivers  of notice by  Noteholders  shall be filed  with the  Indenture
Trustee but such filing  shall not be a condition  precedent  to the validity of
any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

     (c) In case,  by reason of the  suspension  of  regular  mail  service as a
result of a strike,  work stoppage or similar activity,  it shall be impractical
to mail  notice of any event to  Noteholders  when such notice is required to be
given  pursuant to any  provision of this  Indenture,  then any manner of giving
such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to
be a sufficient giving of such notice.

     (d) Where  this  Indenture  provides  for  notice to the  Rating  Agencies,
failure to give such  notice  shall not affect any other  rights or  obligations
created hereunder,  and shall not under any circumstance  constitute an Event of
Default.


     SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.

     Notwithstanding  any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the
contrary,  the  Issuer may enter  into any  agreement  with any Holder of a Note
providing  for a method of payment,  or notice by the  Indenture  Trustee or any
Paying Agent to such Holder,  that is different from the methods provided for in
this  Indenture  for such  payments or notices.  The Issuer shall furnish to the
Indenture  Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee shall
cause  payments  to be made and  notices  to be given in  accordance  with  such
agreements.

     SECTION 11.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

                                       56
<PAGE>




     (a) If any provision  hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts  with another
provision hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the
provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control.

     (b) The  provisions of  TIAss.ss.310  through 317 that impose duties on any
Person  (including the provisions  automatically  deemed  included herein unless
expressly  excluded by this  Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.

     SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

     The Article and Section  headings  herein and the Table of Contents are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns.

     (a) All  covenants and  agreements  in this  Indenture and the Notes by the
Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

     (B) All covenants and agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture
shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

     SECTION 11.10 Separability.

     In case any  provision in this  Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or  unenforceable,  the validity,  legality,  and  enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture.

     Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes,  express or implied,  shall give
to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and
the  Noteholders,  and any other party secured  hereunder,  and any other Person
with an ownership  interest in any part of the Trust Estate,  any benefit or any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

     SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays.

     If the date on which any payment is due shall not be a Business  Day,  then
(notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Notes or this  Indenture)  payment
need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next  succeeding  Business
Day with the same  force and  effect  as if made on the date on which  nominally
due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal
date.

                                       57
<PAGE>

     SECTION 11.13 Governing Law.

     THIS INDENTURE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS  CONFLICT  OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


     SECTION 11.14 Counterparts.

     This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
so executed shall be deemed to be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture.

     If this  Indenture  is  subject  to  recording  in any  appropriate  public
recording  offices,  such  recording  is to be effected by the Issuer and at its
expense  accompanied  by an  Opinion  of  Counsel  (which  may be counsel to the
Indenture  Trustee or any other counsel  reasonably  acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee)  to the  effect  that  such  recording  is  necessary  either  for  the
protection of the  Noteholders or any other Person secured  hereunder or for the
enforcement of any right or remedy  granted to the Indenture  Trustee under this
Indenture.

     SECTION 11.16 No Recourse.

     No recourse  may be taken,  directly  or  indirectly,  with  respect to the
obligations  of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee on the
Notes or under this Indenture or any  certificate or other writing  delivered in
connection herewith or therewith, against:

          (i) the  Indenture  Trustee  or the Owner  Trustee  in its  individual
     capacity;

          (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer; or

          (iii) any  partner,  owner,  beneficiary,  agent,  officer,  director,
     employee  or agent of the  Indenture  Trustee  or the Owner  Trustee in its
     individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the
     Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
     Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual  capacity,  except
     as any such Person may have expressly  agreed (it being understood that the
     Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such  obligations in their
     individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary
     shall be fully liable,  to the extent  provided by applicable  law, for any
     unpaid  consideration for stock, unpaid capital  contribution or failure to

                                       58
<PAGE>

     pay any installment or call owing to such entity.  For all purposes of this
     Indenture,  in the  performance  of any duties or obligations of the Issuer
     hereunder,  the Owner  Trustee  shall be subject  to, and  entitled  to the
     benefits of, the terms and  provisions  of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the
     Trust Agreement.

     SECTION 11.17 No Petition.

     The  Indenture  Trustee,   by  entering  into  this  Indenture,   and  each
Noteholder, by accepting a Note issued hereunder, hereby covenant and agree that
they  shall  not,  prior to the date  which  is one year and one day  after  the
termination of this Indenture with respect to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.1,
acquiesce,  petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller,  the holder of the
GP Interest  (which  initially  shall be The CIT GP Corporation) or the Trust to
invoke  the  process of any court or  government  authority  for the  purpose of
commencing  or  sustaining  a case  against  the  Seller or the Trust  under any
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official
of the Seller,  the holder of the GP  Interest  or the Trust or any  substantial
part of its property,  or ordering the winding up or  liquidation of the affairs
of the Seller or the Trust.

     SECTION 11.18 Inspection.

     The Issuer  agrees that, on  reasonable  prior notice,  it shall permit any
representative  of the Indenture  Trustee,  during the Issuer's  normal business
hours, to examine all the books of account,  records,  reports, and other papers
of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom,  to cause such books to be
audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer's
affairs,  finances  and  accounts  with the  Issuer's  officers,  employees  and
Independent  certified public  accountants,  all at such reasonable times and as
often as may be  reasonably  requested.  The  Indenture  Trustee shall and shall
cause its  representatives  to hold in confidence all such information except to
the extent  disclosure may be required by law (and all  reasonable  applications
for  confidential  treatment are  unavailing)  and except to the extent that the
Indenture  Trustee may reasonably  determine that such  disclosure is consistent
with its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
the foregoing  shall not be construed to prohibit (i)  disclosure of any and all
information  that is or becomes  publicly known, or information  obtained by the
Indenture  Trustee from sources  other than the Servicer or the Seller or any of
their affiliates,  (ii) disclosure of any and all information (A) if required to
do so by any applicable statute, law, rule or regulation,  (B) to any government
agency or regulatory  body having  authority to regulate or oversee any respects
of the  Indenture  Trustee's  business,  (C)  pursuant  to any  subpoena,  civil
investigative  demand or similar  demand or  request  of any  court,  regulatory
authority,  arbitrator or arbitration to which the Indenture Trustee is a party,
(D) to any independent or internal auditor,  agent,  employee or attorney of the
Indenture Trustee  reasonably having a need to know the same,  provided that the
Indenture  Trustee  advises  such  recipient of the  confidential  nature of the
information  being  disclosed  and  such  recipient  agrees  to  keep  the  same
confidential in accordance with the terms hereof,  or (iii) any other disclosure

                                       59
<PAGE>

authorized  by the  Servicer or the Seller;  provided,  however,  the  Indenture
Trustee shall give the Servicer prior notice of any such disclosure.

     SECTION 11.19 Indemnification by and Reimbursement of the Servicer.

     The Indenture  Trustee further  acknowledges and accepts the conditions and
limitations with respect to the Servicer's  obligation to indemnify,  defend and
hold the  Indenture  Trustee  harmless  as set  forth in the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.

                                    * * * * *

                                       60
<PAGE>




     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee have caused this
Indenture  to be duly  executed by their  respective  officers,  thereunto  duly
authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.


                           CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A


                           ------------------------------,
                            not in its individual capacity but solely as
                             Owner Trustee,


                           By:__________________________
                           Name:
                           Title:


                           -----------------------------,
                           an ________________ corporation
                            as Indenture Trustee,


                           By:__________________________
                           Name:
                           Title:

                                       61
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                           FORM OF ASSET BACKED NOTES


REGISTERED                                                  $_____________
No. 1


                       SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                     CUSIP NO. ___________

     Unless  this  Note is  presented  by an  authorized  representative  of The
Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation  ("DTC"),  to the Issuer or its
agent for registration of transfer,  exchange or payment, and any Note issued is
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an
authorized  representative  of DTC (and any  payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized  representative  of DTC), ANY
TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.

     THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE
OUTSTANDING  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OF THIS  NOTE AT ANY TIME  MAY BE LESS  THAN THE
AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                            CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

                        CLASS A ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES


     CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A,  a business  trust  organized and existing under
the laws of the State of  Delaware  (herein  referred to as the  "Issuer"),  for
value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay  to  _______________,  or  registered
assigns,  the principal sum of _______________  DOLLARS  ($_________) payable in
accordance  with the  Indenture,  prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
and a declaration that the Notes are due and payable,  on each Distribution Date
to the extent of amounts available therefor in an amount equal to the difference
between  (i) the sum of (x) the  Pool  Balance  on the  last  day of the  second
proceeding  Due  Period  (or,  in the case of the  first  Distribution  Date the
Initial  Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance) and (y) the amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account (exclusive of Pre-Funding  Earnings) on the last day of the
second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first  Distribution Date, as
of the Closing Date),  less (ii) the sum of (x) the Pool Balance on the last day
of the  preceding  Due Period  and (y) the amount on deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account (exclusive of Pre-Funding Earnings) on the last day of the preceding Due

                                       1
<PAGE>



Period;  provided,  however, that the outstanding principal balance of this Note
shall be due and payable on the  earlier of the April,  2011  Distribution  Date
(the "Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date") and the Redemption Date with
respect to a redemption of Notes, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) or (ii)
or  Section  10.1(b)  of the  Indenture.  On each  Distribution  Date  until the
principal of this Note is paid or made  available for payment,  the Issuer shall
pay  interest on this Note in an amount equal to  one-twelfth  of the product of
the rate per annum shown above and the principal amount of this Note outstanding
on the  preceding  Distribution  Date after  giving  effect to all  payments  of
principal made on the preceding  Distribution  Date (or in the case of the first
Distribution  Date,  the original  outstanding  principal  amount of this Note).
Interest on this Note will accrue for each  Distribution Date from and including
the most  recent  Distribution  Date on  which  interest  has  been  paid to but
excluding  the then  current  Distribution  Date or, if no interest has yet been
paid,  from  November  __,  1995.  Interest  will be  computed on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Such principal of and interest
on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

     The  principal  of and  interest  on this Note are  payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America which, at the time of payment, is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

     Reference is made to the further  provisions  of this Note set forth on the
reverse  hereof,  which shall have the same effect as though  fully set forth on
the face of this Note.

     Unless the  certificate of  authentication  hereon has been executed by the
Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature,  this Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit  under the  Indenture  referred to on the reverse
hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

                                       2
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has caused this  instrument  to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.


Date:                     CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

                          By:  ______________________________,
                                 not in its  individual  capacity  but solely as
                                 Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement


                          By: ______________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:




                INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



     This  is  one  of  the  Notes  designated  above  and  referred  to in  the
within-mentioned Indenture.




                          -----------------------------,
                          an ________________ corporation
                          not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture
                          Trustee


                          By: ______________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                 REVERSE OF NOTE

     This  Note  is one of a duly  authorized  issue  of  Notes  of the  Issuer,
designated  as Class A ____%  Asset  Backed  Notes  (herein  called the "Class A
Notes" or "Notes"), all issued under an Indenture,  dated as of February 1, 1996
(such Indenture,  as supplemented or amended, is herein called the "Indenture"),
between  the  Issuer  and  _____________________________,   an  ________________
corporation,  as trustee  (the  "Indenture  Trustee",  which term  includes  any
successor  trustee under the  Indenture),  to which Indenture and all indentures
supplemental  thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective
rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer,  the Indenture Trustee and the
Noteholders.  The Class A Notes are subject to all terms of the  Indenture.  All
terms  used and not  otherwise  defined  in this  Note that are  defined  in the
Indenture,  as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them
in or pursuant to the Indenture.

     The Class A Notes and all other Notes issued  pursuant to the Indenture are
and will be equally and ratably  secured by the  Collateral  pledged as security
therefor as provided in the Indenture.

     Subject to the immediately  following  paragraph,  principal on the Class A
Notes shall be payable in full on the earlier of the Distribution  Date which is
the Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date for the Class A Notes set forth
above and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) or (a)(ii)
or Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. In addition, principal on the Class A Notes
will be payable in installments on earlier  Distribution  Dates to the extent of
amounts  available  therefor,  in the amounts and in the priorities set forth in
Section 8.2(c) of the Indenture.  "Distribution Date," with respect to the Notes
means the  fifteenth  day of each  month or, if any such date is not a  Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing _________ 15, 1996.

     Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of the  preceding  paragraph,  the entire
unpaid  principal  amount of this Note  shall be due and  payable on the date on
which an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing  and the
Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders  representing  not less than a majority of
the  outstanding  amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be  immediately
due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2 of the Indenture.  In such
event,  the  Holders of all Notes  shall be  entitled  to receive  repayment  of
principal ratably in proportion to their respective unpaid principal balances.

     All  principal  payments on the Class A Notes shall be made pro rata to the
Holders of the Class A Notes.

     Payments  of  interest on this Note at the rate of ____% per annum shall be
due and payable on each  Distribution  Date,  together with the  installment  of
principal,  if any, if not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check
mailed to the Person  whose name appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note

                                       4
<PAGE>

(or one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  on the Note  Register  as of the  close of
business on each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered  on
the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the  Depository  (initially,  such
nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
available funds to the account designated by such nominee.  Such checks shall be
mailed to the  Person  entitled  thereto  at the  address  of such  Person as it
appears on the Note Register as of the applicable  Record Date without requiring
that this Note be  submitted  for  notation of payment.  The Record  Date,  with
respect to any  Distribution  Date,  means the day  immediately  preceding  such
Distribution  Date, or if Definitive Notes are issued, the last day of the month
immediately  preceding  the month in which such  Distribution  Date occurs.  Any
reduction in the principal  amount of this Note (or any one or more  Predecessor
Notes) effected by any payments made on any  Distribution  Date shall be binding
upon  all  future  Holders  of  this  Note  and  of any  Note  issued  upon  the
registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether
or not noted hereon.  If funds are expected to be available,  as provided in the
Indenture,  for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of
this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and
on behalf of the Issuer,  shall notify the Person who is the  Registered  Holder
hereof as of the Record Date preceding such  Distribution Date by notice sent in
accordance  with Section  2.7(e) of the  Indenture,  and the amount then due and
payable  shall be payable only upon  presentation  and surrender of this Note at
the Indenture Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the
Indenture Trustee's agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New
York.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain  limitations  set forth
therein,  the transfer of this Note may be  registered on the Note Register upon
surrender  of this Note for  registration  of  transfer  at the office or agency
designated  by the  Issuer  pursuant  to the  Indenture,  duly  endorsed  by, or
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney
duly authorized in writing,  with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank
or trust company located, or having a correspondent  located, in the City of New
York or the city in which the  Corporate  Trust  Office is located,  or a member
firm  of a  national  securities  exchange,  and  such  other  documents  as the
Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized
denominations  and in the same aggregate  principal amount will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge will be charged for any
registration  of transfer or exchange of this Note,  but the  transferor  may be
required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge
that may be imposed in  connection  with any such  registration  of  transfer or
exchange.

     Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a
Note  Owner,  a  beneficial  interest  in a Note,  covenants  and agrees that no
recourse may be taken,  directly or indirectly,  with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under
the  Indenture or any  certificate  or other  writing  delivered  in  connection
therewith,  against  (i) the  Indenture  Trustee  or the Owner  Trustee in their

                                       5
<PAGE>

individual capacities,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or
(iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or employee of
the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in their individual  capacities,  any
holder  of a  beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  the  Owner  Trustee  or the
Indenture  Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in their individual capacities, except as any such Person may have
expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be
fully  liable,  to the  extent  provided  by  applicable  law,  for  any  unpaid
consideration  for  stock,  unpaid  capital  contribution  or failure to pay any
installment or call owing to such entity.

     Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a
Note  Owner,  a  beneficial  interest  in a Note,  covenants  and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture such  Noteholder  will not, prior to the
date which is one year and one day after the  termination of this Indenture with
respect to the  Issuer,  acquiesce,  petition or  otherwise  invoke or cause the
Seller, the holder of the GP Interest or the Issuer to invoke the process of any
court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case
against  the  Seller,  the holder of the GP  Interest  or the  Issuer  under any
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official
of the Seller,  the holder of the GP  Interest or the Issuer or any  substantial
part of its property,  or ordering the winding up or  liquidation of the affairs
of the Seller, the holder of the GP Interest or the Issuer.

     Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a
beneficial  interest in a Note, unless otherwise  required by appropriate taxing
authorities,  agrees to treat the Notes as indebtedness secured by the Contracts
for the purpose of federal  income  taxes,  state and local income and franchise
taxes and any other taxes imposed  upon,  measured by or based upon gross or net
income.

     Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the
Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and any agent of the  Issuer or the  Indenture
Trustee  may  treat  the  Person  in  whose  name  this  Note  (as of the day of
determination  or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not this Note shall
be overdue,  and neither the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee nor any such agent
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     The Indenture  permits,  with certain  exceptions as therein provided,  the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the
Issuer and the rights of the Noteholders  under the Indenture at any time by the
Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes  representing  a majority of the
outstanding  principal  amount of all the Notes.  The  Indenture  also  contains
provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of
the outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes,  to waive  compliance  by the Issuer with certain  provisions  of the
Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their  consequences.
Any such  consent  or  waiver  by the  Holder  of this  Note (or any one of more
Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all
future  Holders of this Note and of any Note  issued  upon the  registration  of
transfer  hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation

                                       6
<PAGE>

of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the
Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and  conditions  set forth in
the Indenture without the consent of the Noteholders.

     The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer
under the Indenture.

     The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture,  under certain circumstances,  to
merge or  consolidate,  subject to the rights of the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided
in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

     This Note and the Indenture  shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York,  without  reference to its conflict of law provisions,
and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder
shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

     No reference  herein to the  Indenture  and no provision of this Note or of
the  Indenture  shall  alter or impair the  obligation  of the Issuer to pay the
principal of and interest on this Note at the times,  place and rate, and in the
coin or currency herein prescribed.

     Anything  herein  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  except  as  expressly
provided in the Basic Documents, neither the Seller, the Servicer, the holder of
the GP Interest, the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in their respective
individual capacities, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any
of  their  respective  partners,  beneficiaries,  agents,  officers,  directors,
employees or  successors or assigns,  shall be personally  liable for, nor shall
recourse be had to any of them for,  the payment of principal of or interest on,
or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants,  obligations or
indemnifications  contained in this Note or the  Indenture,  it being  expressly
understood that said covenants,  obligations and indemnifications have been made
by the Owner  Trustee  solely as the Owner  Trustee in the assets of the Issuer.
The  Holder  of this  Note by the  acceptance  hereof  agrees  that,  except  as
expressly  provided in the Basic  Documents,  in the case of an Event of Default
under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing
for any deficiency,  loss or claim therefrom;  provided,  however,  that nothing
contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against,
the  assets  of  the  Issuer  for  any  and  all  liabilities,  obligations  and
undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

                                       7


================================================================================

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT



                                     BETWEEN


                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                     SELLER


                                       AND


                         ------------------------------

                                  OWNER TRUSTEE





                          DATED AS OF February 1, 1996



================================================================================
<PAGE>

     TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of February 1, 1996, between THE CIT GROUP
SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, a Delaware corporation, as Seller, and
____________________________, a Delaware banking corporation, as Owner Trustee.

     The Seller and the Owner Trustee hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     SECTION 1.1 Definitions. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement
shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement of even date herewith, among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust
(the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"). All references herein to "the Agreement"
or "this Agreement" are to the Trust Agreement, and all references herein to
Articles, Sections and subsections are to Articles, Sections and subsections of
this Agreement unless otherwise specified.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  ORGANIZATION

     SECTION 2.1 Name. The Trust created hereby shall be known as "CIT RV Owner
Trust 1996-A" in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business of the
Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust
and sue and be sued on behalf of the Trust.

     SECTION 2.2 Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Owner
Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the Owner
Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificate Owners and the
Seller.

     SECTION 2.3 Purposes and Powers. The purpose of the Trust is to engage in
the following activities:

          (i) to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Certificates
     pursuant to this Agreement, and to sell, transfer or exchange the Notes and
     the Certificates;

          (ii) with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes and the Certificates
     to fund the Capitalized Interest Account and the Pre-Funding Account and to
     pay the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the Trust
     and to pay the balance of the proceeds to the Seller pursuant to the Sale
     and Servicing Agreement;

          (iii) to acquire, manage and hold the Contracts;
<PAGE>

          (iv) to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the Trust
     Estate pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and to hold, manage and
     distribute to the Certificate Owners pursuant to the terms of this
     Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement any portion of the Trust
     Estate released from the lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to,
     the Indenture;

          (v) to enter into and perform its obligations and exercise its rights
     under the Basic Documents to which it is to be a party;

          (vi) to engage in those activities, including entering into
     agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
     foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith;

          (vii) to hold and administer the Certificate Distribution Account and
     Cash Collateral Account and apply the proceeds thereof as provided in the
     Sale and Servicing Agreement;

          (viii) to acquire Subsequent Contracts from the Seller from time to
     time with funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account; and

          (ix) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such
     other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the
     Owner Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the
     Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities and shall
not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other
than as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the Basic
Documents.

     SECTION 2.4 Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Seller hereby appoints the
Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof, to have
all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.

     SECTION 2.5 Initial Capital Contribution of Owner Trust Estate. The Seller
hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner Trustee, as
of the date hereof, the sum of $10. The Owner Trustee hereby acknowledges
receipt in trust from the Seller, as of the date hereof, of the foregoing
contribution, which shall constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate and shall be
deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.

     SECTION 2.6 Declaration of Trust. The Owner Trustee hereby declares that it
shall hold the Owner Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions
set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Certificate Owners, subject to
the obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents. It is the intention of
the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under the Business
Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of
such business trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for
purposes of federal income taxes, state and local income and franchise taxes and

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

any other taxes imposed upon, measured by, or based upon gross or net income,
the Trust shall be treated as a partnership. The parties agree that, unless
otherwise required by appropriate tax authorities, the Trust shall file or cause
to be filed annual or other necessary returns, reports and other forms
consistent with the characterization of the Trust as a partnership for such tax
purposes. Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all
rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in the Business Trust Statute
with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

     SECTION 2.7 Transfer of Interest to [               ]; Liability of
[               ].

     (a) On the Closing Date, the Seller shall and does hereby transfer and
assign its entire interest in the Trust to [               ] and
[               ] shall otherwise in addition purchase a 1% interest in the
Trust (the "GP Interest"). The holder of the GP Interest (which initially shall
be [               ]) shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may
arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the
Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee. The holder of the
GP Interest shall be liable directly to and shall indemnify the injured party
for all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the Trust
(including Expenses, to the extent not paid out of the Owner Trust Estate) to
the extent that the holder of the GP Interest would be liable if the Trust were
a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in
which the holder of the GP Interest were a general partner; provided, however,
that the holder of the GP Interest shall not be liable for (i) any losses
incurred by a Certificateholder or a Certificate Owner in its capacity as an
investor in the Certificates or by a Noteholder or Note Owner in its capacity as
an investor in the Notes, (ii) any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
expenses arising out of the imposition by any taxing authority of any federal,
state or local income or franchise taxes, or any other taxes imposed on or
measured by gross or net income, gross or net receipts, capital, net worth and
similar items (including any interest, penalties or additions with respect
thereto) upon the Certificateholders, the Certificate Owners, the Noteholders,
the Note Owners, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee (including any
liabilities, costs or expenses with respect thereto) with respect to the
Contracts not specifically indemnified or represented to hereunder or (iii) any
obligations or liabilities of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under, in
connection with or pursuant to the Cash Collateral Agreement. In addition, any
third party creditors of the Trust (other than in connection with the
obligations described in the preceding sentence for which the holder of the GP
Interest shall not be liable) shall be deemed third party beneficiaries of this
subsection 2.7(a). The obligations of the holder of the GP Interest under this
subsection 2.7(a) shall be evidenced by the Certificates issued pursuant to
Section 3.10, which for purposes of the Business Trust Statute shall be deemed
to be a separate class of Certificates from all other Certificates issued by the
Trust; provided, however, that the rights and obligations evidenced by all
Certificates, regardless of class, shall, except as provided in this subsection
2.7(a), be identical.

     (b) No Certificate Owner, other than to the extent set forth in subsection
2.7(a) with respect to the holder of the GP Interest, shall have any personal
liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     (c) No Certificate Owner, including the holder of the GP Interest, shall
have the right to exercise any control of the Trust other than to the extent of
its percentage ownership of the Certificates as provided herein.

     SECTION 2.8 Title to Trust Property. Legal title to all the Owner Trust
Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity
except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of
the Owner Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case
title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a
separate trustee, as the case may be, for the benefit of the Trust.

     SECTION 2.9 Situs of Trust. The Trust shall be located and administered in
the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware or the State of
New York. The Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than
Delaware or New York; provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict or
prohibit the Owner Trustee from having employees within or without the State of
Delaware. Payments shall be received by the Trust only in Delaware or New York,
and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or New York. The only
office of the Trust shall be the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.

     SECTION 2.10 Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller
hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee, as of the Closing Date,
that:

     (a) The Seller has been organized and is validly existing as a corporation
in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and
authority to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are
presently owned and such business is presently conducted and had at all relevant
times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire and own the
Contracts.

     (b) The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in
good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all
jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its
business requires such qualifications.

     (c) The Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to carry out its terms, the Seller has full power and authority to
sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with, as
part of, the Trust and the Seller has duly authorized such sale and assignment
to the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Seller by all
necessary corporate action.

     (d) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement do not conflict with, result in
any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time) a default under its certificate of incorporation or
by-laws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which
the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to or as
contemplated by the Basic Documents), or violate any law or, to the best of its
knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court
or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or any of its
properties.

     SECTION 2.11 Representations and Warranties of the Holder of the GP
Interest. [               ], as intended holder of the GP Interest, hereby
represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee, as of the Closing Date, that:

     (a) It has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in
good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, with power and authority
to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are
presently owned and such business is presently conducted.

     (b) It is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good
standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all
jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its
business requires such qualifications.

     (c) It has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement
and to carry out its terms and the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

     (d) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement do not conflict with, result in
any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time) a default under its certificate of incorporation or
by-laws, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it is a party
or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to or as contemplated by the
Basic Documents), or violate any law or, to the best of its knowledge, any
order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any
federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over the it or any of its properties.

     (e) It has been duly capitalized by the delivery of a demand note (the
"Demand Note") from The CIT Group Holdings, Inc. ("CIT"), which Demand Note has
not been canceled, waived or terminated. The proceeds of such Demand Note have
not been used and will not be used to pay (i) any of the expenses of the holder
of the GP Interest in connection with the transfer contemplated by the Basic
Documents or (ii) the purchase price for such Certificates purchased pursuant to
Section 2.7. Such Demand Note is enforceable against CIT, subject to its terms,
and subject to the applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance, reorganization and similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating
to creditors' rights generally and subject to the general principles of equity
(whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity).


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.12 Tax Treatment. Net income of the Trust for any month as
determined for Federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss,
credit and deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated:

          (a) to the extent of available net income, among the
     Certificateholders as of the first Record Date following the end of such
     month, in proportion to their ownership of principal amount of Certificates
     on such date, an amount of net income up to the sum of (i) the amount of
     monthly interest at the Pass-Through Rate to which the Certificateholders
     are entitled to for the related Due Period, (ii) interest on the excess, if
     any, of the amount of interest and principal due to the Certificateholders
     for the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of interest
     at the Pass-Through Rate that is actually deposited in the Certificate
     Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution Date, to the extent
     permitted by law, at the Pass-Through Rate from such preceding Distribution
     Date through the current Distribution Date, and (iii) the portion of the
     market discount, if any, on the Contracts accrued during such month that is
     allocable to the excess of the initial aggregate principal amount, if any,
     of the Certificates over their initial aggregate issue price; and

          (b) to the holder of the GP Interest, to the extent of any remaining
     net income.

If the net income of the Trust for any month is insufficient for the allocations
described in clause (a) above, subsequent net income shall first be allocated to
make up such shortfall before being allocated as provided in clause (b). Net
losses of the Trust, if any, for any month as determined for Federal income tax
purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss, credit and deduction entering
into the computation thereof) shall be allocated to the holder of the GP
Interest to the extent the holder of the GP Interest is reasonably expected, as
determined by the Servicer, to bear the economic burden of such net losses, then
net losses shall be allocated among the Certificateholders as of the first
Record Date following the end of such month in proportion to their ownership of
principal amount of Certificates on such Record Date until the principal balance
of the Certificates is reduced to zero. The holder of the GP Interest is
authorized to modify the allocations in this paragraph if necessary or
appropriate, in its sole discretion, for the allocations to fairly reflect the
economic income, gain or loss to the holder of the GP Interest, the
Certificateholders, or as otherwise required by the Code.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                THE CERTIFICATES

     SECTION 3.1 Initial Certificate Ownership. Upon the formation of the Trust
by the contribution by the Seller pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the issuance
of the Certificates, the Seller shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

     SECTION 3.2 Form of the Certificates.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     (a) The Certificates shall be substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit A and shall be issued in minimum denominations of $20,000 and in
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however, that (a)
Certificates may be issued to the holder of the GP Interest pursuant to Section
2.7 in such denominations as to represent at least 1% of the initial Certificate
Balance and (b) one Certificate may be issued in a denomination other than an
integral multiple of $1,000. The Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the
Trust by manual or facsimile signature of a Responsible Officer of the Owner
Trustee. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals
who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized
to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be valid and binding obligations of the
Trust, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to
be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates
or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such
Certificates.

     (b) The Definitive Certificates (as hereinafter defined) shall be
typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of
these methods (with or without steel engraved borders) all as determined by the
officers executing such Certificates, as evidenced by their execution of such
Certificates.

     (c) The terms of the Certificates set forth in Exhibit A shall form part of
this Agreement.

     SECTION 3.3 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. Concurrently with the
sale of the Initial Contracts to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Certificates in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the initial Certificate Balance to be executed on
behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to or upon the written order of
the Seller, signed by its chairman of the board, its president or any vice
president, without further corporate action by the Seller, in authorized
denominations. No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this
Agreement, or shall be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on such
Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth
in Exhibit A, executed by the Owner Trustee, or by the Owner Trustee's
authenticating agent, by manual signature. Such authentication shall constitute
conclusive evidence that such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date of their
authentication. _____________________________ is hereby appointed as the Owner
Trustee's authenticating agent.

     SECTION 3.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange of
Certificates.

     (a) The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office
or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, a Certificate Register in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Owner Trustee
shall provide for the registration of Certificates and of transfers and
exchanges of Certificates as provided herein; provided, however, that no
Certificate may be subdivided upon transfer or exchange such that the
denomination of any resulting Certificate is less than $20,000.
______________________________ shall be the initial Certificate Registrar. Upon
any resignation of a Certificate Registrar, the Owner Trustee shall promptly


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the
duties of Certificate Registrar.

     (b) Upon surrender for registration or transfer of any Certificate at the
office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, the Owner Trustee shall
execute on behalf of the Trust, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its
authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Certificates in authorized
denominations of a like aggregate amount dated the date of authentication by the
Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent.

     (c) At the option of a Holder of Certificates, Certificates may be
exchanged for other Certificates of authorized denominations of a like aggregate
principal amount upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged at the
Corporate Trust Office maintained pursuant to Section 3.8. Whenever any
Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Owner Trustee shall execute on
behalf of the Trust, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating
agent to authenticate and deliver) one or more Certificates dated the date of
authentication by the Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent. Such
Certificates shall be delivered to the Holder making the exchange.

     (d) Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by
the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing with such signature
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
the Certificate Registrar, which requirements include membership or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agent's Medallion Program ("STAMP") or
such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Certificate
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
the Exchange Act. Each Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be canceled and subsequently destroyed by the Owner Trustee or
Certificate Registrar in accordance with its customary practice.

     (e) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

     SECTION 3.5 Mutilated; Destroyed; Lost or Stolen Certificates.

     (a) If (i) any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate
Registrar, or the Certificate Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of
the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate, and (ii) there is delivered
to the Certificate Registrar, the Owner Trustee and the Trust such security or
indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them harmless, then, in the
absence of notice to the Certificate Registrar or the Owner Trustee that such
Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee shall
execute on behalf of the Trust and the Owner Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver),


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Certificate, a replacement Certificate of a like aggregate principal amount;
provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, but
not a mutilated Certificate, shall have become or within seven days shall be due
and payable, then instead of issuing a replacement Certificate the Owner Trustee
may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate when so due or payable.

     (b) If, after the delivery of a replacement Certificate or payment in
respect of a destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate pursuant to subsection
3.5(a), a bona fide purchaser of the original Certificate in lieu of which such
replacement Certificate was issued presents for payment such original
Certificate, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement
Certificate (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any
Person taking such replacement Certificate from such Person to whom such
replacement Certificate was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a
bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or
indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense
incurred by the Owner Trustee in connection therewith.

     (c) In connection with the issuance of any replacement Certificate under
this Section 3.5, the Owner Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of
such Certificate of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses
(including the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Certificate
Registrar) connected therewith.

     (d) Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 3.5 in
replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate shall
constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Trust, whether
or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate shall be found at
any time or be enforced by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of
this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Certificates
duly issued hereunder.

     (e) The provisions of this Section 3.5 are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificates.

     SECTION 3.6 Persons Deemed Certificateholders. Prior to due presentation of
a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered
in the Certificate Register as the Certificateholder of such Certificate for the
purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article V and for all other
purposes whatsoever, and neither the Owner Trustee nor the Certificate Registrar
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 3.7 Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses. The
Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer, the Seller
and the holder of the GP Interest, within 15 days after receipt by the Owner
Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer, the Seller or the holder of the
GP Interest in writing, a list, in such form as the Servicer, the Seller or the
holder of the GP Interest may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If three or more
Holders of Certificates or one or more Holder of Certificates evidencing not
less than 25% of the Certificate Balance apply in writing to the Owner Trustee,
and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under
the Certificates and such application is accompanied by a copy of the
communication that such applicants propose to transmit, then the Owner Trustee
shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford
such applicants access during normal business hours to the current list of
Certificateholders. Each Holder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, shall
be deemed to have agreed not to hold the Seller, the holder of the GP Interest
or the Owner Trustee accountable by reason of the disclosure of its name and
address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

     SECTION 3.8 Maintenance of Corporate Trust Office. The Owner Trustee shall
maintain in the Borough of Brooklyn, the City of New York, an office or offices
or agency or agencies where Certificates may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee
in respect of the Certificates and the Basic Documents may be served. The Owner
Trustee initially designates the offices of ______________________________,
__________________, ________, ________ _____ as its principal office for such
purposes. The Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Seller and
to the Certificateholders of any change in the location of the Certificate
Register or any such office or agency.

     SECTION 3.9 Appointment of Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall make
distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.2 and make withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account of
amounts to be deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account and amounts, if
any, to be paid to the holder of the GP Interest, in each case pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and amounts to be paid to the Cash Collateral
Depositor pursuant to the Cash Collateral Agreement, and the Paying Agent shall
report the amounts of such distributions and withdrawals to the Owner Trustee
and the Servicer. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw
funds from the Certificate Distribution Account and/or the Cash Collateral
Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Owner
Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee
determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to
perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect. The Paying
Agent shall initially be ______________________________, and any co-paying agent
chosen by the Owner Trustee, and acceptable to the Servicer. The Paying Agent
shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the
Owner Trustee. If ______________________________ shall no longer be the Paying
Agent, the Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which
shall be an Eligible Institution). The Owner Trustee shall cause such successor
Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Owner Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in which such successor
Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner Trustee that
as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall
hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust
for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall
be paid to such Certificateholders. The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

funds to the Owner Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent
shall also return all funds in its possession to the Owner Trustee. The
provisions of Sections 6.3, 6.6, 6.7 and 6.9 shall apply to the Owner Trustee
also in its role as Paying Agent (if the Owner Trustee shall also act as Paying
Agent), for so long as the Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the
extent applicable, to any other paying agent appointed hereunder. Any reference
in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless
the context requires otherwise.

     SECTION 3.10 Disposition by the Holder of the GP Interest. On and after the
Closing Date, the holder of the GP Interest shall retain beneficial and record
ownership of Certificates representing at least 1% of the Certificate Balance.
Any attempted transfer of any Certificate that would reduce such interest of the
holder of the GP Interest below 1% of the Certificate Balance shall be void. The
Owner Trustee shall cause any Certificate issued to the Seller to contain a
legend to such effect.

     SECTION 3.11 Book-Entry Certificates. The Certificates, upon original
issuance, shall be issued in the form of a typewritten Certificate or
Certificates representing Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to The
Depository Trust Company, the initial Depository by or on behalf of the Trust;
provided, however, that one Definitive Certificate may be issued to
[               ], as holder of the GP Interest pursuant to Section 2.7. Such
Certificate or Certificates (other than the Definitive Certificate issued to
[               ]) shall initially be registered on the Certificate Register in
the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Depository and no Certificate
Owner shall receive a definitive Certificate representing such Certificate
Owner's interest in such Certificate, except as provided in Section 3.13. Unless
and until definitive fully registered Certificates (the "Definitive
Certificates") shall have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section
3.13:

     (a) the provisions of this Section 3.11 shall be in full force and effect;

     (b) the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to
deal with the Depository for all purposes of this Agreement (including the
payment of principal of and interest on the Certificates and the giving of
instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole Holder of the Certificate, and
shall have no obligation to the Certificate Owners;

     (c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 3.11 conflict with
any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3.11
shall control;

     (d) the rights of the Certificate Owners shall be exercised only through
the Depository and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements
between such Certificate Owners and the Depository and/or the Depository
Participants. Pursuant to the Certificate Depository Agreement unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued pursuant to Section 3.13, the initial
Depository will make book-entry transfers among the Depository Participants and
receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the Certificates
to such Depository Participants;


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     (e) whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be taken based
upon instructions or directions of Holders of Certificates evidencing a
specified percentage of the Certificate Balance, the Depository shall be deemed
to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received
instructions to such effect from Certificate Owners and/or Depository
Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of
Certificates and has delivered such instructions to the Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 3.12 Notices to Depository. Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Certificateholders is required under this Agreement, unless
and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate Owners
pursuant to Section 3.13, the Owner Trustee shall give all such notices and
communications specified herein to be given to Certificateholders to the
Depository and shall have no further obligation to the Certificate Owners,
except to the holder of the GP Interest.

     SECTION 3.13 Definitive Certificates. If (i) the Servicer advises the Owner
Trustee in writing that the Depository is no longer willing or able to properly
discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Certificates, and the
Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Servicer at its
option advises the Owner Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the
book-entry system through the Depository, or (iii) after the occurrence of an
Event of Default or an Event of Termination, Certificate Owners representing
beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the Certificate Balance
advise the Depository in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system
through the Depository is no longer in the best interest of the Certificate
Owners, then the Depository shall notify all Certificate Owners and the Owner
Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of
Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same. Upon
surrender to the Owner Trustee of the typewritten Certificate or Certificates
representing the Book-Entry Certificates by the Depository, accompanied by
registration instructions, the Owner Trustee shall execute and authenticate the
Definitive Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Depository.
Neither the Certificate Registrar nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable for any
delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall
be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive
Certificates, the Owner Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive
Certificates as Certificateholders.

     SECTION 3.14 Seller as Certificateholder. The Seller in its individual or
any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates and may
otherwise deal with the Owner Trustee or its Affiliates as if it were not the
Seller.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

     SECTION 4.1 Prior Notice to Certificateholders with Respect to Certain
Matters. The Owner Trustee shall not take action with respect to the following
matters, unless (i) the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholders


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

in writing of the proposed action at least 30 days before the taking of such
action, and (ii) the Certificateholders shall not have notified the Owner
Trustee in writing prior to the 30th day after such notice is given that such
Certificateholders have withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

     (a) the initiation of any material claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except
claims or lawsuit brought in connection with the collection of payments due on
the Contracts) and the compromise of any material action, claim or lawsuit
brought by or against the Trust (except with respect to the aforementioned
claims or lawsuits for collection of payments due on the Contracts);

     (b) the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate of
Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the Business Trust
Statute), a conformed copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B;

     (c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

     (d) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required and such
amendment materially adversely affects the interest of the Certificateholders;

     (e) the amendment, change or modification of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or defect or to amend or supplement any
provision in a manner that would not materially adversely affect the interests
of the Certificateholders or in circumstances in which the Sale and Servicing
Agreement expressly provides that the consent of the Certificateholders is not
required; or

     (f) the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor Note
Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or pursuant to this Agreement of a
successor Certificate Registrar, or the consent to the assignment by the Note
Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or Certificate Registrar of its
obligations under the Indenture or this Agreement, as applicable.

     SECTION 4.2 Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters.
The Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the written direction of
the Certificateholders, to (a) remove the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01 thereof, (b) appoint a successor Servicer
pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or (c) except as
expressly provided in the Basic Documents, sell the Contracts or any interest
therein after the termination of the Indenture.

     SECTION 4.3 Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy. The
Owner Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy relating to the Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all
Holders of Certificates (including the holder of the GP Interest) and the


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

delivery to the Owner Trustee by each such Certificateholder of a certificate
certifying that such Certificateholder reasonably believes that the Trust is
insolvent.

     SECTION 4.4 Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power. The
Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation
of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.3, nor shall the Owner Trustee be
obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

     SECTION 4.5 Majority Control. Except as expressly provided herein, any
action that may be taken or consent that may be given or withheld by the
Certificateholders under this Agreement may be taken, given or withheld by the
Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate
Balance. Except as expressly provided herein, any written notice of the
Certificateholders delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective if
signed by Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance at the time of the delivery of such notice.


                                    ARTICLE V
                   APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

     SECTION 5.1 Establishment of Accounts.

     (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trust shall cause the Servicer to
establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee, as appropriate, for the benefit of the Noteholders and
Certificateholders (and, in the case of the Cash Collateral Account, for the
benefit of the Certificateholders and the Cash Collateral Depositor) the
accounts as provided in Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (b) The Owner Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in and to
all funds on deposit from time to time in the Certificate Distribution Account
and the Cash Collateral Account and in all proceeds thereof. Except as otherwise
provided herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Certificate
Distribution Account and the Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the
Certificateholders and, in the case of the Cash Collateral Account, for the
benefit of the Certificateholders and the Cash Collateral Depositor, as their
respective interests may appear. If, at any time, the Certificate Distribution
Account or the Cash Collateral Account ceases to be held at an Eligible
Institution, the Owner Trustee (or the Servicer on behalf of the Owner Trustee,
if the Certificate Distribution Account or the Cash Collateral Account is not
then held by the Owner Trustee or an Affiliate thereof) shall within 10 Business
Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each
Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Certificate Distribution Account or
Cash Collateral Account at an Eligible Institution and shall transfer any cash
and/or any investments to such new Certificate Distribution Account or Cash
Collateral Account, as the case may be.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.2 Application of Trust Funds.

     (a) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall (i) transfer or
cause the transfer of amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to the
Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, (ii) transfer and distribute, or cause to be transferred
and distributed, amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to the holder
of the GP Interest and the Cash Collateral Depositor, respectively, pursuant to
Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the applicable provisions
of the Cash Collateral Agreement, respectively, on or prior to such Distribution
Date, and (iii) distribute to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis,
amounts deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement on or prior to such Distribution Date first in respect
of interest and then in respect of principal.

     (b) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to each
Certificateholder the statement provided to the Owner Trustee by the Servicer
pursuant to Section 5.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement on such
Distribution Date setting forth, among other things, the amount of the
distribution allocable to principal and to interest, the Certificate Balance
after giving effect to such distribution, the amount of funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period, the number and aggregate
principal balance of Subsequent Contracts purchased by the Trust on the related
Distribution Date during the Funding Period and the Servicer Payment with
respect to such Distribution Date or Monthly Period, as applicable.

     (c) If any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's payment (or
allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce the amount
otherwise distributable to the Certificateholder in accordance with this Section
5.2. The Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts
otherwise distributable to the Certificateholders sufficient funds for the
payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization
shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate
proceedings and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending
the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with
respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such
Certificateholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the
appropriate taxing authority. If there is a possibility that withholding tax is
payable with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a non-U.S.
Certificateholder), the Owner Trustee may in its sole discretion withhold such
amounts in accordance with this subsection 5.2(c). If a Certificateholder wishes
to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Owner Trustee shall
reasonably cooperate with such Certificateholder in making such claim so long as
such Certificateholder agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee for any
out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

     (d) If the Indenture Trustee holds escheated funds for payment to the Trust
pursuant to Section 3.3(e) of the Indenture, the Owner Trustee shall, upon
notice from the Indenture Trustee that such funds exist, submit on behalf of the
Trust an Issuer Order to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 3.3(e) of the
Indenture instructing the Indenture Trustee to pay such funds to or at the order
of the Seller.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.3 Method of Payment. Subject to subsection 7.1(c), distributions
required to be made to Certificateholders on any Distribution Date shall be made
to each Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date
either by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such
Holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if (i)
such Certificateholder shall have provided to the Certificate Registrar
appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to such
Record Date and such Holder's Certificates in the aggregate evidence a
denomination of not less than $1,000,000 or (ii) such Certificateholder is the
holder of the GP Interest, or an Affiliate thereof, or, if not, by check mailed
to such Certificateholder at the address of such holder appearing in the
Certificate Register; provided, however, that, unless Definitive Certificates
have been issued pursuant to Section 3.13, with respect to Certificates
registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository
(initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), distributions will be made by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such
nominee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final distribution in respect of the
Certificates (whether on the Certificate Final Distribution Date or otherwise)
will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Certificate at the
office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Owner Trustee pursuant to
Section 3.8.

     SECTION 5.4 Accounting and Reports to the Certificateholders. The Internal
Revenue Service and Others. The Owner Trustee shall (a) maintain (or cause to be
maintained) the books of the Trust on a calendar year basis on the accrual
method of accounting, (b) deliver to each Certificateholder, as may be required
by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations or otherwise, such information
as may be required to enable each Certificateholder to prepare its federal and
state income tax returns, (c) file such tax returns relating to the Trust and
make such elections as may from time to time be required or appropriate under
any applicable state or federal statute or rule or regulation thereunder so as
to maintain the Trust's characterization as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, (d) cause such tax returns to be signed in the manner required by law
and (e) collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and
in accordance with subsection 5.2(c) with respect to income or distributions to
Certificateholders.

     SECTION 5.5 Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner. The Owner Trustee
shall sign on behalf of the Trust any and all tax returns of the Trust, unless
applicable law requires a Certificateholder to sign such documents, in which
case such documents shall be signed by the holder of the GP Interest. To the
extent one may be required, the holder of the GP Interest shall be the "tax
matters partner" of the Trust pursuant to the Code.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     SECTION 6.1 Duties of Owner Trustee.

     (a) The Owner Trustee undertakes to perform such duties, and only such
duties, as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and the other Basic
Documents, including the administration of the Trust in the interest of the


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

Certificateholders, subject to the Basic Documents and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and the Basic Documents. No implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Agreement.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to
have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Basic
Documents to the extent the Servicer has agreed in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee
hereunder or under any Basic Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable
for the default or failure of the Servicer to carry out its obligations under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (c) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Owner Trustee may
conclusively rely upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Owner Trustee
and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement in determining the truth of
the statements and the correctness of the opinions contained therein; provided,
however, that the Owner Trustee shall have examined such certificates or
opinions so as to determine compliance of the same with the requirements of this
Agreement.

     (d) The Owner Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

          (i) this subsection 6.1(d) shall not limit the effect of subsection
     6.1(a) or (b);

          (ii) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
     made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the
     Owner Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
     it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 6.4.

     (e) Subject to Sections 5.1 and 5.2, monies received by the Owner Trustee
hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by
law or the Sale and Servicing Agreement and may be deposited under such general
conditions as may be prescribed by law, and the Owner Trustee shall not be
liable for any interest thereon.

     (f) The Owner Trustee shall not take any action that (i) is inconsistent
with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or (ii) would, to the
actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee, result in the
Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. The
Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take action that would
violate the provisions of this Section 6.1 and any such direction shall be null
and void.


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 6.2 Rights of Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee is authorized and
directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents and each certificate or
other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Basic Documents
to which the Trust is to be a party, in such form as the Seller shall approve as
evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee's execution thereof. In addition to
the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be obligated, to
take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The
Owner Trustee is further authorized from time to time to take such action as the
Servicer recommends with respect to the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 6.3 Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. Except as otherwise provided
in this Article VI, in accepting the trusts hereby created
_______________________________ acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not
in its individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner
Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
Basic Document shall look only to the Owner Trust Estate for payment or
satisfaction thereof. The Owner Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and
agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon
the terms of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all
monies actually received by it constituting part of the Owner Trust Estate upon
the terms of the Basic Documents and this Agreement. The Owner Trustee shall not
be liable or accountable hereunder or under any Basic Document under any
circumstances, except (i) for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct or (ii) in the case of the
inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 6.6 and
expressly made by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation
(and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

     (a) the Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability
for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any
Contract, or the perfection and priority of any security interest created by any
Contract in any Financed Vehicle or the maintenance of any such perfection and
priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Owner Trust Estate or
its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to Certificateholders
under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture, including, without
limitation: the existence, condition and ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the
existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon; the existence and
contents of any Contract on any computer or other record thereof; the validity
of the assignment of any Contract to the Trust or of any intervening assignment;
the completeness of any Contract; the performance or enforcement of any
Contract; the compliance by the Seller or the Servicer with any warranty or
representation made under any Basic Document or in any related document or the
accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action of the Servicer,
the Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Owner
Trustee.

     (b) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the instructions of the Servicer
or any Certificateholder;

     (c) no provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document shall require the
Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability
in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under any Basic


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

Document, if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured or provided to it;

     (d) under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for
indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic Documents, including
the principal of and interest on the Notes or the Certificate Balance of and
interest on the Certificates;

     (e) the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of and
makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of any provision of
this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by the Seller or for the form,
character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Owner Trust
Estate or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Basic
Documents, the Notes, the Certificates (other than the certificate of
authentication on the Certificates) or of any Contracts or any related
documents, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any
liability, duty or obligation to any Noteholder, to any Certificateholder or the
Cash Collateral Depositor, other than as expressly provided for herein and in
the Basic Documents;

     (f) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of
the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Seller or the Servicer under any of the
Basic Documents or otherwise and the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or
liability to perform the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the
Basic Documents that are required to be performed by the Servicer under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture; and

     (g) the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this
Agreement or any Basic Document, at the request, order or direction of any of
the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders have offered to the Owner
Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or thereby. The
right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this
Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the
Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of any such act.

     SECTION 6.4 Action Upon Instruction by Certificateholders.

     (a) Subject to Section 4.4, the Certificateholders may by written
instruction direct the Owner Trustee in the management of the Trust. Such
direction may be exercised at any time by written instruction of the
Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.5.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall not be required
to take any action hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee
shall have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that
such action is likely to result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or
is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Basic Document or is otherwise
contrary to law.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

     (c) Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative
courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or any
Basic Document, or is unsure as to the application, intent, interpretation or
meaning of any provision of this Agreement or the Basic Documents, the Owner
Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under
the circumstances) to the Certificateholders requesting instruction as to the
course of action to be adopted, and, to the extent the Owner Trustee acts in
good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Owner Trustee
shall not be liable on account of such action to any Person. If the Owner
Trustee shall not have received appropriate instructions within ten days of such
notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in
such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be
under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action which is consistent,
in its view, with this Agreement or the Basic Documents, and as it shall deem to
be in the best interests of the Certificateholders, and the Owner Trustee shall
have no liability to any Person for any such action or inaction.

     SECTION 6.5 Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee shall furnish (a) to
the Certificateholders, promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor,
duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates,
financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee
under the Basic Documents and (b) to Noteholders, promptly upon receipt of a
written request therefor, copies of the Purchase Agreement, any Subsequent
Purchase Agreements, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, any Subsequent Transfer
Agreements and this Agreement.

     SECTION 6.6 Representations and Warranties of Owner Trustee. The Owner
Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Seller, for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, that:

     (a) It is a banking corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation.

     (b) It has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and
perform this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement.

     (c) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement (i)
shall not violate any provision of any law or regulation governing the banking
and trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any order, writ, judgment or decree of
any court, arbitrator or governmental authority applicable to the Owner Trustee
or any of its assets, (ii) shall not violate any provision of the corporate
charter or by-laws of the Owner Trustee, or (iii) shall not violate any
provision of, or constitute, with or without notice or lapse of time, a default
under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any properties
included in the Trust pursuant to the provisions of any mortgage, indenture,
contract, agreement or other undertaking to which it is a party, which
violation, default or lien could reasonably be expected to have a materially
adverse effect on the Owner Trustee's performance or ability to perform its
duties as Owner Trustee under this Agreement or on the transactions contemplated
in this Agreement.


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     (d) The execution, delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee of this
Agreement shall not require the authorization, consent or approval of, the
giving of notice to, the filing or registration with, or the taking of any other
action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency regulating the
banking and corporate trust activities of banks or trust companies in the
jurisdiction in which the Trust was formed.

     (e) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Owner
Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Owner
Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general and by general
principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law.

     SECTION 6.7 Reliance; Advice of Counsel.

     (a) The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any
signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate,
report, opinion, bond or other document or paper believed by it to be genuine
and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties and need not
investigate any fact or matter in any such document. The Owner Trustee may
accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other
governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence that such
resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force
and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is
not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes
hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or
by the treasurer or other authorized officers of the relevant party, as to such
fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the
Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
reliance thereon.

     (b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the
performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the Basic
Documents, the Owner Trustee: (i) may act directly or through its agents,
attorneys, custodians or nominees pursuant to agreements entered into with any
of them, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct
of such agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees if such agents, attorneys,
custodians or nominees shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee with
reasonable care; and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other
skilled professionals to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it.
The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in
good faith by it in accordance with the opinion or advice of any such counsel,
accountants or other such Persons and not contrary to this Agreement or any
Basic Document.

     SECTION 6.8 Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes. The Owner Trustee
in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Seller, the Indenture Trustee and
the Servicer in transactions in the same manner as it would have if it were not
the Owner Trustee.


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 6.9 Compensation and Indemnity. The Owner Trustee shall receive as
compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed
upon before the date hereof between the Seller, or any person representing the
Seller, and the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be
reimbursed by the Servicer for its other reasonable expenses hereunder,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such
agents, custodians, nominees, representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner
Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its rights
and its duties hereunder. The Servicer shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its
successors, assigns, agents and servants in accordance with the provisions of
Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The indemnities contained in
this Section 6.9 shall survive the resignation or termination of the Owner
Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. Any amounts paid to the Owner
Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be deemed not to be a part of the
Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

     SECTION 6.10 Replacement of Owner Trustee.

     (a) The Owner Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged from the
trusts hereby created by giving 30 days' prior written notice thereof to the
Servicer, provided that such resignation shall not become effective until a
successor Owner Trustee has been appointed. The Servicer may appoint a successor
Owner Trustee by delivering a written instrument pursuant to Section 6.10(b). If
no successor Owner Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted
appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Owner Trustee. The Servicer shall remove the Owner
Trustee if:

          (i) the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
     the provisions of Section 6.13 and shall fail to resign after written
     request therefor by the Servicer;

          (ii) the Owner Trustee shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

          (iii) a receiver or other public officer shall be appointed or take
     charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for
     the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; or

          (iv) the Owner Trustee shall otherwise be incapable of acting.

     (b) If the Owner Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Owner Trustee for any reason the Servicer shall promptly appoint a
successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate (one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and one
copy to the successor Owner Trustee) and shall pay all fees owed to the outgoing
Owner Trustee.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

     (c) Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 6.10
shall not become effective until a written acceptance of appointment is
delivered by the successor Owner Trustee to the outgoing Owner Trustee and the
Servicer and all fees and expenses due to the outgoing Owner Trustee are paid.
Any successor Owner Trustee appointed pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall be
eligible to act in such capacity in accordance with Section 6.13 and, following
compliance with the preceding sentence, shall become fully vested with all the
rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement,
with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The Servicer shall
provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of
the Rating Agencies.

     (d) The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and
expenses deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and
monies held by it under this Agreement. The Servicer and the predecessor Owner
Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as
may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the
successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

     (e) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section 6.10, the Servicer shall mail notice of the successor of such Owner
Trustee to all Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and
the Rating Agencies .

     SECTION 6.11 Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee. Any corporation into
which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, provided
such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 6.13, and without the
execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of
the parties hereto; provided, however, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice
of such merger, conversion or consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

     SECTION 6.12 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

     (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time,
for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which
any part of the Owner Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be
located, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power
and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons
approved by the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner
Trustee, or as separate trustee or trustees, of all or any part of the Owner
Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the
Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section
6.12, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Servicer and
the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Servicer shall not
have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a
request so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the power to make such
appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to
Section 6.13 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 6.10.

     (b) Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

          (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed
     jointly by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee (it
     being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized
     to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to
     the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
     act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or
     unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
     powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust
     or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
     performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
     direction of the Owner Trustee;

          (ii) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by
     reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement;
     and

          (iii) the Servicer and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any
     time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
     co-trustee.

     (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection
to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer.

     (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor trustee.

     SECTION 6.13 Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee
shall at all times: (a) be authorized to exercise corporate trust powers; (b)
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and be subject to


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

supervision or examination by federal or state authorities; and (c) have (or
have a parent which has) a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least "BBB" by
Standard & Poor's and have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least "Baa3"
by Moody's. If such corporation shall publish reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or
examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 6.13, the combined
capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined
capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so
published. If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.13, the Owner Trustee shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.10.
At all times, the Owner Trustee or Co-trustee appointed pursuant hereto shall be
a person that satisfies the provisions of Section 3807(a) of the Business Trust
Statute (the "Delaware Trustee").

                                   ARTICLE VII
                         TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

     SECTION 7.1 Termination of Trust Agreement.

     (a) This Agreement has been entered into in part to induce the Indenture
Trustee and the Certificateholders from time to time to participate in the
transactions contemplated hereby, and each of the Owner Trustee, the holder of
the GP Interest and the Seller agree that the Indenture Trustee (so long as the
Indenture shall not have been terminated in accordance with its terms) and the
Certificateholders from time to time are third party beneficiaries hereof, and
shall be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as
if they were signatories hereto, subject, however, to Article IV hereof and to
the applicable provisions of the Indenture. So long as the Indenture shall not
have been terminated in accordance with its terms, this Agreement and the Trust
created hereby are irrevocable by the Owner Trustee and the Seller, unless the
Indenture Trustee and the Certificateholders consent in writing to such
termination. This Agreement (other than Section 6.9) and the Trust shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect on the earlier of: (i) the final
distribution by the Owner Trustee of all monies or other property or proceeds of
the Owner Trust Estate in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Sale
and Servicing Agreement (including the exercise by the Servicer of its option to
purchase the Contracts pursuant to Section 11.01 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or resulting from the mandatory sale of all Contracts pursuant to
Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and Article V, (ii) at the
time provided in Section 7.2 or (iii) twenty-one years less one day after the
death of the last survivor of all of the decedents of the grandparents of David
C. Rockefeller living on the date of the earliest execution of this Agreement by
any party hereto, but if this Agreement and the Trust created hereby shall be or
become authorized under applicable law to be valid for a period commencing on
the twenty-first anniversary of the death of such last survivor (or, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, if legislation shall become effective
providing for the validity of this Agreement and the Trust created hereby for a
period in gross exceeding the period for which this Agreement and the Trust
created hereby are hereinabove stated to extend and be valid), then this
Agreement and the Trust created hereby shall not terminate under this subsection
(iii), but shall extend to and continue in effect, but only if such


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

non-termination and extension shall then be valid under applicable law, until
the day proceeding such date as the same shall, under applicable law, cease to
be valid. Upon such termination, all monies or other property or proceeds
constituting part of the Owner Trust Estate shall be distributed in accordance
with the terms of the Agreement. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, death
or incapacity of any Certificateholder, other than the holder of the GP Interest
as described in Section 7.2, shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement
or the Trust, nor (y) entitle such Certificateholder's legal representatives or
heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court
for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or the Owner Trust
Estate nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the
parties hereto. The bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of the Owner Trustee
(or any other beneficiary herewith) will not terminate this Agreement or the
Trust, nor entitle such person's legal representatives or heirs, as appropriate,
to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a
partition or winding up of the Trust or Owner Trust Estate, nor otherwise affect
the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto. No creditor of
any Certificateholder shall obtain legal title to or exercise legal or equitable
remedies with respect to the Owner Trust Estate as a result of such
Certificateholder's holding of the Certificate. No transfer, by operation of law
or otherwise, of any right, title and interest of any Certificateholder in and
to its undivided beneficial interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate to
terminate this Agreement or the Trust created hereby.

     (b) Except as provided in Section 7.1(a), neither the Seller nor the holder
of the GP Interest nor any Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or
terminate the Trust.

     (c) Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution
Date upon which the Certificateholders shall surrender their Certificates to the
Paying Agent for payment of the final distribution and cancellation, shall be
given by the Owner Trustee by letter to Certificateholders mailed within five
Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from the Servicer given
pursuant to Section 11.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or within five
Business Days of the Owner Trustee receiving notice of such termination from the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
stating: (i) the Distribution Date upon or with respect to which final payment
of the Certificates shall be made upon presentation and surrender of the
Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein designated; (ii) the
amount of any such final payment; and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only
upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates at the office of the Paying
Agent therein specified. The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the
Certificate Registrar (if other than the Owner Trustee) and the Paying Agent at
the time such notice is given to Certificateholders. Upon presentation and
surrender of the Certificates, the Paying Agent shall cause to be distributed to
Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 5.2.

     (d) If all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their Certificates
for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above
mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a second written notice
to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their Certificates for
cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

one year after the second notice all the Certificates shall not have been
surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee may take appropriate steps, or
may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining
Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates, and the cost
thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain
subject to this Agreement. Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of
funds, any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies in the
preceding sentence shall be deemed property of the holder of the GP Interest and
distributed by the Owner Trustee to the holder of the GP Interest.

     (e) Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination, the Owner Trustee
shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate of
cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.

     SECTION 7.2 Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the Holder of the GP Interest.
Upon the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the holder of the GP
Interest, this Agreement and the Trust shall be terminated and the Contracts
liquidated in accordance with Section 7.1 unless, within 90 days after such
occurrence, the Owner Trustee shall have received written instructions from (a)
each of the Certificateholders (other than the holder of the GP Interest) and
(b) each of the Noteholders, to the effect that each such party disapproves of
the liquidation of the Contracts and termination of the Trust. Promptly after
the occurrence of any Insolvency Event with respect to the holder of the GP
Interest: (i) the holder of the GP Interest shall give the Indenture Trustee and
the Owner Trustee written notice of such Insolvency Event; (ii) the Owner
Trustee shall, upon the receipt of such written notice from the holder of the GP
Interest, give prompt written notice to the Certificateholders and the Indenture
Trustee of the occurrence of such event and (iii) the Indenture Trustee shall,
upon receipt of written notice of such Insolvency Event from the Owner Trustee
or the holder of the GP Interest, give prompt written notice to the Noteholders
of the occurrence of such event; provided, however, that any failure to give a
notice required by this sentence shall not prevent or delay in any manner a
termination of the Trust pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 7.2. If
no such instructions are received within such 90-day period, the Owner Trustee
shall direct the Indenture Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the Trust
(other than the Designated Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account) in a
commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. The
proceeds of any such sale, disposition or liquidation of the assets of the Trust
shall be treated as collections on the Contracts and deposited in the Collection
Account pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   AMENDMENTS

     SECTION 8.1 Amendments Without Consent of Certificateholders or
Noteholders. This Agreement may be amended by the Seller and the Owner Trustee
without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders (but
with prior written notice to each of the Rating Agencies and in the case of
clauses (iii) and (vi), satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition), to (i)
correct manifest error or cure any ambiguity, (ii) correct or supplement any
provision in this Agreement that may be inconsistent with any other provision in


                                      -27-
<PAGE>

this Agreement, (iii) add or amend any provision as requested by Moody's or
Standard & Poor's to maintain or improve the rating of the Notes or
Certificates, (iv) add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the
Seller, the holder of the GP Interest, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee, (v) evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a
successor trustee with respect to the Owner Trust Estate and add to or change
any provisions as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the
trusts hereunder by more than one trustee pursuant to Article VI and (vi) add,
change or eliminate any other provision of this Agreement provided that an
amendment pursuant to this clause (vi), as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel,
does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders.

     SECTION 8.2 Amendments With Consent of Certificateholders and Noteholders.
This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Seller and the Owner
Trustee with the consent of Noteholders whose Notes evidence not less than a
majority of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes as of the close of the
preceding Distribution Date and the consent of Certificateholders whose
Certificates evidence not less than a majority of the Certificate Balance as of
the close of the preceding Distribution Date (which consent, whether given
pursuant to this Section 8.2 or pursuant to any other provision of this
Agreement, shall be conclusive and binding on such Person and on all future
Holders of such Notes or Certificates and of any Notes or Certificates issued
upon the transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or
not notation of such consent is made upon the Notes or Certificates) for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Contracts, or
distributions that shall be required to be made on any Note or Certificate, any
Contract Rate, the Pass Through Rate or the Class A Rate or (b) reduce the
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the
consent of the holders of all Notes and all of the Certificate Balance with
respect to Certificates then outstanding. The Owner Trustee shall furnish notice
to each of the Rating Agencies prior to obtaining consent to any proposed
amendment under this Section 8.2.

     SECTION 8.3 Form of Amendments.

     (a) Promptly after the execution of any amendment, supplement or consent
pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2, the Owner Trustee shall furnish written
notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each
Certificateholder and the Indenture Trustee.

     (b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders, the
Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 8.2 to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining
such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders provided for in this
Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of
the execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

     (c) Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of
Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the
Secretary of State.

     (d) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the
Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The Owner Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 9.1 No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate. The Certificateholders
shall not have legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate. The
Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect to
their undivided ownership interest therein only in accordance with Articles V
and VII. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title, and
interest of the Certificateholders to and in their ownership interest in the
Owner Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts
hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of
legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate.

     SECTION 9.2 Limitations on Rights of Others. Except for Section 2.7, the
last sentence of Section 5.2(a) and Section 9.12, the provisions of this
Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Seller, the
Certificateholders, the Servicer and, to the extent expressly provided herein,
the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement,
whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or
in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions
contained herein.

     SECTION 9.3 Notices.

     (a) All demands, notices and communications upon or to the Seller, the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Rating Agencies under
this Agreement shall be in writing personally delivered, sent by electronic
facsimile (with hard copy to follow via first class mail), provided, however,
receipt of such is acknowledged by return facsimile or otherwise in writing, or
mailed by certified mail-return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have
been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Seller, at the following
address: 650 CIT Drive, Livingston, N.J. 07039, (b) in the case of the Servicer,
at the following address: 650 CIT Drive, Livingston, N.J. 07039, (c) in the case
of the Indenture Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, (d) in the case of the
Trust or the Owner Trustee, to the Owner Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,
with a copy to _______________________________at __________________, ________,
__ _____, attn: _____________, (e) in the case of Moody's Investors Service,
Inc., to Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church
Street, New York, New York 10007 and (f) in the case of Standard & Poor's


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

Corporation, to Standard & Poor's Corporation, 26 Broadway (15th Floor), New
York, New York 10004, Attention: Asset Backed Surveillance Department, or at
such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written notice to
the other parties to this Agreement.

     (b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to a Certificateholder
shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such
Holder as shown in the Certificate Register. Any notice so mailed within the
time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been
duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

     SECTION 9.4 Severability. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held
invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed
severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this
Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other
provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates or the rights of the holders
thereof.

     SECTION 9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one
and the same instrument.

     SECTION 9.6 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements contained
herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Seller, the Owner
Trustee and each Certificateholder and their respective successors and permitted
assigns, all as herein provided. Any request, notice, direction, consent, waiver
or other instrument or action by a Certificateholder shall bind the successors
and assigns of such Certificateholder.

     SECTION 9.7 No Petition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination of
this Agreement, the Trust (or the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust), each
Certificateholder or Certificate Owner, the Indenture Trustee and each
Noteholder or Note Owner shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one
day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the holder of the GP
Interest or the Seller, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the
holder of the GP Interest to invoke the process of any court or governmental
authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the holder
of the GP Interest or the Seller under any federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the holder of the
GP Interest or the Seller or any substantial part of its property, or ordering
the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the holder of the GP Interest or
the Seller.

     SECTION 9.8 No Recourse. Each Certificateholder by accepting a Certificate
acknowledges that such Certificateholder's Certificates represent beneficial
interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of
the Seller, the holder of the GP Interest, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof and no recourse may be had against


                                      -30-
<PAGE>

such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or
contemplated in this Agreement, the Certificates or the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 9.9 Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections
herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any
of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION 9.10 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW
PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 9.11 Certificate Transfer Restrictions.

     The Certificates may not be acquired by or for the account of (i) an
employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to
the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1)
of the Code or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by
reason of a plan's investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit Plan"). By
accepting and holding a Certificate, the Holder thereof and the Certificate
Owner shall each be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a
Benefit Plan and not subject to the foregoing limitation.

     SECTION 9.12 Indemnification by the Servicer. The Owner Trustee further
acknowledges and accepts the conditions and limitations with respect to the
Servicer's obligation to indemnify, defend and hold the Owner Trustee harmless
as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.




                                      -31-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to
be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of
the day and year first above written



                                                 ------------------------------,
                                                 as Owner Trustee



                                                 By: 
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:


                                                 THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                                 CORPORATION II



                                                 By: 
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:


Accepted and Agreed
with respect to the
provisions relating to
the intended holder of
the GP Interest:


[                     ]




By: 
    ---------------------------
    Name:
    Title:


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                                                  
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----



ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE ...................... 1
     SECTION 1.1  Definitions .............................................. 1

ARTICLE II   ORGANIZATION .................................................. 1
     SECTION 2.1  Name ..................................................... 1
     SECTION 2.2  Office ................................................... 1
     SECTION 2.3  Purposes and Powers ...................................... 1
     SECTION 2.4  Appointment of Owner Trustee ............................. 2
     SECTION 2.5  Initial Capital Contribution of Owner Trust Estate ....... 2
     SECTION 2.6  Declaration of Trust ..................................... 2
     SECTION 2.7  Transfer of Interest to [            ];
          Liability of [            ] ...................................... 3
     SECTION 2.8 Title of Trust Property ................................... 4
     SECTION 2.9 Situs of Trust ............................................ 4
     SECTION 2.10 Representations and Warranties of the Seller ............. 4
     SECTION 2.11 Representations and Warranties of the GP Interest ........ 5
     SECTION 2.12 Tax Treatment ............................................ 6

ARTICLE III  THE CERTIFICATES .............................................. 6
     SECTION 3.1 Initial Certificate Ownership ............................. 6
     SECTION 3.2 Form of the Certificates .................................. 6
     SECTION 3.3 Execution, Authentication and Delivery .................... 7
     SECTION 3.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and 
          Exchange of Certificates ......................................... 7
     SECTION 3.5 Mutilated; Destroyed; Lost or Stolen Certificates ......... 8
     SECTION 3.6 Persons Deemed Certificateholders ......................... 9
     SECTION 3.7 Access to List of Certificateholders' 
          Names and Addresses .............................................. 9
     SECTION 3.8 Maintenance of Corporate Trust Office ..................... 10
     SECTION 3.9 Appointment of Paying Agent ............................... 10
     SECTION 3.10 Disposition by the Holder of the GP Interest ............. 11
     SECTION 3.11 Book-Entry Certificates .................................. 11
     SECTION 3.12 Notices to Depository .................................... 12
     SECTION 3.13 Definitive Certificates .................................. 12
     SECTION 3.14 Seller as Certificateholder .............................. 12

ARTICLE IV  ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE ....................................... 12
     SECTION 4.1 Prior Notice to Certificateholders with Respect
          to Certain Matters ............................................... 12
     SECTION 4.2 Action by Certificateholders with Respect 
          to Certain Matters ............................................... 13


                                       -i-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.3 Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy ... 13
     SECTION 4.4 Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power ................. 14
     SECTION 4.5 Majority Control .......................................... 14

ARTICLE V  APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES ...................... 14
     SECTION 5.1 Establishment of Accounts ................................. 14
     SECTION 5.2 Application of Trust Funds ................................ 15
     SECTION 5.3 Method of Payment ......................................... 16
     SECTION 5.4 Accounting and Reports to the Certificateholders. 
          The Internal Revenue Service and Others .......................... 16
     SECTION 5.5 Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner ................. 16

ARTICLE VI THE OWNER TRUSTEE ............................................... 16
     SECTION 6.1 Duties of Owner Trustee ................................... 16
     SECTION 6.2 Rights of Owner Trustee ................................... 18
     SECTION 6.3 Acceptance of Trusts and Duties ........................... 18
     SECTION 6.4 Action Upon Instruction by Certificateholders ............. 19
     SECTION 6.5 Furnishing of Documents ................................... 20
     SECTION 6.6 Representations and Warranties of Owner Trustee ........... 20
     SECTION 6.7 Reliance; Advice of Counsel ............................... 21
     SECTION 6.8 Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes .............. 21
     SECTION 6.9 Compensation and Indemnity ................................ 22
     SECTION 6.10 Replacement of Owner Trustee ............................. 22
     SECTION 6.11 Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee ................ 23
     SECTION 6.12 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee ............ 23
     SECTION 6.13 Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee ............... 24

ARTICLE VII TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT ................................. 25
     SECTION 7.1 Termination of Trust Agreement ........................... 25
     SECTION 7.2 Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the Holder of 
          the GP Interest .................................................. 27

ARTICLE VIII  AMENDMENTS ................................................... 27
     SECTION 8.1 Amendments Without Consent of Certificateholders 
          or Noteholders ................................................... 27
     SECTION 8.2 Amendments With Consent of Certificateholders 
          or Noteholders ................................................... 28
     SECTION 8.3 Form of Amendments ........................................ 28

ARTICLE IX  MISCELLANEOUS .................................................. 29
     SECTION 9.1 No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate ...................... 29
     SECTION 9.2 Limitations on Rights of Others ........................... 29
     SECTION 9.3 Notices ................................................... 29


                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 9.4 Severability .............................................. 30
     SECTION 9.5 Counterparts .............................................. 30
     SECTION 9.6 Successors and Assigns .................................... 30
     SECTION 9.7 No Petition Covenant ...................................... 30
     SECTION 9.8 No Recourse ............................................... 30
     SECTION 9.9 Headings .................................................. 31
     SECTION 9.10 Governing Law ............................................ 31
     SECTION 9.11 Certificate Transfer Restrictions ........................ 31
     SECTION 9.12 Indemnification by the Servicer .......................... 31







                                      -iii-
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A
NUMBER ______                                                $ _________________
                                                             CUSIP NO. _________

                       SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

     NO INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
(i) AN "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT
TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (ii) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION
4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND KEOGH PLANS), OR (iii) ANY ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN
THE ENTITY. BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING THIS CERTIFICATE, THE HOLDER HEREOF AND THE
CERTIFICATE OWNER SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT IT
IS NOT A BENEFIT PLAN.

     PURSUANT TO THE TRUST AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED BELOW), [               ] ("GP
CORP") SHALL RETAIN BENEFICIAL AND RECORD OWNERSHIP OF CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING
AT LEAST 1% OF THE CERTIFICATE BALANCE, AND ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE THAT REDUCES THE BENEFICIAL AND RECORD INTEREST OF GP CORP TO BELOW
1% OF THE CERTIFICATE BALANCE SHALL BE VOID.

                            CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

                         ____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts secured
by new and used recreational vehicles and sold to the Trust by The CIT Group
Securitization Corp II (This Certificate does not represent an interest in or


<PAGE>

obligation of The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc. or The CIT Group Holdings, Inc. or any of their respective
affiliates, except to the extent described below.)

     THIS CERTIFIES THAT ___________ is the registered owner of a nonassessable,
fully-paid, fractional undivided interest in CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the
"Trust") formed by The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, a Delaware
corporation.

     The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of February
1, 1996 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Trust Agreement"),
between the Seller and ______________________________, as owner trustee (the
"Owner Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is
set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized
terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement.

     This Certificate is one of the duly authorized Certificates designated as
____% Asset Backed Certificates" (the "Certificates"). This Certificate is
issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust
Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the holder of this Certificate by virtue of
the acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound. The property of
the Trust includes a pool of simple interest retail installment sale contracts
(the "Contracts") secured by the new and used recreational vehicles financed
thereby (the "Financed Vehicles"), certain monies received under the Initial
Contracts on and after February 1, 1996 (the "Initial Cut-off Date") or under
the Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date, security
interests in the Initial Financed Vehicles, the Collection Account, the Cash
Collateral Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate Distribution
Account, the Capitalized Interest Account and the Pre-Funding Account, in each
case together with the proceeds thereof (except for investment earnings on the
Cash Collateral Account), the proceeds from claims under certain insurance
policies in respect of individual Initial Financed Vehicles or the related
Obligors and certain rights under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The rights
of the holders of the Certificates are subordinated to the rights of the holders
of the Notes, as set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     Under the Trust Agreement, there shall be distributed on the 15th day of
each month or, if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day,
commencing on _________ 15, 1996 (each, a "Distribution Date"), to the person in
whose name this Certificate is registered on the related Record Date (as defined
below), such Certificateholder's fractional undivided interest in the amount of
interest and principal to be distributed to Certificateholders on such
Distribution Date. On each Distribution Date interest on this Certificate shall
be distributed in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of the rate per
annum shown above and the outstanding principal amount of this Certificate as of
the preceding Distribution Date after giving effect to all payments of principal
and other reductions in the principal amount of this Certificate to be made on
such Distribution Date (or in the case of the first Distribution Date the
original outstanding principal amount of this Certificate). The "Record Date,"
with respect to any Distribution Date, means the close of business on the day


                                      A-2
<PAGE>

immediately preceding such Distribution Date, or if Definitive Certificates are
issued, the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which such
Distribution Date occurs.

     The distributions in respect of principal and interest on this Certificate
are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All
payments made by the Trust with respect to this Certificate shall be applied
first to interest due and payable on this Certificate as provided above and then
to the unpaid distributions in respect of principal on this Certificate.

     The holder of this Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to
receive distributions in respect of this Certificate are subordinated to the
rights of the Noteholders as and to the extent described in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

     It is the intent of the Seller, the Servicer and the Certificateholders
that, for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise taxes
and any other taxes imposed upon, measured by or based upon gross or net income,
the Trust shall be treated as a partnership. Except as otherwise required by
appropriate taxing authorities, the Seller and the other Certificateholders by
acceptance of a Certificate, agree to treat, and to take no action inconsistent
with the treatment of, the Certificates for such tax purposes as interests in
such partnership.

     Each Certificateholder or Certificate Owner, by its acceptance of a
Certificate or, in the case of a Certificate Owner, a beneficial interest in a
Certificate, covenants and agrees that such Certificateholder or Certificate
Owner, as the case may be, shall not, prior to the date which is one year and
one day after the termination of the Trust Agreement, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke or cause the Seller, the Issuer or the holder of the GP
Interest to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Seller, the Issuer or the
holder of the GP Interest under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Seller, the
Issuer or the holder of the GP Interest or any substantial part of its property,
or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller, the
Issuer or the holder of the GP Interest.

     Distributions on this Certificate shall be made as provided in the Trust
Agreement by the Owner Trustee by wire transfer or check mailed to the
Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register without the presentation
or surrender of this certificate or the making of any notation hereon, except
that with respect to Certificates registered on the Record Date in the name of
the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.),
payments shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the
account designated by such nominee. Except as otherwise provided in the Trust
Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this
Certificate shall be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency
of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this
Certificate at the office maintained for such purpose by the Owner Trustee.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Certificate set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee by manual signature, this Certificate
shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or
the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

     THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in
its individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.


          CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

          BY:                                    ,
                 --------------------------------
                 not in its individual capacity,
                 but solely as Owner Trustee


          By:
                 --------------------------
                 Name:
                 Title:


          Dated: 
                 -------------------------


                  OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned Trust
Agreement.




- ------------------------------                   ------------------------------
not in its individual                            not in its individual
capacity but solely                              capacity but solely
as Owner Trustee                                 as Owner Trustee




By:                                              By:   
     --------------------------                       ------------------------- 
     Name:     
                                                      -------------------------
     Title:                                                          , as
                                                      ----------------
                                                      authenticating agent



                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                             REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE

     The Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, the
Seller, the Servicer, The CIT Group Holdings, Inc., the holder of the GP
Interest, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Cash Collateral
Depositor or any affiliates of any of them and no recourse may be had against
such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or
contemplated herein or in the Trust Agreement or the Basic Documents. In
addition, this Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental agency or
instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections and
recoveries with respect to the Contracts (and certain other amounts), all as
more specifically set forth herein and in the Trust Agreement and the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. A copy of each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Trust Agreement may be examined during normal business hours at the principal
office of the Seller, and at such other places, if any, designated by the
Seller, by any Certificateholder upon written request.

     The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Seller and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement at any
time by the Seller and the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Holders of the
Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding amount of
the Notes as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date and the consent of
Certificateholders whose Certificates evidence not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date. Any such
consent by the Holder of this Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on
such holder and on all future Holders of this Certificate and of any Certificate
issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether
or not notation of such consent is made upon this Certificate. The Trust
Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain circumstances, without
the consent of the Holders of any of the Certificates or the Notes.

     As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations
therein set forth, the transfer of this Certificate is registerable in the
Certificate Register upon surrender of this Certificate for registration of
transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar maintained by
the Owner Trustee for such purposes, accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar
duly executed by the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in
writing and thereupon one or more new Certificates of authorized denominations
evidencing the same aggregate interest in the Trust will be issued to the
designated transferee. The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the
Trust Agreement is ______________________________.

     The Certificates are issuable only as registered Certificates without
coupons in denominations of $20,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof; provided, however, that one Certificate may be issued in a denomination
other than an integral multiple of $1,000 such that the holder of the GP
Interest may be issued at least 1% of the Certificate Balance (as described in
the Trust Agreement). As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain
limitations therein set forth, Certificates are exchangeable for new
Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same; provided,


                                      A-6
<PAGE>

however, that no Certificate may be subdivided such that the denomination of any
resulting Certificate is less than $20,000. No service charge shall be made for
any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the
Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
or governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

     The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner
Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name this
Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the
Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by
any notice to the contrary.

     The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders of
all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the disposition of all property held as part of
the Trust. CITSF may at its option purchase the Contracts at a price specified
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of the Contracts shall
effect early retirement of the Certificates; provided, however, that such right
of purchase is exercisable on any Distribution Date following any Record Date as
of which the Pool Balance is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance. In
addition, within ten days following a Distribution Date as of which the Pool
Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool Balance an auction sale of the
remaining Contracts will be conducted (in each case, as described in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement) and such auction shall effect early retirement of the
Certificates.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing


                                                                       Attorney
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
to transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar, with
full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:                                                                        *
      --------------                                     ---------------------


Signature Guaranteed:  
                     ----------------------------

* NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be
guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange or a commercial bank
or trust company.


                                      A-8
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                             CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                            CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

     THIS Certificate of Trust of CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), dated
as of February 1, 1996, is being duly executed and filed by
_______________________________, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee, to
form a business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 Del. C. 3801 et
seq.).

     1. Name. The name of the business trust formed hereby is CIT RV Owner Trust
1996-A.

     2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the Trust resident in
the State of Delaware is 
                          ----------------------------- -------------------,

- ----------, -- -----.

     3. This Certificate of Trust shall be effective as of ________ __, 1996.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the trustee of the Trust, has
executed this Certificate of Trust as of the date first-above written.

          _______________________________, not in its individual capacity but
     solely as Owner Trustee under a Trust Agreement dated as of February 1,
     1996


     By:  
         ----------------------------------------
         Name:
         Title:





================================================================================


                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II,
                                    as Seller


                      THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,
                                   as Servicer


                            CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A




                         -------------------------------

                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
                          Dated as of February 1, 1996

                        --------------------------------






                                  $
                            CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A
                        Class A ____% Asset Backed Notes
                         ____% Asset Backed Certificates


================================================================================


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   Definitions

 1.01         General
 1.02         Specific Terms


                                   ARTICLE II
                            Conveyance of Contracts;
                              Acceptance by Trustee

 2.01         Conveyance of the Initial Contracts
 2.02         Conveyance of the Subsequent Contracts
 2.03         Acceptance by Owner Trustee


                                   ARTICLE III
                  Representations and Warranties; The Contracts

 3.01A        Representations and Warranties Regarding Each Contract
 3.01B        Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contracts 
              in the Aggregate
 3.01C        Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contract Files
 3.01D        Conditions of Closing for the Subsequent Contracts
 3.02         Repurchase of Contracts for Breach of Representations 
              and Warranties
 3.03         Custody of Contract Files
 3.04         Duties of Servicer as Custodian
 3.05         Instructions; Authority to Act
 3.06         Effective Period and Termination


                                   ARTICLE IV
                    Administration and Servicing of Contracts

 4.01         Duties of Servicer
 4.02         Collection of Contract Payments
 4.03         Realization Upon Contracts
 4.04         Physical Damage Insurance
 4.05         Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles; Retitling
 4.06         Covenants of Servicer
 4.07         Purchase of Contracts Upon Breach
 4.08         Servicing Fee

<PAGE>

 4.09         Servicer's Certificate
 4.10         Annual Statement as to Compliance
 4.11         Annual Report of Accountants
 4.12         Duties of Owner Trustee
 4.13         Reports to Securityholders and the Rating Agencies
 4.14         Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omission Policy
 4.15         Trustees to Cooperate
 4.16         Costs and Expenses


                                    ARTICLE V
            Accounts; Distributions; Statements to Certificateholders

 5.01         Collection Account, Pre-Funding Account, Capitalized 
              Interest Account and Cash Collateral Account
 5.02         Collections; Applications
 5.03         Monthly Advances
 5.04A        Non-Reimbursable Payments
 5.04         Additional Deposits
 5.05         Distributions
 5.06         Cash Collateral Account
 5.07         Net Deposits
 5.08         Statements to Securityholders


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   [Reserved]



                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   The Company

 7.01         Representations of Company
 7.02         Merger or Consolidation of Company
 7.03         Limitation on Liability of the Company and Others
 7.04         The Company May Own Securities
 7.05         Indebtedness of and Sale of Assets by the Company

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                  The Servicer; Representations and Indemnities

 8.01         Representations of CITSF
 8.02         Liability of Servicer, Indemnities
 8.03         Merger or Consolidation of Servicer
 8.04         Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others
 8.05         Servicer Not To Resign

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                     Default

 9.01         Events of Termination
 9.02         Indenture Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor
 9.03         Notification to Securityholders
 9.04         Rights to Direct Trustees and Waiver of Events of Termination
 9.05         Effect of Transfer

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   [Reserved]

                                   ARTICLE XI
                       Optional Purchase and Auction Sale

 11.01        Optional Purchase of All Contracts
 11.02        Mandatory Sale of all Contracts

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII
                            Miscellaneous Provisions

 12.01        Amendment
 12.02        Protection of Title to Trust
 12.03        Limitation on Rights of Securityholders
 12.04        Governing Law
 12.05        Notices
 12.06        Severability of Provisions
 12.07        Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue
 12.08        Counterparts
 12.09        Merger and Integration
 12.10        Headings

                                    EXHIBITS

 Exhibit A    List of Initial Contracts
 Exhibit B    Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement
 Exhibit C    Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement
 Exhibit D    Form of Assignment
 Exhibit E    Form of Owner Trustee's Acknowledgement and Certification
 Exhibit F    Form of Servicer's Certificate
 Exhibit G    Form of Monthly Report
 Exhibit H    Termination - Auction Procedures
 Exhibit I    Form of Officers' Certificate

<PAGE>

     This Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996, is made
among The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, as seller (together with its
permitted successors and assigns, the "Company" or the "Seller"), The CIT
Group/Sales Financing, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Delaware, as servicer (in its individual capacity, "CITSF," or,
together with its permitted successors and assigns, the "Servicer"), and CIT RV
Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Issuer" and the "Trust"), for which
______________________________, a Delaware banking corporation, acts not in its
individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee (together with permitted
successors and assigns, the "Owner Trustee").

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as provided herein:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

     Section 1.01 General

     For the purpose of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided
or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this Article
include the plural as well as the singular, the words "herein," "hereof" and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision, and Section
references refer to Sections of this Agreement.

     Section 1.02 Specific Terms

     "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person controlling or
controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified
Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" or "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

     "Agency Office" means the office of the Trust maintained pursuant to
Section 3.2 of the Indenture.

     "Amount Available" on any Distribution Date is equal to all amounts on
deposit in the Collection Account attributable to collections or deposits made
in respect of such Contracts in the related Due Period (together with the
Purchase Price for any Repurchased Contracts paid on or prior to the Deposit
Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date) less the following amounts
(to the extent that the Servicer has not already withheld such amounts from
collections on the Contracts): any repossession profits on Liquidated Contracts,

<PAGE>

any Liquidation Expenses incurred and taxes and insurance advanced by the
Servicer in respect of Financed Vehicles that are reimbursable to the Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; any amounts incorrectly deposited in the
Collection Account; and net investment earnings on the funds in the Collection
Account due to the Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any
other amounts permitted to be withdrawn from the Collection Account by the
Servicer (or to be retained by the Servicer from collections on the Contracts)
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Available Cash Collateral Amount" means, with respect to any date of
determination, the lesser of (i) the Required Cash Collateral Amount and (ii)
the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, excluding Investment
Earnings with respect thereto.

     "Authorized Officer" means with respect to the Trust, any officer of the
Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters relating
to the Trust and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered
by the Owner Trustee to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list
may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter).

     "Basic Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Cash Collateral Agreement, the
Purchase Agreement, any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and any Subsequent
Transfer Agreements.

     "Benefit Plan" means a benefit plan as described in Section 9.11 of the
Trust Agreement.

     "Book-Entry Certificates" means a beneficial interest in the Certificates,
ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a
Depository as described in Section 3.11 of the Trust Agreement.

     "Book-Entry Notes" means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership and
transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depository as
described in Section 2.10 of the Indenture.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on
which banking institutions or trust companies in the States of New York,
Delaware, Illinois or Oklahoma are authorized or required by law, regulation or
executive order to be closed.

     "Business Trust Statute" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code,
12 Del. Code ss. 3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time.

     "Capitalized Interest Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     "Cash Collateral Account" means the deposit account established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iv) hereof.

     "Cash Collateral Account Property" means the Cash Collateral Account, all
amounts deposited from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account and all
investments from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account, all income on such
investments and all cash and non-cash proceeds of such investments and all cash
and non-cash proceeds of such income from the date of the establishment of the
Cash Collateral Account until the termination thereof pursuant to the terms of
the Cash Collateral Agreement.

     "Cash Collateral Account Surplus" means, as of any Distribution Date, the
amount, if any, by which Available Cash Collateral Amount, after taking into
account any deposits to the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 5.06(a)
on such Distribution Date and any withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account
pursuant to Section 5.06(b) or (c) on such Distribution Date, exceeds the
Required Cash Collateral Amount for the next Distribution Date.

     "Cash Collateral Depositor" means the financial institution which is a
party to the Cash Collateral Agreement and which, pursuant to the Cash
Collateral Agreement, will make a loan to the Trust on the Closing Date, the
proceeds of which will be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account on the
Closing Date.

     "Cash Collateral Agreement" means the Cash Collateral Agreement dated as of
February 1, 1996 among the Cash Collateral Depositor, the Trust, the Servicer
and the Owner Trustee.

     "Certificate" means any one of the ____% Asset Backed Certificates executed
by the Owner Trustee and authenticated by the Owner Trustee in substantially the
form set forth in Exhibit A to the Trust Agreement.

     "Certificate Balance" initially means, as of the Closing Date, $__________
and, on any Distribution Date thereafter, the initial Certificate Balance
reduced by (i) all distributions in respect of principal to the
Certificateholders actually made, including payments of any Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount and payments of any Principal Distribution Amount, (ii)
the aggregate amount of all Principal Liquidation Loss Amounts distributable to
Certificateholders to the extent such amounts have not been previously
distributed and (iii) on or after the Cross-over Date, the aggregate amount of
all Principal Distribution Amounts distributable to Certificateholders to the
extent such amounts have not been previously distributed.

     "Certificate Depository Agreement" means the Agreement, dated as of the
Closing Date, among the Trust, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and The
Depository Trust Company (as the initial Depository), relating to the
Certificates, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     "Certificate Distribution Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Trust Agreement.

     "Certificate Final Distribution Date" means the April, 2011, Distribution
Date.

     "Certificateholder" means the holder of record of a Certificate pursuant to
the terms of the Trust Agreement.

     "Certificate Interest Distribution Amount" means the amount of interest
payable on a Distribution Date to the Holders of the Certificates. Such amount
will equal one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the
Certificate Balance as of the preceding Distribution Date, after giving effect
to any distributions of principal on the Certificates on such preceding
Distribution Date and other reductions in the Certificate Balance on such
preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on
the basis of the original Certificate Balance), for the applicable Interest
Accrual Period.

     "Certificate Pre-Funded Percentage" means the percentage derived from the
fraction, the numerator of which is the Certificate Balance and the denominator
of which is the sum of the initial principal balance of the Notes and the
initial Certificate Balance.

     "Certificate of Trust" means the certificate of trust of the Issuer
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement to be filed for
the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Business Trust Statute.

     "Certificate Owners" means with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate, the
Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as reflected
on the books of the Depository, or on the books of a Person maintaining an
account with such Depository (directly as a Depository Participant or as an
indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such
Depository).

     "Certificate Pool Factor" means a seven-digit decimal which the Servicer
will compute each month indicating the remaining Certificate Balance as of the
Distribution Date, as a fraction of the initial Certificate Balance. The
Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Initial Cut-off Date, and
thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding principal
balance of the Certificates. A Certificateholder's portion of the aggregate
outstanding Certificate Balance is the product of (i) the original denomination
of the Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

     "Certificate Register" means the register of Certificates specified in
Section 3.4 of the Trust Agreement.

     "Certificate Registrar" means the registrar at any time of the Certificate
Register, appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Trust Agreement.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     "CIT" means The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.

     "CITCF-NY" means The CIT Group/Consumer Finance (NY).

     "CITSF" means The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., and its successors in
interest as permitted under the related agreement.

     "Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date" means the April, 2011
Distribution Date.

     "Class A Interest Distribution Amount" means the amount of interest payable
on a Distribution Date to the Holders of the Class A Notes. Such amount will
equal one-twelfth of the product of the Class A Rate and the outstanding
principal amount of Class A Notes as of the preceding Distribution Date, after
giving effect to any distributions of principal on the Class A Notes on such
preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on
the original outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes), for the
applicable Interest Accrual Period.

     "Class A Note" means any one of the Class A ____% Asset Backed Notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $___________ issued pursuant to the Indenture and
substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture.

     "Class A Rate" means ____% per annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

     "Closing Date" means February __, 1996.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Collateral" means the collateral specified in the Granting Clause of the
Indenture.

     "Collection Account" means the account designated as such established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Company" means The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, and its
successors in interest as permitted under the related agreement.

     "Computer Tape" means the computer tape generated by the Servicer which
provides information relating to the Contracts, and includes the master file and
the history file.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     "Contract(s)" means one or more of the Initial Contracts and/or Subsequent
Contracts.

     "Contract File" means, as to each Contract (a) the original copy of the
Contract, (b) either (i) the original title document for the related Financed
Vehicle or a duplicate certified by the appropriate governmental authority which
issued the original thereof or the application for such title document, or (ii)
if the laws of the jurisdiction in which the related Financed Vehicle is located
do not provide for the issuance of title documents for recreational vehicles,
other evidence of ownership of the related Financed Vehicle which is customarily
relied upon in such jurisdiction as evidence of title to a recreational vehicle;
(c) evidence of one or more of the following types of perfection of the security
interest in the related Financed Vehicle granted by such Contract, as
appropriate: (i) notation of such security interest on the title document, (ii)
a financing statement meeting the requirements of the UCC, with evidence of
recording indicated thereon, or (iii) such other evidence of perfection of a
security interest in a recreational vehicle as is customarily relied upon in the
jurisdiction in which the related Financed Vehicle is located; (d) an assignment
of the Contract evidencing the chain of title of the Contract from the Dealer
which is the originator thereof to CITSF; and (e) any extension, modification or
waiver agreement(s).

     "Contract Rate" means, with respect to any particular Contract, the rate of
interest specified in that Contract.

     "Corporate Trust Office" means with respect to the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee, the principal office at which at any particular time the
corporate trust business of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee,
respectively, shall be administered, which offices at the Closing Date are
located, in the case of the Indenture Trustee, at 311 West Monroe Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60606, attn: Indenture Trust Administration, and in the case
of the Owner Trustee, at 802 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, attn:
John Mack.

     "Cross-over Date" means the Distribution Date on which the Notes have been
paid in full.

     "Dealer" means the dealer which sold a Financed Vehicle and which
originated and assigned the Contract relating to such Financed Vehicle to CITSF
or CITCF-NY under a Dealer Agreement.

     "Dealer Agreement" means the agreement, if any, under which Contracts were
originated by a Dealer and sold to CITSF or CITCF-NY, and all documents and
instruments relating thereto.

     "Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time
or both would become an Event of Default.

     "Defaulted Contract" means, with respect to any Due Period, a Contract
(other than a Repurchased Contract) in respect of which payments exceeding $25
in the aggregate were delinquent 120 days or more as of the last day of such Due


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

Period; provided, however, that a Paid-Ahead Contract and a Contract which is
delinquent due to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Relief Act of 1940 shall not be
deemed to be delinquent.

     "Definitive Certificates" means the Certificates specified in Section 3.13
of the Trust Agreement.

     "Definitive Notes" means the Notes specified in Section 2.12 of the
Indenture.

     "Demand Note" means the note issued by CIT to The CIT GP Corporation which
is payable on demand.

     "Deposit Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the Business
Day immediately preceding such related Distribution Date.

     "Depository" means the initial Depository, The Depository Trust Company,
the nominee of which is CEDE & CO., and any permitted successor depository. The
Depository shall at all times be a "clearing corporation" defined in Section
8-102(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

     "Depository Agreement" means the Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date,
among the Trust, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Depository,
relating to the Notes, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to
time.

     "Depository Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank or other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depository effects
book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depository.

     "Designated Accounts" means the Collection Account, the Note Distribution
Account, the Certificate Distribution Account, the Pre-Funding Account and the
Capitalized Interest Account, collectively.

     "Determination Date" means the third Business Day prior to each
Distribution Date.

     "Distribution Date" means the date on which payments of interest and
principal on the Securities will be made. Such Distribution Dates will be on the
fifteenth day of each month or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing _________ 15, 1996.

     "Draw Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 5.06(b) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     "Due Date" shall mean, with respect to each Contract, the day set forth in
such Contract as the date on which payments under such Contract are scheduled to
be made.

     "Due Period" means with respect to any Distribution Date the period during
which principal, interest and fees will be collected on the Contracts for
application towards the payment of principal and interest to the Securityholders
and the payment of fees on such Distribution Date. The "Due Period" will be the
calendar month immediately preceding the Distribution Date. The first Due Period
will commence on and include February 1, 1996 and will end on and include
February 29, 1996.

     "Electronic Ledger" means the electronic master record of installment sale
contracts of the Servicer.

     "Eligible Institution" means either (i) the corporate trust department of
the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or any paying agent satisfying the
criteria under the Trust Agreement or Indenture, as applicable or (ii) a
depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia
(or any domestic branch or agency of a foreign bank), (A) which has either a
long-term unsecured debt rating of AAA or a short-term senior unsecured debt or
certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ or better by Standard & Poor's and a
long-term senior unsecured debt rating of A1 or better and a short-term senior
unsecured debt rating of P-1 or better by Moody's or any other long-term,
short-term or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies
and (B) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

     "Eligible Investments" means, at any time, any one or more of the
obligations and securities described in Section 5.01(c) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

     "Eligible Servicer" means CITSF, the Trustees or any other Person qualified
to act as Servicer of the Contracts under applicable federal and state laws and
regulations, which Person services not less than $100,000,000 in outstanding
principal amount of recreational or motor vehicle installment sale contracts.

     "ERISA" means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

     "Event of Default" means an event as described in Section 5.1 of the
Indenture.

     "Event of Termination" means an event specified in Section 9.01 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "Excluded Assets" means any amounts on deposit in the Certificate
Distribution Account and Cash Collateral Account and any Investment Earnings
thereon.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     "Final Draw Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06(c) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Financed Vehicle" with respect to a Contract means the new or used
Recreational Vehicle, together with all accessions thereto, securing an
Obligor's indebtedness under such Contract.

     "Force-Placed Insurance" means insurance described in Section 4.04(a) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Force-Placed Insurance Premium" means any premium for theft and physical
damage insurance purchased by CITSF or CITCF-NY.

     "Funding Period" means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending
on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account is less than $100,000, (ii) the date on which an Event of
Default occurs under the Indenture, (iii) the date on which an Event of
Termination occurs under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (iv) the insolvency
of the Company, CITSF, CITCF-NY or CIT or (v) the close of business on ________
15, 1996.

     "GP Interest" means the ownership interest of at least 1% of the
Certificate Balance, which shall initially be held by The CIT GP Corporation, as
described in Section 2.7 of the Trust Agreement.

     "Grant" means to mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm
pursuant to the Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement
or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the
obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the immediate and
continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal
and interest payments in respect of, the Collateral and all other moneys payable
thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make
waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring
Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and generally to do
and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or
receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

     "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note or Certificate is registered
on the Note Register or the Certificate Register, as applicable.

     "Indenture" means the indenture, dated as of February 1, 1996, between the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     "Indenture Trustee" means _____________________________, not in its
individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture, or any successor
trustee under the Indenture.

     "Independent" when used with respect to any specified Person, means that
the Person (i) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Seller and any Affiliates of any of the foregoing Persons, (ii) does
not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial
interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of
any of the foregoing Persons and (iii) is not connected with the Issuer, any
such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons
as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or
person performing similar functions.

     "Independent Certificate" means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to
the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture,
made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order
and approved by the Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and
such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition
of "Independent" in the Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the
meaning thereof.

     "Initial Capitalized Interest Deposit" means the amount deposited in the
Capitalized Interest Account on the Closing Date from the proceeds of the sale
of the Notes and Certificates, which amount is $_______.

     "Initial Cash Collateral Amount" means $_________.

     "Initial Contract" means one or more of the fixed-rate simple interest
installment sale contracts described in the List of Initial Contracts, which
constitute part of the corpus of the Trust, and which Contracts are to be
assigned by the Company to the Trust; including, without limitation, all related
security interests, collateral, liens, insurance policies and guarantees of the
obligations of the related Obligor (other than guarantees, if any, by the
related Dealer) and any and all rights to receive payments which are received
pursuant thereto from and after the Initial Cut-off Date, but excluding any
rights to receive payments which are received pursuant thereto prior to the
Initial Cut-off Date.

     "Initial Cut-off Date" means February 1, 1996.

     "Initial Cut-off Date Principal Balance" means the aggregate unpaid
principal balance of all of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cut-off
Date.

     "Initial Financed Vehicle" means a Financed Vehicle with respect to an
Initial Contract.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     "Initial Pool Balance" means the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the
Initial Cut-off Date and (ii) the aggregate principal balance of all Subsequent
Contracts added to the Trust as of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

     "Insolvency Event" with respect to a specified Person, (i) the entry of a
decree or order by a court, agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction
in the premises for the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator for
such Person, in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of such
Person's affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and
in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; (ii) the consent by such Person
to the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,
readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
proceedings of or relating to such Person or of or relating to substantially all
of such Person's property, or (iii) such Person shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take
advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of
its obligations.

     "Insurance Policy" means, with respect to each Contract, the policy of
physical damage and all other insurance covering the Financed Vehicles or the
Obligors, as provided in Section 4.04(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
and which, as provided therein, may be a blanket policy maintained by the
Servicer in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Section 4.04(b) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Insurance Proceeds" means proceeds paid by any insurer pursuant to any
Insurance Policy.

     "Interest Accrual Period" means the period for which interest is payable on
a Distribution Date on the Securities, which shall be the period from the most
recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding the
following Distribution Date, or in the case of the initial Distribution Date
from February __, 1996 to but excluding the initial Distribution Date.

     "Interest Shortfall" means with respect to any Contract and any
Distribution Date, the excess of (x) the sum of (i) the product of one-twelfth
of the weighted average of the Pass-Through Rate and the Class A Rate multiplied
by the outstanding principal amount of such Contract as of the last day of the
second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Due Period ending
after the Contract was acquired by the Trust, as of the Initial Cut-off Date or
the Subsequent Cut-off Date, as applicable to such Contract) calculated on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and (ii) the product
of (A) one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate and (B) the outstanding principal
amount of such Contract as of the last day of the second preceding Due Period
(or, in the case of the first Due Period ending after the Contract was acquired
by the Trust, as of the Initial Cut-off Date or the Subsequent Cut-off Date, as
applicable to such Contract) over (y) the amount of interest, if any, collected
on such Contract in the related Due Period.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     "Investment Earnings" means investment earnings deposited in a Designated
Account or the Cash Collateral Account, as applicable, net of losses and
investment expenses.

     "Issuer" means the Trust until a successor replaces it and, thereafter,
means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained in the
Indenture and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Notes.

     "Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request" means a written order or request signed
in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to
the Indenture Trustee

     "Late Fees" means any late fees, prepayment charges, extension fees or
other administrative fees or similar charges allowed by applicable law with
respect to the Contracts.

     "Lien" means any security interest, charge, pledge, equity or encumbrance
of any kind other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and any liens that attach by
operation of law.

     "Liquidated Contract" means any Contract as to which the Servicer has
determined that all amounts which it expects to recover from or on account of
such Contract have been recovered; provided that any Contract in respect of
which the related Financed Vehicle has been realized upon and disposed of and
the proceeds of such disposition have been received, shall be deemed to be a
Liquidated Contract.

     "Liquidation Expenses" means any out of pocket expenses incurred by the
Servicer hereunder relating to the liquidation of a Contract, permissible
hereunder.

     "List of Initial Contracts" means the list attached to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement as Exhibit A identifying each Initial Contract constituting
part of the corpus of the Trust, which list (a) identifies each Initial Contract
and (b) sets forth as to each Initial Contract (i) the Initial Cut-off Date
Principal Balance, (ii) the amount of the monthly payment due from the Obligor
as of the Initial Cut-off Date, (iii) the Contract Rate as of the Initial
Cut-off Date and (iv) the maturity date.

     "List of Subsequent Contracts" means, with respect to the sale of any
Subsequent Contracts by the Company to the Trust pursuant to a Subsequent
Transfer Agreement, the list attached to such Subsequent Transfer Agreement
identifying each Subsequent Contract which, upon the execution and delivery of
such Subsequent Transfer Agreement, will constitute part of the corpus of the
Trust, which list (a) identifies each such Subsequent Contract and (b) sets
forth as to each such Subsequent Contract (i) the Subsequent Cut-off Date
Principal Balance, (ii) the amount of monthly payment due from the Obligor as of
the applicable Subsequent Cut-off Date, (iii) the Contract Rate as of the
applicable Subsequent Cut-off Date and (iv) the maturity date.

     "Military Reservist Relief Act" means the California Military Reservist
Relief Act of 1991.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     "Monthly Advance" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, any payment
made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement on the preceding Deposit Date.

     "Monthly Report" has the meaning assigned in Section 4.09 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. The form of Monthly Report is attached as Exhibit G to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors in
interest.

     "Net Liquidation Proceeds" means the monies collected (from whatever
source) during a Due Period on a Liquidated Contract, net of the sum of (a) any
amount expended by or on behalf of the Servicer in effecting such collections
permissible hereunder, plus (b) any payments required by law to be remitted to
the Obligor, except such amounts as constitute Post Cut-off Date Insurance
Add-ons.

     "Nonrecoverable Advance" means any advance made or proposed to be made
pursuant to Section 5.03 in respect of a Contract, which the Servicer believes,
in its good faith judgment, is not, or if made would not be, ultimately
recoverable from subsequent collections in respect of interest on such Contract
made by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder, Net Liquidation Proceeds or
insurance proceeds in respect of such Contract. In determining whether an
advance is or will be nonrecoverable, the Servicer need not take into account
that it might receive any amounts in a deficiency judgment. The determination by
the Servicer that any advance is, or if made would constitute, a Nonrecoverable
Advance, shall be evidenced by an officer's certificate of the Servicer
delivered to the Trustees and stating the reasons for such determination.

     "Nonreimbursable Payment" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.04A
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Notes" means the Class A ____% Asset Backed Notes.

     "Note Distribution Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     "Noteholder" means the holder of record of a Note pursuant to the
Indenture.

     "Note Owners" with respect to a Book-Entry Note, means the Person who is
the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the
Depository, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such
Depository (directly as a Depository Participant or as an Indirect Participant,
in each case in accordance with the rules of such Depository).

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     "Note Pool Factor" means a seven-digit decimal which the Servicer will
compute each month indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of the
Notes as of the Distribution Date, as a fraction of the initial outstanding
principal balance of the Notes. The Note Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the
outstanding principal balance of the Notes. A Noteholder's portion of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes is the product of (i) the
original denomination of the Noteholder's Note and (ii) the Note Pool Factor.

     "Note Pre-Funded Percentage" means the percentage derived from the fraction
the numerator of which is the initial principal balance of the Notes and the
denominator of which is the initial principal balance of the Notes and the
initial Certificate Balance.

     "Note Register" means the register of the Notes as specified in Section 2.4
of the Indenture.

     "Note Registrar" means the registrar at any time of the Note Register,
appointed pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture.

     "Obligor" means each Person who is indebted under a Contract.

     "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture,
and delivered to the Indenture Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any
reference in the Indenture to an officer's certificate shall be to an Officer's
Certificate of any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

     "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel who may, except as
otherwise expressly provided, be counsel (internal or external) for the Seller
or Servicer. In addition, for the purposes of the Indenture: (i) the opinion
shall be addressed to the Indenture Trustee as Indenture Trustee and (ii) the
opinion shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the
Indenture and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture
Trustee.

     "Original Pre-Funded Amount" means the amount deposited in the Pre-Funding
Account on the Closing Date from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes and
Certificates, which amount is $__________.

     "Outstanding Certificate Interest" means the aggregate amount for each
prior Distribution Date of the difference between (i) the Certificate Interest
Distribution Amount and (ii) the amount of interest actually distributed to the
Holders of the Certificates.

     "Outstanding Class A Interest" means the aggregate amount for each prior
Distribution Date of the difference between (i) the Class A Interest
Distribution Amount and (ii) the amount of interest actually distributed to the
Holders of the Class A Notes.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     "Owner Trust Estate" means all right, title and interest of the Trust in
and to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Article II of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all funds deposited from time to time in the
Designated Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account (except the Note
Distribution Account) and all other property of the Trust from time to time,
including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Basic
Documents.

     "Owner Trustee" means ______________________________, a Delaware banking
corporation, or any successor trustee under the Trust Agreement.

     "Paid-Ahead Contract" means a Contract in respect of which the related
Obligor, in addition to making his regularly scheduled payment in any Due
Period, makes one or more additional payments in such Due Period, such that the
Servicer, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures, (i) treats such
additional payments as a Principal Prepayment applied to reduce the principal
balance of the related Contract and (ii) does not require the Obligor to make a
scheduled payment in respect of such Contract for the number of Due Dates which
corresponds to the number of such additional scheduled payments.

     "Pass-Through Rate" means ____% per annum, calculated on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

     "Paying Agent" with respect to the Indenture means the Indenture Trustee or
any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee
specified in Section 6.11 of the Indenture and is authorized by the Issuer to
make the payments to and distributions from the Collection Account and the Note
Distribution Account, including payment of principal and interest on the Notes
on behalf of the Issuer. "Paying Agent" with respect to the Trust Agreement
means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 3.9 of
the Trust Agreement that meets the eligibility requirements of Section 6.13 of
the Trust Agreement.

     "Person" means any legal person, including any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including
any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof.

     "Pool Balance" means the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
Contracts.

     "Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons" means Force-Placed Insurance Premiums
added to the Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date with regard to each
Initial Contract, or on or after the related Subsequent Cut-off Date with regard
to each Subsequent Contract, which amounts are to be repaid to an account
separate from the Collection Account over the remaining life of such Contract.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     "Pre-Funding Account" means the Pre-Funding Account established and
maintained in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     "Pre-Funded Amount" means, with respect to any Determination Date, the
amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

     "Pre-Funding Earnings" means (i) with respect to the _________ 15, 1996
Distribution Date, the actual Investment Earnings earned on the Pre-Funded
Amount during the period beginning on the Closing Date through _________ 14,
1996 (inclusive), (ii) with respect to the _______ 16, 1996 Distribution Date,
the actual Investment Earnings earned on the Pre-Funded Amount during the period
beginning on _________ 15, 1996 through _______ 15, 1996 (inclusive), and (iii)
with respect to the ________ 15, 1996 Distribution Date, the actual Investment
Earnings earned on the Pre-Funded Amount during the period beginning on _______
16, 1996 through ________ 14, 1996 (inclusive).

     "Predecessor Notes" with respect to any particular Note means every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note; and, for purposes of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 of the Indenture in lieu of a
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

     "Principal Distribution Amount" equals the difference between (i) the sum
of (x) the Pool Balance on the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or,
in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Initial Cut-off Date Principal
Balance) and (y) the Pre-Funded Amount (exclusive of Pre-Funding Earnings) on
the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, as of the Closing Date), less (ii) the sum of (x) the Pool
Balance on the last day of the preceding Due Period and (y) the Pre-Funded
Amount (exclusive of Pre-Funding Earnings) on the last day of the preceding Due
Period; provided, however, that the Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A
Final Scheduled Distribution Date will equal the outstanding principal balance
of the Notes as of such date and the Principal Distribution Amount on the
Certificate Final Distribution Date will equal the Certificate Balance on such
date. For the purposes of determining the Principal Distribution Amount, the
unpaid principal balance of a Defaulted Contract or a Repurchased Contract is
deemed to be zero on and after the last day of the Due Period in which such
Contract became a Defaulted Contract or a Repurchased Contract. The Principal
Distribution Amount will not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the
Notes or, after the Cross-over Date, the Certificate Balance.

     "Principal Liquidation Loss Amount" for any Distribution Date equals the
amount, if any, by which the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal balance
of the Notes and the Certificate Balance (after giving effect to all
distributions of principal on such Distribution Date but before giving effect to
any other reductions in the Certificate Balance on such Distribution Date)
exceeds the sum of the Pool Balance plus the Pre-Funded Amount (exclusive of
Pre-Funding Earnings), if any, at the close of business on the last day of the
related Due Period.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

     "Principal Prepayment" means a payment or other recovery of principal on a
Contract (including Insurance Proceeds that are not liquidation proceeds, but
exclusive of liquidation proceeds) which is received in advance of its Due Date
and applied upon receipt (or, in the case of a partial Principal Prepayment,
upon the next scheduled payment date on such Contract) to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of such Contract prior to the date or dates on which such
principal amount is scheduled to be made.

     "Principal Prepayment in Full" means any Principal Prepayment of the entire
principal balance of a Contract.

     "Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or
administrative proceeding.

     "Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement dated as of February 1,
1996, between the Seller and CITSF, as amended and supplemented from time to
time.

     "Purchase Price" means, with respect to a Contract to be purchased under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, an amount equal to the remaining principal
amount outstanding on such Contract on the date of purchase, plus 30 days'
interest thereon in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product of one-twelfth
of the weighted average of the Pass-Through Rate and of the Class A Rate and the
remaining principal amount outstanding on the Contract and (ii) accrued and
unpaid Servicing Fees thereon at the Servicing Fee Rate to the date of such
purchase.

     "Rating Agencies" as of any date means the nationally recognized
statistical rating organizations requested by the Seller to provide ratings of
the Notes and the Certificates which are rating the Notes and Certificates on
such date.

     "Rating Agency Condition" with respect to any action means, the condition
that each Rating Agency shall have been given at least 10 days prior notice
thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller, the
Servicer and the Issuer in writing that such action shall not result in a
downgrade or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Notes or Certificates.

     "Record Date" with respect to any Distribution Date means the day
immediately preceding the related Distribution Date or, in the event Definitive
Securities have been issued, the last day of the month immediately preceding the
month in which such Distribution Date occurs.

     "Recreational Vehicle" shall mean new or used motor homes, travel trailers
and other types of recreational vehicles.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

     "Redemption Date" means the Distribution Date specified by the Servicer or
the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or (b) of the Indenture, as applicable.

     "Relief Act Reduction" shall mean the reduction of the rate of interest
payable on any Contract to a rate below the Contract Rate pursuant to the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act or the Military Reservist Relief Act.

     "Repurchased Contract" means, for any Due Period, a Contract which (i)
CITSF purchased pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or
(ii) the Servicer purchased pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, in each case, effective as of a date preceding such Due Period.

     "Required Cash Collateral Amount" means ____% of the sum of (i) the Pool
Balance and (ii) the amount (excluding Investment Earnings) on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account, in each case, as of the first day of the related Due
Period, but in no event less than $_________; provided, however, that if, with
respect to any Distribution Date, (a) the average of the principal balance of
Contracts 60 days or more delinquent (including Contracts relating to Financed
Vehicles that have been repossessed) as a percentage of the Pool Balance for the
three preceding Due Periods exceeds ____% or (b) the average of the principal
balances of all Contracts which became Defaulted Contracts, less any Net
Liquidation Proceeds on Defaulted Contracts, expressed as an annualized
percentage of the average outstanding Pool Balance of the three preceding Due
Periods exceeds ____%, then the Required Cash Collateral Amount with respect to
such Distribution Date shall be ____% of the Pool Balance as of the first day of
the related Due Period, but in no event (i) less than $_________ or (ii) greater
than $_________; provided, further, however, that the Required Cash Collateral
Amount may be reduced from time to time if the Rating Agencies shall have given
prior written notice to the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer that such
reduction will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of the then current
rating of the Notes and the Certificates.

     "Responsible Officer" with respect to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee means, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of such trustee,
and, with respect to the Servicer, the President, any Vice President, Assistant
Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer or assistant
officer of such Person customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a
particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
such officer's knowledge and familiarity with the particular subject.

     "Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of February 1, 1996, among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust, as
amended and supplemented from time to time.

     "Securities" means the Notes and the Certificates.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations thereunder.

     "Securityholders" means the Person in whose name a Note or Certificate is
registered on the Note Register or the Certificate Register, as applicable.

     "Seller" means the Person executing the Sale and Servicing Agreement as the
Seller, or any successor in interest to the Seller pursuant to the terms of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Service Transfer" has the meaning assigned in Section 9.01 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicer" means the Person executing the Sale and Servicing Agreement as
the Servicer, or any successor Servicer pursuant to a Service Transfer under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicer's Certificate" means a certificate, substantially in the form of
Exhibit F to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, completed by and executed on
behalf of the Servicer by a Servicing Officer in accordance with Section 4.09 of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection Policy" means the errors and
omissions policy maintained by the Servicer or any similar replacement policy,
if any, pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicing Fee" means, as to any Distribution Date, the sum of (i)
one-twelfth of the product of the Servicing Fee Rate and the Pool Balance as of
the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, as of the Initial Cut-off Date) and (ii) any Investment
Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution
Account and the Certificate Distribution Account.

     "Servicing Fee Rate" means 1%.

     "Servicing Officer" means any officer of the Servicer involved in, or
responsible for, the administration and servicing of Contracts whose name
appears on a list of servicing officers appearing in an Officers' Certificate
furnished to the Trust by the Servicer, as the same may be amended from time to
time.

     "Servicer Payment" with respect to a Distribution Date means, the sum of
the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date and the aggregate unpaid Servicing
Fees for past Distribution Date.

     "Simple Interest Contract" means a Contract as to which interest is
calculated each day on the basis of the actual principal balance outstanding on
such day.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

     "Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act" means the Soldiers' and Sailors'
Civil Relief Act of
1940, as amended.

     "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of
McGraw-Hill, Inc. and its successors in interest.

     "Stated Principal Balance" means, as of any Distribution Date, the unpaid
principal balance of a Contract at the end of the related Due Period.

     "Subsequent Contracts" means one or more of the fixed-rate simple interest
installment sale contracts described in the List of Subsequent Contracts, which
constitute part of the corpus of the Trust, and which Contracts are to be
assigned by the Company to the Trust; including, without limitation, all related
security interests, collateral, liens, insurance policies and guarantees of the
obligations of the related Obligor (other than guarantees, if any, by the
related Dealer) and any and all rights to receive payments which are received
pursuant thereto from and after the Subsequent Cut-off Date, but excluding any
rights to receive payments which are received pursuant thereto prior to the
Subsequent Cut-off Date.

     "Subsequent Cut-off Date" means the beginning of business on the first day
of the month of the related Subsequent Transfer Date specified in a Subsequent
Transfer Agreement with respect to those Subsequent Contracts which are
transferred and assigned to the Trust pursuant to the related Subsequent
Transfer Agreement.

     "Subsequent Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance" means, as of any
Subsequent Transfer Date, the sum of (i) the Initial Cut-off Date Principal
Balance and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal balances of the Subsequent
Contracts to be sold on such Subsequent Transfer Date as of the related
Subsequent Cut-off Date and (iii) if applicable, an amount calculated as
provided in clause (ii) with respect to all Subsequent Transfer Dates, if any,
occurring prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date.

     "Subsequent Cut-off Date Principal Balance" means the aggregate unpaid
principal balance of all of the Subsequent Contracts transferred pursuant to a
Subsequent Transfer Agreement, as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

     "Subsequent Financed Vehicle" means a Financed Vehicle with regard to a
Subsequent Contract.

     "Subsequent Purchase Agreement" means a Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated
as of a Subsequent Cut-off Date between CITSF and the Company providing for the
sale of Subsequent Contracts from CITSF to the Company and substantially in the
form of Exhibit B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     "Subsequent Transfer Agreement" means each Subsequent Transfer Agreement
dated as of a Subsequent Transfer Date between the Trust and the Company
substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, by
which Subsequent Contracts are sold and assigned to the Trust.

     "Subsequent Transfer Date" means the date specified in the related
Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

     "Temporary Notes" means the Notes specified in Section 2.3 of the
Indenture.

     "TIA" or "Trust Indenture Act" means The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

     "Treasury Regulations" means any proposed, temporary or final regulation
promulgated under the Code.

     "Trust" means CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A, a Delaware business trust created
by the Trust Agreement.

     "Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996
between the Seller and the Owner Trustee.

     "Trust Estate" means all money, instruments, rights and other property that
are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of the
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including, without limitation, all
property and interest Granted to the Indenture Trustee), including any proceeds
thereof, but excluding the Excluded Assets.

     "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

     "Trustees" means both the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.

     "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.


                                      -21-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                            Conveyance of Contracts;
                              Acceptance by Trustee

     Section 2.01 Conveyance of the Initial Contracts.

     On the Closing Date, the Company shall sell, transfer, assign absolutely,
set over and otherwise convey to the Trust by execution of an assignment
substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, and the Trust shall purchase, (i)
all the right, title and interest of the Company in and to the Initial Contracts
and all the rights, benefits, and obligations arising from and in connection
with each Initial Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Initial Financed
Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Initial Contracts, (iii) all
payments received by the Company on or with respect to the Initial Contracts on
or after the Initial Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post
Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Company in any Initial
Financed Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds) that secures the Initial Contracts and that shall have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of the
Company to proceeds of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the Initial
Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection
Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the extent such
proceeds relate to any Initial Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse
against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to the Initial
Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement),
(viii) all amounts held for the Trust in the Collection Account, (ix) all
amounts held for the Trust in the Pre-Funding Account, (x) all amounts held for
the Trust in the Capitalized Interest Account, (xi) all proceeds in any way
derived from any of the foregoing items, and (xii) all documents contained or
required to be contained in the Contract Files relating to the Initial
Contracts. The parties intend and agree that the conveyance of the Company's
right, title and interest in and to the Initial Contracts (and all rights,
entitlements and amounts listed above) pursuant to this Agreement shall
constitute an absolute sale.

     The Company hereby declares and covenants that it shall at no time have any
legal, equitable or beneficial interest in, or any right, including without
limitation any reversionary or offset right, to the Collection Account, the
Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest Account and the Cash Collateral
Account, and that, in the event it receives any of the same, it shall hold same
in trust for the benefit of the Trust on behalf of the Securityholders and shall
immediately endorse over to the Trust any such amount it receives.

     Section 2.02 Conveyance of the Subsequent Contracts.

     In consideration of the Owner Trustee's delivery on the related Subsequent
Transfer Date to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price for the
Subsequent Contracts to be conveyed to the Trust on such date up to the balance
of funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on such related Subsequent
Transfer Date, the Company shall sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise
convey to the Trust by execution of an assignment substantially in

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

the form of the Subsequent Transfer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C, and
the Trust shall purchase, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Company
in and to the Subsequent Contracts and all the rights, benefits, and obligations
arising from and in connection with each Subsequent Contract, (ii) the security
interests in the Subsequent Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant
to the Subsequent Contracts, (iii) all payments received by the Company on or
with respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or after the Subsequent Cut-off Date
(exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons),
(iv) the interest of the Company in any Subsequent Financed Vehicle (including
any right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that secures the
Subsequent Contracts and that shall have been repossessed by the Servicer by or
on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of the Company to proceeds of Insurance
Policies covering the Obligors and the Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds
from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection Policy, any fidelity bond
and any blanket hazard policy, to the extent such proceeds relate to any
Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse against any cosigner
or under any personal guarantee with respect to the Subsequent Contracts (other
than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement), (viii) all
proceeds in any way derived from any of the foregoing items, and (ix) all
documents contained or required to be contained in the Contract Files relating
to the Subsequent Contracts. The parties intend and agree that the conveyance of
the Company's right, title and interest in and to the Subsequent Contracts
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale. The "purchase
price" shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding on the Subsequent Contracts so transferred as of the related
Subsequent Cut-off Date.

     Section 2.03 Acceptance by Owner Trustee.

     (a) On the Closing Date, the Owner Trustee shall deliver a certificate to
the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto acknowledging
conveyance of the Initial Contracts and Contract Files relating thereto to the
Owner Trustee and declaring that the Owner Trustee, through the Servicer, as
custodian, pursuant to Section 3.03 hereto, will hold all Contracts that have
been delivered in trust, upon the trusts herein set forth, for the use and
benefit of all Certificateholders and Noteholders, as their respective interests
may appear, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Basic
Documents.

     (b) On any Subsequent Transfer Date, the Owner Trustee shall deliver a
certificate to the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto
acknowledging conveyance of the Subsequent Contracts and Contract Files relating
thereto to the Owner Trustee and declaring that the Owner Trustee, through the
Servicer, as custodian, pursuant to Section 3.04 hereto, will hold all Contracts
that have been delivered in trust, upon the trusts herein set forth, for the use
and benefit of all Certificateholders and Noteholders, as their respective
interests may appear, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
the Basic Documents.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                  Representations and Warranties; The Contracts

     Section 3.01A. Representations and Warranties Regarding Each Contract.

     The Initial Contracts have been sold by CITSF to the Company pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement. Any Subsequent Contracts will be sold by CITSF to the
Company pursuant to a Subsequent Purchase Agreement. In connection with such
sales, CITSF made the representations and warranties in Sections 3.01A, 3.01B,
3.01C and 8.01 of this Agreement to the Company (such representations and
warranties being incorporated in the Purchase Agreement and any Subsequent
Purchase Agreement) and assumed the obligations in Section 3.02 of this
Agreement. As a condition of the purchase by the Company, the Company has
required that CITSF make such representations and warranties directly to the
Trust and the Securityholders so that the Trust may recover directly against
CITSF on such representations and warranties rather than indirectly through
claims by the Company against CITSF. Consequently, CITSF represents and warrants
to the Trust and the Securityholders as to each Initial Contract as of the
Closing Date and as to each Subsequent Contract as of the related Subsequent
Transfer Date (except as otherwise expressly stated):

     (a) List of Contracts. The information set forth in the List of Initial
Contracts or the List of Subsequent Contracts, as applicable, is true and
correct as of its date.

     (b) Payments. With respect to an Initial Contract, as of the Initial
Cut-off Date, the payment of principal and interest for its Due Date next
preceding the Cut-off Date was made by or on behalf of the Obligor (without any
advance from CITSF or any Person acting at the request of CITSF) or was not
delinquent for more than 30 days and, with respect to a Subsequent Contract, as
of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date (or the date of origination, if later)
the payment of principal and interest for its Due Date next preceding the
related Subsequent Cut-off Date was made by or on behalf of the Obligor (without
an advance from CITSF or any Person acting at the request of CITSF) or was not
more than 30 days delinquent.

     (c) No Waivers. The terms of the Contract have not been waived, altered,
amended or modified in any respect, except by instruments or documents
identified in the Contract File with respect thereto, and no waiver, alteration,
amendment or modification has caused such Contract to fail to meet any of the
other representations and warranties made by CITSF with respect thereto.

     (d) Binding Obligation. The Contract is the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Obligor thereunder and is enforceable in accordance with its
terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and equitable remedies.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

     (e) No Defenses. No facts which give rise to any right of rescission,
set-off, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, by the
Obligor, have been asserted with respect to the Contract.

     (f) Insurance. The Obligor on the Contract is required to maintain physical
damage insurance covering the related Financed Vehicle in accordance with
CITSF's normal requirements or, if not so covered, is covered by a blanket
insurance policy maintained by CITSF. As of the Initial Cut-off Date, the
Servicer has not obtained Force-Placed Insurance with respect to any Initial
Contract and, as of any Subsequent Cut-off Date, the Servicer has not obtained
Force-Placed Insurance with respect to any Subsequent Contract.

     (g) Origination. The Contract was originated by a Dealer in the United
States of America and was purchased by CITSF or CITCF-NY in the ordinary course
of its business.

     (h) Lawful Assignment. The Contract was not originated in and is not
subject to the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws would make the transfer of
the Contract to the Company under the Purchase Agreement in the case of an
Initial Contract, or under a Subsequent Purchase Agreement in the case of a
Subsequent Contract, the transfer of the Contract to the Trust under this
Agreement in the case of an Initial Contract, or under a Subsequent Transfer
Agreement in the case of a Subsequent Contract, or pursuant to transfers of
Securities, or the ownership of the Contracts by the Trust, unlawful.

     (i) Compliance with Law. All requirements of any federal, state or local
law, including, without limitation, usury, truth in lending and equal credit
opportunity laws, applicable to the Contract have been complied with in all
material respects and such compliance is not affected by the Trust's ownership
of the Contracts, and CITSF shall for at least the period of this Agreement,
maintain in its possession, available for the Trust's inspection, and shall
deliver to the Trust upon demand, evidence of compliance with all such
requirements.

     (j) Contract in Force. The Contract has not been satisfied or subordinated
in whole or in part or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing the Contract
has not been released from the lien of the Contract in whole or in part.

     (k) Valid Security Interest. The Contract creates a valid and enforceable
perfected first priority security interest in favor of CITSF, CITCF-NY or the
Dealer which originated such Contract in the Financed Vehicle covered thereby as
security for payment of the Initial Cut-off Date Principal Balance of such
Contract in the case of an Initial Contract or the Subsequent Cut-off Date
Principal Balance of such Contract in the case of a Subsequent Contract, which
security interest (if in favor of CITCF-NY or the Dealer) has been validly and
effectively assigned to CITSF. CITSF has assigned all of its right, title and
interest in such Contract, including the security interest in the Financed
Vehicle covered thereby, to the Company, and the Company has assigned all of its
right, title and interest in such Contract and such Financed Vehicle to the
Trust.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

     (l) Notation of Security Interest. CITSF or CITCF-NY has taken all
necessary action with respect to the Contract to perfect the security interest
in the Financed Vehicle covered thereby in favor of CITSF or CITCF-NY. With
respect to each Contract, if the related Financed Vehicle is located in a state
in which notation of a security interest on the title document is required or
permitted to perfect such security interest, the title document shows, or if a
new or replacement title document with respect to such Financed Vehicle is being
applied for such title document will be issued within 180 days and will show,
CITSF or CITCF-NY as the holder of a first priority security interest in such
Financed Vehicle; if the related Financed Vehicle is located in a state in which
the filing of a financing statement under the UCC is required to perfect a
security interest in a Recreational Vehicle, such filings or recordings have
been duly made and show CITSF or CITCF-NY as secured party.

     (m) Capacity of Parties. All parties to the Contract had legal capacity to
execute the Contract.

     (n) Good Title. CITSF or CITCF-NY purchased the Contract for fair value and
took possession thereof in the ordinary course of its business, without
knowledge that the Contract was subject to a security interest in favor of a
third party. Neither CITSF, CITCF-NY nor the Company has sold, assigned or
pledged the Contract to any person other than CITSF, the Company or the Trust,
respectively. Prior to the transfer of the Contract by CITCF-NY to CITSF, CITSF
to the Company and by the Company to the Trust, CITCF-NY, CITSF or the Company,
respectively, had good and marketable title thereto free and clear of any
encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest and was
the sole owner thereof with full right to transfer the Contract to the Company
and the Trust, respectively. The Company paid fair value to CITSF for the
Contracts. Immediately upon the transfer thereof, the Trust for the benefit of
the Securityholders shall acquire good and marketable title to each Contract
free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or
security interest, and the transfer thereof shall have been perfected under
applicable law.

     (o) No Defaults. As of the Initial Cut-off Date for each Initial Contract,
and as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date for each Subsequent Contract,
there was no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
existing under the Contract and no event which, with notice and the expiration
of any grace or cure period, would constitute such a default, breach, violation
or event permitting acceleration under such Contract (except payment
delinquencies permitted by clause (b) above). Neither CITCF-NY nor CITSF has
waived any such default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
except payment delinquencies permitted by clause (b) above.

     (p) No Liens. As of the Closing Date for each Initial Contract, and as of
the related Subsequent Transfer Date for each Subsequent Contract, there are, to
the best of CITSF's knowledge, no liens or claims which have been filed for
work, labor or materials affecting the Financed Vehicle securing the Contract
which are or may be liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the lien of the
Contract.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

     (q) Equal Installments. The Contract is a Simple Interest Contract and
provides for level monthly payments which provide interest at the stated
Contract Rate and, if paid in accordance with its schedule, fully amortize the
loan over its original term.

     (r) Enforceability. The Contract contains customary and enforceable
provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof
adequate for the realization against the collateral of the benefits of the
security, except as enforceability of such provisions may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally and by the availability of equitable remedies.

     (s) Obligor Not a Governmental Entity. The Obligor on the Contract is not
the United States of America or any state or any agency, department,
instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

     (t) Obligor Not Subject to Bankruptcy Proceedings. The Obligor on the
Contract was not in a bankruptcy proceeding as of the Initial Cut-off Date for
each Initial Contract or as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date for each
Subsequent Contract.

     (u) No Repossession. As of the Initial Cut-off Date for each Initial
Contract, or as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date for each Subsequent
Contract, the Financed Vehicle which secured the Contract has not been
repossessed without reinstatement.

     (v) Obligor Not a Relief Act Obligor. If (i) the Obligor on the Contract is
in the military (including an Obligor who is a member of the National Guard or
is in the reserves) and (ii) the Contract is subject to the Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act or the Military Reservist Relief Act, such Obligor has
not made a claim to CITSF that

          (A) the amount of interest on the related Contract should be limited
     to 6% pursuant to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act during the
     period of such Obligor's active duty status, or

          (B) payments on such Contract should be delayed pursuant to the
     Military Reservist Relief Act,
 
in either case, unless a court has ordered otherwise upon application of CITSF.

     (w) Only One Original. There is only one original executed copy of the
Contract, which, immediately prior to the execution of the Agreement, was in the
possession of CITSF.

     (x) Contract is Chattel Paper. The Contract is "chattel paper" as defined
in the New Jersey UCC.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

     (y) Selection Criteria. As of the Initial Cut-off Date for each Initial
Contract, or as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date for each Subsequent
Contract, the Contract satisfies the eligibility criteria discussed in the
Prospectus for the Securities under the heading "The Contract Pool-General".

     Section 3.01B. Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contracts in
the Aggregate.

     CITSF represents and warrants to the Trust and the Securityholders, that:

     (a) Amounts. The aggregate principal amounts payable by Obligors under the
Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cut-off Date equal the Initial Cut-off Date
Principal Balance.

     (b) Characteristics. The Contracts have the following characteristics as of
the Initial Cut-off Date:

          (i) each Contract is secured by a Financed Vehicle which is a new or
     used Recreational Vehicle;

          (ii) each Initial Contract has a fixed Contract Rate, which is equal
     to or greater than ____%;

          (iii) the remaining maturity of each Initial Contract is at least _
     months, but not more than ___ months;

          (iv) the original maturity of each Initial Contract was at least __
     months, but not more than ___ months;

          (v) the weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of each
     Initial Contract was at least ___ months;

          (vi) the weighted average Contract Rate of the Initial Contracts was
     _____%;

          (vii) the final scheduled payment dates on the Initial Contracts range
     from ___ 199_ to ______ 20__;

          (viii) the average remaining principal balance of the Initial
     Contracts per contract was $______;

          (ix) the outstanding principal balances of the Initial Contracts
     ranged from $_____ to $_______;

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

          (x) each of the Initial Contracts was first entered onto the
     Servicer's or CITCF-NY's servicing system (which, typically, represents the
     date on which CITSF or CITCF-NY funds the purchase of such Contracts from
     Dealers) between ____ 199_ and ____ 199_;

          (xi) not more than _% of the Contracts by Initial Cut-off Date
     Principal Balance are located in any one state, as determined by
     information provided by Obligors in their credit applications (except
     Contracts secured by Financed Vehicles located in California, Texas,
     Arizona, Florida, Oklahoma, and Missouri, which represent approximately
     _____%, _____%, ____%, ____%, ____% and ____%, respectively, of the Initial
     Cut-off Date Principal Balance) ;

          (xii) not more than __% of the Contracts, by Initial Cut-off Date
     Principal Balance, have credit scores below ___;

          (xiii) at least __% of the Contracts, based on Initial Cut-off Date
     Principal Balance, involved new Financed Vehicles at origination; and

          (xiv) not more than _% of the Contracts, based on Initial Cut-off Date
     Principal Balance, consist of Recreational Vehicles other than motor homes
     and travel trailers.

     (c) Computer Tape. As of Closing Date, in the case of the Initial
Contracts, and as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of any
Subsequent Contracts, the Computer Tape made available by the Servicer was
complete and accurate as of its date and includes a description of the same
Contracts that are described in the List of Initial Contracts or the applicable
List of Subsequent Contracts, as the case may be.

     (d) Marking Records. By the Closing Date in the case of the Initial
Contracts or by the related Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the
Subsequent Contracts, CITSF has caused the portions of the Electronic Ledger
relating to the Contracts constituting part of the Trust to be clearly and
unambiguously marked to indicate that such Contracts constitute part of the
Trust and are owned by the Trust in accordance with the terms of the trust
created hereunder.

     (e) No Adverse Selection. No adverse selection procedures have been
employed in selecting the Contracts from the recreational vehicle installment
sale contracts owned by CITSF which were purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY or
Dealers, except that CITSF did not select any such contract which would cause a
breach of any representation or warranty of CITSF contained in this Agreement
that would materially adversely affect the Trust's interest in such Contract.

     Section 3.01C. Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contract
Files.

     CITSF represents and warrants to the Trust and the Securityholders that:

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

     (a) Possession. Immediately prior to the Closing Date in the case of the
Initial Contracts, or the Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the Subsequent
Contracts, CITSF will have possession of each original Contract and the related
Contract File, and there are and there will be no custodial agreements in effect
materially and adversely affecting the right of CITSF to make, or to cause to be
made, any delivery required in connection with the conveyance of the Contracts
to the Company or from the Company to the Trust.

     (b) Bulk Transfer Laws. The transfer, assignment and conveyance of the
Contracts and the Contract Files from CITSF to the Company and from the Company
to the Trust are not subject to the bulk transfer or any similar statutory
provisions in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

     Section 3.01D. Conditions of Closing for the Subsequent Contracts.

     On or before the transfer of any Subsequent Contracts on the related
Subsequent Transfer Date, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

     (a) The Servicer shall have provided the Rating Agencies and the Trustees
with notice, at least 2 Business Days prior to the Subsequent Transfer Date, of
the Subsequent Contracts to be sold and the aggregate principal balance thereof;

     (b) The Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustees a duly executed
Subsequent Transfer Agreement;

     (c) The Funding Period shall not have terminated;

     (d) The Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustees an Officer's
Certificate confirming the satisfaction of each condition precedent specified in
this Section 3.01D and in the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement;

     (e) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustees an Assignment in the
form of Exhibit D and the Opinion of Counsel required by the related Subsequent
Purchase Agreement;

     (f) The Company shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to each
Trustee and each Rating Agency certifying that immediately following the
transfer of such Subsequent Contracts to the Trust that none of the following
would occur: (i) the weighted average Contract Rate of the Contracts based on
the Subsequent Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance would be less than _____%,
(ii) less than __% of the Contracts by Subsequent Cut-off Date Pool Principal
Balance would be attributable to loans to purchase new Recreational Vehicles at
the time the related Contract was originated, (iii) more than _% of the
Contracts by Subsequent Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance would be
attributable to loans to purchase Recreational Vehicles other than motor homes
and travel trailers, (iv) the weighted average remaining term to maturity of the

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

Contracts based on the Subsequent Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance would be
more than 157 months and (v) more than __% of the Contracts based on the
Subsequent Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance would have a credit score of less
than 179. In addition, all of such Subsequent Contracts must (i) be secured by
Recreational Vehicles with Obligors having mailing addresses in the United
States at the time of origination, (ii) have a Due Date in the month of the
Subsequent Cut-off Date with respect to such Subsequent Contract and not
constitute a Paid-Ahead Contract, (iii) have a final scheduled payment date of
no later than November 20, 2010; (iv) satisfy the representations and warranties
specified in this Agreement, (v) not be selected by either CIT or the Seller in
a manner that it believes is adverse to the interest of the Security Holders,
(vi) have a Contract Rate of at least ____%, (vii) provide for level monthly
payment which provide interest at the related Contract Rate and, if paid in
accordance with its schedule, fully amortizes the amount financed over an
original term of no greater than 180 months, (viii) as of the related Subsequent
Cut-off Date, the most recent scheduled payment of principal and interest on
each Subsequent Contract had been made by or on behalf of the related Obligor or
not have been delinquent more than 30 days, (ix) no Subsequent Financed Vehicle
will have been repossessed without reinstatement as of the related Subsequent
Cut-off Date, (x) as of the related Subsequent Cut-Off Date, no Obligor on any
Contract will be the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding, (xi) as of the related
Subsequent Cut-off Date, each Subsequent Contract will have a remaining
principal balance of not less than $_____ and not more than $_______, and (xii)
satisfy such other requirements as the Rating Agencies shall request;

     (g) The Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustees the relevant List of
Subsequent Contracts;

     (h) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustees substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto;

     (i) The Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustees evidence of filing
with the appropriate office in the following jurisdictions of the following
UCC-1 Financing Statements, each listing the relevant Subsequent Contracts as
required by Article 9 of the UCC: (i) UCC-1 Financing Statements executed by
CITSF as debtor, naming the Company as Secured Party and filed in New Jersey and
Oklahoma to perfect the sale from CITSF to the Company, (ii) UCC-1 Financing
Statements executed by the Company as debtor naming the Trust as secured party
and filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma to perfect the sale from the Company to the
Trust, and (iii) UCC-1 Financing Statements executed by the Trust as debtor,
naming the Indenture Trustee as secured party and filed in New Jersey, Oklahoma
and Delaware;

     (j) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustees stating that the Servicer has reviewed each such Subsequent Contract
and the Contract File with respect thereto, and confirming that each such
Subsequent Contract and the Contract File with respect thereto conforms in all
material respects to the relevant List of Subsequent Contracts, that each
Contract File with respect to such Subsequent Contract is complete in all
material respects, and that each Recreational Vehicle securing any such
Subsequent Contract is covered by a Hazard Insurance Policy as required by this
Agreement;

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

     (k) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustees stating that all funds received with respect to such Subsequent
Contract on and after the relevant Subsequent Cut-off Date through the
Subsequent Transfer Date have been deposited in the Collection Account;

     (l) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustees stating that the Servicer has accepted delivery of such Subsequent
Contracts and the Contract Files with respect to such Subsequent Contracts and
will hold such Subsequent Contracts and Contract Files as custodian on behalf of
the Trustees for the benefit of the Trust as provided herein;

     (m) The Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustees one or more Opinions
of Counsel, either (1) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed
that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trustees in
the Contracts, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior
Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (2) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and
protect such interest; it being understood that the opinions on perfection
delivered by counsel on the Closing Date, if delivered on the Subsequent
Transfer Date as to the Subsequent Contracts, shall satisfy the foregoing
requirement; and

     (n) The Seller and the Trustees shall not have been advised by either
Rating Agency that the conveyance of such Subsequent Contracts will result in a
qualification, modification or withdrawal of its then current rating of either
the Notes or the Certificates.

     Section 3.02 Repurchase of Contracts for Breach of Representations and
Warranties.

     (a) Subject to Section 3.02(b), CITSF shall repurchase a Contract, at its
Purchase Price, not later than 85 days after CITSF receives written notice from
either the Trustees or the Servicer, or not later than 90 days after CITSF
otherwise becomes aware, of a breach of any representation or warranty of CITSF
set forth in Section 3.01A or 3.01B of this Agreement that materially and
adversely affects the Trust's interest in such Contract and which breach has not
been cured. CITSF shall effect such repurchase by paying to the Servicer for
deposit in the Collection Account on the Deposit Date in the month following the
month in which the loan was repurchased the aggregate of the Purchase Price of
all Contracts that are required to be repurchased pursuant to the preceding
sentence. With respect to any Contract incorrectly described on the List of
Initial Contracts or any List of Subsequent Contracts, as the case may be, only
with respect to remaining unpaid principal balance, which CITSF would otherwise
be required to repurchase pursuant to this Section 3.02, CITSF may, in lieu of
repurchasing such Contract, deposit in the Collection Account, not later than
one Business Day after the first Determination Date which is more than 90 days
after CITSF becomes aware or receives written notice from the Trustees or the
Servicer of such incorrect description, cash in anamount sufficient to cure such

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

deficiency or discrepancy. CITSF shall send written notice of any such cash
deposit to the Rating Agencies as promptly as possible following such deposit.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, the obligation of CITSF
under this Section shall not terminate upon a Service Transfer pursuant to
Article VII.

     (b) Promptly after any repurchase referred to in Section 3.02(a), the Trust
shall execute such documents as are presented to it by CITSF and are reasonably
necessary to reconvey the Repurchased Contract to CITSF.

     (c) The repurchase obligation of CITSF set forth in this Section 3.02 shall
constitute the sole remedy available to the Trust and the Securityholders for a
breach of representation and warranty hereunder with respect to the Contracts
(but not with respect to any other breach by CITSF of its obligations hereunder,
as set forth herein).

     Section 3.03 Custody of Contract Files.

     To assure uniform quality in servicing the Contracts and to reduce
administrative costs, the Trust, upon the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, revocably appoints the Servicer, and the Servicer accepts such
appointment, to act as the agent of the Trust and as custodian of the Contract
File with respect to each Contract, each of which are hereby constructively
delivered to the Trust.

     Section 3.04 Duties of Servicer as Custodian.

     (a) Safekeeping. The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, shall hold the
Contract Files on behalf of the Trust for the use and benefit of the Trust and
maintain such accurate and complete accounts, records and computer systems
pertaining to the Contracts as shall enable the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Basic
Documents.

     As custodian, the Servicer shall have and perform the following powers and
duties:

          (i) hold the Contract Files on behalf of the Trust, maintain accurate
     records pertaining to each Contract to enable it to comply with the terms
     and conditions of this Agreement, maintain a current inventory thereof,
     conduct annual physical inspections of Contract Files held by it under this
     Agreement and certify to the Trust annually that it continues to maintain
     possession of such Contract Files;

          (ii) implement policies and procedures in writing and signed by a
     Servicing Officer, with respect to persons authorized to have access to the
     Contract Files on the Servicer's premises and the receipting for Contract
     Files taken from their storage area by an employee of the Servicer for
     purposes of servicing or any other purposes; and

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

          (iii) attend to all details in connection with maintaining custody of
     the Contract Files on behalf of the Trust.

     In performing its duties under this Section 3.04, the Servicer agrees to
act with reasonable care, consistent with the same degree of skill and care that
it exercises with respect to similar contracts serviced by it for its own
account. The Servicer shall promptly report to the Trust in writing any failure
by it to hold the Contract Files as herein provided and shall promptly take
appropriate action to remedy any such failure. In acting as custodian of the
Contract Files, the Servicer agrees further not to assert any beneficial
ownership interests in the Contracts or the Contract Files. The Servicer agrees
to indemnify the Trust, the Certificateholders, the Noteholders, the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee for any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, payments, costs, or expense of any kind whatsoever which may be
imposed on, incurred or asserted against the Trust, the Certificateholders, the
Noteholders, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee as the result of any
act or omission by the Servicer relating to the maintenance and custody of the
Contract Files; provided, however, that the Servicer will not be liable for any
portion of any such amount resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct
of the Trust, the Certificateholders, the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee.

     (b) Maintenance of and Access to Records. The Servicer, in its capacity as
custodian, agrees to maintain the Contract Files at its office in the State of
Oklahoma, or at such of its offices as shall from time to time be identified to
the Trust by written notice. The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, may
temporarily move individual Contract Files or any portion thereof without notice
as necessary to conduct collection and other servicing activities in accordance
with its customary practices and procedures, but shall promptly return such
Contract File as soon as practicable after it is no longer needed for such
purpose.

     The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, shall make available to the
Trust or its duly authorized representatives, attorneys or auditors the Contract
Files and the related accounts, records and computer systems maintained by the
Servicer at such times during normal operating hours as the Trust shall
reasonably instruct which does not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer's
normal operations or customer or employee relations.

     (c) Release of Documents. Upon instruction from the Trust, the Servicer, in
its capacity as custodian, shall release or cause to be released any document in
the Contract Files to the Trust, the Trust's agent or the Trust's designee, as
the case may be, at such place or places as the Trust may designate, as soon as
practicable. The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, shall not be
responsible for any loss occasioned by the failure of the Trust, its agent or
its designee to return any document or any delay in doing so.

     Section 3.05 Instructions; Authority to Act.

     The Servicer shall be deemed to have received proper instructions from
either of the Trustees with respect to the Contract Files upon its receipt of
written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer. A certified copy of a
by-law or of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Owner Trustee or the

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the
authority of any such Responsible Officer to act and shall be considered in full
force and effect until receipt by the Servicer of written notice to the contrary
given by the Trust.

     Section 3.06 Effective Period and Termination. The Servicer's appointment
as custodian shall become effective as of the Closing Date and shall continue in
full force and effect until terminated pursuant to this Section 3.06 or until
this Agreement shall be terminated. The Servicer may perform its duties as
custodian through one or more agents, which agents may maintain physical
possession of Contract Files as agent for the Servicer acting as custodian. If
the Servicer shall resign as Servicer under Section 8.05 or if all of the rights
and obligations of the Servicer shall have been terminated under Section 9.01,
the appointment of the Servicer as custodian may be terminated by the Indenture
Trustee or by the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of the close of the
preceding Distribution Date (or, if the Notes have been paid in full and the
Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms, by the Owner Trustee
or by the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date), in the
same manner as rights and obligations of the Servicer may be terminated under
Section 9.01. The Trust may terminate the Servicer's appointment as custodian at
any time with cause upon written notification to the Servicer. As soon as
practicable after any termination of such appointment, the Servicer shall
deliver the Contract Files to the Trust or the Trust's agent at such place or
places as the Trust may reasonably designate. The Servicer shall cooperate with
the Trust in making the transfer and shall bear all of the Servicer's costs and
expenses with respect to such transfer, but the Trust shall bear the actual
costs and expenses of packing and transporting the Contract Files to the
location designated by the Trust. Notwithstanding the termination of the
Servicer as custodian, the Trust agrees that upon any such termination, the
Trust shall provide, or cause its agent to provide, access to the Contract Files
to the Servicer for the purpose of carrying out its duties and responsibilities
with respect to the servicing of the Contracts hereunder.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                   Administration and Servicing of Contracts

     Section 4.01 Duties of Servicer.

     (a) The Servicer, as agent for the Trust, shall manage, administer, service
and make collections on the Contracts and perform or cause to be performed all
contractual and customary undertakings of the holder of the Contracts to the
Obligor. The Trust, at the request of a Servicing Officer, shall furnish the
Servicer with any reasonable documents or take any action reasonably requested,
necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and
administrative duties hereunder.

     (b) In managing, administering, servicing and making collections on the
Contracts pursuant to this Agreement, the Servicer will exercise the same degree
of skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar contracts
serviced by the Servicer for its own account.

     (c) The Servicer may enter into subservicing agreements with one or more
subservicers (which shall be Eligible Servicers) for the servicing and
administration of certain of the Contracts. References in this Agreement to
actions taken, to be taken, permitted to be taken, or restrictions on actions
permitted to be taken, by the Servicer in servicing the Contracts shall include
actions taken, to be taken, permitted to be taken, or restrictions on actions
permitted to be taken, by a subservicer on behalf of the Servicer. Each
subservicing agreement will be upon such terms and conditions as are not
inconsistent with this Agreement and the standard of care set forth herein and
as the Servicer and the subservicer have agreed. All compensation payable to a
subservicer under a subservicing agreement shall be payable by the Servicer from
its servicing compensation or otherwise from its own funds, and none of the
Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders or the
Noteholders will have any liability to the subservicer with respect thereto.

     Notwithstanding any subservicing agreement or any of the provisions of this
Agreement relating to agreements or any arrangements between the Servicer or a
subservicer or any reference to actions taken through such Persons or otherwise,
the Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to the Trust, the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders for the
servicing and administering of the Contracts and the other Trust property in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution of such
obligation or liability by virtue of such subservicing agreements.

     Any subservicing agreement that may be entered into and any other
transactions or servicing arrangements relating to the Contracts and the other
Trust property involving a subservicer in its capacity as such and shall be
deemed to be between the subservicer and the Servicer alone, and the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders shall
not be deemed parties thereto and shall have no claims, rights, obligations,

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

duties or liabilities with respect to the subservicer except as set forth in the
next succeeding paragraph.

     In the event the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be acting as such,
the successor Servicer may, in its discretion, thereupon assume all of the
rights and obligations of the outgoing Servicer under a subservicing agreement.
In such event, the successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the
Servicer's interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing Servicer as a
party to each such subservicing agreement to the same extent as if such
subservicing agreement had been assigned to the successor Servicer, except that
the outgoing Servicer shall not thereby be relieved of any liability or
obligations on the part of the outgoing Servicer to the subservicer under such
subservicing agreement. The outgoing Servicer shall, upon request of the Trust,
but at the expense of the outgoing Servicer, deliver to the successor Servicer
all documents and records relating to each such subservicing agreement and the
Contracts and other Trust property then being serviced thereunder and an
accounting of amount collected and held by it and otherwise use its best efforts
to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of any subservicing agreement to
the successor Servicer. In the event that the successor Servicer elects not to
assume a subservicing agreement, the outgoing Servicer, at its expense, shall
cause the subservicer to deliver to the successor Servicer all documents and
records relating to the Contracts and the other Trust property being serviced
thereunder and all amounts held (or thereafter received) by such subservicer
(together with an accounting of such amounts) and shall otherwise use its best
efforts to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of servicing of the
Contracts and the other Trust property being serviced by such subservicer to the
successor Servicer.

     (d) The Servicer's duties shall include collection and posting of all
payments, responding to inquiries by Obligors or by federal, state or local
governmental authorities with respect to the Contracts, investigating
delinquencies, reporting tax information to Obligors, administering and
enforcing Insurance Policies in accordance with its customary practices,
accounting for collections, furnishing monthly and annual statements to the
Trust with respect to distributions, and making Monthly Advances pursuant to
Section 5.03 hereof.

     The Servicer shall be authorized and empowered by the Trust to execute and
deliver, on behalf of itself, the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee, the Certificateholders, the Noteholders, or any of them, any and all
instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or
discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Contracts
or with respect to the Financed Vehicles.

     Upon written request of the Servicer and receipt by the Trust of an
Officer's Certificate setting forth the facts underlying such request, the Trust
shall furnish the Servicer with any limited powers of attorney and other
documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its
servicing and administrative duties hereunder and the Trust shall not be held
liable for such actions of the Servicer thereunder.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>


     Section 4.02 Collection of Contract Payments. The Servicer shall make
reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and
provisions of the Contracts as and when the same shall become due, and in
connection therewith shall follow such collection procedures as it follows with
respect to comparable new or used Recreational Vehicle installment sale
contracts that it services for itself and others. The Servicer shall not reduce
scheduled payments, extend any Contract or otherwise modify the terms of any
Contract; provided, however, that, consistent with its normal procedures, the
Servicer may extend or modify the payment schedule of any Contract for credit
related reasons that would be acceptable to the Servicer with respect to
comparable new or used Recreational Vehicles that it services for itself or
others, if (a) the maturity of such Contract would not be extended beyond the
180th day prior to the Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date and (b) the
reducing, rescheduling, extension or other modification of the terms of the
Contract would not constitute a cancellation of such Contract and the creation
of a new installment sale contract. If, as a result of rescheduling or extending
of payments or any other modification, such rescheduling, extension or
modification breaches any of the terms of the preceding sentence, then the
Servicer shall be obligated to purchase such Contract pursuant to Section 4.07
hereof as of the last day of the Due Period on which it became aware or receives
written notice from the Trust of such failure. The Servicer may, in accordance
with its customary standards, policies and procedures, in its discretion waive
any Late Fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing a
Contract.

     Section 4.03 Realization Upon Contracts.

     (a) The Servicer will, consistent with customary servicing procedures and
the terms of this Agreement, act with respect to the Contracts in such manner as
will maximize the receipt of principal and interest on the Contracts and Net
Liquidation Proceeds in respect of Defaulted Contracts.

     Notwithstanding the standard of care specified in Section 4.01 hereof, the
Servicer shall commence procedures for the repossession of any Financed Vehicle
or take such other steps that in the Servicer's reasonable judgment will
maximize the receipt of principal and interest or Net Liquidation Proceeds with
respect to the Contract secured by such Financed Vehicle, including, without
limitation, selling such Financed Vehicle at a public or private sale, subject
to the requirements of the applicable state and federal law. In connection with
such repossession or foreclosure, the Servicer shall follow such practices and
procedures as it shall deem necessary or advisable and as shall be consistent
with Section 4.01 hereof. In the event that title to any Financed Vehicle is
acquired in foreclosure or by conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, the deed or
certificate of sale shall be issued to the Trust, or, at its election, to its
nominee on behalf of the Trust.

     (b) The Servicer shall be entitled to recover all reasonable fees of third
parties and expenses incurred by it in the course of converting any Financed
Vehicle into cash proceeds including, without limitation, expenses relating to
recovery and repossession of such Financed Vehicles, from liquidation proceeds
with respect to such Financed Vehicle. The Net Liquidation Proceeds realized in

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

connection with any such action with respect to a Contract shall be deposited by
the Servicer in the Collection Account in the manner specified in Section 5.02
hereof and shall be applied to reduce (or to satisfy, as the case may be) the
Purchase Price of the Contract, if such Contract is to be purchased by CITSF
pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof, is to be purchased by the Servicer pursuant to
Section 4.07 hereof, or is to be purchased by CITSF pursuant to Section 11.02
hereof. The foregoing shall be subject to the provision that, in any case in
which the Financed Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not
expend funds in connection with the repair or the repossession of such Financed
Vehicle unless it shall determine in its sole discretion that such repair and/or
repossession will increase the Net Liquidation Proceeds of the related Contract
by an amount equal to or greater than the amount of such expenses.

     (c) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon Contracts, including
foreclosure of any security interest on a Financed Vehicle, in its own name, if
possible, or as agent for the Trust. If the Servicer elects to commence a legal
proceeding to enforce a Contract or any Insurance Policy in respect thereof, the
act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the
Contract to the Servicer for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any
enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not
enforce a Contract on the ground that it is not a real party in interest or a
holder entitled to enforce the Contract, the Trust shall, at the Servicer's
expense, take such steps as the Servicer deems necessary to enforce the
Contract, including bringing suit in its name or the names of the
Securityholders.

     (d) Prior to a Service Transfer, the Servicer may grant to the Obligor on
any Contract any rebate, refund or adjustment out of the Collection Account that
the Servicer in good faith believes is required because of Principal Prepayment
in Full. The Servicer will not permit any rescission or cancellation of any
Contract.

     (e) The Servicer may enforce any due-on-sale clause in a Contract if such
enforcement is called for under its then current servicing policies for
obligations similar to the Contracts, provided that such enforcement is
permitted by applicable law and will not adversely affect any applicable
insurance policy.

     Section 4.04 Physical Damage Insurance.

     (a) The Servicer, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures,
shall require that each Obligor shall have obtained and shall maintain physical
damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle, provided that such insurance
shall be in an amount no greater than the outstanding principal balance of the
related Contract or, if such insurance also covers the interest of the related
Obligor in the Financed Vehicle, no greater than the greater of the outstanding
principal balance of the related Contract and the value of the Financed Vehicle,
or such lesser amount permitted by applicable law. The Servicer shall enforce
its rights under the Contracts to require the Obligors to maintain physical
damage insurance, in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices and
procedures with respect to comparable new or used recreational vehicle

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

installment sale contracts that it services for itself or others. If an Obligor
fails to maintain such insurance, the Servicer shall obtain and advance on
behalf of such Obligor, as required under the terms of the applicable Contract
and this Agreement, the premiums for such insurance, with uninsured physical
damage loan insurance endorsements, each insurance policy naming the Servicer as
an additional insured and loss payee, and issued by an insurer having a rating
of "A" or better by A.M. Best (such insurance being referred to herein as
"Force-Placed Insurance"). Such Force-Placed Insurance and any commissions or
finance charges collected by the Servicer in connection therewith shall be, to
the extent permitted by law, in an amount in accordance with customary servicing
procedures, but in no event in an amount greater than the outstanding principal
balance of the related Contract or, if such insurance also covers the interest
of the related Obligor in the Financed Vehicle, no greater than the greater of
the outstanding principal balance of the related Contract and the value of the
Financed Vehicle, or such lesser amount permitted by applicable law and the
Servicer shall disclose to the related Obligor all information with respect to
such Force-Placed Insurance, commissions and finance charges as required by
applicable law. The Servicer does not, under its customary servicing procedures,
require Force-Placed Insurance when the principal balance of the related retail
installment sale contract or installment loan falls below the level or levels
periodically established in accordance with such customary servicing procedures.
In accordance with such customary servicing procedures, the Servicer may
periodically readjust such levels, suspend Force-Placed Insurance or arrange
other methods of protection of the Financed Vehicles that it deems necessary or
advisable, provided that the Servicer determines that such actions do not
materially and adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders or the
Noteholders. Any portion of the principal balance of a Contract consisting of
Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons will not be owned by the Trust, and amounts
allocable thereto will not be available for distribution on the Securities.
Unless otherwise designated by the Obligor, the Servicer will not allocate
payments to Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons if any amount of principal or
interest is due but unpaid on the Contracts. The Servicer shall not deposit
payments posted with respect to Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons in the
Collection Account and shall instead promptly pay such amounts to an account of
the Servicer maintained for that purpose. In the event that an Obligor under a
Contract with respect to which the Servicer has advanced funds to obtain
Force-Placed Insurance makes scheduled payments under the Contract, but has
failed to make scheduled payments of such Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons as
due, and the Servicer has determined that eventual payment of such amount is
unlikely, the Servicer may, but shall not be required to, take any action
available to it, including determining that the related Contract is a Defaulted
Contract; provided, however, that any Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to
such Contract shall be applied first to the accrued and unpaid interest at the
Contract Rate, then to the principal amount outstanding, and the remainder, if
any, to the Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons.

     (b) The Servicer may, in lieu of causing individual Insurance Policies to
be maintained with respect to each Financed Vehicle pursuant to subsection (a)
of this Section 4.04 maintain one or more blanket insurance policies covering
losses on the Obligor's interest in the Contracts resulting from the absence or
insufficiency of individual Insurance Policies. To the extent that the Obligor's
individual insurance policy does not cover theft of the Financed Vehicle (to the
extent required under the Servicer's customary practices and procedures with

                                      -40-
<PAGE>

respect to comparable new or used recreational vehicle installment sale
contracts that it services for itself or others), the Servicer shall Force-Place
Insurance, which may be obtained pursuant to one or more blanket insurance
policies covering theft and other risks. The proceeds of any such blanket
insurance policies relating to the Contracts shall be deposited in the
Collection Account as collections on the Contracts in accordance with the
provisions of Article V hereof.

     Any such blanket policy shall be substantially in the form and in the
amount carried by the Servicer as of the date of this Agreement. The Servicer
shall pay the premium for such policy on the basis described therein. The
Servicer shall not, however, be required to deposit any deductible amount with
respect to (a) claims under individual Hazard Insurance Policies maintained
pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.04, or (b) claims under any blanket
insurance policy. If the insurer under such blanket insurance policy shall cease
to be acceptable to the Servicer, the Servicer shall exercise its best
reasonable efforts to obtain from another insurer a replacement policy
comparable to such policy. The Servicer shall provide each Rating Agency with
notice of the occurrence of any event specified in the preceding sentence.

     Section 4.05 Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles;
Retitling.

     (a) The Servicer, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures,
shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of the security
interest created by each Contract in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of
CITSF or CITCF-NY. The Servicer hereby agrees to take such steps as are
necessary to re-perfect such security interest in the name of CITSF or CITCF-NY
in the event of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle to a jurisdiction other
than the jurisdiction in which steps had been taken to perfect the security
interest in favor of CITSF or CITCF-NY. In the event that the assignment of the
Contract to the Trust is insufficient without a notation on the related Financed
Vehicle's certificate of title, to grant to the Trust a perfected security
interest in the related Financed Vehicle, CITSF or CITCF-NY hereby agrees to
serve as the Trust's agent for the purpose of perfecting the security interest
in such Financed Vehicle and that CITSF's or CITCF-NY's listing as the secured
party on the certificate of title is in the capacity as agent of the Trust.

     (b) If, at any time, a Service Transfer has occurred and CITSF is no longer
the Servicer, and the new Servicer is unable to foreclose upon a Financed
Vehicle because the title document for such Financed Vehicle does not show such
Servicer or the Trust as the holder of the first priority security interest in
the Financed Vehicle, such Servicer shall take all necessary steps to apply for
a replacement title document showing it or the Trust as the secured party.

     (c) In order to facilitate the Servicer's actions, as described in
subsection 4.05(b) hereof, CITSF will provide the Servicer with any necessary
power of attorney permitting it to retitle the Financed Vehicle. The Company
hereby appoints the Trust its attorney-in-fact for the purposes to endorse, as
appropriate, the certificate of title relating to any Financed Vehicle in order
to cause a change in the registration of legal owner of the Financed Vehicle to
the Trust at such time as such certificate of title is endorsed and delivered to
the Department of Motor Vehicles of the State of California (or any other state

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

department of motor vehicles) with appropriate fees. The Company will provide
the Trust with any necessary power of attorney for such purpose.

     (d) If the Servicer is unable to retitle the Financed Vehicle, in the event
that the Servicer seeks to foreclose on a Financed Vehicle then CITSF will take
all actions necessary to act with the Servicer, to the extent permitted by law,
to foreclose upon the Financed Vehicle, including, as appropriate, the filing of
any UCC-1 or UCC-2 financing statements necessary to perfect the security
interest in any Financed Vehicle.

     Section 4.06 Covenants of Servicer. The Servicer shall make the following
covenants on which the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee will rely in
accepting the Contracts in trust and executing and authenticating the
Certificates and the Notes:

          (i) Security Interest to Remain in Force. The Financed Vehicle
     securing each Contract shall not be released from the security interest
     granted by the Contract in whole or in part except as contemplated herein;

          (ii) No Impairment. The Servicer shall not impair the rights of the
     Trust in the Contracts or take any action inconsistent with the Trust's
     ownership of the Contracts, except as expressly provided herein;

          (iii) Amendments. The Servicer shall not increase the number of
     payments under a Contract, nor increase the principal amount of such
     Contract which is used to finance the purchase price of the related
     Recreational Vehicles, nor extend or forgive payments on a Contract, except
     as provided in Section 4.02 hereof; and

          (iv) Compliance with Insurance Policies. The Servicer shall not fail
     to comply with the provisions of any Insurance Policy, if the failure to so
     comply would impair the protection or benefit to be afforded by such
     Insurance Policies.

     Section 4.07 Purchase of Contracts Upon Breach

     The Servicer or the Trustees, as the case may be, shall inform the other
parties promptly, in writing, upon the discovery of any breach by the Servicer
of its covenants under Section 4.04(a) with respect to Force-Placed Insurance,
Section 4.06 and the proviso in Section 4.02 hereof which materially and
adversely affects the Trust's interest in any Contract. The Trustees shall not
be deemed to have discovered such a breach until such time as a Responsible
Officer of the Trustees receives written notice of such breach. Except as
otherwise specified in Section 4.02 hereof, unless the breach shall have been
cured, the Servicer shall purchase such Contract, at its Purchase Price, not
later than the first Determination Date which is more than 60 days after the
Servicer receives written notice from the Trustees, or not later than 60 days
after the Servicer otherwise becomes aware of, a breach of any of its
obligations with respect to Force-Placed Insurance under Section 4.04(a) hereof
or any representation or warranty of the Servicer in Section 4.06 hereof that
materially and adversely affects the Trust's interest in such Contract. The

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

Servicer shall effect such purchase by depositing, in accordance with Section
5.04 hereof, the Purchase Price of such Contract (less any Net Liquidation
Proceeds deposited, or to be deposited, by the Servicer in the Collection
Account with respect to such Contract pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof) in the
Collection Account on the Deposit Date immediately preceding the Determination
Date referred to in the preceding sentence. The effective date of such purchase
shall be the last day of the Due Period preceding such Determination Date. The
sole remedy of the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the
Certificateholders or the Noteholders against the Servicer with respect to a
breach pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof or Section 4.02 hereof shall be to
require the Servicer to purchase Contracts pursuant to this Section 4.07.

     Section 4.08 Servicing Fee.

     The Servicing Fee for a Distribution Date shall be equal to the sum of (i)
one-twelfth of the product of the Servicing Fee Rate and the Pool Balance as of
the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, as of the Initial Cut-off Date) and (ii) any Investment
Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, the Certificate
Distribution Account and the Note Distribution Account. In addition, the
Servicer will be entitled to collect and retain any Late Fees received by the
Servicer from Obligors during the preceding Due Period.

     Section 4.09 Servicer's Certificate.

     On or before each Determination Date, the Servicer shall furnish a report
(the "Monthly Report"), which shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit G,
to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, any Paying Agent (under the
Indenture and the Trust Agreement) and (if CITSF is not the Servicer) CITSF. The
determination by the Servicer of the amount of the distributions to be made
pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof shall, in the absence of obvious error, be
presumptively deemed to be correct for all purposes hereunder, and the Trustees
shall be protected in relying upon the same without any independent check or
verification. The Servicer shall also specify in the Monthly Report each
Contract which CITSF or the Servicer is required to purchase as of the last day
of the related Due Period and each Contract which the Servicer shall have
determined to be a Defaulted Contract or a Liquidated Contract during such Due
Period. The Trustees shall not be required to recompute, verify or recalculate
information contained in the Servicer's Certificate.

     Each Monthly Report shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Servicing
Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit F, certifying the accuracy of the
Monthly Report and that no Event of Termination or event that with notice or
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Termination has occurred, or if
such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying the event and its status.

     In addition, the Servicer shall, on request of the Trustees, furnish the
Trustees such underlying data as can be generated by the Servicer's existing
data processing system without undue modification or expense.

                                      -43-
<PAGE>


     Section 4.10 Annual Statement as to Compliance

     (a) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustees within 90 days after the end
of each calendar year commencing March 31, 1996, a certificate signed by the
president, the treasurer or any vice president of the Servicer, stating that (i)
a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding calendar year of
its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer's
supervision and (ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such
review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement
throughout such preceding calendar year, or, if there has been a default in the
fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such
officer and the nature and status thereof.

     (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustees, promptly after having
obtained knowledge thereof, an Officers' Certificate specifying any event which
with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of
Termination under clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.01 hereof. The Company shall
deliver to the Trustees, promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, an
Officer's Certificate specifying any event which with the giving of notice or
lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Termination under clause (i) or
(ii) of Section 9.01 hereof.

     Section 4.11 Annual Report of Accountants. Within 90 days after the end of
each calendar year, commencing March 31, 1996, the Servicer, at its expense,
shall cause a firm of independent public accountants which is a member of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants to furnish a statement to the
Trustee to the effect that such firm has, with respect to the Servicer's overall
servicing operations, examined such operations in accordance with the
requirements of the Uniform Single Audit Program for Mortgage Bankers, and
stating such firm's conclusions relating thereto. Copies of the annual statement
of accountants shall also be provided to each Rating Agency.

     Section 4.12 Duties of Owner Trustee

     In accordance with Section 6.1(b) of the Trust Agreement, the Servicer will
comply with, on behalf of the Owner Trustee, the requirements of Sections 5.4
and 5.5 of the Trust Agreement and Sections 3.6, 3.9 and 7.3 of the Indenture.

     Section 4.13 Reports to Securityholders and the Rating Agencies

     (a) Concurrently with each distribution charged to the Certificate
Distribution Account and the Note Distribution Account, the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee, respectively, so long as it has received the Monthly
Report from the Servicer, shall forward or cause to be forwarded by mail to each
Securityholder, such Monthly Report.

     (b) The Servicer shall forward to each Rating Agency each letter of the
Independent certified public accountants' described in Section 4.11 hereof, each
Servicer's Certificate, each annual statement as to compliance described in

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

Section 4.10 hereof and each statement to Securityholders described in Section
5.08 hereof.

     Section 4.14 Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omission
Policy.

     The Servicer shall during the term of its service as Servicer maintain in
force (a) at such time as the long-term debt of its parent is rated less than A
by Standard & Poor's or less than A3 by Moody's, a policy or policies of
insurance covering errors and omissions for failure to maintain insurance as
required by this Agreement, and (b) a fidelity bond in respect of its officers,
employees and agents. Such policy or policies and such fidelity bond shall be in
such form and amount as is generally customary among Persons which service a
portfolio of recreational vehicle installment sale contracts having an aggregate
principal amount of $100,000,000 or more and which are generally regarded as
servicers acceptable to institutional investors.

     Section 4.15 Trustees to Cooperate.

     Upon payment in full on any Contract, the Servicer will notify the Trustees
by certification of a Servicing Officer (which certification shall include a
statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such
payments which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant
to Section 5.05 have been so deposited). The Servicer is authorized to execute
an instrument in satisfaction of such Contract and to do such other acts and
execute such other documents as the Servicer deems necessary to discharge the
Obligor thereunder and eliminate the security interest in the Financed Vehicle
related thereto. The Servicer shall determine when a Contract has been paid in
full. To the extent that insufficient payments are received on a Contract
credited by the Servicer as prepaid or paid in full and satisfied, the shortfall
shall be paid by the Servicer out of its own funds.

     Section 4.16 Costs and Expenses.

     Except as provided in Section 4.03 hereof, all costs and expenses incurred
by the Servicer in carrying out its duties hereunder, including all fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of Contracts (including
enforcement of Defaulted Contracts and repossessions of Financed Vehicles
securing such Contracts), shall be paid by the Servicer and the Servicer shall
not be entitled to reimbursement hereunder.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

           Accounts; Distributions; Statements to Certificateholders

     Section 5.01 Collection Account, Pre-Funding Account, Capitalized Interest
Account and Cash Collateral Account.

     (a) (i) On or before the Closing Date, there shall be established and
maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the
Noteholders and Certificateholders, with an Eligible Institution (which
initially shall be the Indenture Trustee) an account known as the "CIT RV Owner
Trust 1996-A Collection Account" (the "Collection Account"), bearing an
additional designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held for the benefit of the Noteholders and Certificateholders.

     (ii) On or before the Closing Date, there shall be established and
maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the
Noteholders, with the Indenture Trustee an account known as the "CIT RV Owner
Trust 1996-A Note Distribution Account" (the "Note Distribution Account"),
bearing an additional designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited
therein are held for the benefit of the Noteholders.

     (iii) On or before the Closing Date, pursuant to the Trust Agreement, there
shall be established and maintained in the name of the Owner Trustee, for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, with an Eligible Institution (which initially
shall be ______________________________, the Paying Agent of the Owner Trustee)
an account known as the "CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A Certificate Distribution
Account" (the "Certificate Distribution Account"), bearing an additional
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
benefit of the Certificateholders and owned by the Trust.

     (iv) On or before the Closing Date, there shall be established and
maintained in the name of the Owner Trustee with an Eligible Institution (which,
initially, shall be ______________________________, the Paying Agent of the
Owner Trustee), an account known as the "CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A Cash
Collateral Account (the "Cash Collateral Account"), bearing a designation
clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of
the Certificateholders and owned by the Trust.

     (b) Pre Funding Account and Capitalized Interest Account.

          (i) On or before the Closing Date, there shall be established and
     maintained the Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized Interest Account, in
     the name of the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of
     the Noteholders and Certificateholders with an Eligible Institution (which,
     initially, shall be the Indenture Trustee). If, at any time during the
     Funding Period, the Pre-Funding Account or the Capitalized Interest Account
     ceases to be maintained with an Eligible Institution, the Indenture Trustee
     (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within five (5) Business Days (or
     such longer period, not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days, as to which

                                      -46-
<PAGE>

     the Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Pre-Funding Account or
     Capitalized Interest Account meeting the condition specified above,
     transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Pre-Funding Account or
     Capitalized Interest Account and from the date such new Pre-Funding Account
     or Capitalized Interest Account is established, they shall be the
     "Pre-Funding Account" or "Capitalized Interest Account", as appropriate.
     The Pre-Funding Account shall be entitled the "CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A
     Pre-Funding Account". The Capitalized Interest Account shall be entitled
     the "CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A Capitalized Interest Account". Each of the
     Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized Interest Account shall bear an
     additional designation clearly indicating that the funds on deposit therein
     are held for the benefit of, and owned by, the Trust. On the Closing Date,
     the Trust will deposit the Original Pre-Funded Amount into the Pre-Funding
     Account and deposit the Initial Capitalized Interest Deposit into the
     Capitalized Interest Account.

          (ii) On any Subsequent Transfer Date, the Servicer shall instruct the
     Owner Trustee to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account an amount equal to
     100% of the unpaid principal balance thereof as of the related Subsequent
     Cut-off Date of the Subsequent Contracts sold to the Trust on such
     Subsequent Transfer Date and pay such amount to or upon the order of
     Company with respect to such transfer. In no event shall the Servicer be
     permitted to instruct the Owner Trustee to release from the Pre-Funding
     Account with respect to Subsequent Contracts to be transferred to the Trust
     an amount, which, when added to the amounts previously released from the
     Pre-Funding Account to acquire Subsequent Contracts, would exceed the
     Original Pre-Funded Amount.

          (iii) On the Distribution Dates occurring in _________, _______ and
     ________ of 1996, the Owner Trustee shall withdraw Pre-Funding Earnings
     from the Pre-Funding Account, to the extent available, and deposit such
     amount in the Collection Account for payment to the Holders of the
     Securities on such Distribution Dates, in an amount equal to the
     difference, if any, between (x) the sum of the amount of interest payable
     to the Noteholders on such Distribution Date and the amount of interest
     payable to the Certificateholders on such Distribution Date and (y) that
     portion of the Amount Available allocated to make such interest payments to
     Noteholders and Certificateholders, respectively, on such Distribution
     Dates. On such Distribution Dates, such funds, if any, shall be used first
     to pay to the Noteholders, to the extent available, the Pre-Funding
     Earnings so withdrawn such that the Noteholders will receive such amounts
     of interest due on such Distribution Date, and second, to pay to the
     Certificateholders, to the extent available, the remaining Pre-Funding
     Earnings so withdrawn such that the Certificateholders will receive such
     amounts of interest due on such Distribution Date.

          (iv) On the Distribution Dates occurring in _________, _______ and
     ________ of 1996, the Owner Trustee shall withdraw monies on deposit in the
     Capitalized Interest Account, to the extent available, and deposit such
     amount in the Collection Account for payment to the Holders of the
     Securities on such Distribution Date, in an amount equal to the excess, if
     any, of (x) the product of (1) the weighted average of the Class A Rate and
     the Pass-Through Rate as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

     Period and (2) the undisbursed funds (excluding investment earnings) in the
     Pre-Funding Account (as of the last day of the related Due Period) over (y)
     the amount if any Pre-Funding Earnings in the Pre-Funding Account that are
     available to pay interest on the Securities on such Distribution Date
     pursuant to clause (iii) above. On such Distribution Dates, such funds, if
     any, shall be used first to pay to the Noteholders, to the extent
     available, the amount so withdrawn such that the Noteholders will receive
     such amounts of interest due on such Distribution Date, and second, to pay
     to the Certificateholders, to the extent available, the amount so withdrawn
     such that the Certificateholders will receive such amounts of interest due
     on such Distribution Date.

          (v) On the last day of the Funding Period (or, if such day is not a
     Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) (but in no event later
     than the ________ 1996 Distribution Date) the Servicer shall instruct the
     Owner Trustee to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account, and the Owner
     Trustee shall so withdraw, the difference, if any, between (A) the sum of
     the Original Pre-Funded Amount, and (B) all amounts theretofore withdrawn
     from the Pre-Funding Account with respect to the purchase and transfer to
     the Trust of Subsequent Contracts, and the Owner Trustee shall (i) deposit
     the Note Pre-Funded Percentage of such amounts into the Note Distribution
     Account and (ii) deposit the Certificate Pre-Funded Percentage of such
     amounts into the Certificate Distribution Account. Such amounts will be
     used to prepay the principal amount of the outstanding Notes and
     Certificates in accordance with the Note Pre-Funded Percentage and the
     Certificate Pre-Funded Percentage, respectively, on the Distribution Date
     immediately following the Funding Period or if the end of the Funding
     Period is on a Distribution Date, then on such date.

          (vi) Any Pre-Funding Earnings on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
     and all amounts remaining on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account on
     the last day of the Funding Period which were not distributed to the
     Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.01(b) shall be deposited by the Owner
     Trustee in the Collection Account on such date and shall constitute part of
     the Amount Available on the first Distribution Date thereafter or, if the
     end of the Funding Period is on a Distribution Date, then on such date.

     (c) The Eligible Institution maintaining the accounts described in this
Section 5.01(a) and (b) shall, in the name of the Trust invest amounts on
deposit solely in Eligible Investments that mature not later than one Business
Day prior to the next succeeding Distribution Date, in accordance with
instructions provided to the Trustees by the Servicer in writing (or, in the
case of the Cash Collateral Account, in accordance with instructions provided to
the Servicer by the Cash Collateral Depositor, on behalf of the Owner Trustee
and the Cash Collateral Depositor, in writing). Once such funds are invested,
such Eligible Institution shall not change the investment of such funds.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts deposited in the Collection Account from
funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to Section 5.01(b) may not
be invested at all. All Investment Earnings from the investment of funds in the
accounts described in this Section 5.01(a) and (b) shall be deposited in the
accounts in which such Investment Earnings were earned; provided, however,
Investment Earnings from the investment of funds in the Cash Collateral Account
shall be retained in a separate interest subaccount of the Cash Collateral
Account and realized losses, if any, on amounts so invested shall be charged

                                      -48-
<PAGE>

against undistributed Investment Earnings from the Cash Collateral Account. All
Investment Earnings realized from any such investment of funds in the Collection
Account, Certificate Distribution Account and Note Distribution Account (to the
extent investment of such funds is permitted hereunder) shall be for the benefit
of the Servicer and may be withdrawn by the Servicer on each Distribution Date
pursuant to subsection 5.05(b)(ii). All Investment Earnings realized from any
such investment of funds in the Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized Interest
Account shall be distributed as provided in Section 5.01(b). All Investment
Earnings realized from any such investment of funds in the Cash Collateral
Account shall be distributed as provided in Section 5.06. An amount equal to any
net loss on such investments shall be deposited in the Collection Account, the
Certificate Distribution Account and Note Distribution Account by the Servicer
out of its own funds, without right to reimbursement, immediately as realized.
"Eligible Investments" are any of the following:

          (i) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed by, the
     United States of America, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (if
     then rated Aaa by Moody's), the Federal National Mortgage Association, or
     any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the
     obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
     States of America and which are non-callable;

          (ii) demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, bankers'
     acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depository institution
     or trust company (including the Trustees or any Affiliate of the Trustees,
     acting in their commercial capacity) incorporated under the laws of the
     United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia
     (or any domestic branch or agency of a foreign bank) and subject to
     supervision and examination by federal and/or state authorities, so long
     as, at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for
     such investment, the commercial paper or other short-term debt obligations
     of such depository institution or trust company have been rated at least
     P-1 or higher from Moody's and A-1+ from Standard & Poor's (or, with
     respect to the investment of any amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral
     Account or the Certificate Distribution Account, such Standard & Poor's
     rating shall be at least A-1); or any other demand or time deposit or
     certificate of deposit which is fully insured by the Federal Deposit
     Insurance Corporation and which is rated at least P-1 by Moody's;

          (iii) repurchase obligations with respect to any security described in
     either clause (i) or (ii) above and entered into with any institution whose
     commercial paper is at least rated P-1 from Moody's and at least A-1+ by
     Standard & Poor's (or, with respect to the investment of any amounts on
     deposit in the Cash Collateral Account or the Certificate Distribution
     Account, such Standard & Poor's rating shall be at least A-1);

          (iv) securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any
     corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or
     any State thereof which have a credit rating of at least A2 or P-1 from
     Moody's and at least AA- from Standard & Poor's at the time of such
     investment (or, with respect to the investment of any amounts on deposit in
     
                                      -49-
<PAGE>
     the Cash Collateral Account or the Certificate  Distribution  Account, such
     Standard & Poor's rating shall be at least A);

          (v) commercial paper having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody's and
     at least A-1+ from Standard & Poor's (or, with respect to the investment of
     any amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account or the Certificate

     Distribution Account, such Standard & Poor's rating shall be at least A-1)
     at the time of such investment; and

          (vi) money market funds which are rated Aaa by Moody's and at least
     AAAm or AAAm-G by Standard & Poor's, including funds which meet such rating
     requirements for which the Trustees or an affiliate of the Trustees serves
     as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent and/or
     custodian or subcustodian, notwithstanding that (i) such Trustee or an
     affiliate of such Trustee charges and collects fees and expenses from such
     funds for services rendered, (ii) such Trustee charges and collects fees
     and expenses for services rendered pursuant to this instrument, and (iii)
     services performed for such funds and pursuant to this instrument may
     converge at any time. (The Seller and the Servicer specifically authorize
     such Trustee or an affiliate of such Trustee to charge and collect all fees
     and expenses from such funds for services rendered to such funds, in
     addition to any fees and expenses such Trustee may charge and collect for
     services rendered pursuant to this instrument).

     The Trustees may trade with themselves, each other, or with an Affiliate on
an arm's length basis in the purchase or sale of such Eligible Investments.

     Section 5.02 Collections; Applications

     (a) Deposits to Collection Account. Subject to subsections 5.02(b) and (c),
the Servicer shall deposit in the Collection Account, no later than two Business
Days after the Closing Date, any amounts representing payments received on the
Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date through and including the Closing
Date. Subject to subsections 5.02(b) and (c), the Servicer shall deposit in the
Collection Account as promptly as practicable (not later than the second
Business Day) following the receipt thereof by the Servicer, all amounts
received in respect of the Contracts, including all loan payments from Obligors,
Net Liquidation Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds.

     (b) Monthly Deposits to Collection Account. Notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as, and only so long as,

          (i) CITSF shall remain the Servicer hereunder and CITSF remains a
     direct or indirect subsidiary of CIT, if CIT shall have and maintain a
     short-term debt rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and either a
     short-term debt rating of P-1 or a long-term debt rating of at least A2 by
     Moody's, or

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

          (ii) the Servicer obtains a letter of credit, surety bond or insurance
     policy (the "Servicer Letter of Credit") under which demands for payment
     will be made to secure timely remittance of monthly collections to the
     Collection Account and the Trustees are provided with a letter from each
     Rating Agency to the effect that the utilization of such alternative
     remittance schedule and any amendment required to be made to this Agreement
     in connection therewith will not result in a qualification, reduction or
     withdrawal of its then-current rating of the Notes or Certificates,

the  Servicer  may make the  deposits to the  Collection  Account  specified  in
subsection  5.05(a)  on a monthly  basis,  but not later than the  Deposit  Date
immediately  preceding the  Distribution  Date following the last day of the Due
Period within which such payments were  processed by the Servicer,  in an amount
equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments which would have been made
to the Collection  Account during such Due Period but for the provisions of this
subsection  5.02(b).  In the  event  that  the  Servicer  is  permitted  to make
remittances  of  collections  to the  Collection  Account  pursuant  to  Section
5.02(b)(ii),  this Agreement may be modified,  to the extent necessary,  without
the consent of any Securityholder.

     (c) Amounts Not Required to be Deposited. The Servicer will not be required
to deposit in the Collection Account amounts relating to the Contracts
attributable to the following:

          (i) amounts received with respect to each Contract (or property
     acquired in respect thereof) that has been purchased by CITSF or the
     Servicer pursuant to this Agreement and that are not required to be
     distributed to Securityholders,

          (ii) net investment earnings on funds deposited in the Collection
     Account, the Certificate Distribution Account, the Note Distribution
     Account and the Cash Collateral Account,

          (iii) amounts received as Late Fees,

          (iv) amounts received in respect of Post Cut-off Date Insurance
     Add-ons,

          (v) any repossession profits on Liquidated Contracts,

          (vi) amounts received as liquidation proceeds, to the extent the
     Servicer is entitled to reimbursement of liquidation expenses relating
     thereto pursuant to Section 4.03, and

          (vii) amounts to be reimbursed to the Servicer in respect of
     Nonrecoverable Advances.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>

     (e) Permitted Withdrawals from the Collection Account. The Indenture
Trustee will, from time to time as provided herein, make withdrawals from the
Collection Account of amounts deposited in said account pursuant to this
Agreement that are attributable to the Contracts for the following purposes:

          (i) to make payments and distributions in the amounts and in the
     manner provided for in Section 5.05;

          (ii) to pay to CITSF or the Servicer with respect to each Contract or
     property acquired in respect thereof that has been purchased pursuant to
     Section 3.02, 4.02, 4.07, 11.01 or 11.02, all amounts received thereon and
     not required to be distributed to Noteholders and Certificateholders;

          (iii) to withdraw any amount deposited in the Collection Account that
     was not required to be deposited therein; and

          (iv) to reimburse the Servicer out of liquidation proceeds for
     liquidation expenses incurred by it, to the extent such reimbursement is
     permitted under Section 4.03 and to the extent such expenses have not
     otherwise been reimbursed.

Since, in connection with withdrawals pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iv) of this
subsection 5.02(d), CITSF's entitlement thereto is limited to collections or
other recoveries on the related Contract, the Servicer shall keep and maintain
separate accounting, on a Contract by Contract basis, for the purpose of
justifying any withdrawal from the Collection Account pursuant to such clauses.
The Servicer shall keep and maintain an accounting for the purpose of justifying
any withdrawal from the Collection Account pursuant to clause (iii) of this
subsection 5.02(d).

     Section 5.03 Monthly Advances With respect to each Contract as to which
there has been an Interest Shortfall during the related Due Period (other than
an Interest Shortfall arising from either (i) a Principal Prepayment in Full of
a Contract or (ii) a Contract which has been subject to a Relief Act Reduction
during such Due Period), the Servicer shall make a Monthly Advance in the amount
of such Interest Shortfall, but only to the extent the Servicer, in its good
faith judgment, expects to recoup such Monthly Advance from subsequent payments
of interest by or on behalf of the Obligors, Net Liquidation Proceeds or
proceeds from Insurance Policies with respect to the related Contract. The
Servicer shall not be obligated to make any advance to the Trust in respect of
the principal component of scheduled payments on any Contract which is not paid
during the Due Period in which they are due.

     The Servicer shall deposit any such Monthly Advance into the Collection
Account in next-day funds or immediately available funds no later than 12:00
noon, New York time, on the related Deposit Date. The Servicer shall be
reimbursed for any such Monthly Advance by subsequent collections in respect of
interest on such Contract made by or on behalf of the Obligor, and Net
Liquidation Proceeds or proceeds from Insurance Policies with respect to such
Contract. If an unreimbursed Monthly Advance shall become a Nonrecoverable

                                      -52-
<PAGE>

Advance, the Servicer shall be reimbursed from collections on all the Contracts
in the Trust in the order of priority set forth in Section 5.05 hereof.

     Section 5.04A Non-Reimbursable Payments. On each Deposit Date, the Servicer
shall make a deposit (a "Non-Reimbursable Payment") to the Collection Account in
respect of each Contract for which there has been an Interest Shortfall during
the preceding Due Period arising either from a Principal Prepayment in Full or a
Relief Act Reduction in respect of such Contract during such Due Period, in an
amount equal to the Interest Shortfall.

     The Servicer shall deposit the aggregate amount of Non-Reimbursable
Payments in respect of a Due Period into the Collection Account at the time and
in the manner specified in Section 5.03. The Servicer shall not be entitled to
reimbursement for any Non-Reimbursable Payment.

     Section 5.04 Additional Deposits. CITSF and the Servicer, as the case may
be, shall deposit into the Collection Account the aggregate Purchase Price
pursuant to Sections 3.02, 4.02, 4.07, 11.01 and 11.02, as applicable. All
remittances shall be made to the Collection Account, in next-day funds or
immediately available funds, no later than 12:00 noon, New York time, on the
related Deposit Date.

     Section 5.05 Distributions.

     (a) On or before the Determination Date preceding a Distribution Date, the
Servicer will make a determination and inform the Indenture Trustee and the
Owner Trustee of the following amounts with respect to the preceding Due Period:
(i) the aggregate amount of collections on the Contracts; (ii) the aggregate
amount of Monthly Advances to be remitted by the Servicer; (iii) the aggregate
Purchase Price of Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the Servicer; (iv) the
aggregate amount to be distributed as principal and interest on the Notes on the
related Distribution Date; (v) the aggregate amount to be distributed as
principal and interest on the Certificates on the related Distribution Date;
(vi) the Servicing Fee; (vii) the aggregate amount of Non-Reimbursable Payments;
(viii) the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for
such Distribution Date in accordance with Sections 5.05(b) and 5.06 hereof and
the applicable provisions of the Cash Collateral Agreement; (ix) any amounts to
be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Sections 5.05(b)(viii)
and 5.06 hereof and the applicable provisions of the Cash Collateral Agreement
and (x) the aggregate amount of unreimbursed Monthly Advances to be reimbursed
to the Servicer.

     (b) On each Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee, based on the
instruction provided by the Servicer in subsection (a) above, will withdraw the
Amount Available from the Collection Account to make the following payments (to
the extent sufficient funds are available therefor) in the following order and
priority:

                                      -53-
<PAGE>


               (i) the aggregate  amount of any  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advances
          made by the Servicer  (and which are then due to be  reimbursed to the
          Servicer) will be paid to the Servicer;

               (ii) the Servicer Payment (to the extent not previously retained
          by the Servicer) will be paid to the Servicer;

               (iii) the Class A Interest Distribution Amount, including any
          Outstanding Class A Interest, will be deposited into the Note
          Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

               (iv) on and prior to the Cross-over Date, the Principal
          Distribution Amount, including any unpaid principal due on prior
          Distribution Dates, will be deposited into the Note Distribution
          Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

               (v) the Certificate Interest Distribution Amount, including any
          Outstanding Certificate Interest, will be deposited into the
          Certificate Distribution Account, for payment to the
          Certificateholders;

               (vi) prior to the Cross-over Date, the Principal Liquidation Loss
          Amount, if any, will be deposited into the Certificate Distribution
          Account, for payment to the Certificateholders;

               (vii) on and after the Cross-over Date, the Principal
          Distribution Amount (to the extent not paid to Noteholders on the
          Cross-over Date), including any unpaid principal due on prior
          Distribution Dates, will be deposited into the Certificate
          Distribution Account, for payment to the Certificateholders;

               (viii) an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the balance, if any,
          remaining after the payments in clauses (i) through (vii) above and
          (b) the sum of (1) the amount by which the Required Cash Collateral
          Amount with respect to the following Distribution Date exceeds the
          amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account (exclusive of
          Investment Earnings on amounts on deposit therein) on the current
          Distribution Date after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on
          such Distribution Date, and (2) the amount, if any, by which (I) the
          amount of payments of principal and interest required to be made on
          the Loan on such Distribution Date pursuant to the Cash Collateral
          Agreement exceeds (II) the Investment Earnings accrued on the Cash
          Collateral Account since the preceding Deposit Date, will be deposited
          in the Cash Collateral Account, for payment to the Certificateholders,
          the Cash Collateral Depositor and the holder of the GP Interest in
          accordance with the provisions of Section 5.06 hereof and the Cash
          Collateral Agreement; and

               (ix) the balance, if any, remaining after the payments in clauses
          (i) through (viii) above shall be distributed to the holder of the GP
          Interest.

                                      -54-
<PAGE>


     (c) On each Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee
shall distribute all amounts in the Note Distribution Account and the
Certificate Distribution Account, respectively, to the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders, respectively as provided in the Indenture and Trust
Agreement respectively.

     Section 5.06. Cash Collateral Account. (a) The Owner Trustee shall, on the
Closing Date, deposit or cause to be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account by
wire transfer of immediately available funds the Initial Cash Collateral Amount
from the proceeds of the loan to be made on the Closing Date by the Cash
Collateral Depositor under the Cash Collateral Agreement. On each Distribution
Date, the Owner Trustee shall deposit or cause to be deposited into the Cash
Collateral Account by wire transfer of immediately available funds any amount it
receives pursuant to Section 5.05(b)(viii) of this Agreement, which amount shall
be designated as being for deposit in the Cash Collateral Account. The Owner
Trustee shall have the sole right to make withdrawals from the Cash Collateral
Account and to exercise all rights with respect to the Cash Collateral Account
Property. Amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account and paid to the
Certificateholders, the Cash Collateral Depositor or the holder of the GP
Interest, as provided herein and in the Cash Collateral Agreement, shall not be
required to be reimbursed to the Cash Collateral Account by the Trustees, the
Securityholders, the Cash Collateral Depositor, any Paying Agent or any
transferee thereof.

     (b) In the event that the sum of the Certificate Interest Distribution
Amount (including any Outstanding Certificate Interest), Principal Liquidation
Loss Amount and Principal Distribution Amount to be distributed to the
Certificateholders for any Distribution Date exceeds the amount deposited in the
Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 5.05(b)(v), 5.05(b)(vi)
and 5.05(b)(vii) of this Agreement, respectively, on such Distribution Date, the
Servicer shall instruct the Owner Trustee in writing to withdraw or cause to be
withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account on or before the related Deposit Date
the lesser of the amount of such excess and the Available Cash Collateral Amount
(the "Draw Amount"). The Owner Trustee shall deposit such amount, or cause such
amount to be deposited, into the Certificate Distribution Account no later than
12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Deposit Date.

     (c) On or before the Deposit Date immediately preceding the Certificate
Final Distribution Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Owner Trustee to
withdraw or cause to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account an amount
(the "Final Draw Amount") equal to the lesser of (i) the Certificate Balance on
the Certificate Final Distribution Date, after giving effect to distributions of
the Principal Distribution Amount to Certificateholders on the Certificate Final
Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.05(b)(vii) of this Agreement and (ii)
the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, excluding Investment
Earnings with respect thereto, after giving effect to any withdrawal from the
Cash Collateral Account pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 5.06. The Owner
Trustee shall deposit such amount, or cause such amount to be deposited, into
the Certificate Distribution Account no later than 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on such Deposit Date.

                                      -55-
<PAGE>


     (d) Investment Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account and Cash Collateral Account Surplus on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account shall be distributed to the Cash Collateral Depositor to the extent
required by Sections 3(a) and (b) of the Cash Collateral Agreement.

     (e) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall pay to the holder of
the GP Interest any amounts which remain on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account after making the payments contemplated by the foregoing subparagraphs
(b) and (d), and which are in excess of the Required Cash Collateral Amount for
the following Distribution Date. On the Certificate Final Distribution Date, the
Owner Trustee shall pay to the holder of the GP Interest any amounts remaining
on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account after paying the Final Draw Amount to
the Certificateholders as contemplated by subparagraph (c) above and paying the
outstanding principal and interest payable to the Cash Collateral Depositor
pursuant to Section 3(c) of the Cash Collateral Agreement.

     (f) If at any time the Cash Collateral Account ceases to be maintained at
an Eligible Institution as required by Section 5.01(a), the Owner Trustee shall
within 10 Business Days (or such longer period not to exceed 30 calendar days,
as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Cash Collateral
Account meeting the conditions specified in Section 5.01(a) and shall transfer
any and all cash and investments in the Cash Collateral Account to such new Cash
Collateral Account.

     Section 5.07 Net Deposits. CITSF (in whatever capacity) may make the
remittances required pursuant to this Agreement, net of amounts to be retained
by it or distributed to it (also in whatever capacity), pursuant to this
Agreement, for so long as (a) it shall be the Servicer and (b) it will be
entitled, pursuant to Section 5.02, to make deposits on a monthly basis, rather
than a daily basis. Nonetheless, the Servicer shall account for all of the
above-described amounts as if such amounts were deposited and distributed
separately.

     Section 5.08 Statements to Securityholders. On each Distribution Date, the
Servicer shall prepare and will include with the distribution to each
Securityholder, a statement setting forth for the related Due Period the
following information:

          (i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of the Notes
     and to the Certificate Balance of the Certificates, including any overdue
     principal;

          (ii) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities, including any overdue interest;

          (iii) the Pool Balance, the Note Pool Factor and the Certificate Pool
     Factor as of the end of the related Due Period;

                                      -56-
<PAGE>

          (iv) the Servicer Payment for such Distribution Date;

          (v) the amount of Monthly Advances and Non-Reimbursable Payments on
     such date;

          (vi) the aggregate principal balance of all Contracts which were
     delinquent 30, 60 and 90 days or more as of the last day of the related Due
     Period;

          (vii) during the Funding Period, the amount of funds on deposit in the
     Pre-Funding Account;

          (viii) during the Funding Period, the number and aggregate principal
     balance of Subsequent Contracts;

          (ix) during the Funding Period, the number and aggregate principal
     balance of Subsequent Contracts purchased by the Trust on the related
     Distribution Date;

          (x) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of
     such Distribution Date after giving effect to any distributions on such
     Distribution Date;

          (xi) the Certificate Balance as of such Distribution Date after giving
     effect to any distributions thereon and reductions thereto on such
     Distribution Date;

          (xii) the Draw Amount, if any, and the Final Draw Amount (if
     applicable) with respect to such Distribution Date;

          (xiii) the Available Cash Collateral Amount, after giving effect to
     any deposit to or withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account with respect
     to such Distribution Date, and such amount expressed as a percentage of the
     Pool Balance; and

          (xiv) the Required Cash Collateral Amount.

     Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, but
not later than the latest date permitted by law, the Servicer shall furnish or
cause to be furnished to each Person who at any time during the calendar year
was a Securityholder a statement containing the information with respect to
interest accrued and principal paid on its Securities during such calendar year.
Such obligation shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that
substantially comparable information shall be provided to the Securityholders
pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time in force.

                                      -57-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   [Reserved]


                                      -58-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                   The Company

     Section 7.01 Representations of Company.

     The Company hereby makes the following representations as to itself on
which the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall
rely in accepting the Contracts in trust and authenticating the Certificates and
the Notes, respectively. The representations shall speak as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, and shall survive the sale of the Contracts to the
Trust.

          (i) Organization and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly
     organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own its
     assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged. The
     Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in
     good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the business
     transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such
     qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a material
     adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial
     or other) of the Company or on the Certificates or the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement.

          (ii) Authorization; Binding Obligations. The Company has the power and
     authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all of
     the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and has taken all
     necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement. When executed and delivered, this Agreement
     will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company
     enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such
     terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting
     the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by the availability of
     equitable remedies.

          (iii) No Consent Required. The Company is not required to obtain the
     consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
     authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
     authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery,
     performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement the failure of
     which so to obtain would have a material adverse effect on the business,
     properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or
     on the Certificates or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          (iv) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement by the Company will not violate any provision of any existing law
     or regulation or any order or decree of any court or the Articles of
     Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, or constitute a material breach of

                                      -59-
<PAGE>

     any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which the Company
     is a party or by which the Company may be bound.

          (v) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of or
     before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to
     the knowledge of the Company threatened, against the Company or any of its
     properties or with respect to this Agreement or the Certificates which, if
     adversely determined, would in the opinion of the Company have a material
     adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     Section 7.02 Merger or Consolidation of Company

     Any Person into which the Company may be merged or consolidated, or any
corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Company
shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Company, shall
be the successor of the Company hereunder, without the execution or filing of
any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding. The Company shall promptly notify each
Rating Agency of any such merger to which it is a party and such merger shall
satisfy the Rating Agency Condition.

     Section 7.03 Limitation on Liability of the Company and Others.

     (a) Neither the Company nor any of the directors, officers, employees or
agents of the Company shall be under any liability to the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders for any action
taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to
this Agreement, or for errors in judgment; notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, no party to this Agreement shall have any recourse against the
Company for any actions taken, or failed to be taken, by the Company.

     (b) The Company and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company
may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed
and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

     (c) The Company shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute
or defend any legal action which arises under this Agreement.

     Section 7.04 The Company May Own Securities.

     The Company and any Person controlling, controlled by, or under common
control with the Company may in its individual or any other capacity become the
owner or pledgee of Notes or Certificates with the same rights as it would have
if it were not the Company or an Affiliate thereof, except as otherwise provided
in the definition of "Noteholder" or "Certificateholder", respectively. Notes
and Certificates so owned by or pledged to the Company or such controlling or
commonly controlled Person shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under

                                      -60-
<PAGE>

the provisions of this Agreement, without preference, priority or distinction as
among all of the Notes and Certificates.

     Section 7.05 Indebtedness of and Sale of Assets by the Company..

     (a) The Company will not incur any material indebtedness (other than
indebtedness which is contemporaneously repaid upon the issuance of securities
by the Company or by selling any assets in connection therewith to the extent
permitted by its Certificate of Incorporation) nor will it sell all or
substantially all of its assets, if either such action would result in the
downgrading by Moody's of any outstanding securities of the Company or any trust
or other entity of which the Company is the settlor or depositor, which
securities are then rated by Moody's; provided, however, nothing contained in
this Agreement shall prohibit the Company from issuing any securities or acting
as the settlor or depositor of any trust or other entity (or selling any assets
in connection therewith) to the extent permitted by its Certificate of
Incorporation.

     (b) Prior to the issuance of any securities by the Company, the Company
shall give at least 5 days' prior written notice to Moody's with a copy of the
Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus Supplement and, on the issuance date, a
copy of the agreements pertaining to such securities of the type in the
definition of Basic Documents.

                                      -61-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                 The Servicer; Representations and Indemnities

     Section 8.01 Representations of CITSF.

     CITSF hereby makes the following representations on which the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall rely in accepting the
Contracts in trust and authenticating the Certificates and the Notes,
respectively. The representations shall speak as of the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, and shall survive the sale of the Contracts to the Trust.

          (i) Organization and Good Standing. CITSF is a corporation duly
     organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own its
     assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged. CITSF
     is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good
     standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the business
     transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such
     qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a material
     adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial
     or other) of CITSF or on the Certificates or the transactions contemplated
     by the Agreement.

          (ii) Authorization; Binding Obligations. CITSF has the power and
     authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all of
     the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and has taken all
     necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement. When executed and delivered, this Agreement
     will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of CITSF
     enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such
     terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting
     the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by the availability of
     equitable remedies.

          (iii) No Consent Required. CITSF is not required to obtain the consent
     of any other party or any consent, license, approval or authorization from,
     or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or
     agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or
     enforceability of this Agreement the failure of which so to obtain would
     have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets or
     condition (financial or otherwise) of CITSF or on the Certificates or the
     transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

          (iv) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement by CITSF will not violate any provision of any existing law or
     regulation or any order or decree of any court or the Articles of
     Incorporation or Bylaws of CITSF, or constitute a material breach of any
     mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which CITSF is a party
     or by which CITSF may be bound.

                                      -62-
<PAGE>


          (v) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of or
     before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to
     the knowledge of CITSF threatened, against CITSF or any of its properties
     or with respect to this Agreement or the Certificates which, if adversely
     determined, would in the opinion of CITSF have a material adverse effect on
     the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     Section 8.02 Liability of Servicer, Indemnities.

     The Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of
the obligations specifically undertaken by the Servicer, CITSF or the Company
under this Agreement and shall have no other obligations or liabilities
hereunder.

          (i) The Servicer shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner
     Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Certificateholders and the
     Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages,
     claims, and liabilities, arising out of or resulting from the negligent use
     or operation by the Servicer of a Financed Vehicle, to the extent such loss
     is not reimbursed pursuant to any Insurance Policy, the Servicer's Errors
     and Omission Policy or any fidelity bond.

          (ii) Subject to Section 8.04(a), the Servicer will defend and
     indemnify the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the
     Certificateholders and the Noteholders against any and all costs, expenses,
     losses, damages, claims and liabilities arising out of or resulting from
     any negligent action taken, or negligently failed to be taken, by the
     Servicer with respect to any Financed Vehicle, to the extent such loss is
     not reimbursed pursuant to any Insurance Policy, the Servicer's Errors and
     Omission Policy or any fidelity bond.

          (iii) The Servicer agrees to pay, and shall indemnify, defend, and
     hold harmless the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the
     Certificateholders and the Noteholders from and against, any taxes that may
     at any time be asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the
     transfer of the Contracts to the Trust, including, without limitation, any
     sales, gross receipts, personal or real property, privilege or license
     taxes (but not including any federal, state or other taxes arising out of
     the creation of the Trust and the issuance of the Notes and Certificates or
     distributions with respect thereto) and costs, expenses and reasonable
     counsel fees in defending against the same.

          (iv) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner
     Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Certificateholders and the
     Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims,
     damages, and liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss,
     claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon such Persons,
     through the willful misfeasance, negligence, or bad faith of the Servicer

                                      -63-
<PAGE>

     in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of
     reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

          (v) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless from and
     against, and pay to the Trustees all costs, expenses, losses, claims,
     damages, and liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with the
     acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties herein contained in
     accordance with the terms and conditions herein and in the Indenture and
     the Trust Agreement, as the case may be, except to the extent that such
     cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability: (a) shall be due to the
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or bad faith of such Trustee; (b)
     relates to any tax other than the taxes with respect to which the Company
     shall be required to indemnify such Trustee pursuant to this Agreement; (c)
     shall arise from such Trustee's breach of any of its representations or
     warranties set forth in the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as
     applicable; (d) shall be one as to which the Company is required to
     indemnify such Trustee or (e) shall arise out of or be incurred in
     connection with the acceptance or performance by such Trustee of the duties
     of successor Servicer hereunder.

     Indemnification under this Section 8.02 shall include reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel in any litigation appointed by the Servicer and reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnitee, provided that the Servicer shall only be
required to pay the fees and expenses of one counsel in any single litigation
(or related proceedings) for all indemnitees; provided, however, if in the
written opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer, the
interests of the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee conflict such that the
Servicer and the Indenture Trustee may not both be represented by such counsel,
upon ten days prior written notice to the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee may
hire one other counsel, and the Indemnification under this Section 8.02 shall
also include the reasonable fees and expenses of such other counsel. If the
Servicer or the Company shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this
Section 8.02 and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from
others, the recipient shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer and/or
the Company, without interest. The indemnities under this Section 8.02 shall
survive the resignation or removal of the Trustees, or the termination of the
Trust Agreement and this Agreement.

     Section 8.03 Merger or Consolidation of Servicer.

     Any person into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any
corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Servicer shall be a party, or any Person succeeding
to the business of the Servicer (which Person assumes the obligations of the
Servicer), shall be the successor of the Servicer hereunder, without the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the
parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided,
however, that the successor or surviving Person to the Servicer shall satisfy
the criteria set forth in the definition of an Eligible Servicer. The Servicer
shall promptly notify each Rating Agency of any such merger to which it is a
party.

                                      -64-
<PAGE>


     Section 8.04 Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.

     (a) Neither the Servicer nor the Company, nor any of the directors,
officers, employees or agents of the Servicer or the Company shall be under any
liability to the Trustees, the Trust or the Securityholders for any action taken
or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this
Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision
shall not protect the Servicer, the Company or any such Person against any
breach of warranties or representations made herein, or failure to perform its
or his obligations in compliance with any standard of care set forth in this
Agreement, or any liability which otherwise would be imposed by reason of any
breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     (b) The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the
Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly
executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

     (c) Except as arises from its duties as Servicer hereunder, the Servicer
shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal
action which arises under this Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it
in any expenses or liability; provided, however, that the Servicer and the
Company may in its discretion undertake any such action which it may deem
necessary or desirable in respect of this Agreement and the rights and duties of
the parties hereto. In such event, the legal expenses and costs of such action
and any liability resulting therefrom shall be expenses, costs and liabilities
of the Trust payable from the Collection Account and the Servicer and the
Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed therefor out of the Collection
Account.

     Section 8.05 Servicer Not To Resign. The Servicer shall not resign from its
obligations and duties under this Agreement except upon determination that the
performance of its duties shall no longer be permissible under applicable law,
compliance with which could not be realized without material adverse impact on
the Servicer's financial condition. Notice of any such determination permitting
the resignation of the Servicer shall be communicated to the Trustees and the
Rating Agencies at the earliest practicable time (and, if such communication is
not in writing, shall be confirmed in writing at the earliest practicable time)
and any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee. No
such resignation shall become effective until the Indenture Trustee or a
successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of
the Servicer in accordance with Section 9.02.

                                      -65-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                     Default

     Section 9.01 Events of Termination.

     "Event of Termination" means the occurrence of any of the following:

     (a) Any failure by the Servicer to make any deposit into an account
required to be made hereunder and the continuance of such failure for a period
of five Business Days after the Servicer has become aware that such deposit was
required;

     (b) Failure on the Servicer's part to observe or perform in any material
respect any covenant or agreement in this Agreement (other than pursuant to
Section 9.01(a)), which failure continues unremedied for 30 days after the date
on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied,
shall have been given to the Servicer by the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or the Company or to the Servicer, the Company and the Trustees by
Holders of Notes or Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of the Notes, or the outstanding Certificate
Balance, respectively;

     (c) Any assignment or delegation by the Servicer of its duties or rights
hereunder except as specifically permitted hereunder, or any attempt to make
such an assignment or delegation;

     (d) A court or other governmental authority having jurisdiction in the
premises shall have entered a decree or order for relief in respect of the
Servicer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of
the Servicer, as the case may be, or for any substantial liquidation of its
affairs, and such order remains undischarged and unstayed for at least 60 days;

     (e) The Servicer shall have commenced a voluntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall
have consented to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under
any such law, or shall have consented to the appointment of or taking possession
by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or
other similar official) of the Servicer or for any substantial part of its
property, or shall have made any general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or shall have failed to, or admitted in writing its inability to, pay
its debts as they become due, or shall have taken any corporate action in
furtherance of the foregoing; or

     (f) The failure of the Servicer to be an Eligible Servicer.

                                      -66-
<PAGE>

     If an Event of Termination has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture
Trustee may or at the written direction of Holders of Notes evidencing a
majority of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes (or, if the
Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in accordance
with its terms, by the Owner Trustee or Holders of Certificates evidencing a
majority or more of the Certificate Balance) shall, unless prohibited by
applicable law, terminate all (but not less than all) of the Servicer's
management, administrative, servicing and collection functions (such termination
being herein called a "Service Transfer"). On receipt of such notice (or, if
later, on a date designated therein), all authority and power of the Servicer
under this Agreement, whether with respect to the Contracts, the Contract Files
or otherwise (except with respect to the Collection Account, the transfer of
which shall be governed by Section 9.06), shall pass to and be vested in the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to and under this Section 9.01 (however, if all of
the Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in
accordance with its terms, such authority shall pass to and be vested in the
Owner Trustee pursuant to and under this Section 9.01); and, without limitation,
such Trustee is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of the
Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other
instruments (including, without limitation, documents required to make such
Trustee or a successor servicer the sole lienholder or legal title holder of
record of each Financed Vehicle), and to do any and all acts or things necessary
or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination. Each of
CITSF and the Servicer agrees to cooperate with such Trustee in effecting the
termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer hereunder,
including, without limitation, the transfer to such Trustee for administration
by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be held by the Servicer for
deposit, or have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account, or
for its own account in connection with its services hereafter or thereafter
received with respect to the Contracts and the execution of any documents
required to make such Trustee or a successor Servicer the sole lienholder or
legal title holder of record in respect of each Financed Vehicle. The Servicer
shall be entitled to receive any other amounts which are payable to the Servicer
under this Agreement, at the time of the termination of its activities as
Servicer, to the extent that funds in the Collection Account are available for
the payment thereof without reducing the amount of distributions that would be
made to Holders of the Notes and Certificates. The Servicer shall transfer to
the new Servicer (i) the Servicer's records relating to the Contracts in such
electronic form as the new Servicer may reasonably request and (ii) the
Contracts and any of the Contract Files in the Servicer's possession.

     Section 9.02 Indenture Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor.

     On and after the time the Servicer receives a notice of termination
pursuant to Section 9.01 or a notice of determination pursuant to Section 8.05,
the Indenture Trustee shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer in
its capacity as Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or
provided for herein and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions
hereof, and the Servicer shall be relieved of such responsibilities, duties and
liabilities arising after such Service Transfer; provided, however, that (i) the
Indenture Trustee will not assume any obligations of CITSF pursuant to Section

                                      -67-
<PAGE>

3.02 or be obligated to deposit any net loss on an investment directed by a
predecessor Servicer pursuant to Section 5.01(b), and (ii) the Indenture Trustee
shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer occurring prior to
such Service Transfer or for any breach by CITSF of any of its representations
and warranties contained herein or in any related document or agreement. The
Indenture Trustee and any successor Servicer shall have no responsibility for
failure of CITSF and any predecessor Servicer to deliver to the Indenture
Trustee or such successor Servicer any property or funds belonging to the Trust,
including but not limited to the funds, records, Contracts and Contract Files.
As compensation therefor, the Indenture Trustee shall, except as provided in
this Section 9.02, be entitled to such compensation as the Servicer would have
been entitled to hereunder if no such notice of termination had been given.
Notwithstanding the above, the Indenture Trustee may, if it shall be unwilling
so to act, or shall, if it is legally unable so to act, appoint, or petition a
court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, an Eligible Servicer as the
successor to the Servicer hereunder in the assumption of all or any part of the
responsibilities, duties or liabilities of the Servicer hereunder. Pending
appointment of a successor to the Servicer hereunder, unless the Indenture
Trustee is prohibited by law from so acting, the Indenture Trustee shall act in
such capacity as hereinabove provided. In connection with such appointment and
assumption, the Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for the
compensation of such successor out of payments on Contracts as it and such
successor shall agree; provided, however, that no such compensation shall,
without the written consent of 100% of the Securityholders, be in excess of the
Servicing Fee. The Indenture Trustee and such successor shall take such action,
consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such
succession.

     Section 9.03 Notification to Securityholders.

     (a) Promptly following the occurrence of any Event of Termination, the
Servicer shall give written notice thereof to the Trustees, the Cash Collateral
Depositor (so long as the Loan under the Cash Collateral Agreement is still
outstanding) and the Securityholders at their respective addresses appearing on
the Certificate Register and the Note Register and to each Rating Agency.

     (b) Within 10 days following any termination or appointment of a successor
to the Servicer pursuant to this Article IX, the Trustees shall give written
notice thereof to the Cash Collateral Depositor (so long as the Loan under the
Cash Collateral Agreement is still outstanding) and to the Certificateholders
and Noteholders at their respective addresses appearing on the Certificate
Register and the Note Register.

     (c) The Indenture Trustee shall give written notice to each Rating Agency
at least 30 days prior to the date upon which any Eligible Servicer (other than
the Indenture Trustee) is to assume the responsibilities of Servicer pursuant to
Section 9.02, naming such successor Servicer.

                                      -68-
<PAGE>

     Section 9.04 Rights to Direct Trustees and Waiver of Events of Termination.

     Holders of Notes or Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes or 25% of the Certificate
Balance, respectively, shall have the right to direct the time, method, and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee, respectively, or exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustees; provided, however, that, subject to Section 10.01,
the Trustees shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction which
such Trustee (being advised by counsel) determines that the action so directed
may not lawfully be taken, or if such Trustee in good faith shall, by a
Responsible Officer or Officers of such Trustee, determine that the proceedings
so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of Noteholders or Certificateholders not parties to
such direction; provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the
right of the Trustees to take any action deemed proper by such Trustee and which
is not inconsistent with such direction by the Noteholders or
Certificateholders.

     Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of the Notes (or, if all of the Notes have been
paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms,
Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate Balance)
may, on behalf of the Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any past Event
of Termination hereunder and its consequences (except a continuing failure to
make any required deposits to or payments from the Collection Account and the
other accounts contemplated herein in accordance with this Agreement, which
default cannot be waived without the consent of all Securityholders) and, upon
any such waiver, such Event of Termination shall cease to exist and shall be
deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Agreement; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Termination or impair
any right consequent thereon.

     Section 9.05. Effect of Transfer.

     (a) After the Service Transfer, the Indenture Trustee or new Servicer may
notify the Obligors to make payments directly to the new Servicer that are due
under the Contracts after the effective date of the Service Transfer.

     (b) After the Service Transfer, the replaced Servicer shall have no further
obligations with respect to the management, administration, servicing or
collection of the Contracts and the new Servicer shall have all of such
obligations, except that the replaced Servicer shall remain liable for any
liability of the replaced Servicer hereunder that was already accrued at the
time of the Service Transfer and except that the replaced Servicer will transmit
or cause to be transmitted directly to the new Servicer for its own account,
promptly on receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts
(properly endorsed where required for the new Servicer to collect them) received
as payments upon or otherwise in connection with the Contracts.

                                      -69-
<PAGE>


     (c) A Service  Transfer  shall not  affect  the  rights  and  duties of the
parties  hereunder  (including  but not  limited  to the  indemnities  and other
agreements  of  the  Servicer  and  CITSF)  other  than  those  relating  to the
management, administration, servicing or collection of the Contracts.


                                      -70-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X

                                   [Reserved]


                                      -71-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                       Optional Purchase and Auction Sale

     Section 11.01 Optional Purchase of All Contracts.

     On any Distribution Date, following any Record Date as of which the Pool
Balance is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance, CITSF shall have the option
to purchase the Contracts (including the Defaulted Contracts), any Financed
Vehicles in the Trust relating to Defaulted Contracts and all rights relating to
the Contracts under all Insurance Policies. To exercise such option, CITSF shall
notify the Trustees and the Depository, if any, in writing, no later than the
20th day of the month preceding the month as of which such purchase is to be
effected occurs; provided, however, that CITSF shall not effect any such
purchase if the long-term unsecured obligations of its parent are rated less
than Baa3 by Moody's or less than BBB by Standard & Poor's, unless the Trustees
shall have received an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to it that payment of the
purchase price to the Securityholders will not constitute a voidable preference
or a fraudulent transfer under the United States Bankruptcy Code. CITSF shall
effect such purchase by depositing, in accordance with Section 5.04, the
aggregate Purchase Price of the Contracts (less any other amounts deposited, or
to be deposited, by the Servicer in the Collection Account with respect to the
Contract pursuant to Section 5.02) plus the appraised value of any other
property held by the Trust and purchased by CITSF (less liquidation expenses) in
the Collection Account on the Deposit Date immediately following the month in
which such purchase is to be effected; provided, however, in no event shall the
amount so deposited, when added to the amounts on deposit in the Collection
Account on such date and available for distribution to Securityholders on the
next Distribution Date, be less than the amount required to pay all accrued and
unpaid interest on the Notes, the remaining principal balance of the Notes,
accrued and unpaid interest on the Certificates and the Certificate Balance,
after giving effect to the reimbursement of the Servicer for all unpaid Monthly
Advances and the Servicer Payment. The effective date of such purchase shall be
the last day of the Due Period which ends in the month referred to in the
preceding sentence.

     Section 11.02 Mandatory Sale of all ContractsSection 11.02 Mandatory Sale
of all Contracts. In accordance with the procedures and schedule set forth in
Exhibit H hereto (the "Auction Procedures"), the Indenture Trustee (or, if the
Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture shall have been discharged in
accordance with its terms, the Owner Trustee) shall conduct an auction (the
"Auction") of the Contracts remaining in the Trust (such Contracts hereinafter
referred to as the "Auction Property") in order to effect a termination of the
Trust pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Trust Agreement on the second Distribution
Date succeeding the Record Date on which the Pool Balance is 5% or less of the
Initial Pool Balance. Such Auction shall be conducted within 10 days following
the Distribution Date following the Record Date on which the Pool Balance is 5%
or less of the Initial Pool Balance. CITSF and the Company may, but shall not be
required to, bid at the Auction. Such Trustee shall sell and transfer the
Auction Property to the highest bidder therefor at the Auction provided that:

                                      -72-
<PAGE>


          (i) the Auction has been conducted in accordance with the Auction
     Procedures;

          (ii) such Trustee has received good faith bids for the Auction
     Property from two prospective purchasers that are considered by such
     Trustee, in its sole discretion, to be competitive participants in the
     market for recreational vehicle retail installment sale contracts;

          (iii) a financial advisor, as advisor to such Trustee (in such
     capacity, the "Advisor"), shall have advised such Trustee in writing that
     at least two of such bidders (including the winning bidder) are
     participants in the market for recreational vehicle retail installment sale
     contracts willing and able to purchase the Auction Property;

          (iv) the highest bid in respect of the Auction Property is not less
     than the aggregate fair market value of the Auction Property (as determined
     by such Trustee in its sole discretion);

          (v) any bid submitted by CITSF, the Company or any affiliate of either
     of them shall reasonably represent the fair market value of the Auction
     Property, as independently verified and represented in writing by a
     qualified independent third party evaluator (which may include the Advisor
     or an investment banking firm) selected by such Trustee; and

          (vi) the highest bid would result in proceeds from the sale of the
     Auction Property which will be at least equal to the sum of (A) the greater
     of (1) the aggregate Purchase Price for the Contracts (including Defaulted
     Contracts), plus the appraised value of any other property held by the
     Trust (less liquidation expenses) or (2) an amount that, when added to
     amounts on deposit in the Collection Account and available for distribution
     to Securityholders on the second Distribution Date following the
     consummation of such sale (the "Liquidation Distribution Date"), would
     result in proceeds sufficient to distribute to Securityholders the amounts
     of interest due to the Securityholders for such Distribution Date and any
     unpaid interest payable to the Securityholders with respect to one or more
     prior Distribution Dates and the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
     and the Certificate Balance, and (B) the sum of (1) an amount sufficient to
     reimburse the Servicer for any unreimbursed Monthly Advances for which it
     is entitled to reimbursement and (2) the Servicing Fee payable on such
     second Distribution Date, including any unpaid Servicing Fees with respect
     to one or more prior Due Periods.

     Provided that all of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (vi)
have been met, such Trustee shall sell and transfer the Auction Property,
without representation, warranty or recourse, to such highest bidder in
accordance with and upon completion of the Auction Procedures. Such Trustee

                                      -73-
<PAGE>

shall deposit the purchase price for the Auction Property in the Collection
Account at least one Business Day prior to such second succeeding Distribution
Date. In addition, the Auction must stipulate that the Servicer be retained to
service the Contracts on terms substantially similar to those in the Agreement.
In the event that any of such conditions are not met or such highest bidder
fails or refuses to comply with any of the Auction Procedures, such Trustee
shall decline to consummate such sale and transfer. In the event such sale and
transfer is not consummated in accordance with the foregoing, however, such
Trustee may from time to time in the future, but shall not under any further
obligation to, solicit bids for sale of the assets of the Trust Fund upon the
same terms and conditions as set forth above.

     If any of the foregoing conditions are not met, such Trustee shall decline
to consummate such sale and shall not be under any obligation to solicit any
further bids or otherwise negotiate any further sale of Contracts remaining in
the Trust. In such event, however, such Trustee may from time to time solicit
bids in the future for the purchase of such Contracts pursuant to this Section
11.02.

     If applicable, the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice to the Owner
Trustee of the termination of the Trust pursuant to this Section 11.02 as soon
as practicable upon the consummation of the mandatory sale of the Contracts
pursuant to this Section 11.02.

                                      -74-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XII

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

     Section 12.01 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended in writing by the
Company, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee (and, in the event such amendments
affect the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee) without prior notice to or
the consent of any of the Securityholders, and in the case of clauses (vi) and
(vii), upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, (i) to correct manifest
error or cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provisions herein
or therein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein or
therein, as the case may be, (iii) to add or amend any provisions as requested
by Moody's or Standard & Poor's in order to maintain or improve any rating of
the Notes or Certificates (it being understood that, after the Closing Date,
neither the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Company nor CITSF is
obligated to maintain or improve such rating); (iv) to add to the covenants,
restrictions or obligations of the Company, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee; (v) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the
appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the Owner Trust Estate and
add to or change any provisions as shall be necessary to facilitate the
administration of the trusts under the Trust Agreement by more than one trustee
pursuant to Article VI of the Trust Agreement or (vi) to add, change or
eliminate any other provisions provided that an amendment pursuant to this
clause (vi), shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel for the Servicer
or the Company, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the
Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder.

     This Agreement may also be amended in writing from time to time by the
Company, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee (and, in the event such amendments
affect the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee), with the consent of
Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate
Balance and the consent of Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority
of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes, for the purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Certificateholders or Noteholders, respectively; provided, however, that no such
amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments of Contracts, or
distributions that shall be required to be made on any Certificate or Note,
respectively, the Contract Rate, the Pass-Through Rate or the Class A Rate or
(ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment,
without the consent of the Holders of all Certificates and Notes then
outstanding.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment materially affecting the rights
of the Cash Collateral Depositor shall be made without the consent of the Cash
Collateral Depositor (so long as the Loan under the Cash Collateral Agreement is
still outstanding).

     Promptly after the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to this
Section, the Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance
of such amendment to each Certificateholder and each Noteholder (but only if
such amendment is pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section 12.01) and

                                      -75-
<PAGE>

(so long as the Loan under the Cash Collateral Agreement is still outstanding)
the Cash Collateral Depositor and, in all cases, to each Rating Agency, which
notification will be prepared by the Servicer and delivered to such Trustee.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Certificateholders, the
Noteholders or the Cash Collateral Depositor pursuant to this Section 12.01 to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall
be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of
obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution
thereof by Certificateholders, the Noteholders or the Cash Collateral Depositor,
as the case may be, shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as such
Trustee may prescribe.

     Such Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects such Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
this Agreement or otherwise. However, no such amendment shall be permitted
without the consent of the Trustee whose rights, duties or immunities are being
modified.

     In connection with any amendment pursuant to this Section 12.01, the Owner
Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel to the Servicer to
the effect that such amendment is authorized or permitted by the Agreement.

     Upon the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to this Section
12.01, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such
amendment or consent shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes, and
every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter issued hereunder shall be
bound thereby.

     Section 12.02 Protection of Title to Trust. (a) On or prior to the Closing
Date, the Servicer shall cause the following UCC-1 financing statements to be
filed:

          (i) UCC-1 financing statement executed by CITCF-NY as debtor, naming
     CITSF as secured party and filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma City to perfect
     the sale from CITCF-NY to CITSF;

          (ii) UCC-1 financing statement executed by CITSF as debtor, naming the
     Company as secured party and filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma City to
     perfect the sale from CITSF to the Company;

          (iii) UCC-1 financing statement executed by the Company as debtor,
     naming the Owner Trustee as secured party and filed in New Jersey and
     Oklahoma City to perfect the sale from the Company to the Owner Trustee;
     and

          (iv) UCC-1 financing statement executed by the Owner Trustee as
     debtor, naming the Indenture Trustee as secured party and filed in New
     Jersey, Oklahoma City, and Delaware to perfect the security interest
     granted in the Collateral by the Indenture.

                                      -76-
<PAGE>


     The Servicer shall cause to be filed all necessary continuation statements
of the UCC-1 financing statement referred to in the previous sentence on which
it is the debtor, and the Servicer shall cause to be filed all necessary
continuation statements of the UCC-1 financing statement referred to in the
previous sentence on which it is the debtor.

     From time to time the Servicer shall, subject to the following sentence,
take and cause to be taken such actions and execute such documents as are
necessary to perfect and protect the Noteholders' and Certificateholders'
interests in the Contracts and their proceeds against all other persons,
including, without limitation, the filing of financing statements, amendments
thereto and continuation statements, the execution of transfer instruments and
the making of notations on or taking possession of all records or documents of
title.

     The Servicer will maintain the Trust's perfected first priority security
interest in each Financed Vehicle so long as the related Contract is the
property of the Trust; provided, however, that because of the expense and
administrative inconvenience involved, the Servicer will not amend any
certificate of title to name CITSF, the Company or the Trust as the lienholder,
and neither the Servicer nor the Company will deliver any certificate of title
to the Trust or note thereon the Trust's interest.

     The Servicer agrees to pay all reasonable costs and disbursements in
connection with the perfection and the maintenance of perfection, as against all
third parties, of the Noteholders' and Certificateholders' right, title and
interest in and to the Contracts (including, without limitation, the security
interest in the Financed Vehicles granted thereby).

     (b) During the term of this Agreement, neither the Company nor CITSF shall
change its name, identity or structure or relocate its chief executive office
without first giving notice thereof to the Trustees and the Servicer. In
addition, following any such change in the name, identity, structure or location
of the chief executive office of the Company or CITSF, the Company or CITSF, as
appropriate, shall give prior written notice thereof to each Rating Agency.

     If any change in the Company's, the Servicer's or CITSF's name, identity or
structure or the relocation of its chief executive office would make any
financing or continuation statement or notice of lien filed under this Agreement
seriously misleading within the meaning of applicable provisions of the UCC or
any title statute or would cause any such financing or continuation statement or
notice of lien to become unperfected (whether immediately or with lapse of
time), the Servicer no later than five days after the effective date of such
change, shall (subject to the proviso in the final sentence of the last
paragraph of Section 12.01(a)) file, or cause to be filed, such amendments or
financing statements as may be required to preserve, perfect and protect the
Noteholders' and Certificateholders' interests in the Contracts and proceeds
thereof and in the Financed Vehicles.

                                      -77-
<PAGE>


     (c) During the term of this Agreement, the Company and CITSF will maintain
their respective chief executive offices in one of the States of the United
States.

     (d) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Contract
accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at
any time the status of such Contract, including payments and recoveries made and
payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between payments
or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Contract and the amounts from time to
time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Contract.

     (e) Each of the Company and the Servicer shall maintain its computer
systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the
Contracts to the Trust, the master computer records of the Company and the
Servicer (including archives) that shall refer to a Contract indicate clearly
that such Contract is owned by the Trust. Indication of the Trust's ownership of
a Contract shall be deleted from or modified on the Company's and the Servicer's
computer systems when, and only when, the Contract shall have been paid in full,
purchased or assigned pursuant hereto.

     (f) At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall afford the
Trust and its authorized agents reasonable access during normal business hours
to the Servicer's records relating to the Contracts and will cause its personnel
to assist in any examination of such records by the Trust or its authorized
agents. The examination referred to in this Section 12.01(f) will be conducted
in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer's normal
operations or customer or employee relations. Without otherwise limiting the
scope of the examination the Trust may make, the Trust or its authorized agents
may, using generally accepted audit procedures, verify the status of each
Contract and review the Electronic Ledger and records relating thereto for
conformity to Monthly Reports prepared pursuant to Article V and compliance with
the standards represented to exist as to each Contract in this Agreement.
Nothing in this Section 12.01(f) shall affect the obligation of the Servicer to
observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the
Obligors, and the failure of the Servicer to provide access to information as a
result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section
12.01(f).

     (g) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Trust, within five
Business Days, a list of all Contracts by contract number and name of Obligor as
of the end of the most recent Due Period held as part of the Trust, together
with a reconciliation of such list to the List of Contracts and to each of the
Servicer Certificates indicating removal of Contracts from the Trust.

     At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall keep available a
copy of the List of Contracts at its principal executive office for inspection
by Securityholders.

     (h) The Servicer shall, to the extent required by applicable law, cause the
Notes and Certificates to be registered with the Securities and Exchange

                                      -78-
<PAGE>

Commission pursuant to Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 within the time periods specified in such sections.

     Section 12.03 Limitation on Rights of Securityholders.

     The death or incapacity of any Securityholder shall not operate to
terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor entitle the Securityholder's legal
representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or
commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust,
nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations, and liabilities of the parties to
this Agreement or any of them.

     No Securityholder shall have any right to vote (except as provided in
Sections 9.04 and this Section 12.02) or in any manner otherwise control the
operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties to this
Agreement, nor shall anything set forth in this Agreement or contained in the
terms of the Securities, be construed so as to constitute the Holders as
partners or members of an association; nor shall any Securityholder be under any
liability to any third person by reason of any action taken pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement.

     No Securityholder shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself of
any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action, or proceeding in
equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, except as
provided in Section 10.03(b); no one or more Holders of Securities shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves
of any provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb, or prejudice the rights
of the Holders of any other of the Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain
priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right
under this Agreement, except in the manner provided in this Agreement and for
the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Securityholders. For the protection
and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 12.02, each Securityholder and
the Trust shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in
equity.

     Section 12.04 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York,
without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.

     Section 12.05 Notices. All communications and notices pursuant hereto to
the Company, the Servicer, Moody's and Standard & Poor's shall be in writing and
delivered or mailed to it at the appropriate following address:

     If to the Company:

     The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
     650 CIT Drive
     Livingston, New Jersey  07039

                                      -79-
<PAGE>

     Attention:  President
     If to the Servicer:

     The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
     650 CIT Drive
     Livingston, New Jersey  07039
     Attention:  President

     If to Standard & Poor's:

     Standard & Poor's Corporation
     25 Broadway
     New York, New York  10004
     Attention:  ABS Group/Market Surveillance

     If to Moody's:

     Moody's Investors Service Inc.
     99 Church Street
     New York, New York 10007

or at such  other  address  as the  party may  designate  by notice to the other
parties hereto, which notice shall be effective when received.

     All communications and notices pursuant hereto to a Certificateholder or a
Noteholder shall be in writing and delivered or mailed at the address shown in
the Certificate Register or Note Register, respectively.

     Copies of all communications and notices required hereunder to be given to
the Owner Trustee shall be sent to ______________________________ at
___________________, ________, ________, _____, Attention: -------------.

     Section 12.06 Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions, or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions, or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity
or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the
Certificates and Notes or the rights of the Holders thereof.

     Section 12.07 Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue. The parties hereto with
respect to any action or claim brought against or by the Trust submit to
jurisdiction in the state or federal courts in New York, New York, and agree to
New York, New York as the venue for any such claim or action.

                                      -80-
<PAGE>

     Section 12.08  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of which  shall be an  original,  but all of which  together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     Section 12.09. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived, or supplemented except as provided herein.

     Section 12.10 Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of reference
only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any
provision hereof.


                                      -81-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of February
1, 1996.

                          THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.


                          By:  ________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:


                          THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                          CORPORATION II


                          By:  ________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:


                          CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

                          By:  ______________________________
                               not in its individual  capacity but solely as
                               Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust


                          By:  ____________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:


Acknowledged and Accepted:

_______________________ not in its individual
capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee,


By:  ________________________
     Name:
     Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            LIST OF INITIAL CONTRACTS

                                   
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                          SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of __________ __, 1996 (the
"Agreement"), is between THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, as
purchaser (the "Purchaser"), and THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., as seller
(the "Seller").

     Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Agreement dated as of February 1,
1996 between the parties hereto (the "Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which the
Purchaser purchased from the Seller the recreational vehicle installment sales
contracts set forth on Exhibit A thereto (the "Initial Contracts"). The
Purchaser sold the Initial Contracts to the trust established pursuant to the
Trust Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996 between the Purchaser and
______________________________, as trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996
between the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), the Purchaser and the
Seller, the Purchaser agreed to purchase from the Seller and the Seller agreed
to sell to the Purchaser, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
Section _____ of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Subsequent Contracts for the
fixed purchase price specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement for delivery
on the date specified herein. The purchase price for any Subsequent Contract
will be funded from money on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account during the
Funding Period. The purchase of any Subsequent Contract by the Purchaser must be
evidenced by the execution and delivery of a Subsequent Purchase Agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Accordingly, subject to the terms hereof and the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Seller agrees to sell, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase, the
recreational vehicle installment sales contracts set forth on Exhibit A hereto
(collectively, the "Subsequent Contracts"), having an aggregate outstanding
principal balance as of ________ __, 1996 (the "Subsequent Cut-Off Date") of
$______________.

     The Purchaser and the Seller wish to prescribe the terms and conditions of
the purchase by the Purchaser of the Subsequent Contracts and the servicing and
administration of the Subsequent Contracts.

     In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set
forth, the Purchaser and the Seller agree as follows:

                                  
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE

                                   DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement
shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement. All references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, subsections
and exhibits are to the same contained in or attached to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified.


                                     ARTICLE

                  SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS;
                                 CONTRACT FILES

     SECTION 2.1. Sale and Conveyance of Contracts. On _________ __, 1996 (the
"Subsequent Transfer Date"), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
Seller shall sell, transfer, assign absolutely, set over and otherwise convey to
the Purchaser as of the Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and
interest of the Company in and to the Subsequent Contracts and all the rights,
benefits, and obligations arising from and in connection with each Subsequent
Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Subsequent Financed Vehicles
granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Contracts, (iii) all payments
received by the Company on or with respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or
after the Subsequent Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post
Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Company in any
Subsequent Financed Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net
Liquidation Proceeds) that secures the Subsequent Contracts and that shall have
been repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of
the Company to proceeds of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights
of recourse against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to
the Subsequent Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under a
Dealer Agreement), (viii) all proceeds in any way derived from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts. The parties intend and
agree that the conveyance of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale.

     SECTION 2.2. Purchase Price; Payments on the Subsequent Contracts.

     The purchase price for the Subsequent Contracts shall be an amount equal to
$_______________, which is the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
Subsequent Contracts transferred pursuant to this Agreement as of the Subsequent
Cut-off Date, and the Seller hereby acknowledges receipt of such amount in


                                      B-2
<PAGE>

respect of the sale of the Subsequent Contracts hereunder. Such purchase price
shall be payable in immediately available funds on the Subsequent Transfer Date
from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

     The Purchaser shall be entitled to all payments of principal and interest
received on or after the Subsequent Cut-off Date. All payments of principal and
interest received before the Subsequent Cut-off Date shall belong to the Seller.
The Seller shall hold in trust for the Purchaser and shall promptly remit to the
Purchaser, any payments on the Subsequent Contracts received by the Seller that
belong to the Purchaser under the terms of this Agreement.

     SECTION 2.3. Conditions to Sale of Subsequent Contracts. The Purchaser's
obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

     1. The Purchaser shall have received: 

          a. the Sale and Servicing Agreement executed by all the parties
          thereto,

          b. the documents listed in Section 3.01D of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement, and

          c. such other opinions and documents as the Purchaser may reasonably
          require in connection with the purchase of the Subsequent Contracts
          hereunder or the sale of the Notes and Certificates;

     2. The representations and warranties with respect to the Subsequent
     Contracts of (i) the Seller and the Servicer made in the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement and (ii) the Seller made in the Purchase Agreement and this
     Agreement shall be true and correct with respect to the Subsequent
     Contracts on the Subsequent Transfer Date; and

     3. The conditions for transfer of the Subsequent Contracts from the
     Purchaser to the Trust set forth in Section 3.01D of the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement have been fulfilled.

     SECTION 2.4. Examination of Files. The Seller will make the Contract Files
with respect to the Subsequent Contracts available to the Purchaser or its agent
for examination at the Trust's offices or such other location as otherwise shall
be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Seller.

     SECTION 2.5. Transfer of Subsequent Contracts. Pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Purchaser will assign all of its right, title and
interest in and to the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust for the benefit of the
Securityholders. The Purchaser has the right to assign its interest under this
Agreement as may be required to effect the purposes of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, by written notice to the Seller and without the consent of the
Seller, and the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations hereunder
of the Purchaser.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

     SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of the Seller.

     1. The representations and warranties of the Seller contained in Article
III of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Subsequent Contracts
are incorporated herein, and are made to the Purchaser on the Subsequent
Transfer Date, as if set forth herein and as if made to the Purchaser on the
date hereof. The Seller will make such representations and warranties in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement directly to the Trust and will become obligated in
respect of such representations and warranties pursuant to Article III of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement. On the Subsequent Transfer Date, the Seller shall
deliver to the Purchaser an Officers' Certificate, dated the Subsequent Transfer
Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties made in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement with respect to the Subsequent Contracts by the Seller are
true and correct as of the Subsequent Transfer Date.

     2. It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
incorporated by reference in this Agreement by Section 3.1(1) hereof shall
remain operative and in full force and effect, shall survive the transfer and
conveyance of the Subsequent Contracts by the Seller to the Purchaser and by the
Purchaser to the Trust, and shall inure to the benefit of the Purchaser, the
Trust and their successors and permitted assignees.

     3. The Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer and hold the
Purchaser and the Servicer harmless against any loss, penalties, fines,
forfeitures, legal fees and related costs, judgments and other costs and
expenses resulting from any claim, demand, defense or assertion based on or
grounded upon, or resulting from, a breach of the Seller's representations and
warranties contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement. It is
understood and agreed that the obligation of the Seller set forth in this
Section 3.1 to indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer as provided in this
Section 3.1 constitutes the sole remedy of the Purchaser and the Servicer
respecting a breach of the foregoing representations and warranties. The Trust
shall also have the remedies provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     4. Each indemnified party shall give prompt notice to the Seller of any
action commenced against it with respect to which indemnity may be sought
hereunder but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement, unless the failure to notify materially prejudices the rights and
condition of the Seller. The Seller shall be entitled to participate in any such
action, and to assume the defense thereof, and after notice from the Seller to
an indemnified party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Seller
will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with the defense thereof.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>

     5. Any cause of action against the Seller or relating to or arising out of
the breach of any representations and warranties made or incorporated by
reference in this Section 3.1 shall accrue as to any Subsequent Contract upon
discovery of such breach by the Purchaser or the Servicer or notice thereof by
the Seller to the Purchaser and the Servicer, failure by the Seller to cure such
breach and demand upon the Seller by the Purchaser for all amounts payable in
respect of such Subsequent Contract.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 4.1. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the Seller and the Purchaser by written agreement signed by the Seller and the
Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.2. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the execution of
this Agreement as herein provided and for other purposes, this Agreement may be
executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which
counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 4.3. Termination. The Seller's obligations under this Agreement
shall survive the sale of the Subsequent Contracts to the Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York and the obligations, rights and remedies
of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

     SECTION 4.5. Notices.  All demands,  notices and  communications  hereunder
shall be in  writing  and shall be  deemed to have been duly  given if mailed by
first  class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to in the  case of the  Seller,  The CIT
Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New  Jersey  07039,
Attention:  President,  or such other  address as may  hereafter be furnished to
Purchaser  in writing by the Seller,  or in the case of the  Purchaser,  The CIT
Group  Securitization  Corporation  II,  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to the Seller by the Purchaser.

     SECTION  4.6. Severability  of  Provisions. If  any  one  or  more  of  the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms of this Agreement  shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>


     SECTION 4.7. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, as may be permitted hereunder.

     SECTION 4.8. Opinion. The Counsel to the Seller shall deliver to the
Purchaser and the Trustees an opinion in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

                                      B-6
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to
be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of
the day and year first above written.

                                       THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                       CORPORATION II,
                                         as Purchaser


                                       By:____________________________
                                       Name:__________________________
                                       Title:_________________________


                                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,
                                         as Seller


                                       By:____________________________
                                       Name:__________________________
                                       Title:_________________________


                                      B-7
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                          List of Subsequent Contracts


                                      B-8
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                           FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL


                                     [Date]


- -----------------------------,
                  solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee
                  under the Sale and Servicing Agreement referred
                  to herein
111 West Monroe Street
P.O. Box 755
Chicago, IL  60690-0755

- ------------------------------,
                  solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee
                  under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
- -----------
- ---------------
__________, DE  _____

Dear Sirs,

     I have acted as counsel to The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. ("CITSF")
and The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), in connection with the sale of CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A, Class A
____% Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") and ____% Asset Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates" and, collectively with the Notes, the "Securities"). The Notes
represent obligations of, and the Certificates represent interests in, a trust,
the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), consisting of a pool of installment
sale contracts secured by new and used recreational vehicles (collectively, the
"Contracts") and certain related property. The Company purchased certain of the
Contracts from CITSF (the "Initial Contracts") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement,
dated as of February 1, 1996, by and between CITSF and the Company. Additional
Contracts are being purchased by the Company from CITSF (the "Subsequent
Contracts") pursuant to the Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of ________
__, 1996 (the "Subsequent Purchase Agreement"). Pursuant to a Sale and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"),
among the Company, CITSF and the Trust, the Company transferred the Initial
Contracts to the Trust. The Company will also transfer, pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the corpus of which
will consist of each of the Initial Contracts and the Subsequent Contracts and
certain other property transferred by the Company to the Trust.

                                      B-9
<PAGE>

     All capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

     In rendering the following opinions, I have examined (i) the Subsequent
Purchase Agreement; (ii) the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (iii) the Certificate
of Incorporation of each of CITSF and the Company; (iv) the By-laws of each of
CITSF and the Company; (v) copies of certain unanimous consents adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the issuance and sale of the
Securities and the purchase of the Contracts; and (vi) copies of certain
unanimous written consents of the Board of Directors of CITSF. I have also
examined such other documents and made such investigations of law as I have
considered necessary and appropriate for the purposes of the opinions expressed
herein. I have assumed the authenticity of signatures on original documents and
the conformity to the original of all documents submitted to me as certified,
conformed or photostatic copies and have relied as to all matters of fact on
certificates, representations or statements by officers of the Company or CITSF.

     In making my examination of agreements, instruments and other documents and
in giving opinions herein, I have assumed that the Trustees have and had the
power and capacity to execute and deliver such agreements, instruments and other
documents and to perform all of their obligations thereunder and that such
agreements, instruments and other documents were duly authorized by all
requisite action by or on behalf of the Trustees were duly executed,
acknowledged, as necessary, and delivered by or on behalf of and are the legal,
valid and binding obligations of, and are enforceable in accordance with their
terms against, the Trustees.

     Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing I am of the opinion that:

     1. The Subsequent Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by each of CITSF and the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and
binding agreement of each of CITSF and the Company, and is enforceable against
each of CITSF and the Company in accordance with its terms; the Subsequent
Purchase Agreement is effective to transfer all of CITSF's right, title and
interest in and to the Subsequent Contracts and other property described in
Section 2.1 of the Subsequent Purchase Agreement to the Company; the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is effective to transfer all of the Company's right, title
and interest in and to such Subsequent Contracts and other property to the Trust
subject to no prior liens or encumbrances.

     2. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing
with, or notice to any governmental authority or court is required under federal
laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of the Subsequent Purchase Agreement or the
consummation of any other transaction contemplated thereby by the Company,
except for those which have been obtained or except such as may be required
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the regulations promulgated
thereunder or state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.

                                      B-10
<PAGE>

     3. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing
with, or notice to, any governmental authority or court is required under
federal laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the execution, delivery
and performance by CITSF of the Subsequent Purchase Agreement or the
consummation of any other transaction contemplated thereby by CITSF except for
those which have been obtained or except such as may be required under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the regulations promulgated thereunder or
state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.

     I am furnishing this opinion to you solely for your benefit. This opinion
is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to or relied on by
any other person or for any other purpose.

     The foregoing opinion is given on the express understanding that the
undersigned is an officer of the Company and CITSF and shall in no event incur
any personal liability in connection with the said opinion.


                                         Very truly yours,

                                      
                                      B-11
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                      FORM OF SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT

     The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, as Seller, and the CIT RV
Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), as Purchaser, pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996, among the Seller, The CIT
Group/Sales Financing, Inc., as Servicer and the Trust (the "Sale and Servicing
Agreement"), hereby confirm their understanding with respect to the sale by the
Seller and the purchase by the Purchaser of those Recreational Vehicle Contracts
listed on the attached List of Subsequent Contracts (the "Subsequent
Contracts").

     Conveyance of Subsequent Contracts. The Seller shall sell, transfer, assign
absolutely, set over and otherwise convey to the Purchaser as of the Subsequent
Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the
Subsequent Contracts and all the rights, benefits, and obligations arising from
and in connection with each Subsequent Contract, (ii) the security interests in
the Subsequent Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant to the
Subsequent Contracts, (iii) all payments received by the Seller on or with
respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or after the Subsequent Cut-off Date
(exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons),
(iv) the interest of the Seller in any Subsequent Financed Vehicle (including
any right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that secures the
Subsequent Contracts and that shall have been repossessed by the Servicer by or
on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of the Seller to proceeds of Insurance
Policies covering the Obligors and the Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds
from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection Policy, any fidelity bond
and any blanket hazard policy, to the extent such proceeds relate to any
Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse against any cosigner
or under any personal guarantee with respect to the Subsequent Contracts (other
than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement), (viii) all
proceeds in any way derived from any of the foregoing items and (ix) all
documents contained or required to be contained in the Contract Files relating
to the Subsequent Contracts. The parties intend and agree that the conveyance of
the Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Subsequent Contracts (and
all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above) pursuant to this Agreement
shall constitute an absolute sale.

     The costs relating to the delivery of the documents specified in this
Subsequent Transfer Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall be
borne by the Seller.

     The Seller hereby affirms the representations and warranties set forth in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement that relate to the Subsequent Contracts as of
the date hereof. The Seller hereby confirms that it has delivered notice of the
sale of the Subsequent Contracts pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and that each of the conditions relating to the transfer of the Subsequent
Contracts, set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, have been satisfied as
of the date hereof.
                                   
<PAGE>


     All terms and conditions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement are hereby
ratified, confirmed and incorporated herein, provided that in the event of any
conflict the provisions of this Subsequent Transfer Agreement shall control over
the conflicting provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     Terms capitalized herein and not defined herein shall have their respective
meanings as set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subsequent Transfer
Agreement to be duly executed as of this ____ day of __________, 1996.



                                     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                     CORPORATION II, as Seller


                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



                                     THE CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A

                                     By:  ______________________________,
                                     as Owner Trustee

                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                      C-2
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

     In accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement (the "Agreement") dated
as of February 1, 1996, among The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. ("CITSF"), The
CIT Group Securitization Corporation II (the "Company"), and the CIT RV Owner
Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), the Company does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set
over and otherwise convey to the Trust created by the Trust Agreement, (i) all
right, title and interest of the Company in and to the Initial Contracts and all
the rights, benefits and obligations arising from and in connection with each
Initial Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Initial Financed Vehicles
granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Initial Contracts, (iii) all payments
received by the Company on or with respect to the Initial Contracts on or after
the Initial Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off
Date Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Company in any Initial
Financed Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds) that secures the Initial Contracts and that shall have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of the
Company to proceeds of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the Initial
Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection
Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the extent such
proceeds relate to any Initial Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse
against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to the Initial
Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement),
(viii) all amounts held for the Trust in the Collection Account, (ix) all
amounts held for the Trust in the Pre-Funding Account, (x) all amounts held for
the Trust in the Capitalized Interest Account, (xi) all proceeds in any way
derived from any of the foregoing items and (xii) all documents contained or
required to be contained in the Contract Files relating to the Initial
Contracts. The parties intend and agree that the conveyance of the Company's
right, title and interest in and to the Initial Contracts (and all rights,
entitlements and amounts listed above) pursuant to this Agreement shall
constitute an absolute sale.

     All capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. This Assignment is made pursuant to the
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed this ___ day of ________, 1996.

                                 THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                 CORPORATION II


                                 By:___________________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:
<PAGE>


                   FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS


     For good and valuable consideration in the amount of $______________ paid
by the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Purchaser"), to The CIT Group
Securitization Corporation II (the "Seller"), the Seller does hereby sell,
transfer, assign absolutely, set over and otherwise convey to the Purchaser as
of the Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and interest of the
Seller in and to the Subsequent Contracts and all the rights, benefits, and
obligations arising from and in connection with each Subsequent Contract, (ii)
the security interests in the Subsequent Financed Vehicles granted by the
Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Contracts, (iii) all payments received by
the Seller on or with respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or after the
Subsequent Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off Date
Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Seller in any Subsequent Financed
Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that
secures the Subsequent Contracts and that shall have been repossessed by the
Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of the Seller to proceeds
of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the Subsequent Contracts, (vi)
the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection Policy, any
fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the extent such proceeds relate
to any Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse against any
cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to the Subsequent
Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement),
(viii) all proceeds in any way derived from any of the foregoing items, and (ix)
all documents contained or required to be contained in the Contract Files
relating to the Subsequent Contracts. The parties intend and agree that the
conveyance of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Subsequent
Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above) pursuant to
this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale. Certain capitalized terms used
in this Assignment shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996, among The CIT Group
Securitization Corporation II, CITSF and the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed this _____ day of __________, 1996.


                                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II


                                  By:  __________________________
                                  Name:


                                      D-2
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT E

            FORM OF OWNER TRUSTEE'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION

     ______________________________, a national banking association, acting as
Owner Trustee (the "Owner Trustee") of the Trust created pursuant to the Trust
Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996, between The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II (the "Company") and the Owner Trustee, acknowledged pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996 among the Company,
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. and the Owner Trustee (the "Agreement"),
that the Owner Trustee has received, and holds in trust thereunder the following
through the Servicer as custodian: (i) all the right, title and interest of the
Company in and to the [Initial] [Subsequent] Contracts and all the rights,
benefits, and obligations arising from and in connection with each [Initial]
[Subsequent] Contract, (ii) the security interests in the [Initial] [Subsequent]
Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant to the [Initial] [Subsequent]
Contracts, (iii) all payments received by the Company on or with respect to the
[Initial] [Subsequent] Contracts on or after the [Initial] [Subsequent] Cut-off
Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off Date Insurance
Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Company in any [Initial] [Subsequent]
Financed Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds) that secures the [Initial] [Subsequent] Contracts and that shall have
been repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of
the Company to proceeds of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the
[Initial] [Subsequent] Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors
and Omissions Protection Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard
policy, to the extent such proceeds relate to any [Initial] [Subsequent]
Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse against any cosigner or under any
personal guarantee with respect to the [Initial] [Subsequent] Contracts (other
than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement), (viii) all
proceeds in any way derived from any of the foregoing items, (ix) all documents
contained or required to be contained in the Contract Files relating to the
[Initial] [Subsequent] Contracts, (x) the Collection Account, (xi) the
Pre-Funding Account, and (xii) the Capitalized Interest Account. [The Owner
Trustee shall issue to, or upon the written order of, the Company Certificates
representing ownership of a beneficial interest in 100% of the Trust and Notes
representing obligations of the Trust.] Capitalized terms used herein have the
meanings given them in the Agreement.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  ______________________________,  as Owner Trustee, has
caused this  acknowledgment to be executed by its duly authorized  officer as of
this ___ day of ________, 1996.


                                      ______________________________,
                                        as Owner Trustee


                                      By____________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                                      E-2
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT F

                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                        CERTIFICATE OF SERVICING OFFICERS


     The undersigned certify that they are the [title] and [title], respectively
of The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws
of Delaware ("CITSF"), and that as such they are duly authorized to execute and
deliver this certificate on behalf of CITSF pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Agreement"), among
CITSF, The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II and
______________________________, as Owner Trustee (all capitalized terms used
herein without definition having the respective meanings specified in the
Agreement), and further certify that:

     1. The Monthly Report for the period from _________ to _______ attached to
this certificate is complete and accurate in accordance with the requirements of
Sections 4.09 and 5.08 of the Agreement; and

     2. As of the date hereof, no Event of Termination or event that with notice
or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Termination has occurred. [If
an Event of Termination has occurred, such Event of Termination shall be
specified and its current status reported.]

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have affixed hereunto our signatures this ____ day
of _____, 199_.

                                     THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.


                                     By:_______________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                     By:_______________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT G



                          THE CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1996-A
                        CLASS A ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES
                         ____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
                                 MONTHLY REPORT


                                             DISTRIBUTION DATE: __________, 199_


Amount Available                            $_____________


Distribution Amounts

1.       Aggregate Note distribution$_____________

2.       Aggregate Certificate distribution $_____________


Interest

3.       Aggregate amount of Interest
         a.       Notes$_____________
         b.       Certificates$_____________

4.       Total distribution in respect of interest
         a.       Notes $_____________
         b.       Certificates$_____________


Principal

5.       Principal Distribution Amount$_____________

6.       Distribution made in respect of Principal
         a.       Notes$_____________
         b.       Certificates$_____________

7.       Outstanding Principal Balance of Notes:$_____________

                                    
<PAGE>


8.       Certificate Balance$_____________

Contract Pool

9.       Pool Balance$_____________

10.      Note Pool Factor$_____________

11.      Certificate Pool Factor$_____________


Delinquency Information

                                                    Aggregate Principal
                                             Number                 Balance
                                             ------------------------------

12.      Delinquent Contracts
         a.       30-59 days                 ______           $_________________
         b.       60-89 days                 ______           $_________________
         c.       90 days or more            ______           $_________________

13.      Repossessed Contracts               ______           $_________________

14.      Repossessed Contracts
           Remaining in Inventory            ______           $_________________



Miscellaneous

15.      Monthly Servicing Fee                                $_____________

16.      Amount of Servicer Fee Paid                          $_____________

17.      Amount withdrawn from the Cash Collateral            $_____________
         Account and Delivered to Certificateholders

18.      Available Cash Collateral Amount after                _____________%
         any withdrawl or deposit to the Cash
         Collateral Account divided by the Pool
         Balance

19.      Amount of Funds on deposit in the                    $_____________
         Pre-Funding Account

                                      G-2
<PAGE>


20.      Weighted average Contract Rate of all                 _____________%
         outstanding Contracts

21.      Number of Subsequent Contracts                        _____________

22.      Aggregate principal balance of                       $_____________
         Subsequent Contracts

23.      Number of Subsequent Contracts Purchased               ____________

24.      Aggregate Stated Principal Balance of the            $_____________
         Subsequent Contracts purchase

25.      Amount of Monthly Advances by Servicer               $_____________

         Amount of Non-Reimbursable Payments by               $_____________
         Servicer

                                      G-3
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT H

                        TERMINATION - AUCTION PROCEDURES


     The following sets forth the auction procedures to be followed in
connection with a sale effected pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of February 1, 1996, between The
CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, the CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. and
______________________________, as Owner Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein
that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings described thereto in the
Agreement. All references herein to "Trustee" shall be references to
_____________________________, as Indenture Trustee, pursuant to an Indenture,
dated as of February 1, 1996, between the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee. However, if the Notes have been paid in full, and the Indenture has
been discharged in accordance with its terms, all references herein to "Trustee"
shall be references to the Owner Trustee.

I. Pre-Auction Process

     (a)  Upon  receiving  notice of the Auction Date, the Advisor will initiate
          its general Auction procedures  consisting of the following:  (i) with
          the assistance of the Servicer, prepare a general solicitation package
          along  with  a  confidentiality  agreement;  (ii)  derive  a  list  of
          qualified bidders, in a commercially reasonable manner; (iii) initiate
          contact  with  all  qualified  bidders;  (iv)  send a  confidentiality
          agreement  to all  qualified  bidders;  (v) upon  receipt  of a signed
          confidentiality   agreement,   send   solicitation   packages  to  all
          interested  bidders  on behalf of the  Trustee;  and (vi)  notify  the
          Servicer of all potential bidders and anticipated timetable.

     (b)  The general solicitation package will include: (i) the prospectus from
          the public offering of the Notes and Certificates;  (ii) a copy of all
          monthly  servicing  reports or a copy of all annual servicing  reports
          and the prior  year's  monthly  servicing  reports;  (iii) a form of a
          Purchase   Agreement  and  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement;   (iv)  a
          description  of the  minimum  purchase  price  required  to cause  the
          Trustee to sell the Auction  Property as set forth in Section 11.02 of
          the Agreement;  (v) a formal bidsheet; (vi) a detailed timetable;  and
          (vii) a preliminary data tape of the Pool Scheduled  Principal Balance
          as  of  the  related   Distribution  Date  reflecting  the  same  data
          attributes  used to create the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  tables for the
          prospectus  dated February __, 1996 relating to the public offering of
          the Notes and Certificates.

     (c)  The Trustee, with the assistance of the Servicer and the Advisor, will
          maintain an auction  package  beginning  at the time of closing of the
          transaction,   which  will  contain  terms  (i)-(iii)  listed  in  the
          preceding  paragraph.  If the Advisor is unable to perform its role as
          advisor to the

                                    
<PAGE>

          Trustee,  the Servicer acting in its capacity under the Agreement will
          select a successor Advisor and inform the Trustee of its actions.

     (d)  The Advisor will send solicitation packages to all bidders at least 15
          business  days before the Auction  Date.  Bidders  will be required to
          submit any due  diligence  questions  in writing  to the  Advisor  for
          determination  of their  relevancy,  no later  than 10  business  days
          before the Auction Date. The Servicer and the Advisor will be required
          to satisfy all relevant questions at least five Business Days prior to
          the  Auction  Date and  distribute  the  questions  and answers to all
          bidders.

II.  Auction Process

     (a) ______________________, in its role as Advisor to the Trustee, will be
         allowed to bid in the Auction, but will not be required to do so.

     (b) The Servicer will also be allowed to bid in the Auction if it deems
         appropriate, but will not be required to do so.

     (c) On the Auction Date, all bids will be due by facsimile to the offices
         of the Trustee by 1:00 p.m. New York City time, with the winning bidder
         to be notified by 2:00 p.m. New York City time. All acceptable bids (as
         described in Section 11.02 of the Agreement) will be due on a
         conforming basis on the bid sheet contained in the solicitation
         package.

     (d) If the Trustee receives fewer than two market value bids from
         participants in the market for recreational vehicle retail installment
         sale contract willing and able to purchase the Auction Property, the
         Trustee shall decline to consummate the sale.

     (e) Upon notification to the winning bidder, a good faith deposit equal to
         one percent (1%) of the Pool Balance will be required to be wired to
         the Trustee upon acceptance of the bid. This deposit, along with any
         interest income attributable to it, will be credited to the purchase
         price but will not be refundable. The Trustee will establish a separate
         account for the acceptance of the good faith deposit, until such time
         as the account is fully funded and all monies are transferred into the
         Collection Account, such time not to exceed one Business Day before the
         related Distribution Date (as described above).

     (f) The winning bidder will receive on the Auction Date a copy of the draft
         Purchase Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement and Servicer's
         Representations and Warranties (which shall be substantially identical
         to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8.01 of the
         Agreement).

     (g) ____________, in its capacity as Advisor to the Trustee, will provide
         to the Trustee a letter concluding whether or not the winning bid is a
         fair market value bid. _________________ will also provide such letter

                                      H-2
<PAGE>
         if it is the winning bidder. In the case where __________ or the
         Servicer is the winning bidder it will in its letter provide for market
         comparable and valuations.

     (h) The Auction will stipulate that the Servicer be retained to service the
         Contracts sold pursuant to the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement
         and Servicing Agreement.


                                       H-3
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT I

                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                             CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER

     The undersigned certifies that the undersigned is the ____________________
of The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws
of Delaware ("CITSF"), and that as such is duly authorized to execute and
deliver this certificate on behalf of CITSF in connection with the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Agreement"), among
CITSF, The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II and the CIT RV Owner Trust
1996-A (all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the
respective meanings specified in the Agreement), and further certify that:

          (i) attached hereto as Exhibit I is a true and correct copy of the
     Articles of Incorporation of CITSF, together with all amendments thereto as
     in effect on the date hereof;

          (ii) attached hereto as Exhibit II is a true and correct copy of the
     By-laws of CITSF, as amended, as in effect on the date hereof;

          (iii) the representations and warranties of CITSF contained in
     Sections 8.01 and 3.01C of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of
     the date hereof and, to the best of their knowledge, the representations
     and warranties of CITSF contained in Sections 3.01A and 3.01B of the
     Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof;

          (iv) no event with respect to CITSF has occurred and is continuing
     which would constitute an Event of Termination or an event that, with
     notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Termination under
     the Agreement; and

          (v) each of the agreements and conditions of CITSF to be performed on
     or before the date hereof pursuant to the Agreement have been performed in
     all material respects.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed hereunto my signature this __ day of
_______________, 1996.


                                                           -------------------
                                                           Name:
                                                           Title:

                              

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Purchase Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Agreement"),  is
between  THE  CIT  GROUP  SECURITIZATION   CORPORATION  II,  as  purchaser  (the
"Purchaser"), and THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., as seller (the "Seller").

     Subject to the terms hereof, the Seller agrees to sell, and the Purchaser
agrees to purchase, the recreational vehicle installment sales contracts set
forth on Exhibit A (collectively, the "Contracts"), having an aggregate
outstanding principal balance as of February 1, 1996 (the "Initial Cut-off
Date") of approximately $           .

     It is the intention of the Seller and the Purchaser that the Purchaser
shall sell the Contracts to the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A and shall enter into a
Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, with the CIT RV Owner
Trust 1996-A and the Seller, pursuant to which ____% Asset Backed Certificates
(the "Certificates"), evidencing ownership interests in the Contracts and Class
A ____% Asset Backed Notes secured by the Contracts, will be issued.

     The Purchaser and the Seller wish to prescribe the terms and conditions of
the purchase by the Purchaser of the Contracts and the servicing and
administration of the Contracts.

     In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set
forth, the Purchaser and the Seller agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01. Definitions. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement
shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement. All references in this Purchase Agreement to Articles, Sections,
subsections and exhibits are to the same contained in or attached to this
Purchase Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

                        SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS;
                                 CONTRACT FILES

     SECTION 2.01. Sale and Conveyance of Contracts. On the Closing Date,
subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Seller shall sell, transfer,
assign absolutely, set over and otherwise convey to the Purchaser (i) all the
right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Initial Contracts and all
the rights, benefits, and obligations arising from and in connection with each

<PAGE>

Initial Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Initial Financed Vehicles
granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Initial Contracts, (iii) all payments
received by the Seller on or with respect to the Initial Contracts on or after
the Initial Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off
Date Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Seller in any Initial Financed
Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that
secures the Initial Contracts and that shall have been repossessed by the
Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of the Seller to proceeds
of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the Initial Contracts, (vi) the
proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection Policy, any
fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the extent such proceeds relate
to any Initial Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights of recourse against any
cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to the Initial Contracts
(other than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer Agreement), (viii) all
amounts held for the Trust in the Collection Account, (ix) all amounts held for
the Trust in the Pre-Funding Account, (x) all amounts held for the Trust in the
Capitalized Interest Account, (xi) all proceeds in any way derived from any of
the foregoing items, and (xii) all documents contained or required to be
contained in the Contract Files relating to the Initial Contracts. The parties
intend and agree that the conveyance of the Seller's right, title and interest
in and to the Initial Contracts pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an
absolute sale.

     The Seller hereby declares and covenants that it shall at no time have any
legal, equitable or beneficial interest in, or any right, including without
limitation any reversionary or offset right, to the Collection Account, the
Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest Account and the Cash Collateral
Account, and that, in the event it receives any of the same, it shall hold same
in trust for the benefit of the Trust on behalf of the Securityholders and shall
immediately endorse over to the Trust any such amount it receives.

     SECTION 2.02. Purchase Price; Payments on the Contracts.

     (a) The purchase price for the Contracts shall be an amount equal to
$______________. Such purchase price shall be payable in immediately available
funds on the Closing Date.

     (b) The Purchaser shall be entitled to all payments of principal and
interest received on or after the Initial Cut-off Date. All payments of
principal and interest received before the Initial Cut-off Date shall belong to
the Seller. The Seller shall hold in trust for the Purchaser and shall promptly
remit to the Purchaser, any payments on the Contracts received by the Seller
that belong to the Purchaser under the terms of this Agreement.

     SECTION 2.03. Conditions to Sale of Contracts. The Purchaser's obligations
hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

     (a) The Purchaser shall have received (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement
executed by all the parties thereto, (ii) all documents required by the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and (iii) such other opinions and documents as the Purchaser
may reasonably require in connection with the purchase of the Contracts
hereunder or the sale of the Notes and Certificates;

                                       2
<PAGE>

     (b) The representations and warranties of the Seller and the Servicer made
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing
Date; and

     (c) The Purchaser shall have received from counsel to the Seller a letter
stating that the Purchaser may rely on such counsel's opinion delivered pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and such counsel's opinions to Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor's Corporation in respect of the
sale of the Contracts to the Purchaser by the Seller, or such opinions may be
addressed and delivered to the Purchaser.

     SECTION 2.04. Examination of Files. The Seller will make the Contract Files
with respect to the Initial Contracts available to the Purchaser or its agent
for examination at the Trust's offices or such other location as otherwise shall
be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Seller.

     SECTION 2.05. Transfer of Contracts. Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Purchaser will assign all of its right, title and interest in and
to the Contracts to the Trust for the benefit of the Securityholders. The
Purchaser has the right to assign its interest under this Agreement as may be
required to effect the purposes of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, by written
notice to the Seller and without the consent of the Seller, and the assignee
shall succeed to the rights and obligations hereunder of the Purchaser.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER;
                             REPURCHASE OF CONTRACTS

     SECTION 3.01. Representations and Warranties of the Seller.

     (a) The representations and warranties of the Seller contained in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement are incorporated herein, and are made to the Purchaser
on the date hereof, as if set forth herein and as if made to the Purchaser on
the date hereof. The Seller will make such representations and warranties in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement directly to the Trust and will become obligated in
respect of such representations and warranties pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deliver to the
Purchaser an Officers' Certificate, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that
the representations and warranties made in the Sale and Servicing Agreement by
the Seller are true and correct as of the Closing Date.

     (b) It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
incorporated by reference in this Agreement by Section 3.01(a) hereof shall
remain operative and in full force and effect, shall survive the transfer and
conveyance of the Contracts by the Seller to the Purchaser and by the Purchaser
to the Trust, and shall inure to the benefit of the Purchaser, the Trust and
their successors and permitted assignees.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (c) The Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer and hold the
Purchaser and the Servicer harmless against any loss, penalties, fines,
forfeitures, legal fees and related costs, judgments and other costs and
expenses resulting from any claim, demand, defense or assertion based on or
grounded upon, or resulting from, a breach of the Seller's representations and
warranties contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement. It is
understood and agreed that the obligation of the Seller set forth in this
Section 3.01 to indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer as provided in this
Section 3.01 constitutes the sole remedy of the Purchaser and the Servicer
respecting a breach of the foregoing representations and warranties. The Trust
shall also have the remedies provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (d) Each indemnified party shall give prompt notice to the Seller of any
action commenced against it with respect to which indemnity may be sought
hereunder but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement, unless the failure to notify materially prejudices the rights and
condition of the Seller. The Seller shall be entitled to participate in any such
action, and to assume the defense thereof, and after notice from the Seller to
an indemnified party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Seller
will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with the defense thereof.

     (e) Any cause of action against the Seller or relating to or arising out of
the breach of any representations and warranties made or incorporated by
reference in this Section 3.01 shall accrue as to any Contract upon (i)
discovery of such breach by the Purchaser or the Servicer or notice thereof by
the Seller to the Purchaser and the Servicer, (ii) failure by the Seller to cure
such breach and (iii) demand upon the Seller by the Purchaser for all amounts
payable in respect of such Contract.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 4.01. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the Seller and the Purchaser by written agreement signed by the Seller and the
Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.02. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the execution
of this Agreement as herein provided and for other purposes, this Agreement may
be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which
counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 4.03. Termination. The Seller's obligations under this Agreement
shall survive the sale of the Contracts to the Purchaser.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     SECTION  4.04.   Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York and the  obligations,  rights
and remedies of the parties  hereunder  shall be determined  in accordance  with
such laws.

     SECTION 4.05. Notices. All demands, notices and communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed by
first class mail, postage prepaid, to (i) in the case of the Seller, The CIT
Group/Sales Financing, Inc., 650 CIT Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039,
Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished to
Purchaser in writing by the Seller or (ii) in the case of the Purchaser, The CIT
Group Securitization Corporation II, 650 CIT Drive, Livingston, New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to the Seller by the Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.06. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

     SECTION 4.07. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, as may be permitted hereunder.


                                       5
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to
be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of
the day and year first above written.

                                     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                     CORPORATION II,
                                       as Purchaser


                                     By:   
                                         ------------------------------------

                                     Name: 
                                           ----------------------------------

                                     Title:
                                            ---------------------------------


                                     THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,
                                     as Seller


                                     By:   
                                         ------------------------------------

                                     Name: 
                                           ----------------------------------

                                     Title:
                                            ---------------------------------




                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                                List of Contracts





                         SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of _________, 1996 (the
"Agreement"), is between THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, as
purchaser (the "Purchaser"), and THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., as seller
(the "Seller").

     Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Agreement dated as of February 1,
1996 between the parties hereto (the "Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which the
Purchaser purchased from the Seller the recreational vehicle installment sales
contracts set forth on Exhibit A thereto (the "Initial Contracts"). The
Purchaser sold the Initial Contracts to the trust established pursuant to the
Trust Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996 between the Purchaser and
______________________________, as trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996
between the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), the Purchaser and the
Seller, the Purchaser agreed to purchase from the Seller and the Seller agreed
to sell to the Purchaser, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
Section 3.01D of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Subsequent Contracts for the
fixed purchase price specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement for delivery
on the date specified herein. The purchase price for any Subsequent Contract
will be funded from money on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account during the
Funding Period. The purchase of any Subsequent Contract by the Purchaser must be
evidenced by the execution and delivery of a Subsequent Purchase Agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Accordingly, subject to the terms hereof and the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Seller agrees to sell, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase, the
recreational vehicle installment sales contracts set forth on Exhibit A hereto
(collectively, the "Subsequent Contracts"), having an aggregate outstanding
principal balance as of _________, 1996 (the "Subsequent Cut-Off Date") of
$___________________.

     The Purchaser and the Seller wish to prescribe the terms and conditions of
the purchase by the Purchaser of the Subsequent Contracts and the servicing and
administration of the Subsequent Contracts.

     In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set
forth, the Purchaser and the Seller agree as follows:

                                   DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement
shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement. All references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, subsections
and exhibits are to the same contained in or attached to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified.


<PAGE>

                  SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS;
                                 CONTRACT FILES

     SECTION 2.1. Sale and Conveyance of Contracts. On __________, 1996 (the
"Subsequent Transfer Date"), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
Seller shall sell, transfer, assign absolutely, set over and otherwise convey to
the Purchaser as of the Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and
interest of the Company in and to the Subsequent Contracts and all the rights,
benefits, and obligations arising from and in connection with each Subsequent
Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Subsequent Financed Vehicles
granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Contracts, (iii) all payments
received by the Company on or with respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or
after the Subsequent Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post
Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Company in any
Subsequent Financed Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net
Liquidation Proceeds) that secures the Subsequent Contracts and that shall have
been repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of
the Company to proceeds of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights
of recourse against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to
the Subsequent Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under a
Dealer Agreement), (viii) all proceeds in any way derived from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts. The parties intend and
agree that the conveyance of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale.

     SECTION 2.2. Purchase Price; Payments on the Subsequent Contracts.

     A. The purchase price for the Subsequent Contracts shall be an amount equal
to $________________, which is the aggregate outstanding principal balance of
the Subsequent Contracts transferred pursuant to this Agreement as of the
Subsequent Cut-off Date, and the Seller hereby acknowledges receipt of such
amount in respect of the sale of the Subsequent Contracts hereunder. Such
purchase price shall be payable in immediately available funds on the Subsequent
Transfer Date from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

     B. The Purchaser shall be entitled to all payments of principal and
interest received on or after the Subsequent Cut-off Date. All payments of
principal and interest received before the Subsequent Cut-off Date shall belong
to the Seller. The Seller shall hold in trust for the Purchaser and shall
promptly remit to the Purchaser, any payments on the Subsequent Contracts
received by the Seller that belong to the Purchaser under the terms of this
Agreement.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.3. Conditions to Sale of Subsequent Contracts. The Purchaser's
obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

     A. The Purchaser shall have received: the Sale and Servicing Agreement
executed by all the parties thereto, the documents listed in Section 3.01D of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such other opinions and documents as the
Purchaser may reasonably require in connection with the purchase of the
Subsequent Contracts hereunder or the sale of the Notes and Certificates;

     B. The representations and warranties with respect to the Subsequent
Contracts of (i) the Seller and the Servicer made in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement and (ii) the Seller made in the Purchase Agreement and this Agreement
shall be true and correct with respect to the Subsequent Contracts on the
Subsequent Transfer Date; and

     C. The conditions for transfer of the Subsequent Contracts from the
Purchaser to the Trust set forth in Section 3.01D of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement have been fulfilled.

     SECTION 2.4. Examination of Files. The Seller will make the Contract Files
with respect to the Subsequent Contracts available to the Purchaser or its agent
for examination at the Trust's offices or such other location as otherwise shall
be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Seller.

     SECTION 2.5. Transfer of Subsequent Contracts. Pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Purchaser will assign all of its right, title and
interest in and to the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust for the benefit of the
Securityholders. The Purchaser has the right to assign its interest under this
Agreement as may be required to effect the purposes of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, by written notice to the Seller and without the consent of the
Seller, and the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations hereunder
of the Purchaser.

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER;
                             REPURCHASE OF CONTRACTS

     SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of the Seller.

     A. The representations and warranties of the Seller contained in Article
III of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Subsequent Contracts
are incorporated herein, and are made to the Purchaser on the Subsequent
Transfer Date, as if set forth herein and as if made to the Purchaser on the
date hereof. The Seller will make such representations and warranties in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement directly to the Trust and will become obligated in
respect of such representations and warranties pursuant to Article III of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement. On the Subsequent Transfer Date, the Seller shall
deliver to the Purchaser an Officers' Certificate, dated the Subsequent Transfer
Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties made in the Sale and


                                       3
<PAGE>

Servicing Agreement with respect to the Subsequent Contracts by the Seller are
true and correct as of the Subsequent Transfer Date.

     B. It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
incorporated by reference in this Agreement by Section 3.1.A hereof shall remain
operative and in full force and effect, shall survive the transfer and
conveyance of the Subsequent Contracts by the Seller to the Purchaser and by the
Purchaser to the Trust, and shall inure to the benefit of the Purchaser, the
Trust and their successors and permitted assignees.

     C. The Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer and hold the
Purchaser and the Servicer harmless against any loss, penalties, fines,
forfeitures, legal fees and related costs, judgments and other costs and
expenses resulting from any claim, demand, defense or assertion based on or
grounded upon, or resulting from, a breach of the Seller's representations and
warranties contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement. It is
understood and agreed that the obligation of the Seller set forth in this
Section 3.1 to indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer as provided in this
Section 3.1. constitutes the sole remedy of the Purchaser and the Servicer
respecting a breach of the foregoing representations and warranties. The Trust
shall also have the remedies provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     D. Each indemnified party shall give prompt notice to the Seller of any
action commenced against it with respect to which indemnity may be sought
hereunder but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement, unless the failure to notify materially prejudices the rights and
condition of the Seller. The Seller shall be entitled to participate in any such
action, and to assume the defense thereof, and after notice from the Seller to
an indemnified party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Seller
will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with the defense thereof.

     discovery of such breach by the Purchaser or the Servicer or notice thereof
by the Seller to the Purchaser and the Servicer, b. failure by the Seller to
cure such breach and c. demand upon the Seller by the Purchaser for all amounts
payable in respect of such Subsequent Contract.

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 4.1. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the Seller and the Purchaser by written agreement signed by the Seller and the
Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.2. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the execution of
this Agreement as herein provided and for other purposes, this Agreement may be
executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which
counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.3. Termination. The Seller's obligations under this Agreement
shall survive the sale of the Subsequent Contracts to the Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York and the obligations, rights and remedies
of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

     in the case of the Seller, The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., 650 CIT
Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039, Attention: President, or such other address
as may hereafter be furnished to Purchaser in writing by the Seller, or b. in
the case of the Purchaser, The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, 650 CIT
Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039, Attention: President, or such other address
as may hereafter be furnished to the Seller by the Purchaser.

     SECTION 4.6. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

     SECTION 4.7. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, as may be permitted hereunder.

     SECTION 4.8. Opinion. The Counsel to the Seller shall deliver to the
Purchaser and the Trustees an opinion in the form of Exhibit B hereto.



                                       5
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to
be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of
the day and year first above written.

                                     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                     CORPORATION II,
                                       as Purchaser


                                     By:   
                                         ------------------------------------

                                     Name: 
                                           ----------------------------------

                                     Title:
                                            ---------------------------------


                                     THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,
                                     as Seller


                                     By:   
                                         ------------------------------------

                                     Name: 
                                           ----------------------------------

                                     Title:
                                            ---------------------------------




                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                          List of Subsequent Contracts


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                           FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL


                                                              [Date]


- -----------------------------,
         solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee
         under the Sale and Servicing Agreement referred
         to herein


- ----------------------


- -------, --  -----



- ------------------------------,
         solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee
         under the Sale and Servicing Agreement


- -------------------


__________, DE  _____


Dear Sirs,

     I have acted as counsel to The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. ("CITSF")
and The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), in connection with the sale of CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A, Class A
____% Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") and ____% Asset Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates" and, collectively with the Notes, the "Securities"). The Notes
represent obligations of, and the Certificates represent interests in, a trust,
the CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Trust"), consisting of a pool of installment
sale contracts secured by new and used recreational vehicles (collectively, the
"Contracts") and certain related property. The Company purchased certain of the
Contracts from CITSF (the "Initial Contracts") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement,
dated as of February 1, 1996, by and between CITSF and the Company. Additional
Contracts are being purchased by the Company from CITSF (the "Subsequent
Contracts") pursuant to the Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of _________,
1996 (the "Subsequent Purchase Agreement"). Pursuant to a Sale and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"),
among the Company, CITSF and the Trust, the Company transferred the Initial
Contracts to the Trust. The Company will also transfer, pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the corpus of which
will consist of each of the Initial Contracts and the Subsequent Contracts and
certain other property transferred by the Company to the Trust.

     All capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

<PAGE>

     In rendering the following opinions, I have examined (i) the Subsequent
Purchase Agreement; (ii) the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (iii) the Certificate
of Incorporation of each of CITSF and the Company; (iv) the By-laws of each of
CITSF and the Company; (v) copies of certain unanimous consents adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the issuance and sale of the
Securities and the purchase of the Contracts; and (vi) copies of certain
unanimous written consents of the Board of Directors of CITSF. I have also
examined such other documents and made such investigations of law as I have
considered necessary and appropriate for the purposes of the opinions expressed
herein. I have assumed the authenticity of signatures on original documents and
the conformity to the original of all documents submitted to me as certified,
conformed or photostatic copies and have relied as to all matters of fact on
certificates, representations or statements by officers of the Company or CITSF.

     In making my examination of agreements, instruments and other documents and
in giving opinions herein, I have assumed that the Trustees have and had the
power and capacity to execute and deliver such agreements, instruments and other
documents and to perform all of their obligations thereunder and that such
agreements, instruments and other documents were duly authorized by all
requisite action by or on behalf of the Trustees were duly executed,
acknowledged, as necessary, and delivered by or on behalf of and are the legal,
valid and binding obligations of, and are enforceable in accordance with their
terms against, the Trustees.

     Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing I am of the opinion that:

     The Subsequent Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by each of CITSF and the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and
binding agreement of each of CITSF and the Company, and is enforceable against
each of CITSF and the Company in accordance with its terms; the Subsequent
Purchase Agreement is effective to transfer all of CITSF's right, title and
interest in and to the Subsequent Contracts and other property described in
Section 2.1 of the Subsequent Purchase Agreement to the Company; the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is effective to transfer all of the Company's right, title
and interest in and to such Subsequent Contracts and other property to the Trust
subject to no prior liens or encumbrances.

     No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing
with, or notice to any governmental authority or court is required under federal
laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of the Subsequent Purchase Agreement or the
consummation of any other transaction contemplated thereby by the Company,
except for those which have been obtained or except such as may be required
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the regulations promulgated
thereunder or state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.

     No consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or filing
with, or notice to, any governmental authority or court is required under
federal laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the execution, delivery
and performance by CITSF of the Subsequent Purchase Agreement or the
consummation of any other transaction contemplated thereby by CITSF except for
those which have been obtained or except such as may be required under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the regulations promulgated thereunder or
state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.


<PAGE>

     I am furnishing this opinion to you solely for your benefit. This opinion
is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to or relied on by
any other person or for any other purpose.

     The foregoing opinion is given on the express understanding that the
undersigned is an officer of the Company and CITSF and shall in no event incur
any personal liability in connection with the said opinion.


                                                     Very truly yours,



<PAGE>

                       ASSIGNMENT OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS

     For good and valuable consideration in the amount of $______________ paid
by THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II (the "Purchaser"), to THE CIT
GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC. (the "Seller"), CITSF does hereby sell, transfer,
assign absolutely, set over and otherwise convey to the Purchaser as of the
Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and interest of the Company in
and to the recreational vehicle intallment sales contracts set forth on Exhibit
A to the Subsequent Purchase Agreement, dated as of _________, 1996, between the
Purchaser and the Seller (the "Subsequent Contracts") and all the rights,
benefits, and obligations arising from and in connection with each Subsequent
Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Subsequent Financed Vehicles
granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Contracts, (iii) all payments
received by the Company on or with respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or
after the Subsequent Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments with respect to Post
Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons), (iv) the interest of the Company in any
Subsequent Financed Vehicle (including any right to receive future Net
Liquidation Proceeds) that secures the Subsequent Contracts and that shall have
been repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of
the Company to proceeds of Insurance Policies covering the Obligors and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights
of recourse against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to
the Subsequent Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under a
Dealer Agreement), (viii) all proceeds in any way derived from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts. The parties intend and
agree that the conveyance of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale. Certain
capitalized terms used in this Assignment shall have the respective meanings
assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1,
1996, among The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, CITSF and the CIT RV
Owner Trust 1996-A.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed this day of _______, 1996.


                                     THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.


                                     By:   
                                         ------------------------------------
                                     Name: 
                                     Title:



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission